From 7e42394ecbf921ee53160b495aa12c1cba158604 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ilmari Lauhakangas Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 14:05:20 +0200 Subject: tdf#152323 drop name attribute from elements Replacement done with find . -name \*.xhp -print0 |xargs -0 -P 0 perl -CS -pi -e \ 's#(]*?) +name *="[^"]*" *( [^>]+|) *>#$1$2>#g' (note some inconsistencies with space between name and = and also having empty value, and some more complicated expression to also clear up double space before/after the attribute) translation files will be prepped with: find */helpcontent2 -name \*.po -print0 |xargs -0 -P 0 perl -CS -pi -e \ $'s#(]*?) +name=(?:\\\\"[^"]*\\\\"|\'[^\']*\') *( [^>]+|) *(/?>)#$1$2$3#g unless /^#/' (note that not all languages use the " as quote character for the attributes, but that also single quotes appera in the po file. Hence the use of the shell $'string' syntax to be able to quote ' as \' It also requires to quote the backslash, so that it needs to be escaped once for the shell, then another time for perl. Also don't work on obsolete strings (those are prefixed with #~ in the po files) Also note that gets turned into during translation extraction (along with removal of the space between the attribute name and the value), so the pattern needs to be slightly different here) Change-Id: I95e53a08e6b0095cd894109ea0de154cc4859d8f Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.libreoffice.org/c/help/+/143713 Tested-by: Jenkins Reviewed-by: Christian Lohmaier --- source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_2_python.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/calc_borders.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/python/python_2_basic.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp | 4 +- .../text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_programming.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01050200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01170101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_ScriptForge.xhp | 58 +++++------ source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_array.xhp | 72 ++++++------- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp | 24 ++--- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp | 84 +++++++-------- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp | 116 ++++++++++----------- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_database.xhp | 30 +++--- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp | 34 +++--- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp | 38 +++---- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp | 30 +++--- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp | 36 +++---- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp | 32 +++--- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp | 64 ++++++------ source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp | 42 ++++---- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp | 20 ++-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_platform.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_region.xhp | 32 +++--- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp | 42 ++++---- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp | 100 +++++++++--------- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp | 36 +++---- source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp | 66 ++++++------ source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090410.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/is_keyword.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp | 26 ++--- source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp | 30 +++--- source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060119.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060182.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/05120200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/12040000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/12040100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/cell_styles.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_trunc.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_value.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_webservice.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/func_year.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/recalculate_hard.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/shared_spreadsheet.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/solver.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/solver_options_algo.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/scalc/01/sparklines.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_anova.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_correlation.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_covariance.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_descriptive.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_exposmooth.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_fourier.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_movingavg.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_regression.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_sampling.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_chisqr.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_f.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_t.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_z.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/01/xml_source.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/02130000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/02/02140000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/02/02150000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/02/02160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/02170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/06010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/06030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/06040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/06050000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/02/06060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/06070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/08010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/08080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/02/10050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/10060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/02/18010000.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/scalc/02/18020000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/05/02140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/background.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/calc_date.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/calc_timevalues.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/calculate.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences_url.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/change_image_anchor.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/currency_format.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/database_define.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/database_sort.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_createtable.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_deletetable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_edittable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_filtertable.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_formatting.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_tipps.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_updatetable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/format_value.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/fraction_enter.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/integer_leading_zero.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/line_fix.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/multioperation.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/note_insert.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/numbers_text.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_create.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_delete.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_update.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp | 8 +- source/text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/remove_duplicates.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/rename_table.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/subtotaltool.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/table_rotate.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/table_view.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/text_numbers.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/guide/text_wrap.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/userdefined_function.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/guide/wildcards.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/guide/year2000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0102.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/main0103.xhp | 6 +- source/text/scalc/main0104.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/main0105.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/scalc/main0106.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/scalc/main0107.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0112.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/main0116.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/scalc/main0200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0202.xhp | 20 ++-- source/text/scalc/main0203.xhp | 10 +- source/text/scalc/main0205.xhp | 26 ++--- source/text/scalc/main0206.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0208.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0210.xhp | 4 +- source/text/scalc/main0214.xhp | 2 +- source/text/scalc/main0218.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/scalc/main0503.xhp | 8 +- source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/04030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/schart/01/05010100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05010200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/schart/01/05020000.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/schart/01/05020101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05040000.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/schart/01/05040100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/05050000.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/01/data_table.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/02/01190000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/02/01200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/02/01210000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/02/01220000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/02/02020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/schart/main0000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/main0202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/schart/main0503.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/02000000.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/sdatabase/02000002.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sdatabase/04000000.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sdatabase/04030000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/sdatabase/05000000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sdatabase/05000001.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sdatabase/05010100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/05020000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/sdatabase/05030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/05030100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sdatabase/05030200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/05030300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/05040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/05040100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/05040200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/11000002.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/11020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/11030000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/11080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/11090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/dabaadvpropdat.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02access.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02odbc.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02pgsql.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz03auth.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/migrate_macros.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard00.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard01.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard02.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard03.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard04.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard05.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard06.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard07.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/querywizard08.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/rep_insertfield.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/rep_navigator.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdatabase/rep_prop.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard00.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard01.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard02.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard03.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard04.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_form.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_query.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_report.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_table.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/01/consolidatetext.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/01/delete_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/01/duplicate_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/01/navigate_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/01/new_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/01/rename_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/duplicate_object.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/graphic_insert.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp | 4 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_move.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_new.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/layers.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/rotate_object.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main0100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main0101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main0103.xhp | 6 +- source/text/sdraw/main0200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main0202.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sdraw/main0210.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/sdraw/main0213.xhp | 20 ++-- source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main_edit.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/sdraw/main_format.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/sdraw/main_insert.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/sdraw/main_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main_shape.xhp | 2 +- source/text/sdraw/main_tools.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/00/00000001.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/00/00000002.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/shared/00/00000005.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/00/00000099.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/00/00000208.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/00/00040500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/minimal_column_width.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/minimal_row_height.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp | 2 +- .../shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp | 2 +- .../text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp | 2 +- .../shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01110000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01140000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/01170000.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01170100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01170101.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/shared/02/01170102.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/shared/02/01170103.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/01170200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01170202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01170203.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/shared/02/01170300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01170400.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/01170500.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/02/01170600.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/01170800.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01170900.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01171000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/01171100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01171300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/01220000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/01230000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/02010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/02020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/02030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/02040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/02050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/02130000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/02140000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/02160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/03110000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/03120000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/03130000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/03140000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/03150000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/03200000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/04210000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/05020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/05090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/06050000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/06060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/06100000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/06110000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/06120000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/07010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/07060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/07070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/07070200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/07080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/07090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/08010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/08020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/09070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/09070100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/09070200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/09070300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/09070400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/10010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/10020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/10030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/10040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/10100000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/12000000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/12010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/12020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12030000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/12040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/12080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12090000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/12100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12100100.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/12100200.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/02/12110000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/12120000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/12130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/12140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/13010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/13020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/14010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/14020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/14020200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/14030000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/14040000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/14050000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/14060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/14070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/18010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/18030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/19090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/20020000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/02/20030000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/02/20040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/20050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/20060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/20090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/20100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/24100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/04/01010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/05/00000120.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000130.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000140.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000150.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/00000160.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/05/new_help.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/find_toolbar.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/classification.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/collab.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/convertfilters.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/csv_params.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/shared/guide/dev_tools.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/lotusdbasediff.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/main.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/manage_templates.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp | 30 +++--- source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp | 2 +- .../shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/openpgp.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/palette_files.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/qrcode.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/shared/guide/template_manager.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/guide/tipoftheday.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp | 2 +- .../text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/main0108.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/main0201.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/main0204.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/main0208.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/main0212.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/main0213.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/main0214.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/main0226.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/main0227.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/main0400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/main0500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/main0650.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/main0800.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/mediaplay_toolbar.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/menu/forms.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/menu/save_image.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/menu/set_image_background.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp | 26 ++--- source/text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp | 6 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp | 10 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp | 2 +- .../text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp | 8 +- source/text/shared/optionen/java.xhp | 4 +- source/text/shared/optionen/search_commands.xhp | 2 +- .../text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/01170000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/01/02120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/02130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/03070000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/01/03080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/03100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03130000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/03150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03150100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03150300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03151000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04030000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/01/04030000m.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04030100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04040000m.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04110100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/04990700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/01/05110500m.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/01/05120500m.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/01/05170000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/05250000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05250500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05250600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/05250700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/06030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/06050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/06070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/06080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/06100000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/13050700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13140000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/13150000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/01/13160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13180100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13180200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/13180300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/bulletandposition.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/new_slide.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/04010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/04020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/04030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/04060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/04070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/08020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/08060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/10110000.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/11060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/11070000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/11080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/11090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/11100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/11110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/02/13020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13180000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/format_submenu_lists.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_save.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/animated_objects.xhp | 2 +- .../text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/arrange_slides.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/background.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/change_scale.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/html_export.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/guide/html_import.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/impress_remote.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/guide/individual.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/line_arrow_styles.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/move_object.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/guide/page_copy.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/presenter_console.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/printing.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/show.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/table_insert.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/guide/vectorize.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/main0100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/main0104.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/simpress/main0107.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0113.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/main0200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0202.xhp | 10 +- source/text/simpress/main0203.xhp | 10 +- source/text/simpress/main0204.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0206.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0209.xhp | 6 +- source/text/simpress/main0210.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/simpress/main0211.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0212.xhp | 4 +- source/text/simpress/main0213.xhp | 20 ++-- source/text/simpress/main0214.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp | 2 +- source/text/simpress/main_edit.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/simpress/main_format.xhp | 10 +- source/text/simpress/main_tools.xhp | 8 +- source/text/simpress/submenu_object_shape.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/02080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/02090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/02100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/02110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03040000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03050000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp | 6 +- source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp | 8 +- source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03090900.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090901.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090902.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090903.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090904.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090905.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090906.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090907.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090908.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090909.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03090910.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/03091500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091501.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091502.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091503.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091504.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091505.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091506.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091507.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091508.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091509.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/05010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/05050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/01/chemical.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/04/01020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/color.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/keyboard.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/parentheses.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0102.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0103.xhp | 6 +- source/text/smath/main0105.xhp | 10 +- source/text/smath/main0106.xhp | 8 +- source/text/smath/main0107.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0202.xhp | 2 +- source/text/smath/main0203.xhp | 4 +- source/text/smath/main0503.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp | 18 ++-- source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp | 2 +- .../text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp | 32 +++--- source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp | 2 +- .../text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp | 2 +- .../swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp | 2 +- .../text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp | 2 +- .../text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp | 4 +- .../text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp | 2 +- .../guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp | 2 +- .../text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp | 14 +-- source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp | 16 +-- source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp | 22 ++-- source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp | 6 +- source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp | 8 +- source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp | 10 +- source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp | 12 +-- source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp | 24 ++--- .../text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp | 4 +- source/text/swriter/navigate_toolbar.xhp | 2 +- source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp | 2 +- 2085 files changed, 4560 insertions(+), 4560 deletions(-) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp index 507a63c9dd..afb44b345f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Access2Base is a %PRODUCTNAME BASIC library of macros for (business or personal) application developers and advanced users. It is one of the libraries stored in "Application macros and dialogs". The functionalities provided by the implemented macros are all directly inspired by Microsoft Access. The macros are callable mainly from a %PRODUCTNAME Base application, but also from any %PRODUCTNAME document (Writer, Calc, ...) where access to data stored in a database makes sense. The API provided by Access2Base is intended to be more concise, intuitive and easy to learn than the standard UNO API (API = Application Programming Interface). - The library is documented online on http://www.access2base.com. + The library is documented online on http://www.access2base.com. The implemented macros include: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_2_python.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_2_python.xhp index 4ea2d89f4e..0022270329 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_2_python.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_2_python.xhp @@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ API;PathSettings API;XScript -

Calling Python Scripts from Basic

+

Calling Python Scripts from Basic

Calling Python scripts from %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros is possible, and valuable features can be obtained such as: ComputerName identification or OSName detection are possible, - Basic FileLen() function and com.sun.star.ucb.SimpleFileAccess.getSize() API function exhibit a 2 Gigabytes file size upper limit that Python helps to overcome, - com.sun.star.util.PathSettings can be normalized, + Basic FileLen() function and com.sun.star.ucb.SimpleFileAccess.getSize() API function exhibit a 2 Gigabytes file size upper limit that Python helps to overcome, + com.sun.star.util.PathSettings can be normalized, and many more. - A reasonable exposure to %PRODUCTNAME Basic and to Application Programming Interface (API) features is recommended prior to perform inter-language calls from Basic to Python, to JavaScript or any other script engine. + A reasonable exposure to %PRODUCTNAME Basic and to Application Programming Interface (API) features is recommended prior to perform inter-language calls from Basic to Python, to JavaScript or any other script engine.

Retrieving Python Scripts

- Python scripts can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, %PRODUCTNAME Basic needs to be provided with Python script locations. Locating com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface compliant UNO objects allows the execution of Python scripts: + Python scripts can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, %PRODUCTNAME Basic needs to be provided with Python script locations. Locating com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface compliant UNO objects allows the execution of Python scripts: Option Explicit diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp index 97b11c0659..9a21e1cf32 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Basic;programming examples
-

Basic Programming Examples

+

Basic Programming Examples

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/calc_borders.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/calc_borders.xhp index 23fa7b885a..8295c0ad98 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/calc_borders.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/calc_borders.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ macros;format borders -

Formatting Borders in Calc with Macros

+

Formatting Borders in Calc with Macros

By using Basic or Python programming languages it is possible to write macros that apply formats to ranges of cells in Calc.

Formatting Borders in Ranges of Cells

@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ cellAddress is a string denoting the range to be formatted in the format "A1".
- newStyle is an integer value that corresponds to the border line style (see Line Styles below). + newStyle is an integer value that corresponds to the border line style (see Line Styles below). newWidth is an integer value that defines the line width. - newColor is an integer value corresponding to a color defined using the RGB function. + newColor is an integer value corresponding to a color defined using the RGB function.
To call FormatCellBorder create a new macro and pass the desired arguments, as shown below: @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ formatCellBorder("B5", cStyle.SOLID, 20, bas.RGB(0, 0, 255)) formatCellBorder("D2:F6", cStyle.DOTTED, 20, bas.RGB(255, 0, 0)) - The Python code presented above uses the ScriptForge library that is available since %PRODUCTNAME 7.2. + The Python code presented above uses the ScriptForge library that is available since %PRODUCTNAME 7.2.

Line Styles

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ - Refer to the BorderLineStyle Constant Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about line style constants. + Refer to the BorderLineStyle Constant Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about line style constants.

Formatting Borders Using TableBorder2

Range objects have a property named TableBorder2 that can be used to format range borders as it is done in the Format - Cells - Borders dialog in the Line Arrangement section. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ cell = doc.XCellRange("B2:E5") cell.TableBorder2 = table_format - Refer to the TableBorder2 Struct Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about its attributes. + Refer to the TableBorder2 Struct Reference in the LibreOffice API documentation to learn more about its attributes.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp index 7d8ff2c3eb..3de28c42df 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/control_properties.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ controls;changing properties dialog editor;changing control properties -Changing the Properties of Controls in the Dialog Editor +Changing the Properties of Controls in the Dialog Editor You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the color, name, and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at runtime. To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control, and then choose Properties. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp index e948d44672..434cc6647b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ dialogs;creating Basic dialogs -Creating a Basic Dialog +Creating a Basic Dialog diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp index cbc6fdbdbd..605040b8a9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/insert_control.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ controls; creating in the dialog editor dialog editor;creating controls -Creating Controls in the Dialog Editor +Creating Controls in the Dialog Editor Use the tools on the Toolbox of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp index b8dab321c1..2ac928a2d6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/read_write_values.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ macros;read values from cells macros;write values to cells -

Reading and Writing values to Ranges

+

Reading and Writing values to Ranges

Macros in %PRODUCTNAME Calc often need to read and write values from/to sheets. This help page describes the various approaches to accessing sheets and ranges to read or write their values. All examples presented in this page can be implemented both in Basic and Python. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp index cdb79e3837..3b38f6946c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ Tools;LoadDialog
- Programming Examples for Controls in the Dialog Editor + Programming Examples for Controls in the Dialog Editor
-The following examples are for a new dialog called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the Toolbox bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a Check Box called "CheckBox1", a Label Field called "Label1", a Button called "CommandButton1", and a List Box called "ListBox1". +The following examples are for a new dialog called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the Toolbox bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a Check Box called "CheckBox1", a Label Field called "Label1", a Button called "CommandButton1", and a List Box called "ListBox1". Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable. Global Function for Loading Dialogs diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp index 117ff796c2..00872c9732 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/show_dialog.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ examples; showing a dialog with Basic Tools;LoadDialog -Opening a Dialog With Basic +Opening a Dialog With Basic In the %PRODUCTNAME BASIC window for a dialog that you created, leave the dialog editor by clicking the name tab of the Module that the dialog is assigned to. The name tab is at the bottom of the window. Enter the following code for a subroutine called Dialog1Show. In this example, the name of the dialog that you created is "Dialog1": diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp index 40aaa194ea..8898ca3e1e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/main0000.xhp @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ Python;macros scripts;Python -

%PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help

+

%PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help

- %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org - This help section explains the most common Python script functions for %PRODUCTNAME. For more in-depth information please refer to the Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki. + %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org + This help section explains the most common Python script functions for %PRODUCTNAME. For more in-depth information please refer to the Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki.

Working with Python Scripts in %PRODUCTNAME

You can execute Python scripts choosing Tools - Macros - Run Macro. Editing scripts can be done with your preferred text editor. Python scripts are present in various locations detailed hereafter. You can refer to Programming examples for macros illustrating how to run the Python interactive console from %PRODUCTNAME. @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@

%PRODUCTNAME Python Modules

- msgbox module - scriptforge module - uno module + msgbox module + scriptforge module + uno module
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_2_basic.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_2_basic.xhp index 0ce9f44177..11c4a7ab7d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_2_basic.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_2_basic.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Python;Calling Basic ParamArray -

Calling Basic Macros from Python

+

Calling Basic Macros from Python

You can call %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros from Python scripts, and notable features can be obtained in return such as: Simple logging facilities out of Access2Base library Trace console, @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
It is recommended to have knowledge of Python standard modules and %PRODUCTNAME API features prior to perform inter-language calls from Python to Basic, JavaScript or any other script engine. - When running Python scripts from an Integrated Development Environment (IDE), the %PRODUCTNAME-embedded Basic engine may be absent. Avoid Python-to-%PRODUCTNAME Basic calls in such contexts. However Python environment and Universal Networks Objects (UNO) are fully available. Refer to Setting Up an Integrated IDE for Python for more information. + When running Python scripts from an Integrated Development Environment (IDE), the %PRODUCTNAME-embedded Basic engine may be absent. Avoid Python-to-%PRODUCTNAME Basic calls in such contexts. However Python environment and Universal Networks Objects (UNO) are fully available. Refer to Setting Up an Integrated IDE for Python for more information.

Retrieving %PRODUCTNAME Basic Scripts

- %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, Python run time needs to be provided with Basic macro locations. Implementing the com.sun.star.script.provider.XScriptProvider interface allows the retrieval of executable scripts: + %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros can be personal, shared, or embedded in documents. In order to execute them, Python run time needs to be provided with Basic macro locations. Implementing the com.sun.star.script.provider.XScriptProvider interface allows the retrieval of executable scripts:
API;script.provider.MasterScriptProviderFactory: Retrieving Basic scripts @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ API;script.provider.XScript : Executing Basic scripts - The %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK) documentation for com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface details the calling convention for inter-language calls. Invocation of functions requires three arrays: + The %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK) documentation for com.sun.star.script.provider.XScript interface details the calling convention for inter-language calls. Invocation of functions requires three arrays: the first lists the arguments of the called routine the second identifies modified arguments @@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ script.invoke((message,), tuple, ()) script.invoke((args), (), results)

Examples of Personal or Shared Scripts

- Examples in Input/Output to Screen detail Python to Basic invocation calls. Monitoring Document Events illustrates the usage of *args Python idiom to print a variable number of parameters to Access2Base logging console dialog. - At time of development you can interrupt Python script execution using Xray extension in order to inspect properties and methods of UNO objects. The APSO extension debugger allows object introspection using either Xray either MRI extensions. + Examples in Input/Output to Screen detail Python to Basic invocation calls. Monitoring Document Events illustrates the usage of *args Python idiom to print a variable number of parameters to Access2Base logging console dialog. + At time of development you can interrupt Python script execution using Xray extension in order to inspect properties and methods of UNO objects. The APSO extension debugger allows object introspection using either Xray either MRI extensions. def xray(myObject): script = getBasicScript(library="XrayTool", module="_Main", macro="Xray") diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp index ee6c6ee0fc..cd10848260 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_dialogs.xhp @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ dialogs;Python
-

Opening a Dialog with Python

+

Opening a Dialog with Python

- %PRODUCTNAME static dialogs are created with the Dialog editor and are stored in varying places according to their personal (My Macros), shared (Application Macros) or document-embedded nature. In reverse, dynamic dialogs are constructed at runtime, from Basic or Python scripts, or using any other %PRODUCTNAME supported language for that matter. Opening static dialogs with Python is illustrated herewith. Exception handling and internationalization are omitted for clarity. + %PRODUCTNAME static dialogs are created with the Dialog editor and are stored in varying places according to their personal (My Macros), shared (Application Macros) or document-embedded nature. In reverse, dynamic dialogs are constructed at runtime, from Basic or Python scripts, or using any other %PRODUCTNAME supported language for that matter. Opening static dialogs with Python is illustrated herewith. Exception handling and internationalization are omitted for clarity.

My Macros or Application Macros dialogs

The examples below open Access2Base Trace console or the imported TutorialsDialog dialog with Tools - Macros - Run Macro menu: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp index 814047b1be..883f7697ef 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_document_events.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ API;lang.EventObject: Monitoring Document Event
-

Listening to Document Events

+

Listening to Document Events

Listening to document events can help in the following situations: @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Import math Python packages before opening a Calc document. Release these packages when the document closes. - Next to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events raised by %PRODUCTNAME documents. Application Programming Interface (API) broadcasters are responsible for calling event scripts. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, document monitors require only two methods next to hooked event scripts. + Next to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events raised by %PRODUCTNAME documents. Application Programming Interface (API) broadcasters are responsible for calling event scripts. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, document monitors require only two methods next to hooked event scripts.

Monitoring Document Events

Monitoring is illustrated herewith for Basic and Python languages using object-oriented programming. Assigning OnLoad script, to the Open Document event, suffices to initiate and terminate document event monitoring. Tools - Customize menu Events tab is used to assign either scripts. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ return xScript
Mind the misspelled documentEventOccured method that inherits a typo from %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API). - Start application and Close application events can respectively be used to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using Open document and Document closed events. Refer to Importing Python Modules for more information. + Start application and Close application events can respectively be used to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using Open document and Document closed events. Refer to Importing Python Modules for more information.

With %PRODUCTNAME Basic

API;GlobalScope.BasicLibraries @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ g_exportedScripts = (displayAvailableEvents,) - The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension is used to render events information on screen. + The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension is used to render events information on screen.

With %PRODUCTNAME Basic

Sub DisplayAvailableEvents diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp index 90913e6528..6085266cd5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_examples.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Python;session Python;screen input/output
-

Python programming examples

+

Python programming examples

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp index 87887105e3..0378032847 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ API;XDialogEventHandler -

Creating a Dialog Handler

- Next to assigning macros to events or creating event listeners, one can use dialog handlers, whose principle is to define UNO keywords, or methods, that are mapped to events to watch for. The event handler is responsible for executing methods using the vnd.sun.star.UNO:<method_name> protocol. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, dialog handlers require only two methods on top of intended control hook scripts. +

Creating a Dialog Handler

+ Next to assigning macros to events or creating event listeners, one can use dialog handlers, whose principle is to define UNO keywords, or methods, that are mapped to events to watch for. The event handler is responsible for executing methods using the vnd.sun.star.UNO:<method_name> protocol. Unlike listeners that require to define all supported methods, even if unused, dialog handlers require only two methods on top of intended control hook scripts. The advantages of this approach are: It packs the code that handles event-driven macros, @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ This mechanism is illustrated herewith for Basic and Python languages using an imported copy of Access2Base dlgTrace dialog. Exception handling and localisation are omitted for clarity.

Assigning Dialog methods

Export Access2Base dlgTrace dialog and import it into MyLib application library. - Inside the control properties pane of the Dialog Editor, use the Events tab to replace macro assignments by component assignments, and type in the intended method names: + Inside the control properties pane of the Dialog Editor, use the Events tab to replace macro assignments by component assignments, and type in the intended method names: Set Dump to file dialog button component method name to _dump2File Optionally define txtTracelog key pressed and mouse button pressed events component method names as _openHelp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Events assigned actions should mention the vnd.sun.star.UNO: protocol.

Creating the handler

- createDialogWithHandler method of com.sun.star.awt.DialogProvider2 service is used to set the dialog and its handler. The handler is responsible for implementing com.sun.star.awt.XDialogEventHandler interface. + createDialogWithHandler method of com.sun.star.awt.DialogProvider2 service is used to set the dialog and its handler. The handler is responsible for implementing com.sun.star.awt.XDialogEventHandler interface. All component method names must be explicitly declared when using a dialog handler.

With Python

In this example the dialog is located on the computer. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ As expected, onOkHasFocus missing method throws an exception. - Refer to Python calls to %PRODUCTNAME Basic page for getBasicScript routine description and for details about cross-language scripting execution. + Refer to Python calls to %PRODUCTNAME Basic page for getBasicScript routine description and for details about cross-language scripting execution.

With %PRODUCTNAME Basic

In this example the dialog is embedded in a document, and can equally be located on the computer. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
- CreateUnoListener Function + CreateUnoListener Function diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp index e6d715630e..2f14ea9f64 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_ide.xhp @@ -23,12 +23,12 @@ python;IDE - integrated development environment python;editor -

Setting up an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Python

+

Setting up an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Python

Writing Python macros requires extra configuration steps to set an IDE of choice.
- Unlike Basic language macros development in %PRODUCTNAME, developing Python scripts for %PRODUCTNAME requires to configure an external Integrated Development Environment (IDE). Multiple IDEs are available that range from beginners to advanced Python coders. While using a Python IDE programmers benefit from numerous features such as syntax highlighting, code folding, class browsing, code completion, coding standard enforcement, test driven development, debugging, version control and many more. You can refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki for more in-depth information about the setup of a bridge between your IDE and a running instance %PRODUCTNAME. + Unlike Basic language macros development in %PRODUCTNAME, developing Python scripts for %PRODUCTNAME requires to configure an external Integrated Development Environment (IDE). Multiple IDEs are available that range from beginners to advanced Python coders. While using a Python IDE programmers benefit from numerous features such as syntax highlighting, code folding, class browsing, code completion, coding standard enforcement, test driven development, debugging, version control and many more. You can refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications on the Wiki for more in-depth information about the setup of a bridge between your IDE and a running instance %PRODUCTNAME.

The APSO Extension

- The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension eases the edition of Python scripts, in particular when embedded in a document. Using APSO you can configure your preferred source code editor, start the integrated Python shell and debug Python scripts. Extensions exist that help inspect arbitrary UNO objects, refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications for additional details on such extensions. + The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension eases the edition of Python scripts, in particular when embedded in a document. Using APSO you can configure your preferred source code editor, start the integrated Python shell and debug Python scripts. Extensions exist that help inspect arbitrary UNO objects, refer to Designing & Developing Python Applications for additional details on such extensions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp index af3b243d3b..da92932beb 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Python;pythonpath PythonLibraries
-

Importing Python Modules

+

Importing Python Modules

%PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavors, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in Python Scripts Organization and Location. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time. This mechanism is illustrated for file system based modules and document based modules. Exception handling is omitted for clarity. The terms library or directory, scripts or modules are used interchangeably. A Python macro refers to a function inside a module. Note that <User Profile>/Scripts/python/pythonpath local directory is always explored when running a Python macro from <User Profile>/Scripts/python. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp index c9f97398a8..f4f88165c3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_listener.xhp @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ API;XActionListener
-

Creating Event Listeners

+

Creating Event Listeners

- Events raised by dialogs, documents, forms or graphical controls can be linked to macros, which is referred to as event-driven programming. The most common method to relate events to macros are the Events tab in Tools – Customize menu and the Dialog Editor Control properties pane from Tools - Macros – Organise Dialogs... menu. + Events raised by dialogs, documents, forms or graphical controls can be linked to macros, which is referred to as event-driven programming. The most common method to relate events to macros are the Events tab in Tools – Customize menu and the Dialog Editor Control properties pane from Tools - Macros – Organise Dialogs... menu. Graphical artifacts, keyboard inputs, mouse moves and other man/machine interactions can be controlled using UNO listeners that watch for the user’s behavior. Listeners are dynamic program code alternatives to macro assignments. One may create as many UNO listeners as events to watch for. A single listener can also handle multiple user interface controls.

Creating an event listener

Listeners get attached to controls held in dialogs, as well as to document or form events. Listeners are also used when creating runtime dialogs or when adding controls to a dialog on the fly. @@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ End Sub ' awt_disposing

Other Event Listeners

- Listeners are usually coded along with dialog opening. Numerous listener approaches are possible such as event handlers for dialogs or event monitors for documents or forms. + Listeners are usually coded along with dialog opening. Numerous listener approaches are possible such as event handlers for dialogs or event monitors for documents or forms.
- Events mapping to objects - See also Document events, Form events. + Events mapping to objects + See also Document events, Form events. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp index 9f145416a8..6895faa1b0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
- Python Scripts Organization and Location + Python Scripts Organization and Location %PRODUCTNAME macros are grouped in module files, modules are usually grouped in library folders, and libraries are grouped in library containers although containers can contain modules too. A library is used as a major grouping for either an entire category of macros, or for an entire application. Modules usually split functionality, such as user interaction and calculations. Individual macros are subroutines and functions. The Figure below shows an example of the hierarchical structure of macro libraries in %PRODUCTNAME. Library Container diagram @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Python Script Locations

- Refer to Getting Session Information in order to get programmatic access to Python script locations. + Refer to Getting Session Information in order to get programmatic access to Python script locations.

Application Macros

Existing macros in this location (container) were copied by the installation program and are available to every computer user, and any open document can access macros stored the container. You need administrative rights to store or edit macros here. The %PRODUCTNAME Macros container location in the file system depends on the operating system: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp index 9056ffaf3f..a96c01fc54 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_platform.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ API;ConfigurationAccess Tools;GetRegistryContent -

Identifying the operating system

+

Identifying the operating system

Identifying the operating system can be performed with Python or Basic language. ComputerName property is solely available for Windows. Basic calls to Python macros help overcome %PRODUCTNAME Basic limitations.

Using a Python class:

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_programming.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_programming.xhp index f70148d687..71ba96cbc1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_programming.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_programming.xhp @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ uno.py;getDocument
-

Programming with Python Scripts

+

Programming with Python Scripts

- A Python macro is a function within a .py file, identified as a module. Unlike %PRODUCTNAME Basic and its dozen of UNO objects functions or services, Python macros use the XSCRIPTCONTEXT UNO single object, shared with JavaScript and BeanShell. The g_exportedScripts global tuple explicitly lists selectable macros from a module. Python modules hold autonomous code logic, and are independent from one another. + A Python macro is a function within a .py file, identified as a module. Unlike %PRODUCTNAME Basic and its dozen of UNO objects functions or services, Python macros use the XSCRIPTCONTEXT UNO single object, shared with JavaScript and BeanShell. The g_exportedScripts global tuple explicitly lists selectable macros from a module. Python modules hold autonomous code logic, and are independent from one another.

XSCRIPTCONTEXT Global Variable

- Genuine Basic UNO facilities can be inferred from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable. Refer to %PRODUCTNAME API for a complete description of XSCRIPTCONTEXT. XSCRIPTCONTEXT methods summarize as: + Genuine Basic UNO facilities can be inferred from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable. Refer to %PRODUCTNAME API for a complete description of XSCRIPTCONTEXT. XSCRIPTCONTEXT methods summarize as: @@ -82,10 +82,10 @@

Module import

XSCRIPTCONTEXT is not provided to imported modules.
- %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in My macros within (User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import uno.py inside shared modules. + %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in My macros within (User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import uno.py inside shared modules.
- Genuine BASIC UNO facilities can be inferred using uno.py module. Use Python interactive shell to get a complete module description using dir() and help() Python commands. + Genuine BASIC UNO facilities can be inferred using uno.py module. Use Python interactive shell to get a complete module description using dir() and help() Python commands. uno.py uno.py;absolutize @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ - See Opening a Dialog + See Opening a Dialog CreateUnoDialog() @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ - See Creating a Listener + See Creating a Listener CreateUnoListener() @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@

Importing an embedded Module

- Similarly to %PRODUCTNAME Basic that supports browsing and dynamic loading of libraries, Python libraries can be explored and imported on demand. For more information on library containers, visit %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) or download %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK). + Similarly to %PRODUCTNAME Basic that supports browsing and dynamic loading of libraries, Python libraries can be explored and imported on demand. For more information on library containers, visit %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) or download %PRODUCTNAME Software Development Kit (SDK). Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below, exception handling is not detailed: import uno, sys @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
- Basic UNO Objects, Functions and Services + Basic UNO Objects, Functions and Services diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp index a40c6bc793..2cfc4c23cf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_screen.xhp @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ API;script.provider.MasterScriptProvider: Screen Input/Output API;script.provider.XScript: Screen Input/Output -

Input/Output to Screen

+

Input/Output to Screen

Python standard output file is not available when running Python macros from Tools – Macros - Run Macro... menu. Presenting the output of a module requires the Python interactive console. Features such as input(), print(), repr() and str() are available from the Python shell. - %PRODUCTNAME msgbox Python module proposes a msgbox() method that is illustrated in Creating Event Listeners and Creating a dialog handler example pages. + %PRODUCTNAME msgbox Python module proposes a msgbox() method that is illustrated in Creating Event Listeners and Creating a dialog handler example pages. %PRODUCTNAME Basic proposes InputBox(), Msgbox() and Print() screen I/O functions. Python alternatives exist relying either on %PRODUCTNAME API Abstract Windowing Toolkit, either on Python to Basic function calls. The latter proposes a syntax that is intentionally close to that of Basic, and uses a Python module next to a Basic module. The API Scripting Framework is used to perform Basic, BeanShell, JavaScript and Python inter-languages function calls.

Python syntax:

MsgBox(txt, buttons=0, title=None)
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@

Installation:

- Copy screen_io Python module in My macros within <UserProfile>/Scripts/python/pythonpath, + Copy screen_io Python module in My macros within <UserProfile>/Scripts/python/pythonpath, - Copy uiScripts Basic module in My macros Standard Basic library, + Copy uiScripts Basic module in My macros Standard Basic library, Restart %PRODUCTNAME. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ xScript = scriptPro.getScript(scriptName) return xScript - MsgBox and InputBox methods from the Basic service included in the ScriptForge libraries call directly their native Basic counterparts. + MsgBox and InputBox methods from the Basic service included in the ScriptForge libraries call directly their native Basic counterparts.

uiScripts Basic module

Option Explicit @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Print msg End Sub - The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension offers a msgbox() function out of its apso_utils module. + The Alternative Python Script Organizer (APSO) extension offers a msgbox() function out of its apso_utils module.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp index f8c378dee7..57538dc779 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Session;UserPythonScripts API;PathSubstitution -

Getting Session Information

+

Getting Session Information

Computing %PRODUCTNAME user profile and shared modules system file paths can be performed with Python or with Basic languages. BeanShell, Java, JavaScript and Python scripts locations can be derived from this information.

Examples:

With Python shell. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp index 9fd47cf964..2734089c6d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/python/python_shell.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Python;Shell
-

Running Python Interactive Console

+

Running Python Interactive Console

The Python interactive console, also known as Python interpreter or Python shell, provides programmers with a quick way to execute commands and try out and test code without creating a file. UNO objects introspection as well as %PRODUCTNAME Python modules documentation can be obtained from the terminal. @@ -68,14 +68,14 @@

Alternative console

- Use APSO extension console as an alternative: + Use APSO extension console as an alternative: APSO console
- PythonShell function in ScriptForge.Exception service + PythonShell function in ScriptForge.Exception service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp index 295664a71c..8bc58a475d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp @@ -27,17 +27,17 @@ -

$[officename] Basic Glossary

+

$[officename] Basic Glossary

This glossary explains some technical terms that you may come across when working with $[officename] Basic.

Decimal Point

When converting numbers, $[officename] Basic uses the locale settings of the system for determining the type of decimal and thousand separator. -The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function IsNumeric. +The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function IsNumeric.

Colors

-In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the RGB function. +In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the RGB function.

Measurement Units

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp index 05b5794789..538ce5a35e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ This library must be loaded before execution. Execute the following statement before running any macro that uses this library:
- This constant, function or object is enabled with the statement Option VBASupport 1 placed before the executable program code in a module. + This constant, function or object is enabled with the statement Option VBASupport 1 placed before the executable program code in a module.
This statement must be added before the executable program code in a module. @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@ This method is only available for Python scripts.
-This method requires the installation of the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. In turn APSO requires the presence of %PRODUCTNAME Python scripting framework. If APSO or Python are missing, an error occurs. +This method requires the installation of the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. In turn APSO requires the presence of %PRODUCTNAME Python scripting framework. If APSO or Python are missing, an error occurs.
This service is fully supported in both Basic and Python languages. All examples are expressed using the Basic programming language and can be easily converted to Python.
-String functions +String functions VBA financial functions VBA Time and Date functions VBA I/O functions diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp index 5bf476bffc..56fc4ac1cc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Edit Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library. Password -Assigns or edits the password for the selected library. "Standard" libraries cannot have a password. +Assigns or edits the password for the selected library. "Standard" libraries cannot have a password. New Creates a new library. Name diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp index 7869376341..0e8b8e39a7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Programming with $[officename] Basic + Programming with $[officename] Basic This is where you find general information about working with macros and $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp index e60bdab227..adc5175207 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ subroutines variables;global and local modules;subroutines and functions -Basics +Basics This section provides the fundamentals for working with $[officename] Basic.
-$[officename] Basic code is based on subroutines and functions that are specified between sub...end sub and function...end function sections. Each Sub or Function can call other Subs and Functions. If you take care to write generic code for a Sub or Function, you can probably re-use it in other programs. See also Procedures and Functions. +$[officename] Basic code is based on subroutines and functions that are specified between sub...end sub and function...end function sections. Each Sub or Function can call other Subs and Functions. If you take care to write generic code for a Sub or Function, you can probably re-use it in other programs. See also Procedures and Functions. Some restrictions apply for the names of your public variables, subs, and functions. You must not use the same name as one of the modules of the same library. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts. Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions. Structuring -After separating your program into procedures and functions (Subs and Functions), you can save these procedures and functions as files for reuse in other projects. $[officename] Basic supports Modules and Libraries. Subs and functions are always contained in modules. You can define modules to be global or part of a document. Multiple modules can be combined to a library. -You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the Macro dialog. +After separating your program into procedures and functions (Subs and Functions), you can save these procedures and functions as files for reuse in other projects. $[officename] Basic supports Modules and Libraries. Subs and functions are always contained in modules. You can define modules to be global or part of a document. Multiple modules can be combined to a library. +You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the Macro dialog. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp index ccec8f5093..f0cc8fd9f2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Syntax + Syntax This section describes the basic syntax elements of $[officename] Basic. For a detailed description please refer to the $[officename] Basic Guide which is available separately.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp index 64cdb0a4ce..6b01d6ef3a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020100.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -

Using Variables

+

Using Variables

The following describes the basic use of variables in $[officename] Basic.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ ' A variable can also be explicitly declared as a Variant Dim e As Variant, f As Double -The Variant type is a special data type that can store any kind of value. To learn more, refer to the section The Variant type below. +The Variant type is a special data type that can store any kind of value. To learn more, refer to the section The Variant type below.

Forcing Variable Declarations

To force declaration of variables, use the following command: @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Date Variables

-Date variables can only contain dates and time values stored in an internal format. Values assigned to Date variables with Dateserial, Datevalue, Timeserial or Timevalue are automatically converted to the internal format. Date-variables are converted to normal numbers by using the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function. The internal format enables a comparison of date/time values by calculating the difference between two numbers. These variables can only be declared with the key word Date. +Date variables can only contain dates and time values stored in an internal format. Values assigned to Date variables with Dateserial, Datevalue, Timeserial or Timevalue are automatically converted to the internal format. Date-variables are converted to normal numbers by using the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function. The internal format enables a comparison of date/time values by calculating the difference between two numbers. These variables can only be declared with the key word Date. Dim Variable As Date @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Dim varB as Variant ' The variable is explicitly declared as a Variant varC = "abc" ' Previously undeclared variables are treated as Variants -The example below uses the TypeName function to show how the type of a Variant variable changes upon assignment. +The example below uses the TypeName function to show how the type of a Variant variable changes upon assignment. Dim myVar As Variant MsgBox TypeName(myVar) ' Empty @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ myVar = 10 MsgBox TypeName(myVar) ' Integer -A Variant variable is initialized with the Empty special data type. You can use the IsEmpty function to test if a variable is an Empty Variant. +A Variant variable is initialized with the Empty special data type. You can use the IsEmpty function to test if a variable is an Empty Variant. You can also use the keyword Any to declare a variable as a Variant. However, Any is deprecated and is available for backward compatibility. Arguments with type Variant or Any passed in function calls are not checked for their types. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Initial Variable Values

As soon as the variable has been declared, it is automatically set to the "Null" value. Note the following conventions: Numeric variables are automatically assigned the value "0" as soon as they are declared. - Date variables are assigned the value 0 internally; equivalent to converting the value to "0" with the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function. + Date variables are assigned the value 0 internally; equivalent to converting the value to "0" with the Day, Month, Year or the Hour, Minute, Second function. String variables are assigned an empty-string ("") when they are declared.

Arrays

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp index b50699fe2a..999c5645eb 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020300.xhp @@ -161,9 +161,9 @@
- Optional keyword - Property Statement - Static Statement + Optional keyword + Property Statement + Static Statement
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp index 4be972c382..30e1bea828 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Libraries, Modules and Dialogs +Libraries, Modules and Dialogs The following describes the basic use of libraries, modules and dialogs in $[officename] Basic.
$[officename] Basic provides tools to help you structuring your projects. It supports various "units" which enable you to group individual SUBS and FUNCTIONS in a Basic project. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp index da133db881..167b1e0dfc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Basic IDE;Integrated Development Environment IDE;Integrated Development Environment -Integrated Development Environment (IDE) +Integrated Development Environment (IDE) This section describes the Integrated Development Environment for $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp index 027ee28067..95d8c89b02 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
-IDE Overview +IDE Overview
-The Macro Toolbar in the IDE provides various icons for editing and testing programs. -In the Editor window, directly below the Macro toolbar, you can edit the Basic program code. The column on the left side is used to set breakpoints in the program code. -The Watch window (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process. +The Macro Toolbar in the IDE provides various icons for editing and testing programs. +In the Editor window, directly below the Macro toolbar, you can edit the Basic program code. The column on the left side is used to set breakpoints in the program code. +The Watch window (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process. The Call Stack window to the right provides information about the call stack of SUBS and FUNCTIONS when a program runs.
-Basic IDE +Basic IDE
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp index bafdfa0ec1..32299fc69b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ lines of text;in Basic editor continuation;long lines in editor
-

The Basic Editor

+

The Basic Editor

The Basic Editor provides the standard editing functions you are familiar with when working in a text document. It supports the functions of the Edit menu (Cut, Delete, Paste), the ability to select text with the Shift key, as well as cursor positioning functions (for example, moving from word to word with CommandCtrl and the arrow keys). Long lines can be split into several parts by inserting a space and an underline character _ as the last two characters of a line. This connects the line with the following line to one logical line. (If "Option Compatible" is used in the same Basic module, the line continuation feature is also valid for comment lines.) @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-Basic IDE +Basic IDE
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp index 5ac8afe43e..e16c47eb6d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Document: libraries stored in the document container are only available for the document and are accessible only when the document is open. You cannot access macros of a document from another document. -To access macros stored in libraries of Application Macros or My Macros from another container, including the document container, use the GlobalScope specifier. +To access macros stored in libraries of Application Macros or My Macros from another container, including the document container, use the GlobalScope specifier.

Organizing Libraries

Creating a New Library

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp index 942be5ce68..140b75693d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ events; in documents API; XDocumentEventListener -

Document Event-Driven Macros

+

Document Event-Driven Macros

This section describes how to assign scripts to application, document or form events. You can automatically execute a macro when a specified software event occurs by assigning the desired macro to the event. The following table provides an overview of document events and at what point an assigned macro is executed. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
- In addition to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events triggered in %PRODUCTNAME documents. + In addition to assigning macros to events, one can monitor events triggered in %PRODUCTNAME documents.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp index d243b61022..cd8b5573ce 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-$[officename] Basic IDE +$[officename] Basic IDE This section describes the structure of the Basic IDE. @@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ Hide Hides the current module. Modules -Opens the Macro Organizer dialog. +Opens the Macro Organizer dialog. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050200.xhp index ef08103325..767b5bfa63 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Call Stack Window (Calls) +Call Stack Window (Calls) Displays the sequence of procedures and functions during the execution of a program. The Call Stack allows you to monitor the sequence of procedures and functions during the execution of a program. The procedures are functions are displayed bottom to top with the most recent function or procedure call at the top of the list.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp index 15537dcce6..24001568a1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Manage Breakpoints +Manage Breakpoints Specifies the options for breakpoints.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp index 8a532491c9..35c5c02926 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ properties; controls and dialogs dialogs; properties -Control and Dialog Properties +Control and Dialog Properties Specifies the properties of the selected dialog or control. You must be in the design mode to be able to use this command. Entering Data in the Properties Dialog diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170101.xhp index 35768089c6..735f268a13 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170101.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

General

+

General

Define the properties for the selected control or dialog. The available properties depend on the type of control selected. The following properties therefore are not available for every type of control.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp index fd3d25ae86..3ab5d1b940 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Events +Events Define event assignments for the selected control or dialog. The available events depend on the type of control selected.
When receiving focus diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp index ad5f0a5c14..283c81aaba 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11010000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Library +Library Select the library that you want to edit. The first module of the library that you select is displayed in the Basic IDE.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp index ce53ee4382..0f5c165b7f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11020000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Compile

+

Compile

Compiles the Basic macro. You need to compile a macro after you make changes to it, or if the macro uses single or procedure steps.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp index 91d2c92f42..a4ec8225d2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11030000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Run +Run Runs the first macro of the current module.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp index a8a7aa4152..7cda6b8586 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11040000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ stopping macros -Stop +Stop Stops running the current macro. You can also press Shift+Ctrl+Q.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp index 57a75a94e4..20091efef0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11050000.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
-Single Step +Single Step Runs the macro and stops it after the next command.
-You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors. +You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-Procedure Step function +Procedure Step function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp index dd497d1448..d57eee93b2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11060000.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
-Procedure Step +Procedure Step Runs the macro and stops it after the next procedure.
-You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors. +You can use this command in conjunction with the Watch command to troubleshoot errors.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-Single Step function +Single Step function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp index 8382317d2a..9bf1455c7f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11070000.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
-Breakpoint +Breakpoint Inserts a breakpoint in the program line.
-The breakpoint is inserted at the cursor position. Use a breakpoint to interrupt a program just before an error occurs. You can then troubleshoot the program by running it in Single Step mode until the error occurs. You can also use the Watch icon to check the content of the relevant variables. +The breakpoint is inserted at the cursor position. Use a breakpoint to interrupt a program just before an error occurs. You can then troubleshoot the program by running it in Single Step mode until the error occurs. You can also use the Watch icon to check the content of the relevant variables.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp index 98643b7db2..d461a7243d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Enable Watch +Enable Watch Click this icon to view the variables in a macro. The contents of the variable are displayed in a separate window.
Click the name of a variable to select it, then click the Enable Watch icon. The value that is assigned to the variable is displayed next to its name. This value is constantly updated. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp index b4f68b8a9e..fd12cdd830 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Object Catalog +Object Catalog Opens the Objects pane, where you can view Basic objects.
Double click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp index 1fe1f49555..bb145b6f3e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11100000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Macros

+

Macros

Opens the Macro dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp index 9a982589e0..dd7b8d82cf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11110000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
-

Modules

- Click here to open the Macro Organizer dialog. +

Modules

+ Click here to open the Macro Organizer dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp index 1a9ee3c26b..5c0aa3502c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Find Parentheses

+

Find Parentheses

Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket, and then click this icon.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp index a33237355c..416daf65a3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11140000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Insert Source Text +Insert Source Text Opens the Basic source text in the Basic IDE window.
Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text, and then click the Insert source text icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert, and then click Open. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp index a08b9245b8..e1d99d6a14 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11150000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Save Source As +Save Source As Saves the source code of the selected Basic macro.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp index 1345affdea..0fd73a2250 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11160000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Step Out

+

Step Out

Jumps back to the previous routine in the current macro.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp index f944e2aba8..91ab95c3ad 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11170000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Manage Breakpoints +Manage Breakpoints Calls a dialog to manage breakpoints.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
- Manage Breakpoints dialog + Manage Breakpoints dialog
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp index 594c3cc165..7d2a76f121 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11180000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Import Dialog +Import Dialog Calls an "Open" dialog to import a BASIC dialog file. If the imported dialog has a name that already exists in the library, you see a message box where you can decide to rename the imported dialog. In this case the dialog will be renamed to the next free "automatic" name like when creating a new dialog. Or you can replace the existing dialog by the imported dialog. If you click Cancel the dialog is not imported. Dialogs can contain localization data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localization status can occur. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp index dc39139a68..492e2589c7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11190000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Export Dialog +Export Dialog In the dialog editor, this command calls a "Save as" dialog to export the current BASIC dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp index c6c9c97f8c..716911532e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/20000000.xhp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ test mode control -

Insert Controls

+

Insert Controls

Opens the Toolbox bar.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ -In edit mode, double-click a control to open the properties dialog. +In edit mode, double-click a control to open the properties dialog. In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy, and paste command. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Icon Properties -Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the selected control. +Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the selected control.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_ScriptForge.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_ScriptForge.xhp index 946280ba45..c702e46cfa 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_ScriptForge.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_ScriptForge.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

The ScriptForge Library

+

The ScriptForge Library

BASIC ScriptForge library Python scriptforge module @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ • Basic macros require to load ScriptForge library using the following statement:
GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.loadLibrary("ScriptForge")

• Python scripts require an import from scriptforge module:
from scriptforge import CreateScriptService
- To learn more about how to create and execute Python scripts using the ScriptForge library, read the help page Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge. + To learn more about how to create and execute Python scripts using the ScriptForge library, read the help page Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge.

Invoking ScriptForge services

The described modules and classes are invoked from user scripts as "Services". A generic constructor of those services has been designed for that purpose for each language. @@ -67,20 +67,20 @@ - Array
- Dictionary
+ Array
+ Dictionary
- Exception
- FileSystem
+ Exception
+ FileSystem
- String
- TextStream
+ String
+ TextStream
@@ -90,20 +90,20 @@ - Base
- Calc
+ Base
+ Calc
- Chart
- Database
+ Chart
+ Database
- Document
- Writer
+ Document
+ Writer
@@ -113,21 +113,21 @@ - Dialog
- DialogControl
- Form
+ Dialog
+ DialogControl
+ Form
- FormControl
- Menu

+ FormControl
+ Menu

- PopupMenu
- UI

+ PopupMenu
+ UI

@@ -137,22 +137,22 @@ - Basic
- L10N
- Platform
+ Basic
+ L10N
+ Platform
- Region
- Services
- Session
+ Region
+ Services
+ Session
- Timer
- UnitTest

+ Timer
+ UnitTest

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp index 2c4a01ba1f..5011372503 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_depot.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - The Depot Library + The Depot Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp index d975c69d40..ef3e59bc5b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_euro.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

The Euro Library

+

The Euro Library

BASIC Euro library @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ Basic routine name conflicts may exist when multiple Basic libraries are loaded in memory.
- ImportWizard and Tools Basic libraries - Euro Converter Wizard describes what the Euro library does. + ImportWizard and Tools Basic libraries + Euro Converter Wizard describes what the Euro library does.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp index c3ff82a118..69f3443fd1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_formwizard.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - The FormWizard Library + The FormWizard Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp index 01c7d0171d..8b3d297276 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_gimmicks.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - The Gimmicks Library + The Gimmicks Library BASIC Gimmicks library @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ Basic routine name conflicts may exist when multiple Basic libraries are loaded in memory.
- Tools Basic library - Using AutoText explains what the Gimmicks library does. + Tools Basic library + Using AutoText explains what the Gimmicks library does.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp index 20669ec997..c9b806a794 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_importwiz.xhp @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ -

The ImportWizard Library

+

The ImportWizard Library

BASIC ImportWizard library @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Basic routine name conflicts may exist when multiple Basic libraries are loaded in memory.
- Tools Basic library - Document Converter describes what the ImportWizard library does. + Tools Basic library + Document Converter describes what the ImportWizard library does.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp index 00cf3dcc83..78dc00ed35 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_schedule.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - The Schedule Library + The Schedule Library BASIC Schedule library diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp index c2ef92b9b7..334a03e97b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_script.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

The ScriptBindingLibrary Library

+

The ScriptBindingLibrary Library

BASIC ScriptBindingLibrary library @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ Running any Highlight example script loads the ScriptBindingLibrary library in memory. This library is not used by %PRODUCTNAME Basic.
- Basic macro selector - Beanshell, Java and JavaScript Scripts + Basic macro selector + Beanshell, Java and JavaScript Scripts
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp index f7e093fa0c..b490b136d6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_template.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - The Template Library + The Template Library
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp index 2ed625b5aa..26e9fbdd6d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_tools.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - The Tools Library + The Tools Library BASIC Tools library @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@

GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.LoadLibrary("Tools")
- Debug Module - ListBox Module - Misc Module - ModuleControls Module - Strings Module - UCB Module + Debug Module + ListBox Module + Misc Module + ModuleControls Module + Strings Module + UCB Module BASIC Tools library;Debug module @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ DialogName as String, Optional oLibContainer) - Refer to Opening a Dialog with Basic for an example of LoadDialog function. + Refer to Opening a Dialog with Basic for an example of LoadDialog function.

GetFolderName

Sub GetFolderName(oRefModel as Object) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp index 2bf31fc1a9..d2aec47db2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/lib_wikieditor.xhp @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ -

The WikiEditor Library

+

The WikiEditor Library

BASIC WikiEditor library diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_array.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_array.xhp index 241bbd4087..e1fe560429 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_array.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_array.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Array service -

ScriptForge.Array service

+

ScriptForge.Array service

Provides a collection of methods for manipulating and transforming arrays of one dimension (vectors) and arrays of two dimensions (matrices). This includes set operations, sorting, importing from and exporting to text files. Arrays with more than two dimensions cannot be used with the methods in this service, the only exception being the CountDims method that accepts Arrays with any number of dimensions.
@@ -56,42 +56,42 @@ - Append
- AppendColumn
- AppendRow
- Contains
- ConvertToDictionary
- Copy
- CountDims
- Difference
- ExportToTextFile
- ExtractColumn
- ExtractRow
+ Append
+ AppendColumn
+ AppendRow
+ Contains
+ ConvertToDictionary
+ Copy
+ CountDims
+ Difference
+ ExportToTextFile
+ ExtractColumn
+ ExtractRow
- Flatten
- ImportFromCSVFile
- IndexOf
- Insert
- InsertSorted
- Intersection
- Join2D
- Prepend
- PrependColumn
- PrependRow
- RangeInit
+ Flatten
+ ImportFromCSVFile
+ IndexOf
+ Insert
+ InsertSorted
+ Intersection
+ Join2D
+ Prepend
+ PrependColumn
+ PrependRow
+ RangeInit
- Reverse
- Shuffle
- Slice
- Sort
- SortColumns
- SortRows
- Transpose
- TrimArray
- Union
- Unique

+ Reverse
+ Shuffle
+ Slice
+ Sort
+ SortColumns
+ SortRows
+ Transpose
+ TrimArray
+ Union
+ Unique

@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Array service;ConvertToDictionary

ConvertToDictionary

- Store the content of a 2-columns array into a ScriptForge.Dictionary object. + Store the content of a 2-columns array into a ScriptForge.Dictionary object.
The key will be extracted from the first column, the item from the second.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ array_1d: The array to export. It must contain only strings. filename: The name of the text file where the data will be written to. The name must be expressed according to the current FileNaming property of the SF_FileSystem service. - encoding: The character set that should be used. Use one of the names listed in IANA character sets. Note that %PRODUCTNAME may not implement all existing character sets (Default is "UTF-8"). + encoding: The character set that should be used. Use one of the names listed in IANA character sets. Note that %PRODUCTNAME may not implement all existing character sets (Default is "UTF-8"). SF_Array.ExportToTextFile(Array("A","B","C","D"), "C:\Temp\A short file.txt") @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

ImportFromCSVFile

Import the data contained in a comma-separated values (CSV) file. The comma may be replaced by any character. - The applicable CSV format is described in IETF Common Format and MIME Type for CSV Files. + The applicable CSV format is described in IETF Common Format and MIME Type for CSV Files. Each line in the file contains a full record (line splitting is not allowed).
However sequences like \n, \t, ... are left unchanged. Use SF_String.Unescape() method to manage them.
The method returns a two dimension array whose rows correspond to a single record read in the file and whose columns correspond to a field of the record. No check is made about the coherence of the field types across columns. A best guess will be made to identify numeric and date types. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp index ee0f5b2e80..ad5c858204 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_base.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Base service -

SFDocuments.Base service

+

SFDocuments.Base service

The Base service provides a number of methods and properties to facilitate the management and handling of %PRODUCTNAME Base documents. This service is closely related to the Document service, which provides generic methods for handling %PRODUCTNAME documents, including Base documents. Hence, the Base service extends the Document service and provides additional methods that are specific for Base documents, enabling users to: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
- Refer to the Document service to learn more about methods and properties that can be used to manage %PRODUCTNAME documents. + Refer to the Document service to learn more about methods and properties that can be used to manage %PRODUCTNAME documents.

Service invocation

Before using the Base service the ScriptForge library needs to be loaded or imported: @@ -85,22 +85,22 @@ - CloseFormDocument
- FormDocuments
- Forms
+ CloseFormDocument
+ FormDocuments
+ Forms
- GetDatabase
- IsLoaded
- OpenFormDocument
+ GetDatabase
+ IsLoaded
+ OpenFormDocument
- PrintOut
- SetPrinter

+ PrintOut
+ SetPrinter

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ for formName in myForms: bas.MsgBox(formName) - To learn more about form documents, refer to the Form service help page. + To learn more about form documents, refer to the Form service help page.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Base service;GetDatabase

GetDatabase

- Returns an instance of the Database service that allows the execution of SQL commands on the database defined and/or stored in the current Base document + Returns an instance of the Database service that allows the execution of SQL commands on the database defined and/or stored in the current Base document svc.GetDatabase(user: str = '', password: str = ''): svc diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp index 300838e7b8..53b07688ff 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_basic.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.Basic service

+

ScriptForge.Basic service

The ScriptForge.Basic service proposes a collection of %PRODUCTNAME Basic methods to be executed in a Python context. Basic service methods reproduce the exact syntax and behaviour of Basic builtin functions.
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ UNO
object
- StarDesktop object represents %PRODUCTNAME Start Center. + StarDesktop object represents %PRODUCTNAME Start Center. @@ -122,38 +122,38 @@ - CDate
- CDateFromUnoDateTime
- CDateToUnoDateTime
- ConvertFromUrl
- ConvertToUrl
- CreateUnoService
- DateAdd
- DateDiff
- DatePart
+ CDate
+ CDateFromUnoDateTime
+ CDateToUnoDateTime
+ ConvertFromUrl
+ ConvertToUrl
+ CreateUnoService
+ DateAdd
+ DateDiff
+ DatePart
- DateValue
- Format
- GetDefaultContext
- GetGuiType
- GetPathSeparator
- GetSystemTicks
- GlobalScope.BasicLibraries
- GlobalScope.DialogLibraries
- InputBox
+ DateValue
+ Format
+ GetDefaultContext
+ GetGuiType
+ GetPathSeparator
+ GetSystemTicks
+ GlobalScope.BasicLibraries
+ GlobalScope.DialogLibraries
+ InputBox
- MsgBox
- Now
- RGB
- ThisComponent
- ThisDatabaseDocument
- Xray



+ MsgBox
+ Now
+ RGB
+ ThisComponent
+ ThisDatabaseDocument
+ Xray



@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

CDate

Converts a numeric expression or a string to a datetime.datetime Python native object. - This method exposes the Basic builtin function CDate to Python scripts. + This method exposes the Basic builtin function CDate to Python scripts. svc.CDate(expression: any): obj @@ -406,11 +406,11 @@

GetDefaultContext

Returns the default context of the process service factory, if existent, else returns a null reference. - GetDefaultContext is an alternative to the getComponentContext() method available from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable or from uno.py module. + GetDefaultContext is an alternative to the getComponentContext() method available from XSCRIPTCONTEXT global variable or from uno.py module. svc.GetDefaultContext(): uno - The default component context is used, when instantiating services via XMultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information. + The default component context is used, when instantiating services via XMultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information. ctx = bas.GetDefaultContext() @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@

GetGuiType

Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface. This function is only provided for backward compatibility with previous versions. - Refer to system() method from platform Python module to identify the operating system. + Refer to system() method from platform Python module to identify the operating system. svc.GetGuiType(): int @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@

GetPathSeparator

Returns the operating system-dependent directory separator used to specify file paths. - Use os.pathsep from os Python module to identify the path separator. + Use os.pathsep from os Python module to identify the path separator. svc.GetPathSeparator(): str @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ svc.GlobalScope.BasicLibraries(): uno
- com.sun.star.script.XLibraryContainer + com.sun.star.script.XLibraryContainer The following example loads the Gimmicks Basic library if it has not been loaded yet. @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ svc.GlobalScope.DialogLibraries(): uno - com.sun.star.comp.sfx2.DialogLibraryContainer + com.sun.star.comp.sfx2.DialogLibraryContainer The following example shows a message box with the names of all available dialog libraries. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ txt = s.InputBox('Please enter a phrase:', "Dear user") s.MsgBox(txt, s.MB_ICONINFORMATION, "Confirmation of phrase") - For in-depth information please refer to Input/Output to Screen with Python on the Wiki. + For in-depth information please refer to Input/Output to Screen with Python on the Wiki.
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ table_names = db_doc.DataSource.getTables().getElementNames() bas.MsgBox("\n".join(table_names)) - Visit the OfficeDatabaseDocument API page to learn more about Base's main component structure. + Visit the OfficeDatabaseDocument API page to learn more about Base's main component structure.
@@ -647,13 +647,13 @@
- uno.fileUrlToSystemPath() - uno.systemPathToFileUrl() - Input/Output to Screen with Python on the wiki - XSCRIPTCONTEXT.getComponentContext() - uno.getComponentContext() - platform.system() - os.pathsep() + uno.fileUrlToSystemPath() + uno.systemPathToFileUrl() + Input/Output to Screen with Python on the wiki + XSCRIPTCONTEXT.getComponentContext() + uno.getComponentContext() + platform.system() + os.pathsep()
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp index 0dd706d181..ebc41d0322 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_calc.xhp @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
-

SFDocuments.Calc service

+

SFDocuments.Calc service

The SFDocuments shared library provides a number of methods and properties to facilitate the management and handling of %PRODUCTNAME documents. - The SFDocuments.Calc service is a subclass of the SFDocuments.Document service. All methods and properties defined for the Document service can also be accessed using a Calc service instance. + The SFDocuments.Calc service is a subclass of the SFDocuments.Document service. All methods and properties defined for the Document service can also be accessed using a Calc service instance. The Calc service is focused on: @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Properties

- All the properties generic to any document are implicitly applicable also to Calc documents. For more information, read the Document service Help page. + All the properties generic to any document are implicitly applicable also to Calc documents. For more information, read the Document service Help page. The properties specifically available for Calc documents are: @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
- Visit %PRODUCTNAME API Documentation's website to learn more about XCellRange, XSheetCellCursor and XSpreadsheet UNO objects. + Visit %PRODUCTNAME API Documentation's website to learn more about XCellRange, XSheetCellCursor and XSpreadsheet UNO objects.

Methods

@@ -538,58 +538,58 @@ - A1Style
- Activate
- Charts
- ClearAll
- ClearFormats
- ClearValues
- CompactLeft
- CompactUp
- CopySheet
- CopySheetFromFile
- CopyToCell
- CopyToRange
- CreateChart
- CreatePivotTable
- DAvg
+ A1Style
+ Activate
+ Charts
+ ClearAll
+ ClearFormats
+ ClearValues
+ CompactLeft
+ CompactUp
+ CopySheet
+ CopySheetFromFile
+ CopyToCell
+ CopyToRange
+ CreateChart
+ CreatePivotTable
+ DAvg
- DCount
- DMax
- DMin
- DSum
- ExportRangeToFile
- Forms
- GetColumnName
- GetFormula
- GetValue
- ImportFromCSVFile
- ImportFromDatabase
- InsertSheet
- MoveRange
- MoveSheet
- Offset
+ DCount
+ DMax
+ DMin
+ DSum
+ ExportRangeToFile
+ Forms
+ GetColumnName
+ GetFormula
+ GetValue
+ ImportFromCSVFile
+ ImportFromDatabase
+ InsertSheet
+ MoveRange
+ MoveSheet
+ Offset
- OpenRangeSelector
- PrintOut
- Printf
- RemoveSheet
- RenameSheet
- SetArray
- SetCellStyle
- SetFormula
- SetValue
- ShiftDown
- ShiftLeft
- ShiftRight
- ShiftUp
- SortRange

+ OpenRangeSelector
+ PrintOut
+ Printf
+ RemoveSheet
+ RenameSheet
+ SetArray
+ SetCellStyle
+ SetFormula
+ SetValue
+ ShiftDown
+ ShiftLeft
+ ShiftRight
+ ShiftUp
+ SortRange

@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ wholecolumn: If this option is set to True the entire column will be deleted from the sheet. The default value is False, which means that the deleted column will be limited to the height of the specified range.filterformula: The filter to be applied to each column to determine whether or not it will be deleted. The filter is expressed as a Calc formula that should be applied to the first column. When the formula returns True for a column, that column will be deleted. The default filter deletes all empty columns.For example, suppose range A1:J200 is selected (height = 200), so the default formula is =(COUNTBLANK(A1:A200)=200). This means that if all 200 cells are empty in the first column (Column A), then the column is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first column only. Internally the CompactLeft method will generalize this formula for all the remaining columns. - Calc functions used in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. + Calc functions used in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ wholerow: If this option is set to True the entire row will be deleted from the sheet. The default value is False, which means that the deleted row will be limited to the width of the specified range. filterformula: The filter to be applied to each row to determine whether or not it will be deleted. The filter is expressed as a Calc formula that should be applied to the first row. When the formula returns True for a row, that row will be deleted. The default filter deletes all empty rows. For example, suppose range A1:J200 is selected (width = 10), so the default formula is =(COUNTBLANK(A1:J1)=10). This means that if all 10 cells are empty in the first row (Row 1), then the row is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first row only. Internally the CompactUp method will generalize this formula for all the remaining rows. - The Calc functions used in the formula specified in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. + The Calc functions used in the formula specified in the filterformula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ chart = doc.CreateChart("MyChart", "Sheet2", "Sheet1.A1:B5", rowheader=True) chart.ChartType = "Donut" - Refer to the help page about ScriptForge's Chart service to learn more how to further manipulate chart objects. It is possible to change properties as the chart type, chart and axes titles and chart position. + Refer to the help page about ScriptForge's Chart service to learn more how to further manipulate chart objects. It is possible to change properties as the chart type, chart and axes titles and chart position.
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ "Item", ["State", "Team"], False) - To learn more about Pivot Tables in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, read the Pivot Table help page. + To learn more about Pivot Tables in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, read the Pivot Table help page.
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@

GetFormula

Get the formula(s) stored in the given range of cells as a single string, a 1D or a 2D array of strings. - The names of Calc functions used in the returned formulas are expressed in English. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. + The names of Calc functions used in the returned formulas are expressed in English. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. svc.GetFormula(range: str): any @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ arrValues = myDoc.GetValue("~.B1:C100") - If a cell contains a date, the number corresponding to that date will be returned. To convert numeric values to dates in Basic scripts, use the Basic CDate builtin function. In Python scripts, use the CDate function from the Basic service. + If a cell contains a date, the number corresponding to that date will be returned. To convert numeric values to dates in Basic scripts, use the Basic CDate builtin function. In Python scripts, use the CDate function from the Basic service.
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ myDoc.ImportFromCSVFile(r"C:\Temp\myCSVFile.csv", "SheetY.C5") - To learn more about the CSV Filter Options, refer to the CSV Filter Options help page. + To learn more about the CSV Filter Options, refer to the CSV Filter Options help page.
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@

Offset

Returns a new range (as a string) offset by a certain number of rows and columns from a given range. - This method has the same behavior as the homonymous Calc's Offset function. + This method has the same behavior as the homonymous Calc's Offset function. svc.Offset(reference: str, rows: int = 0, columns: int = 0, [height: int], [width: int]): str @@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ value: A scalar, a vector or an array (in Python, one or two-dimensional lists and tuples) with the new values to be stored from the target cell or from the top-left corner of the range if targetcell is a range. The new values must be strings, numeric values or dates. Other types will cause the corresponding cells to be emptied. - The following example uses the builtin DimArray function to create an array and then store it in cell "A1": + The following example uses the builtin DimArray function to create an array and then store it in cell "A1": Dim arrData as Variant arrData = DimArray(2, 1) @@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ If the size of formula is smaller than the size of targetrange, then the remaining cells are emptied. If the size of formula is larger than the size of targetrange, then the formulas are only partially copied until it fills the size of targetrange. Vectors are always expanded vertically, except if targetrange has a height of exactly 1 row. - Calc functions used in the formula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. + Calc functions used in the formula argument must be expressed using their English names. Visit the Wiki page List of Calc Functions for a complete list of Calc functions in English. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp index ca1cc338ff..01f113a517 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_chart.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

SFDocuments.Chart service

+

SFDocuments.Chart service

The Chart service provides a set of properties and methods to handle charts in Calc documents. With this service it is possible to: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Set oDoc = CreateScriptService("Calc") Set oChart = oDoc.CreateChart("My Chart", "Sheet1", "Sheet1.A1:C10") - Read the CreateChart method description to learn more about its arguments. + Read the CreateChart method description to learn more about its arguments. The examples above can be written in Python as follows: @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ UNO Object - Returns the object representing the chart, which is an instance of the ScChartObj class. + Returns the object representing the chart, which is an instance of the ScChartObj class. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ UNO Object - Returns the com.sun.star.chart.XDiagram object representing the diagram of the chart. + Returns the com.sun.star.chart.XDiagram object representing the diagram of the chart. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ UNO Object - Returns the com.sun.star.drawing.XShape object representing the shape of the chart. + Returns the com.sun.star.drawing.XShape object representing the shape of the chart. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ UNO Object - Returns the com.sun.star.table.XTableChart object representing the data being displayed in the chart. + Returns the com.sun.star.table.XTableChart object representing the data being displayed in the chart.
@@ -425,12 +425,12 @@ - ExportToFile
+ ExportToFile
- Resize
+ Resize
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_database.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_database.xhp index 468f83b580..8750c3d869 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_database.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_database.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-

SFDatabases.Database service

+

SFDatabases.Database service

The Database service provides access to databases either embedded or described in Base documents. This service provides methods to: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
Each instance of the Database service represents a single database and gives access to its tables, queries and data. - This service does not provide access to forms or reports in the Base document that contains the database. To access forms in a Base document, refer to the method FormDocuments of the Base service. + This service does not provide access to forms or reports in the Base document that contains the database. To access forms in a Base document, refer to the method FormDocuments of the Base service. All exchanges between this service and the database are done using SQL only. SQL statements may be run in direct or indirect mode. In direct mode the statement is transferred to the database engine without any syntax checking or review. The provided interfaces include simple tables and queries lists, as well as access to database data. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Accessing Databases with the UI Service

- It is also possible to access the database associated with a Base document using the ScriptForge.UI service, as shown in the examples below: + It is also possible to access the database associated with a Base document using the ScriptForge.UI service, as shown in the examples below: Dim myDoc As Object, myDatabase As Object, ui As Object @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ myDatabase.CloseDatabase() doc.CloseDocument() - The GetDatabase method used in the example above is part of ScriptForge's Base service. + The GetDatabase method used in the example above is part of ScriptForge's Base service. Database Service;Queries @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Yes - XConnection + XConnection The UNO object representing the current database connection. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Yes - XDatabaseMetaData + XDatabaseMetaData The UNO object representing the metadata describing the database system attributes. @@ -189,23 +189,23 @@ - CloseDatabase
- DAvg
- DCount + CloseDatabase
+ DAvg
+ DCount
- DMin
- DMax
- DSum + DMin
+ DMax
+ DSum
- DLookup
- GetRows
- RunSql + DLookup
+ GetRows
+ RunSql
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp index 8f9f755c15..b4c34f7725 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialog.xhp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
-

SFDialogs.Dialog service

- The Dialog service contributes to the management of dialogs created with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current class represents a single dialog box displayed to the user. +

SFDialogs.Dialog service

+ The Dialog service contributes to the management of dialogs created with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current class represents a single dialog box displayed to the user.
A dialog box can be displayed in modal or in non-modal modes. In modal mode, the box is displayed and the execution of the macro process is suspended until one of the OK or Cancel buttons is pressed. In the meantime, user actions executed on the box can trigger specific actions. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ The Dialog service is invoked through the CreateScriptService method. It requires three positional arguments to specify the dialog box to activate: - Container: "GlobalScope" for preinstalled libraries or a window name as defined by ScriptForge.UI service. Empty string "" default value stands for the current document. + Container: "GlobalScope" for preinstalled libraries or a window name as defined by ScriptForge.UI service. Empty string "" default value stands for the current document. Library: The case-sensitive name of a library contained in the container. Default value is "Standard". DialogName: A case-sensitive string designating the dialog. Below %PRODUCTNAME Basic and Python examples are displaying the dlgConsole dialog that belongs to ScriptForge shared library: @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ UNO
object
- The UNO object representing the dialog model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + The UNO object representing the dialog model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ UNO
object
- The UNO object representing the dialog view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + The UNO object representing the dialog view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Event properties

- Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification. + Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification. @@ -386,18 +386,18 @@ - Activate
- Center
- Controls
+ Activate
+ Center
+ Controls
- EndExecute
- Execute
- GetTextsFromL10N
+ EndExecute
+ Execute
+ GetTextsFromL10N
- Resize
- Terminate

+ Resize
+ Terminate

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ dlg = CreateScriptService("SFDialogs.DialogEvent", event) dlg.EndExecute(25) - Above com.sun.star.lang.EventObject mentions are optional. Such annotations help identify %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API). + Above com.sun.star.lang.EventObject mentions are optional. Such annotations help identify %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API).
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ Replaces all fixed text strings in a dialog by their translated versions based on a L10N service instance. This method translates the following strings: The method returns True if successful. - To create a list of translatable strings in a dialog use the AddTextsFromDialog method from the L10N service. + To create a list of translatable strings in a dialog use the AddTextsFromDialog method from the L10N service. svc.GetTextsFromL10N(l10n: svc): bool @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ dlg.GetTextsFromL10N(myPO) dlg.Execute() - Read the L10N service help page to learn more about how PO and POT files are handled. + Read the L10N service help page to learn more about how PO and POT files are handled.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp index 59bb03085d..c29d82c65f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dialogcontrol.xhp @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ DialogControl service -

SFDialogs.DialogControl service

- The DialogControl service manages the controls belonging to a dialog defined with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current service represents a single control within a dialog box. +

SFDialogs.DialogControl service

+ The DialogControl service manages the controls belonging to a dialog defined with the Basic Dialog Editor. Each instance of the current service represents a single control within a dialog box. API;awt.XControl API;awt.XControlModel @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Note that the unique DialogControl.Value property content varies according to the control type. A special attention is given to controls of type tree control. It is easy to populate a tree, either branch by branch, or with a set of branches at once. Populating a tree control can be performed statically or dynamically.
- The SFDialogs.DialogControl service is closely related to the SFDialogs.Dialog service. + The SFDialogs.DialogControl service is closely related to the SFDialogs.Dialog service.

Service invocation

Before using the DialogControl service the ScriptForge library needs to be loaded or imported: @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ TreeControl - The currently upmost node selected in the tree control. Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + The currently upmost node selected in the tree control. Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ TreeControl - An object representing the lowest root node (usually there is only one such root node). Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + An object representing the lowest root node (usually there is only one such root node). Refer to XmutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ - Refer to Value property + Refer to Value property @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ All - The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlDialogModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ All - The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControlDialog in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ TreeControl - The UNO object representing the tree control data model. Refer to XMutableTreeDataModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + The UNO object representing the tree control data model. Refer to XMutableTreeDataModel in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@

Event properties

- Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification. + Returns a URI string with the reference to the script triggered by the event. Read its specification in the scripting framework URI specification. @@ -966,17 +966,17 @@ - AddSubNode
- AddSubTree
- CreateRoot
+ AddSubNode
+ AddSubTree
+ CreateRoot
- FindNode
- SetFocus

+ FindNode
+ SetFocus

- SetTableData
- WriteLine

+ SetTableData
+ WriteLine

@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ DialogControl service;AddSubNode

AddSubNode

- Create and return a new node of the tree control as a UNO object subordinate to a parent node. Refer to XMutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information. + Create and return a new node of the tree control as a UNO object subordinate to a parent node. Refer to XMutableTreeNode in Application Programming Interface (API) documentation for detailed information.
This method may be called before displaying the dialog box to build the initial tree. It may also be called from a dialog or control event - using the OnNodeExpanded event - to complete the tree dynamically.
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ One argument out of displayvalue or datavalue must be specified. If both present, one match is sufficient to select the node. - displayvalue: The pattern to be matched. Refer to SF_String.IsLike() method for the list of possible wildcards. When equal to the zero-length string (default), this display value is not searched for. + displayvalue: The pattern to be matched. Refer to SF_String.IsLike() method for the list of possible wildcards. When equal to the zero-length string (default), this display value is not searched for. casesensitive: Default value is False diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp index ba510c046d..f92d13d5a5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_dictionary.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Dictionary service -

ScriptForge.Dictionary service

+

ScriptForge.Dictionary service

A dictionary is a collection of key-item pairs @@ -149,22 +149,22 @@ - Add
- ConvertToArray
- ConvertToJson
- ConvertToPropertyValues + Add
+ ConvertToArray
+ ConvertToJson
+ ConvertToPropertyValues
- Exists
- ImportFromJson
- ImportFromPropertyValues
- Item + Exists
+ ImportFromJson
+ ImportFromPropertyValues
+ Item
- Remove
- RemoveAll
- ReplaceItem
- ReplaceKey + Remove
+ RemoveAll
+ ReplaceItem
+ ReplaceKey
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Dictionary service;ConvertToJson

ConvertToJson

- Converts the contents of a dictionary to JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) text. + Converts the contents of a dictionary to JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) text.

Limitations

This method supports the following data types: String, Boolean, numbers, Null and Empty. Arrays containing items of those types are also allowed, whatever their dimensions. Dates are converted into strings, however they cannot be used inside Arrays. Other data types are converted to their string representation using the SF_String.Represent service. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Dictionary service;ImportFromJson

ImportFromJson

- Adds the content of a JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) string into the current dictionary. Returns True if successful. + Adds the content of a JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) string into the current dictionary. Returns True if successful.

Limitations

The JSON string may contain numbers, text, booleans, null values and arrays containing those types. It must not contain JSON objects namely sub-dictionaries. An attempt is made to convert text to date if the item matches one of these patterns: YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM:SS or YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp index 6a2e0129df..ea3af55c15 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_document.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

SFDocuments.Document service

+

SFDocuments.Document service

The SFDocuments library provides methods and properties to facilitate the management and manipulation of %PRODUCTNAME documents. Methods that are applicable for all types of documents (Text Documents, Sheets, Presentations, etc) are provided by the SFDocuments.Document service. Some examples are: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Dictionary service - Returns a ScriptForge.Dictionary object instance. After update, can be passed again to the property for updating the document.
Individual items of the dictionary may be either strings, numbers, (Basic) dates or com.sun.star.util.Duration items.
+ Returns a ScriptForge.Dictionary object instance. After update, can be passed again to the property for updating the document.
Individual items of the dictionary may be either strings, numbers, (Basic) dates or com.sun.star.util.Duration items.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ UNO Object - The UNO object com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument representing the document + The UNO object com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument representing the document @@ -332,25 +332,25 @@ - Activate
- CloseDocument
- CreateMenu
- ExportAsPDF
+ Activate
+ CloseDocument
+ CreateMenu
+ ExportAsPDF
- PrintOut
- RemoveMenu
- RunCommand
- Save
+ PrintOut
+ RemoveMenu
+ RunCommand
+ Save
- SaveAs
- SaveCopyAs
- SetPrinter

+ SaveAs
+ SaveCopyAs
+ SetPrinter

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@

CreateMenu

Creates a new menu entry in the menubar of a given document window. - This method returns an instance of the SFWidgets.Menu service. + This method returns an instance of the SFWidgets.Menu service. The menu created is only available during the current %PRODUCTNAME session and is not saved neither in the document nor in the global application settings. Hence closing the document window will make the menu disappear. It will only reappear when the macro that creates the menu is executed again. @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ menu.Dispose()
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@

ExportAsPDF

Exports the document directly as a PDF file to the specified location. Returns True if the PDF file was successfully created. - The export options can be set either manually using the File - Export As - Export as PDF dialog or by calling the methods GetPDFExportOptions and SetPDFExportOptions from the Session service. + The export options can be set either manually using the File - Export As - Export as PDF dialog or by calling the methods GetPDFExportOptions and SetPDFExportOptions from the Session service. svc.ExportAsPDF(filename: str, overwrite: bool = False, opt pages: str, opt password: str, opt watermark: str): bool @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Runs a UNO command on the document window associated with the service instance. A few typical commands are: Save, SaveAs, ExportToPDF, Undo, Copy, Paste, etc. The document itself does not need to be active to be able to run commands. Commands can be run with or without arguments. Arguments are not validated before running the command. If the command or its arguments are invalid, then nothing will happen. - For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands. + For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands. svc.RunCommand(command: str, [args: any]) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp index c85fa4068c..decfbd2809 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_exception.xhp @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ Exception service -

ScriptForge.Exception service

+

ScriptForge.Exception service

The Exception service is a collection of methods to assist in code debugging in Basic and Python scripts and in error handling in Basic scripts. In Basic scripts, when a run-time error occurs, the methods and properties of the Exception service help identify the error context and allow to handle it. - The SF_Exception service is similar to the VBA Err object. + The SF_Exception service is similar to the VBA Err object. The Number property identifies the error. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Errors and warnings raised with the Exception service are stored in memory and can be retrieved using the Console method. - The Exception service console stores events, variable values and information about errors. Use the console when the Basic IDE is not easily accessible, for example in Calc user defined functions (UDF) or during events processing. + The Exception service console stores events, variable values and information about errors. Use the console when the Basic IDE is not easily accessible, for example in Calc user defined functions (UDF) or during events processing. Use the DebugPrint method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window. When an error occurs, an application macro may: @@ -133,24 +133,24 @@ - Clear
- Console
- ConsoleClear + Clear
+ Console
+ ConsoleClear
- ConsoleToFile
- DebugDisplay
- DebugPrint

+ ConsoleToFile
+ DebugDisplay
+ DebugPrint

- PythonPrint
- PythonShell
- Raise
- RaiseWarning
+ PythonPrint
+ PythonShell
+ Raise
+ RaiseWarning
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ 'If division by zero, ignore the error End Sub
- For a complete list of Basic run-time error codes, refer to Debugging a Basic Program. + For a complete list of Basic run-time error codes, refer to Debugging a Basic Program.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ exc.ConsoleToFile(filename: str): bool - filename: The name of the text file the console should be dumped into. The name is expressed according to the current FileNaming property of the SF_FileSystem service. By default, URL notation and the native operating system's format are both admitted. + filename: The name of the text file the console should be dumped into. The name is expressed according to the current FileNaming property of the SF_FileSystem service. By default, URL notation and the native operating system's format are both admitted. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

PythonPrint

Displays the list of arguments in a readable form in the platform console. Arguments are separated by a TAB character (simulated by spaces). The same string is added to the ScriptForge debug console. - If Python shell (APSO) is active, PythonPrint content is written to APSO console in place of the platform console. + If Python shell (APSO) is active, PythonPrint content is written to APSO console in place of the platform console. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp index 4361a4aa90..0a697ce0d4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_filesystem.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.FileSystem service

+

ScriptForge.FileSystem service

The FileSystem service includes routines to handle files and folders. Next are some examples of the features provided by this service: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
- The methods in the FileSystem service are mostly based on the XSimpleFileAccess UNO interface. + The methods in the FileSystem service are mostly based on the XSimpleFileAccess UNO interface.

Definitions

The table below lists the main parameters used by most of the methods in the FileSystem service. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

File Naming Notation

The notation used to express file and folder names, both for arguments and returned values, is defined by the FileNaming property of the FileSystem service. - In short, the possible representation types are "URL" (URL file notation), "SYS" (operating system notation) and "ANY" (default). See more information below. + In short, the possible representation types are "URL" (URL file notation), "SYS" (operating system notation) and "ANY" (default). See more information below. An example of the URL notation is file:///C:/Documents/my_file.odt. Whenever possible consider using the URL notation because it is a more portable alternative. The use of the shortcut "~" (tilde), which is common in Linux-based operating systems, is not supported to express a path to a folder and file name. Instead of using "~/Documents/my_file.odt" use the full path "/home/user/Documents/my_file.odt". @@ -288,41 +288,41 @@ - BuildPath
- CompareFiles
- CopyFile
- CopyFolder
- CreateFolder
- CreateTextFile
- DeleteFile
- DeleteFolder
- ExtensionFolder
+ BuildPath
+ CompareFiles
+ CopyFile
+ CopyFolder
+ CreateFolder
+ CreateTextFile
+ DeleteFile
+ DeleteFolder
+ ExtensionFolder
- FileExists
- Files
- FolderExists
- GetBaseName
- GetExtension
- GetFileLen
- GetFileModified
- GetName
- GetParentFolderName
+ FileExists
+ Files
+ FolderExists
+ GetBaseName
+ GetExtension
+ GetFileLen
+ GetFileModified
+ GetName
+ GetParentFolderName
- GetTempName
- HashFile
- MoveFile
- MoveFolder
- Normalize
- OpenTextFile
- PickFile
- PickFolder
- SubFolders
+ GetTempName
+ HashFile
+ MoveFile
+ MoveFolder
+ Normalize
+ OpenTextFile
+ PickFile
+ PickFolder
+ SubFolders
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ fs.FileNaming = "SYS" myFile = fs.CreateTextFile(r"C:\Temp\ThisFile.txt", overwrite = True) - To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets. + To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

ExtensionFolder

Returns a string containing the folder where the specified extension package is installed. The current value of the property SF_FileSystem.FileNaming is used to determine the notation of the returned string. - Use the property Extensions from the Platform service to get string array with the IDs of all installed extensions. + Use the property Extensions from the Platform service to get string array with the IDs of all installed extensions. svc.ExtensionFolder(extension: str): str diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp index 667ab7cb1e..01ebbbf503 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_form.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

SFDocuments.Form service

+

SFDocuments.Form service

The Form service provides methods and properties to manage forms in %PRODUCTNAME documents. This service supports forms in Base, Calc and Writer documents and allows to: @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
The SFDocuments.Form service is available from %PRODUCTNAME 7.2 onwards. - Forms are usually used in %PRODUCTNAME documents to create user interfaces connected to relational databases. Hence, the Form service provides quick access to the linked database through the SFDatabases.Database service. - The SFDocuments.Form service is closely related to the SFDocuments.FormControl service. + Forms are usually used in %PRODUCTNAME documents to create user interfaces connected to relational databases. Hence, the Form service provides quick access to the linked database through the SFDatabases.Database service. + The SFDocuments.Form service is closely related to the SFDocuments.FormControl service.

Definitions

FormDocument

Forms are usually created in Base documents, but they can be added to Writer and Calc documents as well. - In Base, each form you create using the Insert - Form functionality or through the Form Wizard is actually a FormDocument that can be handled with the Form service. Base documents can contain an unlimited number of form documents. + In Base, each form you create using the Insert - Form functionality or through the Form Wizard is actually a FormDocument that can be handled with the Form service. Base documents can contain an unlimited number of form documents. Below is an example showing the hierarchy of all the elements involved in accessing forms and subforms in a Base document. Suppose you have a Base file named Employees.odb and inside it you created a form document to add new employees to the database. The form document contains a main form named EmployeeData that gives access to a table. There is also a subform WorksAtPlant that allows you to associate the new employee to one of the plants of the company. Employees.odb (Base document) @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ | |-- WorksAtPlant (SubForm) - A FormDocument can be seen as a set of forms that provide access to datasets such as database tables and queries from within %PRODUCTNAME documents. The names of forms and subforms inside a FormDocument can be accessed using the Form Navigator. + A FormDocument can be seen as a set of forms that provide access to datasets such as database tables and queries from within %PRODUCTNAME documents. The names of forms and subforms inside a FormDocument can be accessed using the Form Navigator.

Forms and Subforms

A form document is composed of one or more forms which, in turn, may also contain any number of subforms. A Form is an abstract set of controls that are linked to a specified data source, which can be a database table, a query or a SQL SELECT statement. In Calc and Writer documents, each form can be linked to datasets located in different databases. On the other hand, in Base documents the database contained in the document is common to all forms. - To invoke the SFDocuments.Form service refer to the methods Forms(), FormDocuments() and OpenFormDocument() of the SFDocuments.Document service + To invoke the SFDocuments.Form service refer to the methods Forms(), FormDocuments() and OpenFormDocument() of the SFDocuments.Document service

Service invocation

Before using the Form service the ScriptForge library needs to be loaded or imported: @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ ' Or, alternatively, to access the form by its index ... Set myForm = oDb.Forms("thisFormDocument", 0) - To perform any action on a form using the Form service, the FormDocument must have been opened either manually by the user or programmatically in a user script. The latter can be done by calling the OpenFormDocument method of the Base service. + To perform any action on a form using the Form service, the FormDocument must have been opened either manually by the user or programmatically in a user script. The latter can be done by calling the OpenFormDocument method of the Base service. To access a given subform of a form use the SubForms method. Note that in the example below mySubForm is a new instance of the Form service. Dim mySubForm As Object @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ UNO
object
- The UNO object representing interactions with the form. Refer to XForm and DataForm in the API documentation for detailed information. + The UNO object representing interactions with the form. Refer to XForm and DataForm in the API documentation for detailed information. @@ -548,28 +548,28 @@ - To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification. + To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification. List of methods in the Form service - Activate
- CloseFormDocument
- Controls
- GetDatabase
+ Activate
+ CloseFormDocument
+ Controls
+ GetDatabase
- MoveFirst
- MoveLast
- MoveNext
- MoveNew
+ MoveFirst
+ MoveLast
+ MoveNext
+ MoveNew
- MovePrevious
- Requery
- SubForms

+ MovePrevious
+ Requery
+ SubForms

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ Form service;GetDatabase

GetDatabase

- Return a SFDatabases.Database instance giving access to the execution of SQL commands on the database the current form is connected to and/or that is stored in the current Base document. + Return a SFDatabases.Database instance giving access to the execution of SQL commands on the database the current form is connected to and/or that is stored in the current Base document. Each form has its own database connection, except in Base documents where they all share the same connection. svc.GetDatabase(opt user: str, opt password: str): svc diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp index 4bcfaf6878..0cc2d18b02 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_formcontrol.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

SFDocuments.FormControl service

+

SFDocuments.FormControl service

The FormControl service provides access to the controls that belong to a form, a subform or a table control of a FormDocument. Each instance of the FormControl service refers to a single control in the form. This service allows users to: @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ To use the FormControl service in a particular form, subform or table control, all controls must have unique names. Radio buttons that share the same group name must also have unique control names. The main purpose of the FormControl service is setting and getting the properties and values displayed by the controls in a form. - All controls have a Value property. However, its contents will vary according to the control type. For more information, read The Value Property below. + All controls have a Value property. However, its contents will vary according to the control type. For more information, read The Value Property below. It is also possible to format the controls via the XControlModel and XControlView properties. - The SFDocuments.FormControl service is closely related to the SFDocuments.Form service. + The SFDocuments.FormControl service is closely related to the SFDocuments.Form service. API;awt.XControl API;awt.XControlModel @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ control = form.Controls('myTextBox') # SFDocuments.FormControl control.Value = 'Current Time = ' + strftime("%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S", localtime()) - To learn more about how to open a FormDocument and get access to its forms, refer to the SFDocuments.Form service help page. + To learn more about how to open a FormDocument and get access to its forms, refer to the SFDocuments.Form service help page. Alternatively a FormControl instance can be retrieved via the SFDocuments.FormEvent service, which returns the SFDocuments.FormControl class instance that triggered the event. Sub OnEvent(ByRef poEvent As Object) @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Specifies the type of data contained in a combobox or a listbox. - It must be one of the com.sun.star.form.ListSourceType.* constants. + It must be one of the com.sun.star.form.ListSourceType.* constants. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ - This property depends on the current control type. Refer to The Value property for more information. + This property depends on the current control type. Refer to The Value property for more information. @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ All - The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlModel in the API documentation for more information. + The UNO object representing the control model. Refer to XControlModel and UnoControlModel in the API documentation for more information. @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ All - The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControl in the API documentation for more information. + The UNO object representing the control view. Refer to XControl and UnoControl in the API documentation for more information. @@ -1043,17 +1043,17 @@ - To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification. + To learn more about URI strings, refer to the Scripting Framework URI Specification. List of Methods in the FormControl Service - Controls
+ Controls
- SetFocus
+ SetFocus
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp index 98081e5454..0ee5a57cfc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_intro.xhp @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Python scripts with ScriptForge -

Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge

+

Creating Python Scripts with ScriptForge

Differences between Basic and Python

- The ScriptForge library is available both for Basic and Python. Most services, methods and properties work identically in both programming languages. However, due to differences in how each language works, ScriptForge users must be aware of some characteristics of the library when using Python: + The ScriptForge library is available both for Basic and Python. Most services, methods and properties work identically in both programming languages. However, due to differences in how each language works, ScriptForge users must be aware of some characteristics of the library when using Python: Methods and Property names: In Python, all methods and properties can be used in lowercased, ProperCased or camelCased formats. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Debugging: Whenever an error occurs in Python scripts that use ScriptForge, the error message provided by the Python execution stack displays the line of code that triggered the error. In Basic error messages do not display this information. - Visit %PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help for more information on Python scripting using %PRODUCTNAME. + Visit %PRODUCTNAME Python Scripts Help for more information on Python scripting using %PRODUCTNAME.

Running Python scripts on %PRODUCTNAME

Depending on what you intend to achieve, you may choose one of the following approaches to running Python scripts in %PRODUCTNAME: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Run Scripts separately from the %PRODUCTNAME process: Python scripts are executed from an external process that connects to an ongoing %PRODUCTNAME process using a socket.
- If you plan to run scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process, it is recommended to install the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. However, to develop Python scripts from outside %PRODUCTNAME, you can choose your preferred Python IDE. + If you plan to run scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process, it is recommended to install the APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension. However, to develop Python scripts from outside %PRODUCTNAME, you can choose your preferred Python IDE.

Running Scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process

Using the APSO extension

@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@

Creating Python script files

You can create your own Python files and edit them with your preferred text editor. Later you can call them from within any %PRODUCTNAME component. - The first step is to locate where your user scripts are stored. For that, refer to Python Scripts Organization and Location help page. + The first step is to locate where your user scripts are stored. For that, refer to Python Scripts Organization and Location help page. Now you can create a text file inside your Python user scripts folder, for instance sf_test.py, and start typing your scripts. Next is a simple example that gets the numeric value from a Calc cell and increments it by 1. Simply type the following code into the sf_test.py file. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Take note of the host and port parameters, which in this example are localhost and 2021, respectively.

Running an External Python Shell

- Start the Python shell from within the program folder inside your %PRODUCTNAME installation path. Follow the steps above to learn how to find your installation path. + Start the Python shell from within the program folder inside your %PRODUCTNAME installation path. Follow the steps above to learn how to find your installation path. On Linux / Mac OS: $ cd /usr/lib/libreoffice/program $ python diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp index b722e00789..5ae50229f6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_l10n.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.L10N service

+

ScriptForge.L10N service

This service provides a number of methods related to the translation of strings with minimal impact on the program's source code. The methods provided by the L10N service can be used mainly to: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The acronym L10N stands for Localization and refers to a set of procedures for translating software to a specific country or region. PO files have long been promoted in the free software community as a means to providing multilingual user interfaces. This is accomplished through the use of human-readable text files with a well defined structure that specifies, for any given language, the source language string and the localized string. The main advantage of the PO format is dissociation of the programmer and the translator. PO files are independent text files, so the programmer can send POT template files to translators, who will then translate their contents and return the translated PO files for each supported language. - The L10N service is based on the GNU implementation of PO (portable object) files. To learn more about this file format, visit GNU gettext Utilities: PO Files. + The L10N service is based on the GNU implementation of PO (portable object) files. To learn more about this file format, visit GNU gettext Utilities: PO Files. This service implements the methods listed below: @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ encoding: The character set to be used. The default encoding is "UTF-8". locale2: A string specifying the fallback locale to be used in case the PO file corresponding to the locale defined the locale parameter does not exist. This parameter is expressed in the form "la-CO" (language-COUNTRY) or "la" (language) only. encoding2: The character set of the fallback PO file corresponding to the locale2 argument. The default encoding is "UTF-8". - To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets. + To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets. The following example instantiates the L10N service without any optional arguments. This will only enable the AddText and ExportToPOTFile methods, which is useful for creating POT files. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Dim myPO As Variant Set myPO = CreateScriptService("L10N") - The example below specifies the folder containing the PO files. Because the locale is not defined, the service instance will use the locale defined for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface, which is the same locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + The example below specifies the folder containing the PO files. Because the locale is not defined, the service instance will use the locale defined for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface, which is the same locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. Set myPO = CreateScriptService("L10N", "C:\myPOFiles") @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ String - The folder containing the PO files (see the FileSystem.FileNaming property to learn about the notation used). + The folder containing the PO files (see the FileSystem.FileNaming property to learn about the notation used). @@ -189,18 +189,18 @@ - AddText
- AddTextsFromDialog + AddText
+ AddTextsFromDialog
- ExportToPOTFile

+ ExportToPOTFile

- GetText

+ GetText

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
The method returns True if successful. The dialog from which strings will be extracted must not be open when the method is called. - When a L10N service instance is created from an existing PO file, use the GetTextsFromL10N method from the Dialog service to automatically load all translated strings into the dialog. + When a L10N service instance is created from an existing PO file, use the GetTextsFromL10N method from the Dialog service to automatically load all translated strings into the dialog. svc.AddTextsFromDialog(dialog: svc): bool diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp index 8525cefbe0..629fd053a4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_menu.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

SFWidgets.Menu service

+

SFWidgets.Menu service

The Menu service can be used to create and remove menus from the menubar of a %PRODUCTNAME document window. Each menu entry can be associated with a script or with a UNO command. This service provides the following capabilities: @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ - The Menu service is instantiated by calling the CreateMenu method from the Document service. The code snippet below creates a menu named My Menu in the current document window with two entries Item A and Item B. + The Menu service is instantiated by calling the CreateMenu method from the Document service. The code snippet below creates a menu named My Menu in the current document window with two entries Item A and Item B. Sub CreateMenu() GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.loadLibrary("ScriptForge") @@ -197,17 +197,17 @@ - AddCheckBox
+ AddCheckBox
- AddItem
+ AddItem
- AddRadioButton
+ AddRadioButton
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ script: The URI for a Basic or Python script that will be executed when the item is clicked. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp index 219669b9f7..832ba401ab 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_methods.xhp @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ -

ScriptForge Method Signatures

+

ScriptForge Method Signatures

ScriptForge; Method signatures diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_platform.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_platform.xhp index c9283925b6..911dee0600 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_platform.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_platform.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.Platform service

+

ScriptForge.Platform service

The Platform service provides a collection of properties about the current execution environment and context, such as: @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
- Platform information with INFO("system") Calc formula + Platform information with INFO("system") Calc formula
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp index 51c155b688..2f4ea51e0e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_popupmenu.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-

SFWidgets.PopupMenu service

+

SFWidgets.PopupMenu service

The PopupMenu service can be used to create popup menus that can be associated with events or executed by scripts. This service provides the following capabilities: @@ -207,18 +207,18 @@ - AddCheckBox
- AddItem + AddCheckBox
+ AddItem
- AddRadioButton

+ AddRadioButton

- Execute

+ Execute

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_region.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_region.xhp index 72ab4395cb..7942ef1618 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_region.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_region.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.Region service

+

ScriptForge.Region service

The Region service provides a collection of properties and methods to handle locale and region-related aspects of programming, such as: @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ A string combining a language and a country in the format "la-CO". The language part is expressed with 2 or 3 lowercase characters followed by a dash and 2 uppercase characters representing the country. For instance, "en-US" corresponds to the English language in the United States; "fr-BE" corresponds to the French language in Belgium, and so forth. On some situations the full locale is not required and only the language or country may be specified. - Most properties and methods accept a locale as argument. If no locale is specified, then the user-interface locale is used, which is defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + Most properties and methods accept a locale as argument. If no locale is specified, then the user-interface locale is used, which is defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service.

Timezone

- A string in the format "Region/City" such as "Europe/Berlin", or a timezone ID such as "UTC" or "GMT-8:00". Refer to the wiki page List of tz database timezones for a list of possible timezone names and IDs. + A string in the format "Region/City" such as "Europe/Berlin", or a timezone ID such as "UTC" or "GMT-8:00". Refer to the wiki page List of tz database timezones for a list of possible timezone names and IDs. Providing an invalid timezone string to any of the methods in the Region service will not result in a runtime error. Instead, methods as UTCDateTime and UTCNow will return the current operating system date and time. The time offset between the timezone and the Greenwich Meridian Time (GMT) is expressed in minutes. The Daylight Saving Time (DST) is an additional offset. @@ -371,20 +371,20 @@ - DSTOffset
- LocalDateTime
+ DSTOffset
+ LocalDateTime
- Number2Text
- TimeZoneOffset
+ Number2Text
+ TimeZoneOffset
- UTCDateTime
- UTCNow
+ UTCDateTime
+ UTCNow
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ localdatetime: the local date and time expressed as a date. timezone: the timezone for which the offset will be calculated. - locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ utcdatetime: the UTC date and time, expressed using a date object. timezone: the timezone for which the local time will be calculated. - locale: the locale specifying the country for which the local time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + locale: the locale specifying the country for which the local time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. @@ -465,14 +465,14 @@

Number2Text

Converts numbers and monetary values into written text for any of the currently supported languages. - For a list of all supported languages visit the XNumberText Interface API reference. + For a list of all supported languages visit the XNumberText Interface API reference. svc.Number2Text(number: any, opt locale: str): str number: the number to be converted into written text. It can be provided either as a numeric type or as a string. When a string is provided, it can be preceded by a prefix informing how the numbers should be written. It is also possible to include ISO 4217 currency codes. See examples below for more information. - locale: the locale defining the language into which the number will be converted to, given either in "la-CO" or "la" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + locale: the locale defining the language into which the number will be converted to, given either in "la-CO" or "la" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ timezone: the timezone for which the offset to the GMT will be calculated. - locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + locale: the locale specifying the country for which the offset will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ localdatetime: the local date and time in a specific timezone expressed as a date. timezone: the timezone for which the localdatetime argument was given. - locale: the locale specifying the country for which the localdatetime argument was given, expressed either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + locale: the locale specifying the country for which the localdatetime argument was given, expressed either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ timezone: the timezone for which the current UTC time will be calculated. - locale: the locale specifying the country for which the current UTC time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. + locale: the locale specifying the country for which the current UTC time will be calculated, given either in "la-CO" or "CO" formats. The default value is the locale defined in the OfficeLocale property of the Platform service. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp index 582bf336c0..e9b402e4ef 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_services.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Services service -

ScriptForge.Services service

+

ScriptForge.Services service

The main purpose of the Services module is to provide access to the CreateScriptService method, which can be called in user scripts to instantiate services that are implemented using the ScriptForge framework.
In ScriptForge terminology a service is a collection of methods and properties that can be used for a common purpose. For example, the String service provides methods for manipulating strings whereas the FileSystem service allows for the manipulation of files and folders. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ service: The name of the service identified as a string in the format "library.service": - The library is a Basic library that must exist in the GlobalScope. The default value is "ScriptForge". + The library is a Basic library that must exist in the GlobalScope. The default value is "ScriptForge". The service is one of the services registered by the ScriptForge library. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp index a5a788cc4f..f2505b1cb8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_session.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Session service -

ScriptForge.Session service

+

ScriptForge.Session service

The Session service gathers various general-purpose methods about: @@ -176,28 +176,28 @@ - ExecuteBasicScript
- ExecuteCalcFunction
- ExecutePythonScript
- GetPDFExportOptions
- HasUnoMethod
+ ExecuteBasicScript
+ ExecuteCalcFunction
+ ExecutePythonScript
+ GetPDFExportOptions
+ HasUnoMethod
- HasUnoProperty
- OpenURLInBrowser
- RunApplication
- SendMail
- SetPDFExportOptions
+ HasUnoProperty
+ OpenURLInBrowser
+ RunApplication
+ SendMail
+ SetPDFExportOptions
- UnoMethods
- UnoProperties
- UnoObjectType
- WebService

+ UnoMethods
+ UnoProperties
+ UnoObjectType
+ WebService

@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@

ExecuteCalcFunction

Execute a Calc function using its English name and based on the given arguments. -
If the arguments are arrays, the function is executed as an array formula.
+
If the arguments are arrays, the function is executed as an array formula.
session.ExecuteCalcFunction(calcfunction: str, args: any[0..*]): any @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ session.ExecutePythonScript(scope: str, script: str, args: any[0..*]): any - scope: One of the applicable constants listed above. The default value is session.SCRIPTISSHARED. + scope: One of the applicable constants listed above. The default value is session.SCRIPTISSHARED. script: Either "library/module.py$method" or "module.py$method" or "myExtension.oxt|myScript|module.py$method" as a case-sensitive string. library: The folder path to the Python module. @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ odd_list = [v for v in range(v1, v2 + 1) if v % 2 != 0] return odd_list - Read the help page Python Scripts Organization and Location to learn more about where Python scripts can be stored. + Read the help page Python Scripts Organization and Location to learn more about where Python scripts can be stored. The following examples show how to call the function odd_integers from within Basic and Python scripts. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Returns the current PDF export settings defined in the PDF Options dialog, which can be accessed by choosing File - Export as - Export as PDF. Export options set with the PDF Options dialog are kept for future use. Hence GetPDFExportOptions returns the settings currently defined. In addition, use SetPDFExportOptions to change current PDF export options. This method returns a Dictionary object wherein each key represent export options and the corresponding values are the current PDF export settings. - Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options. + Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options. session.GetPDFExportOptions(): obj @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Session service;OpenURLInBrowser

OpenURLInBrowser

- Open a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the default browser. + Open a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the default browser. session.OpenURLInBrowser(url: str) @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Modifies the PDF export settings defined in the PDF Options dialog, which can be accessed by choosing File - Export as - Export as PDF. Calling this method changes the actual values set in the PDF Options dialog, which are used by the ExportAsPDF method from the Document service. This method returns True when successful. - Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options. + Read the PDF Export wiki page to learn more about all available options. session.SetPDFExportOptions(pdfoptions: obj): bool diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp index eaaf5c10e0..5ca181ee23 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_string.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.String service

+

ScriptForge.String service

The String service provides a collection of methods for string processing. These methods can be used to: @@ -275,58 +275,58 @@ - Capitalize
- Count
- EndsWith
- Escape
- ExpandTabs
- FilterNotPrintable
- FindRegex
- HashStr
- HtmlEncode
- IsADate
- IsAlpha
- IsAlphaNum
- IsAscii
- IsDigit
- IsEmail
+ Capitalize
+ Count
+ EndsWith
+ Escape
+ ExpandTabs
+ FilterNotPrintable
+ FindRegex
+ HashStr
+ HtmlEncode
+ IsADate
+ IsAlpha
+ IsAlphaNum
+ IsAscii
+ IsDigit
+ IsEmail
- IsFileName
- IsHexDigit
- IsIBAN
- IsIPv4
- IsLike
- IsLower
- IsPrintable
- IsRegex
- IsSheetName
- IsTitle
- IsUpper
- IsUrl
- IsWhitespace
- JustifyCenter
- JustifyLeft
+ IsFileName
+ IsHexDigit
+ IsIBAN
+ IsIPv4
+ IsLike
+ IsLower
+ IsPrintable
+ IsRegex
+ IsSheetName
+ IsTitle
+ IsUpper
+ IsUrl
+ IsWhitespace
+ JustifyCenter
+ JustifyLeft
- JustifyRight
- Quote
- ReplaceChar
- ReplaceRegex
- ReplaceStr
- Represent
- Reverse
- SplitLines
- SplitNotQuoted
- StartsWith
- TrimExt
- Unescape
- Unquote
- Wrap

+ JustifyRight
+ Quote
+ ReplaceChar
+ ReplaceRegex
+ ReplaceStr
+ Represent
+ Reverse
+ SplitLines
+ SplitNotQuoted
+ StartsWith
+ TrimExt
+ Unescape
+ Unquote
+ Wrap

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 'Counts the number of words with only lowercase letters (returns 7) MsgBox SF_String.Count("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.", "\b[a-z]+\b", IsRegex := True, CaseSensitive := True) - To learn more about regular expressions, refer to the Python's documentation on Regular Expression Operations. + To learn more about regular expressions, refer to the Python's documentation on Regular Expression Operations.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ MsgBox SF_String.IsADate("2020-12-31", "YYYY-MM-DD") ' True - This method checks the format of the input string without performing any calendar-specific checks. Hence it does not test the input string for leap years or months with 30 or 31 days. For that, refer to the IsDate built-in function. + This method checks the format of the input string without performing any calendar-specific checks. Hence it does not test the input string for leap years or months with 30 or 31 days. For that, refer to the IsDate built-in function. The example below shows the difference between the methods IsADate (ScriptForge) and the IsDate (built-in) function. Dim myDate as String : myDate = "2020-02-30" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@

IsAlpha

Returns True if all characters in the string are alphabetic. - Alphabetic characters are those characters defined in the Unicode Character Database as Letter. + Alphabetic characters are those characters defined in the Unicode Character Database as Letter. svc.IsAlpha(inputstr: str): bool @@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@

Reverse

Returns the input string in reversed order. - This method is equivalent to the built-in StrReverse Basic function. + This method is equivalent to the built-in StrReverse Basic function. To use the StrReverse function, the statement Option VBASupport 1 must be present in the module. @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@

Wrap

Converts the input string into an array of substrings so that each item in the array has at most a given number of characters. In practice, this method returns a zero-based array of output lines, without newlines at the end, except for the pre-existing line-breaks. - Tabs are expanded using the same procedure performed by the ExpandTabs method. + Tabs are expanded using the same procedure performed by the ExpandTabs method. Symbolic line breaks are replaced by their equivalent ASCII characters. If the wrapped output has no content, the returned array is empty. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp index bec2c7e578..81282376c0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_textstream.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.TextStream service

+

ScriptForge.TextStream service

The TextStream service is used to sequentially read from and write to files opened or created using the ScriptForge.FileSystem service. The methods OpenTextFile and CreateTextFile from the FileSystem service return an instance of the TextStream service.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Set myFile = myFile.Dispose() - The methods in the TextStream service are mostly based on the XTextInputStream and XTextOutputStream UNO interfaces. + The methods in the TextStream service are mostly based on the XTextInputStream and XTextOutputStream UNO interfaces. from scriptforge import CreateScriptService @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ - To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets. + To learn more about the names of character sets, visit IANA's Character Set page. Be aware that %PRODUCTNAME does not implement all existing character sets. List of Methods in the TextStream Service @@ -178,20 +178,20 @@ - CloseFile
- ReadAll
+ CloseFile
+ ReadAll
- ReadLine
- SkipLine
+ ReadLine
+ SkipLine
- WriteBlankLines
- WriteLine
+ WriteBlankLines
+ WriteLine
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp index a2996679e6..5956c267ea 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_timer.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

ScriptForge.Timer service

+

ScriptForge.Timer service

The Timer service measures the amount of time it takes to run user scripts. A Timer measures durations. It can be: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp index 82585a4519..c189dd67d1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ UI service -

ScriptForge.UI service

+

ScriptForge.UI service

The UI (User Interface) service simplifies the identification and the manipulation of the different windows composing the whole %PRODUCTNAME application: @@ -272,23 +272,23 @@ - Activate
- CreateBaseDocument
- CreateDocument (*)
- GetDocument
- Maximize + Activate
+ CreateBaseDocument
+ CreateDocument (*)
+ GetDocument
+ Maximize
- Minimize
- OpenBaseDocument
- OpenDocument (*)
- Resize

+ Minimize
+ OpenBaseDocument
+ OpenDocument (*)
+ Resize

- RunCommand
- SetStatusBar (*)
- ShowProgressBar
- WindowExists

+ RunCommand
+ SetStatusBar (*)
+ ShowProgressBar
+ WindowExists

@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ svc.GetDocument(windowname: str = ''): svc svc.GetDocument(windowname: uno): svc - windowname: See the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is used. UNO objects of types com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument are also accepted. Thus passing ThisComponent or ThisDatabaseDocument as argument creates a new SFDocuments.Document, Base or Calc service. + windowname: See the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is used. UNO objects of types com.sun.star.lang.XComponent or com.sun.star.comp.dba.ODatabaseDocument are also accepted. Thus passing ThisComponent or ThisDatabaseDocument as argument creates a new SFDocuments.Document, Base or Calc service. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ svc.Maximize(windowname: str) - windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is maximized. + windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is maximized. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ svc.Minimize(windowname: str)
- windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is minimized. + windowname: see the definitions above. If this argument is absent, the active window is minimized. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

RunCommand

Runs a UNO command on the current window. A few typical commands are: Save, SaveAs, ExportToPDF, Undo, Copy, Paste, etc. Commands can be run with or without arguments. Arguments are not validated before running the command. If the command or its arguments are invalid, then nothing will happen. - For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands. + For a complete list of UNO commands that can be run in %PRODUCTNAME, refer to the Wiki page Development/DispatchCommands. svc.RunCommand(command: str, [args: any]) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp index 80ce5c8342..50c0051d89 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_unittest.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

SFUnitTests.UnitTest service

+

SFUnitTests.UnitTest service

The UnitTest service provides a framework for automating unit tests using the Basic language, including the ability to: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ End Sub The test suite above consists of two test cases Test_Sum and Test_Multiply. To run all tests simply run the Main method from the "AllTests" module. - The Console from the Exception service is used as the default output to print test results. After running the example above, the following output will be displayed in the console: + The Console from the Exception service is used as the default output to print test results. After running the example above, the following output will be displayed in the console: ' RUNTEST ENTER testsuite='Tests.AllTests', pattern='Test_*' ' SETUP Tests.AllTests.Setup() ENTER @@ -244,41 +244,41 @@ - AssertAlmostEqual
- AssertEqual
- AssertFalse
- AssertGreater
- AssertGreaterEqual
- AssertIn
- AssertIsInstance
- AssertIsNothing
- AssertLike
+ AssertAlmostEqual
+ AssertEqual
+ AssertFalse
+ AssertGreater
+ AssertGreaterEqual
+ AssertIn
+ AssertIsInstance
+ AssertIsNothing
+ AssertLike
- AssertNotRegex
- AssertIsNull
- AssertLess
- AssertLessEqual
- AssertNotAlmostEqual
- AssertNotEqual
- AssertNotIn
- AssertNotInstance
- AssertNotLike
+ AssertNotRegex
+ AssertIsNull
+ AssertLess
+ AssertLessEqual
+ AssertNotAlmostEqual
+ AssertNotEqual
+ AssertNotIn
+ AssertNotInstance
+ AssertNotLike
- AssertNotNothing
- AssertNotNull
- AssertRegex
- AssertTrue
- Fail
- Log
- ReportError
- RunTest
- SkipTest
+ AssertNotNothing
+ AssertNotNull
+ AssertRegex
+ AssertTrue
+ Fail
+ Log
+ ReportError
+ RunTest
+ SkipTest
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ svc.AssertNotEqual(a: any, b: any, message: str = ""): bool - This method works both for scalars and arrays. Read the instructions in AssertEqual for more information on what equality means in this assertion. + This method works both for scalars and arrays. Read the instructions in AssertEqual for more information on what equality means in this assertion.
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ svc.AssertNotIn(a: any, b: any, message: str = ""): bool - Read the instructions in AssertIn for more information on the assumptions of this method. + Read the instructions in AssertIn for more information on the assumptions of this method.
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ svc.AssertNotInstance(a: any, objecttype: str, message: str = ""): bool - Read the instructions in AssertIsInstance for more information on the assumptions of this method. + Read the instructions in AssertIsInstance for more information on the assumptions of this method.
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ svc.AssertNotLike(a: any, pattern: str = "", message: str = ""): bool - Read the instructions in AssertLike for more information on the assumptions of this method. + Read the instructions in AssertLike for more information on the assumptions of this method.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp index d4ea1bdfc1..46de70179a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_writer.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

SFDocuments.Writer service

+

SFDocuments.Writer service

The SFDocuments shared library provides a number of methods and properties to facilitate the management and handling of %PRODUCTNAME documents. Some methods are generic for all types of documents and are inherited from the SF_Document module, whereas other methods that are specific for Writer documents are defined in the SF_Writer module. To be done: list with the main features of the Writer service. @@ -92,17 +92,17 @@ - Forms
+ Forms
- PrintOut
+ PrintOut
-
+
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ A SFDocuments.Form service instance representing the form specified as argument. - This method is applicable only for Writer documents. Calc and Base documents have their own Forms method in the Calc and Base services, respectively. + This method is applicable only for Writer documents. Calc and Base documents have their own Forms method in the Calc and Base services, respectively. svc.Forms(): str[0..*] @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Writer service;PrintOut

PrintOut

- Send the contents of the document to the printer. The printer may be previously defined by default, by the user or by the SetPrinter method of the Document service. Returns True when successful. + Send the contents of the document to the printer. The printer may be previously defined by default, by the user or by the SetPrinter method of the Document service. Returns True when successful. svc.PrintOut(opt pages: str = "", opt copies: num = 1, opt printbackground: bool = True, opt printblankpages: bool = False, opt printevenpages: bool = True, opt printoddpages: bool = True, opt printimages: bool = True): bool diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp index b9f2c0ad26..0e73ab1d64 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Run-Time Functions

+

Run-Time Functions

This section describes the Runtime Functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp index f885f1846a..190c3815f0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Screen I/O Functions

+

Screen I/O Functions

This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogs for the input and output of user entries.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp index 42f45eb1d1..b7c4ed7852 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Display Functions + Display Functions This section describes Runtime functions used to output information to the screen display.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp index 3317c11922..ed00a4462d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

MsgBox Function

+

MsgBox Function

Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp index c60a4925ff..30c06cb81e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010103.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Tab function; in Print statement -

Print# Statement

+

Print# Statement

Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions to the screen or to a sequential file. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp index 73ea6aca31..6b35980b3a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Functions for Screen Input + Functions for Screen Input This section describes Runtime functions used to control screen input.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp index 598129fc48..ee9b5e79e8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010201.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ InputBox function -

InputBox Function

+

InputBox Function

Displays a prompt in a dialog at which the user can input text. The input is assigned to a variable. The InputBox statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialog. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialog with Cancel, InputBox returns a zero-length string (""). @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ default: String expression displayed in the text box as default if no other input is given. xpostwips: Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME. ypostwips: Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME. -If xpostwips and ypostwips are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in twips. +If xpostwips and ypostwips are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in twips. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp index ee93251cdf..1d45e10b8e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Color Functions

+

Color Functions

This section describes Runtime functions used to define colors.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp index c7a824885e..f0994365eb 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Blue function -

Blue Function

+

Blue Function

Returns the blue component of the specified composite color code. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Color value: Long integer expression that specifies any composite color code for which to return the blue component. -Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Blue() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed. +Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Blue() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp index 752ffc5178..ca85aad02c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Green Function

+

Green Function

Returns the Green component of the given composite color code. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp index 361a1e7478..77d6adccc6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Red Function

+

Red Function

Returns the Red component of the specified composite color code. @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ ColorNumber: Long integer expression that specifies any composite color code for which to return the Red component. -Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Red() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed. +Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the function Red() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to function RGB [VBA] is passed.
- The color picker dialog details the red, green and blue components of a composite color code, as well as its hexadecimal expression. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog. + The color picker dialog details the red, green and blue components of a composite color code, as well as its hexadecimal expression. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp index 78ad9233db..65d072c40f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010304.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ QBColor function -

QBColor Function

-Returns the RGB color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system. +

QBColor Function

+Returns the RGB color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp index 6978f49a74..85717d7de3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ RGB function -

RGB Function

+

RGB Function

Returns a Long integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components. @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ The resulting Long value is calculated with the following formula:
Result = red×65536 + green×256 + blue.
-Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as +Under VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as
Result = red + green×256 + blue×65536
-See RGB Function [VBA] +See RGB Function [VBA]
-The color picker dialog helps computing red, green and blue components of a composite color. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog. +The color picker dialog helps computing red, green and blue components of a composite color. Changing the color of text and selecting Custom color displays the color picker dialog. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp index 9dacef5857..617f7f38f5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ RGB function [VBA] -

RGB Function [VBA]

+

RGB Function [VBA]

Returns a Long integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components, according to VBA color formula. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ -Because of the VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as
+Because of the VBA compatibility mode (Option VBASupport 1), the Long value is calculated as
Result = red + green×256 + blue×65536.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp index e036d774fb..a64a040bd5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- File I/O Functions + File I/O Functions Use File I/O functions to create and manage user-defined (data) files.
You can use these functions to support the creation of "relative" files, so that you can save and reload certain records by specifying their record number. File I/O functions can also help you manage your files by providing you with information such as file size, current path settings, or the creation date of a file or a directory. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp index 762a63e80f..f5437c487d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020100.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Opening and Closing Files +Opening and Closing Files
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp index 78cb1907fa..d5830572ce 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020101.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Close Statement

+

Close Statement

Closes a specified file that was opened with the Open statement. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp index d906b63195..81044311b1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020102.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -FreeFile Function +FreeFile Function Returns the next available file number for opening a file. Use this function to open a file using a file number that is not already in use by a currently open file. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp index ddf55d217a..da3f3677a4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Open statement -

Open Statement

+

Open Statement

Opens a data channel. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp index 2ae72fee01..730916c2c1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020200.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-File Input/Output Functions +File Input/Output Functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp index 300451363d..ed4da927bf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020201.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Get Statement

Reads a record from a relative file, or a sequence of bytes from a binary file, into a variable. -See also: PUT Statement +See also: PUT Statement diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp index 63adaa36d3..6b03deb8af 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020202.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Input statement -Input# Statement +Input# Statement Reads data from an open sequential file. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp index 1171862686..b3d4cb76de 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020203.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Line Input statement -

Line Input# Statement

+

Line Input# Statement

Reads a line from a sequential file into a variable. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp index c8b6bd14fd..a91ca0d363 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020204.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Put statement -

Put# Statement

+

Put# Statement

Writes a record to a relative file or a sequence of bytes to a binary file. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp index f971953973..2aa6f57521 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020205.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Write statement -

Write# Statement

+

Write# Statement

Writes data to a sequential text file with delimiting characters. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp index 2c681a0aa5..d4b52803e8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020301.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Eof Function +Eof Function Determines if the file pointer has reached the end of a file. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp index cba83b1a69..1db86f3e3d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Loc function -Loc Function +Loc Function Returns the current position in an open file.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp index 3741e50cf7..3e854f80f3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020303.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Lof function -Lof Function +Lof Function Returns the size of an open file in bytes.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ FileNumber: Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is specified in the Open statement. -To obtain the length of a file that is not open, use the FileLen function. +To obtain the length of a file that is not open, use the FileLen function. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp index 464b09feb3..01352b21df 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@
Seek function -Seek Function +Seek Function Returns the position for the next writing or reading in a file that was opened with the open statement.
For random access files, the Seek function returns the number of the next record to be read. For all other files, the function returns the byte position at which the next operation is to occur. -See also: Open, Seek. +See also: Open, Seek. Syntax: Seek (FileNumber) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp index 9ff8727fd6..875a125742 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Seek statement -

Seek Statement

+

Seek Statement

Sets the position for the next writing or reading in a file that was opened with the Open statement.see #61751 For random access files, the Seek statement sets the number of the next record to be accessed. For all other files, the Seek statement sets the byte position at which the next operation is to occur. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
- Seek function + Seek function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp index 27592c63a5..7e95b2c0ef 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020400.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Managing Files + Managing Files The functions and statements for managing files are described here.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp index 42f721d4d5..aec650ede5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020401.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ChDir statement -

ChDir Statement

+

ChDir Statement

Changes the current directory or drive. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
- The ScriptForge library in %PRODUCTNAME 7.1 introduces the FileSystem service with methods to handle files and folders in user scripts. + The ScriptForge library in %PRODUCTNAME 7.1 introduces the FileSystem service with methods to handle files and folders in user scripts.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp index 780f9e204c..20102f77ae 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020402.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ChDrive statement -

ChDrive Statement

+

ChDrive Statement

Changes the current drive. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
- Text: Any string expression that contains the drive letter of the new drive. If you want, you can use URL notation. + Text: Any string expression that contains the drive letter of the new drive. If you want, you can use URL notation. The drive must be assigned a capital letter. Under Windows, the letter that you assign the drive is restricted by the settings in LASTDRV. If the drive argument is a multiple-character string, only the first letter is relevant. If you attempt to access a non-existent drive, an error occurs that you can respond to with the OnError statement. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp index 5416578ca5..dc18b5af80 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020404.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Dir function -

Dir Function

+

Dir Function

Returns the name of a file, a directory, or all of the files and the directories on a drive or in a directory that match the specified search path. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ String - Text: Any string expression that specifies the search path, directory or file. This argument can only be specified the first time that you call the Dir function. If you want, you can enter the path in URL notation. + Text: Any string expression that specifies the search path, directory or file. This argument can only be specified the first time that you call the Dir function. If you want, you can enter the path in URL notation. Attrib: Any integer expression that specifies bitwise file attributes. The Dir function only returns files or directories that match the specified attributes. You can combine several attributes by adding the attribute values: 0 : Normal files. 16 : Returns the name of the directory only. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp index d19d305467..f1ba3fb4d5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ -FileAttr Function +FileAttr Function Returns the access mode or the file access number of a file that was opened with the Open statement. The file access number is dependent on the operating system (OSH = Operating System Handle). If you use a 32-Bit operating system, you cannot use the FileAttr-Function to determine the file access number. -See also: Open +See also: Open diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp index 3fb2923e89..b7a762f9a7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -FileCopy Statement +FileCopy Statement Copies a file. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Parameters: - TextFrom: Any string expression that specifies the name of the file that you want to copy. The expression can contain optional path and drive information. If you want, you can enter a path in URL notation. + TextFrom: Any string expression that specifies the name of the file that you want to copy. The expression can contain optional path and drive information. If you want, you can enter a path in URL notation. TextTo: Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path, and file name, or the path in URL notation. You can only use the FileCopy statement to copy files that are not opened. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp index d198d34070..98544abd44 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -FileDateTime Function +FileDateTime Function Returns a string that contains the date and the time that a file was created or last modified. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
Parameters: - Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous (no wildcards) file specification. You can also use URL notation. + Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous (no wildcards) file specification. You can also use URL notation. This function determines the exact time of creation or last modification of a file, returned in the format "MM.DD.YYYY HH.MM.SS". diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp index bb3a030f23..76a283f633 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -FileLen Function +FileLen Function Returns the length of a file in bytes. @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ Long -Use ScriptForge.FileSystem service GetFileLen() method when size is expected to be over 2 gigabytes. +Use ScriptForge.FileSystem service GetFileLen() method when size is expected to be over 2 gigabytes. - Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. -This function determines the length of a file. If the FileLen function is called for an open file, it returns the file length before it was opened. To determine the current file length of an open file, use the Lof function. + Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. +This function determines the length of a file. If the FileLen function is called for an open file, it returns the file length before it was opened. To determine the current file length of an open file, use the Lof function. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp index 0eaf7067b8..9be37bdb17 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -GetAttr Function +GetAttr Function Returns a bit pattern that identifies the file type or the name of a volume or a directory. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Integer Parameters: - Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. + Text: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. This function determines the attributes for a specified file and returns the bit pattern that can help you to identify the following file attributes: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp index 0c2214b170..29dbf3ac5b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020410.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Kill Statement +Kill Statement Deletes a file from a disk. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
- File: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. + File: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp index 2051628f20..03d55aa66f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020411.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

MkDir Statement

+

MkDir Statement

MkDir Statement diagram @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ - path: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory to be created. You can also use URL notation. + path: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory to be created. You can also use URL notation. If the path is not determined, the directory is created in the current directory. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp index a754376d62..04d1795b26 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Name Statement +Name Statement Renames an existing file or directory. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Parameters: - OldName, NewName: Any string expression that specifies the file name, including the path. You can also use URL notation.see #i61074 + OldName, NewName: Any string expression that specifies the file name, including the path. You can also use URL notation.see #i61074 Example: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp index 7d38f2cc3e..88bd316a43 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020413.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ RmDir statement -

RmDir Statement

+

RmDir Statement

Deletes an existing directory from a data medium. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
- Text: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory that you want to delete. You can also use URL notation. + Text: Any string expression that specifies the name and path of the directory that you want to delete. You can also use URL notation. If the path is not determined, the RmDir Statement searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message appears. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp index e4cd4814da..c476c7e4dc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020414.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -SetAttr Statement +SetAttr Statement Sets the attribute information for a specified file. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Parameters: -FileName: Name of the file, including the path, that you want to test attributes of. If you do not enter a path, SetAttr searches for the file in the current directory. You can also use URL notation. +FileName: Name of the file, including the path, that you want to test attributes of. If you do not enter a path, SetAttr searches for the file in the current directory. You can also use URL notation. Attribute: Bit pattern defining the attributes that you want to set or to clear: Value diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp index 162e1bf9b8..8ac875c185 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -FileExists Function +FileExists Function Determines if a file or a directory is available on the data medium. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Bool Parameters: -FileName | DirectoryName: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. +FileName | DirectoryName: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use URL notation. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp index c9c3d55054..cbcd1c060a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
- Date and Time Functions + Date and Time Functions Use the statements and functions described here to perform date and time calculations.
%PRODUCTNAME Basic lets you calculate time or date differences by converting the time and date values to continuous numeric values. After the difference is calculated, special functions are used to reconvert the values to the standard time or date formats. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp index bbc69eac48..cf202517d4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030100.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Converting Date Values +Converting Date Values The following functions convert date values to calculable numbers and back.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp index 80787ba5cd..5448dda636 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DateSerial function -

DateSerial Function

+

DateSerial Function

Returns a Date value for a specified year, month, and day.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp index aea6339a0c..967ec67a14 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030102.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DateValue function -

DateValue Function

+

DateValue Function

Returns a Date object from a string representing a date. The returned object is represented internally as a single numeric value corresponding to the specified date. This value can be used to calculate the number of days between two dates.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp index b39292b037..d2e6baab96 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Day function -Day Function +Day Function Returns a value that represents the day of the month based on a serial date number generated by DateSerial or DateValue.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp index 90e7d4754f..b1d523ce05 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Month function -Month Function +Month Function Returns the month of a year from a serial date that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue function.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp index f2bd1dad4b..2be095020f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030105.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ WeekDay function -

WeekDay Function

+

WeekDay Function

This function returns the number corresponding to the weekday represented by a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue functions. -This help page describes the WeekDay function used in Basic scripts. If you are interested in the WeekDay function used in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, refer to this help page. +This help page describes the WeekDay function used in Basic scripts. If you are interested in the WeekDay function used in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, refer to this help page. WeekDay (SerialDate, [FirstDayOfWeek]) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ -The VBA constants listed above are only available if VBA support has been enabled. For more information, read the VBASupport Statement help page. +The VBA constants listed above are only available if VBA support has been enabled. For more information, read the VBASupport Statement help page. Integer diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp index 6d99a611ac..57b223b839 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Year function -Year Function +Year Function Returns the year from a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue function.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp index 947b738f97..2d61b406a0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CdateToIso function -CDateToIso Function +CDateToIso Function Returns the date in ISO format without separators (YYYYMMDD) from a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue or the CDateFromIso function. The year part consists of at least four digits, with leading zeros if the absolute value is less than 1000, it can be negative with a leading minus sign if the date passed denotes a year before the common era (BCE) and it can have more than four digits if the absolute value is greater than 9999. The formatted string returned can be in the range "-327680101" to "327671231". Years less than 100 and greater than 9999 are supported since %PRODUCTNAME 5.4. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp index 1662472af5..6e1833c6f0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
CdateFromIso function -CDateFromIso Function +CDateFromIso Function Returns the internal date number from a string that contains a date in ISO format (YYYYMMDD or YYYY-MM-DD). The year part must consist of either two (supported only in YYMMDD format without separators for compatibility) or at least four digits. With four digits leading zeros must be given if the absolute value is less than 1000, it can be negative with a leading minus sign if the date passed denotes a year before the common era (BCE) and it can have more than four digits if the absolute value is greater than 9999. The formatted string can be in the range "-327680101" to "327671231", or "-32768-01-01" to "32767-12-31". An invalid date results in an error. Year 0 is not accepted, the last day BCE is -0001-12-31 and the next day CE is 0001-01-01. Dates before 1582-10-15 are in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. -When converting a date serial number to a printable string, for example for the Print or MsgBox command, the locale's default calendar is used and at that 1582-10-15 cutover date may switch to the Julian calendar, which can result in a different date being displayed than expected. Use the CDateToIso Function to convert such date number to a string representation in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. +When converting a date serial number to a printable string, for example for the Print or MsgBox command, the locale's default calendar is used and at that 1582-10-15 cutover date may switch to the Julian calendar, which can result in a different date being displayed than expected. Use the CDateToIso Function to convert such date number to a string representation in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. The YYYY-MM-DD format with separators is supported since %PRODUCTNAME 5.3.4. Years less than 100 or greater than 9999 are accepted since %PRODUCTNAME 5.4 if not in VBA compatibility mode.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp index 748dfe0ed5..ea12a8671f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CDateToUnoDate Function +CDateToUnoDate Function Returns the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.Date struct. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp index 4bc61338a5..58f716f415 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CDateFromUnoDate Function +CDateFromUnoDate Function Converts a UNO com.sun.star.util.Date struct to a Date value. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp index 1a19ab6895..ee6c8e2f10 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CDateToUnoTime Function +CDateToUnoTime Function Returns the time part of the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.Time struct. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp index 2c37d67784..da27f5d497 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CDateFromUnoTime Function +CDateFromUnoTime Function Converts a UNO com.sun.star.util.Time struct to a Date value. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp index 7523d32649..95ae533275 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CDateToUnoDateTime Function +CDateToUnoDateTime Function Returns the time part of the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.DateTime struct. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp index f46887f534..5adf14bda3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CDateFromUnoDateTime Function +CDateFromUnoDateTime Function Converts a UNO com.sun.star.util.DateTime struct to a Date value. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp index e12f268026..9c81239c32 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Converting Time Values + Converting Time Values The following functions convert time values to calculable numbers.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp index 6d246b8e6f..97bc08628f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Hour function -Hour Function +Hour Function Returns the hour from a time value that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp index 979e62808a..04b42b7a51 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030202.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
Minute function -

Minute Function (BASIC)

+

Minute Function (BASIC)

Returns the minute of the hour that corresponds to the serial time value that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp index 4a9d7c6323..3764abb87d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030203.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Now function -

Now Function

+

Now Function

Returns the current system date and time as a Date value. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ End Sub
-The Now function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service. +The Now function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp index cf11c82dae..4e8a65257d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Second Function +Second Function Returns an integer that represents the seconds of the serial time number that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp index c351bf9fdf..376c632aa9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -TimeSerial Function +TimeSerial Function Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute, and second parameters that are passed as numeric value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp index baf4ee9ea5..cc978f83a3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -TimeValue Function +TimeValue Function Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute, and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp index 4f64396e13..6d8f7df655 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030300.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- System Date and Time + System Date and Time The following functions and statements set or return the system date and time.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp index e561ac7d0b..93c0cfbe86 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030301.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Date Function

+

Date Function

Returns the current system date as a string, or date variant. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp index 3d93aa166d..c5d50699fb 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030302.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Time function -

Time Function

+

Time Function

This function returns the current system time as a string in the format "HH:MM:SS". diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp index d82375bc07..3054e52809 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030303.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Timer function -

Timer Function

+

Timer Function

Returns a value that specifies the number of seconds that have elapsed since midnight. You must first declare a variable to call the Timer function and assign it the "Long " data type, otherwise a Date value is returned. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ End Sub -The Timer function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service available in the ScriptForge library. +The Timer function measures time in seconds. To measure time in milliseconds use the Timer service available in the ScriptForge library.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp index 28820eec32..f21080bd83 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Error-Handling Functions

+

Error-Handling Functions

Use the following statements and functions to define the way %PRODUCTNAME Basic reacts to run-time errors.
%PRODUCTNAME Basic offers several methods to prevent the termination of a program when a run-time error occurs. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp index e10ff2d811..0bdf4ba66b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Erl function -Erl Function +Erl Function Returns the line number where an error occurred during program execution.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp index a6ee49f82d..9a31d45604 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Err function -Err Function +Err Function Returns an error code that identifies the error that occurred during program execution.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp index f3964172ac..3cfe1a6177 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Error function -Error Function +Error Function Returns the error message that corresponds to a value or raises a given error context.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp index 3d1e71c390..582f6eee83 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050500.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Resume Next parameter On Error GoTo ... Resume statement -On Error GoTo ... Resume Statement +On Error GoTo ... Resume Statement Enables an error-handling routine after an error occurs, or resumes program execution. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp index 2f67ded5d8..f1b2f27a41 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Logical Operators

+

Logical Operators

The following logical operators are supported by $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp index 1c4bf0bc3d..b0218f434d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -AND Operator +AND Operator Logically combines two expressions. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp index 4ba146ac97..abaee101e4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Eqv Operator +Eqv Operator Calculates the logical equivalence of two expressions. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp index 041eb27360..1655168c40 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Imp Operator +Imp Operator Performs a logical implication on two expressions. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp index 38bcd01234..c078b2b2f6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Not Operator +Not Operator Negates an expression by inverting the bit values. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp index d4652e7a55..0572801402 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Or Operator +Or Operator Performs a logical OR disjunction on two expressions. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp index e2fa594dd8..a52fff6179 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -XOR Operator +XOR Operator Performs a logical Exclusive-Or combination of two expressions. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp index 5b9919cb4f..dd12886223 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Mathematical Operators

+

Mathematical Operators

The following mathematical operators are supported in $[officename] Basic.
This chapter provides a short overview of all of the arithmetical operators that you may need for calculations within a program. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp index 8d759bd667..d966722265 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ MOD operator (mathematical) -

Mod Operator

+

Mod Operator

The MOD operator takes in two numeric expressions and returns the remainder of the division. For example, the result of 21 MOD 6 is 3 because after dividing 21 by 6, the remainder of the division is 3. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The operation 16 MOD 6 returns 4, which is the remainder after dividing 16 by 6.
-Be aware that BASIC's MOD operator and Calc's MOD Function behave differently. In Calc, both operands can be decimal values and they are not rounded before division, thus the resulting remainder may be a decimal value. +Be aware that BASIC's MOD operator and Calc's MOD Function behave differently. In Calc, both operands can be decimal values and they are not rounded before division, thus the resulting remainder may be a decimal value. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
- MOD Function + MOD Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp index dcadb6f251..21fbfa0ee0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Numeric Functions + Numeric Functions The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, instead of operators that return a result by combining two numeric expressions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp index 9e50eae349..ab4d82dee3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Trigonometric Functions + Trigonometric Functions The following are the trigonometric functions that are supported in $[officename] Basic.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp index 4188f8cca1..769eb5e19e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080101.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Atn function -

Atn Function

+

Atn Function

Trigonometric function that returns the arctangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2. The arctangent is the inverse of the tangent function. The Atn Function returns the angle "Alpha", expressed in radians, using the tangent of this angle. The function can also return the angle "Alpha" by comparing the ratio of the length of the side that is opposite of the angle to the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi. degree=(radian*180)/pi radian=(degree*pi)/180 - Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159. Pi is a Basic mathematical constant. + Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159. Pi is a Basic mathematical constant. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp index 9f2e227eae..a1f827ad27 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080102.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Cos Function

+

Cos Function

Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1. Using the angle Alpha, the Cos function calculates the ratio of the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle, divided by the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp index 7f9f25a15a..5e118d8d21 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080103.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Sin Function

+

Sin Function

Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1. Using the angle Alpha, the Sin function returns the ratio of the length of the opposite side of an angle to the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp index aa19785672..4769fc541b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080104.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Tan Function

+

Tan Function

Determines the tangent of an angle. The angle is specified in radians.i71396 Using the angle Alpha, the Tan function calculates the ratio of the length of the side opposite the angle to the length of the side adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp index 66b019353f..a1ffa77550 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Exponential and Logarithmic Functions + Exponential and Logarithmic Functions $[officename] Basic supports the following exponential and logarithmic functions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp index bf450847e1..39311112bd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Exp function -Exp Function +Exp Function Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.718282) raised to a power. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp index b1a3125631..06762db42f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080202.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Log function -

Log Function (BASIC)

+

Log Function (BASIC)

Returns the natural logarithm of a number. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp index e0cad76a84..03a100ba24 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080300.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Generating Random Numbers + Generating Random Numbers The following statements and functions generate random numbers.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp index c846b15016..b4107c0684 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Randomize Statement +Randomize Statement Initializes the random-number generator used by the Rnd function. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp index 109723caf0..de2acf226a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Rnd Function +Rnd Function Returns a random number between 0 and 1. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp index b1c3eb18a7..a1cdbd79cd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080400.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Square Root Calculation + Square Root Calculation Use this function to calculate square roots.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp index 35a3c55e40..cba277d2e8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Sqr Function +Sqr Function Calculates the square root of a numeric expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp index 2a8754efa3..919ed6b5e1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080500.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Integers and Fractional + Integers and Fractional Functions to round values to integers, and to take the fractional part of a value.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp index 0cc5f18e0a..56f527483a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080501.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Fix function -Fix Function +Fix Function Returns the integer value of a numeric expression by removing the fractional part of the number. @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ End Sub
- Int Function - Frac Function + Int Function + Frac Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp index b695125ad4..880528ded3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080502.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Int Function +Int Function Returns the integer portion of a number. @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ End Sub
- Fix Function - Frac Function + Fix Function + Frac Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp index 64e7fc9a0c..6a04788f0d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080503.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Frac function -

Frac Function

+

Frac Function

Returns the fractional portion of a number. @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ End Sub
- Fix Function - Int Function + Fix Function + Int Function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp index ec743146f2..99c363920c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Absolute Values + Absolute Values This function returns absolute values.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp index 777db56b07..33027fbed8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Abs Function +Abs Function Returns the absolute value of a numeric expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp index d578e1cdfd..e51b6f6146 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080700.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Expression Signs + Expression Signs This function returns the algebraic sign of a numeric expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp index e906415108..756fa1aa64 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Sgn Function +Sgn Function Returns an integer number between -1 and 1 that indicates if the number that is passed to the function is positive, negative, or zero. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp index f340a13107..1fa43aa5e0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080800.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Converting Numbers + Converting Numbers The following functions convert numbers from one number format to another.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp index 82d5bb968e..9b7719430a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Hex Function +Hex Function Returns a string that represents the hexadecimal value of a number. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp index 14910c9007..88d69da004 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Oct Function +Oct Function Returns the octal value of a number. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp index d632a2a8ee..57f0c680de 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Controlling Program Execution + Controlling Program Execution The following statements control the execution of a program.
A program generally executes from the first line of code to the last line of code. You can also execute certain procedures within the program according to specific conditions, or repeat a section of the program within a sub-procedure or function. You can use loops to repeat parts of a program as many times as necessary, or until a certain condition is met. These type of control statements are classified as Condition, Loop, or Jump statements. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp index e34cf1f1f5..92e2482186 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Condition Statements + Condition Statements The following statements are based on conditions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp index bd9875630a..ff354e386e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090101.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ EndIf;If statement -

If...Then...Else Statement

+

If...Then...Else Statement

Defines one or more statement blocks that you only want to execute if a given condition or expression is True. @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
- Select Case statement - Iif or Switch functions + Select Case statement + Iif or Switch functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp index 571abc33d2..5208e811f2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090102.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

Select...Case Statement

+

Select...Case Statement

Defines one or more statement blocks depending on the value of an expression. @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
- If statement - Iif or Switch functions + If statement + Iif or Switch functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp index 07b6e453d5..67c24baf55 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090103.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
IIf function -

IIf Function

+

IIf Function

Returns one of two possible function results, depending on the logical value of the evaluated expression.
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
- If or Select Case statements - Switch function + If or Select Case statements + Switch function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp index 41c8aaedfd..c9cb0eb6dc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Loops + Loops The following statements execute loops.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp index 696ffeecd5..ba604c7a8f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090201.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Do...Loop Statement +Do...Loop Statement Repeats the statements between the Do and the Loop statement while the condition is True or until the condition becomes True. @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@
- For, Select Case or While statements - Iif or Switch functions + For, Select Case or While statements + Iif or Switch functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp index eee1012838..51a51f1dbf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090202.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ -

For...Next Statement

+

For...Next Statement

Repeats the statements between the For...Next block a specified number of times. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp index dad29dca34..065662ff2f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090203.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ While;While...Wend loop While;While Wend loop - While...Wend Statement + While...Wend Statement When a program encounters a While statement, it tests the condition. If the condition is False, the program continues directly following the Wend statement. If the condition is True, the loop is executed until the program finds Wend and then jumps back to the While statement. If the condition is still True, the loop is executed again. - Unlike the Do...Loop statement, you cannot cancel a While...Wend loop with Exit. Never exit a While...Wend loop with GoTo, since this can cause a run-time error. + Unlike the Do...Loop statement, you cannot cancel a While...Wend loop with Exit. Never exit a While...Wend loop with GoTo, since this can cause a run-time error. A Do...Loop is more flexible than a While...Wend. @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
- Do...Until or Do...While statement - Exit statement + Do...Until or Do...While statement + Exit statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp index c4e2a5e624..717ab95614 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090300.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Jumps + Jumps The following statements execute jumps.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp index b2331842bc..f7007e96e5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090301.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ label; in GoSub...Return statement -

GoSub...Return Statement

+

GoSub...Return Statement

Calls a subroutine that is indicated by a label inside a Sub or a Function. The statements following the label are executed until the next Return statement. Afterwards, the program continues with the statement that follows the GoSub statement. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp index 4f9cd57f5c..66522639c2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GoTo statement label; in GoTo statement -GoTo Statement +GoTo Statement Continues program execution within a Sub or Function at the procedure line indicated by a label. Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp index cad7a574fb..e305590e0e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090303.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -

On...GoSub Statement; On...GoTo Statement

+

On...GoSub Statement; On...GoTo Statement

Branches to one of several specified lines in the program code, depending on the value of a numeric expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp index 91ea068ef2..8eb52115a8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090400.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- Further Statements + Further Statements Statements that do not belong to any of the other categories are described here.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp index 2737a682c3..39045388d0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090401.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
Call statement -

Call Statement

-Transfers the control of the program to a subroutine, a function, or a procedure of a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The keyword, type and number of parameters is dependent on the routine that is being called. +

Call Statement

+Transfers the control of the program to a subroutine, a function, or a procedure of a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The keyword, type and number of parameters is dependent on the routine that is being called.
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ -name: Name of the subroutine, the function, or the DLL that you want to call +name: Name of the subroutine, the function, or the DLL that you want to call param: Keyword parameter name to pass to the routine, followed by its value. The name must match the routine declaration. Keywords are optional and can be used in any order. value: Positional parameter value. The type is dependent on the routine that is being called When mixing positional and keyword parameters, make sure positional parameters are following the routine declaration order. -When a function is used as an expression, enclosing parameters with brackets becomes necessary. Using a Declare statement is compulsory prior to call a DLL. +When a function is used as an expression, enclosing parameters with brackets becomes necessary. Using a Declare statement is compulsory prior to call a DLL. Sub ExampleCall diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp index 18d47e98cf..7a7dce4f22 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090402.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Choose Function

+

Choose Function

Returns a selected value from a list of arguments. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp index 2a4b3d5196..1f7cc8584a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ -Declare Statement +Declare Statement DLL (Dynamic Link Library) Declares and defines a subroutine in a DLL file that you want to execute from $[officename] Basic. -See also: FreeLibrary +See also: FreeLibrary Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp index ada8a37a87..8605392bee 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -End Statement +End Statement Ends a procedure or block. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp index 7297dd9347..fc0c593074 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ -FreeLibrary Function -Releases DLLs that were loaded by a Declare statement. A released DLL is automatically reloaded if one of its functions is called. See also: Declare +FreeLibrary Function +Releases DLLs that were loaded by a Declare statement. A released DLL is automatically reloaded if one of its functions is called. See also: Declare Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp index 7ecfbe73c1..3c481e8154 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090406.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Function statement -

Function Statement

+

Function Statement

A function is a block of code which runs when it is called. A function is usually called in an expression. You can pass data, known as parameters or arguments, into a function. You may pass a parameter by value or by reference. When by reference, modifications applied to the parameter in the function will be sent back to the calling code. A function usually returns data as a result. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
- Subroutines basics + Subroutines basics diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp index 7e4239841f..9014763c5f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090407.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

Rem Statement

+

Rem Statement

Specifies that a program line is a comment.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp index 8aefe030f5..49d12a6efc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090408.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Stop statement -

Stop Statement

+

Stop Statement

Stops the execution of the Basic program. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp index f10753bdee..be95d8e678 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090409.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Sub statement -

Sub Statement

+

Sub Statement

Defines a subroutine. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
- Subroutines basics + Subroutines basics diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090410.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090410.xhp index acade098ee..615a392eb5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090410.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090410.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Switch function -

Switch Function

+

Switch Function

Evaluates a list of arguments, consisting of an expression followed by a value. The Switch function returns a value that is associated with the expression that is passed by this function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp index aa1740ba61..3285c40a4b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090411.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
With statement -

With Statement

+

With Statement

Sets an object as the default object. Unless another object name is declared, all properties and methods refer to the default object until the End With statement is reached.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Nesting With statements helps writing and reading Basic routines.
- Type Statement + Type Statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp index adad552128..1a6543a5d8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090412.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Exit Statement

+

Exit Statement

Exits a Do...Loop, For...Next, a function, a property, or a subroutine. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp index 38c6709ae9..a3bec03bdb 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090413.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Type statement -

Type Statement

+

Type Statement

Define non-UNO data structures. A Type structure is an ordered collection of data fields, that can be manipulated as a single item. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
- Extended types such as Type statement structures, UNO objects or ClassModule objects are valid typenames. + Extended types such as Type statement structures, UNO objects or ClassModule objects are valid typenames. A Type structure scope is that of the module it belongs to. @@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ oCustomer.City = "Berlin" End Sub
- Enumerations can be created using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism. + Enumerations can be created using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism.
- CreateObject function + CreateObject function
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp index 1c06b40e81..9f12705c4c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Variables +Variables The following statements and functions are for working with variables. You can use these functions to declare or define variables, convert variables from one type to another, or determine the variable type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp index 66dd198cfc..5425383f69 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CBool function -

CBool Function

+

CBool Function

Converts an expression or a set of expressions into a boolean. An expression is composed of strings, numbers and operators. Comparison, logical or mathematical operators are allowed inside expressions. @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ Boolean -expression: A logical expression, a mathematical formula, a numeric expression or a set of expressions combined with operators. During expression evaluation logical operators take preceedence over comparison operators, which in turn take preceedence over mathematical operators. +expression: A logical expression, a mathematical formula, a numeric expression or a set of expressions combined with operators. During expression evaluation logical operators take preceedence over comparison operators, which in turn take preceedence over mathematical operators. The expression can be a number or mathematical formula. When equals to 0, False is returned, otherwise True is returned. -Multiple expressions such as expr1 [[{operator] expr2]..] can be combined. expr1 and expr2 can be any string or numeric expressions that you want to evaluate. CBool combines the expressions and returns either True or False. operator can be a mathematical operator, logical operator or comparison operator. +Multiple expressions such as expr1 [[{operator] expr2]..] can be combined. expr1 and expr2 can be any string or numeric expressions that you want to evaluate. CBool combines the expressions and returns either True or False. operator can be a mathematical operator, logical operator or comparison operator. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp index adabbdc0bb..7be03ef96b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ CDate function -CDate Function +CDate Function Converts any string or numeric expression to a date value. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp index 9546166c63..41b849c6a7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CDbl function -

CDbl Function

+

CDbl Function

Converts any numerical expression or string expression to a double type. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp index 9dda185122..5dbc2adc34 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CInt function -

CInt Function

+

CInt Function

Converts any string or numeric expression to an integer. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp index a8743a0b88..d8721580b5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CLng function -

CLng Function

+

CLng Function

Converts any string or numeric expression to a long integer. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp index 7e8ceacd06..4dcadcd5d0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100700.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Const statement -

Const Statement

+

Const Statement

Defines one or more identifiers as constants. A constant is a variable that helps to improve the readability of a program. Constants are not defined as a specific type of variable, but rather are used as placeholders in the code. You can only define a constant once and it cannot be modified. @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ End Sub
- Enum statement - Type statement + Enum statement + Type statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp index 6ab5c59855..2a477f5a6e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100900.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CSng function -

CSng Function

+

CSng Function

Converts any string or numeric expression to data type Single. @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@
- Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered using a dot "." as the decimal point and a comma "," as the thousands separator (for instance 123,456.78), which may differ from your %PRODUCTNAME language settings. + Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered using a dot "." as the decimal point and a comma "," as the thousands separator (for instance 123,456.78), which may differ from your %PRODUCTNAME language settings.
-Numeric expressions are displayed according to %PRODUCTNAME language settings: +Numeric expressions are displayed according to %PRODUCTNAME language settings: Sub ExampleCountryConvert MsgBox CDbl(1234.5678) ' 1234.5678 diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp index f9745a463b..ecee1f9fe7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -CStr Function +CStr Function Converts any numeric expression to a string expression.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp index 811494ccb4..82ddc1f24b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ DefBool statement -

DefBool Statement

+

DefBool Statement

If no type-declaration character or keyword is specified, the DefBool statement sets the default data type for variables, according to a letter range. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp index 6c84e65636..82829a8a3f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ DefDate statement -

DefDate Statement

+

DefDate Statement

If no type-declaration character or keyword is specified, the DefDate statement sets the default variable type, according to a letter range. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp index ee96efa7ac..aa2fc6016e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ DefDbl statement -

DefDbl Statement

+

DefDbl Statement

Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp index 2a371295b9..3a0f80083c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ DefInt statement -

DefInt Statement

+

DefInt Statement

Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp index f872bcdf05..bd6de93eb2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ DefLng statement -

DefLng Statement

+

DefLng Statement

Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp index db099499cc..a7eac3db07 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101700.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
DefObj statement -

DefObj Statement

+

DefObj Statement

Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp index 2e7a312526..d7a6c64131 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ DefVar statement -

DefVar Statement

+

DefVar Statement

Sets the default variable type, according to a letter range, if no type-declaration character or keyword is specified. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp index b66acc5802..163a02f2d3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ dimensioning arrays -

Dim Statement

+

Dim Statement

Declares variables or arrays. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Dim variable [(start To end)] [As typename][, variable2[char] [(start To end)] [,...]]
-New operator is optional when setting Option Compatible option. +New operator is optional when setting Option Compatible option.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Single: Single-precision floating-point variable (3,402823 x 10E38 - 1,401298 x 10E-45). String: String variable consisting of a maximum of 64,000 ASCII characters. Variant: Variant variable type (contains all types, specified by definition). If a type name is not specified, variables are automatically defined as Variant Type, unless a statement from DefBool to DefVar is used. - object: Universal Network object (UNO) object or ClassModule object instance. + object: Universal Network object (UNO) object or ClassModule object instance. char: Special character that declares the data type of a variable. Type declaration characters fragment diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp index 8c71168a43..a592cbead6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ReDim statement -

ReDim Statement

+

ReDim Statement

Declares or redefines variables or arrays.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp index 431fee1c86..ccd9d58b8e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -IsArray Function +IsArray Function Determines if a variable is a data field in an array. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp index 41976a79f3..a78ce1f7c3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -IsDate Function +IsDate Function Tests if a numeric or string expression can be converted to a Date variable. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp index 7343efb892..79d8658a6d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -IsEmpty Function +IsEmpty Function Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialized. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp index cbad0b2b3b..e319eb7f5d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -IsNull Function +IsNull Function Tests if a Variant contains the special Null value, indicating that the variable does not contain data. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp index 5a868f0fc6..2e7892f7f7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ -IsNumeric Function -Tests if an expression is a number. If the expression is a number, the function returns True, otherwise the function returns False. +IsNumeric Function +Tests if an expression is a number. If the expression is a number, the function returns True, otherwise the function returns False. Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp index 4655ee47f6..82d636e222 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102800.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ IsObject function -

IsObject Function

+

IsObject Function

Tests if a variable is an object, as opposed to primitive data types such as dates, numbers, texts. The function returns True if the variable is an object, otherwise it returns False. This function returns True for the following object types: OLE objects or UNO objects - Class module object instances - Extended types or enumerations + Class module object instances + Extended types or enumerations Routines or variables when defined as Object. %PRODUCTNAME Basic modules @@ -58,15 +58,15 @@
- Enum statement + Enum statement - Type statement - Using variables + Type statement + Using variables
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp index cd12c74608..4c9ff507cd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102900.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ LBound function -

LBound Function

+

LBound Function

Returns the lower boundary of an array. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp index f87474f464..8fd64cdece 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

UBound Function

+

UBound Function

Returns the upper boundary of an array. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp index a03f8e04df..eecf09aad2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Let Statement +Let Statement Assigns a value to a variable. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp index d7418435a8..05bcbb54fd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Option Base statement -

Option Base Statement

+

Option Base Statement

Defines the default lower boundary for arrays as 0 or 1. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp index 96c490d393..b4e0f31c45 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Option Explicit statement -

Option Explicit Statement

+

Option Explicit Statement

Specifies that every variable in the program code must be explicitly declared with the Dim statement. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp index 1a0b9c5224..230b01ec31 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ VBA Support;Option VBASupport statement Option VBASupport statement -

Option VBASupport Statement

+

Option VBASupport Statement

Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME Basic will support some VBA statements, functions and objects. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp index b56fe0d94a..12b182751e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Public Statement +Public Statement Dimensions a variable or an array at the module level (that is, not within a subroutine or function), so that the variable and the array are valid in all libraries and modules. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp index b2c0e5144e..eddda82e99 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Global keyword +Global keyword Dimensions a variable or an array at the global level (that is, not within a subroutine or function), so that the variable and the array are valid in all libraries and modules for the current session. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp index 52a0261bb9..0f7e501e2a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Static Statement +Static Statement Declares a variable or an array at the procedure level within a subroutine or a function, so that the values of the variable or the array are retained after exiting the subroutine or function. Dim statement conventions are also valid. The Static statement cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified according to a fixed size. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp index cea6827072..1a33a15ed0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ VarType function Basic Variable Type constants -

TypeName Function; VarType Function

+

TypeName Function; VarType Function

Returns text or a numeric value that contain type information for a variable. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp index 45f6ce0e04..e41555b561 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103700.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Set Statement

+

Set Statement

Sets an object reference on a variable. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ End With End Sub -New creates UNO objects or class module objects, before assigning it to a variable. +New creates UNO objects or class module objects, before assigning it to a variable.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp index f77b77da8c..cddd83b010 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
FindObject function -FindObject Function +FindObject Function Enables an object to be addressed at run-time as a string parameter through the object name.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This allows names to be dynamically created at run-time. For example: "TextEdit1" to "TextEdit5" in a loop to create five control names.
-See also: FindPropertyObject +See also: FindPropertyObject Syntax: FindObject( ObjName As String ) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp index 75486f5bfd..974797c51a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
FindPropertyObject function -FindPropertyObject Function +FindPropertyObject Function Enables objects to be addressed at run-time as a string parameter using the object name.
-See also: FindObject +See also: FindObject Syntax: FindPropertyObject( ObjVar, PropName As String ) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp index 47a8ecae8f..721a7f56d0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
IsMissing function -IsMissing Function +IsMissing Function Tests if a function is called with an optional parameter.
-See also: Optional +See also: Optional Syntax: IsMissing( ArgumentName ) @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ ArgumentName: the name of an optional argument. IsMissing returns True if no value has been passed for the ArgumentName; otherwise, it returns False. -See also Examples. +See also Examples. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp index 26e9b2201e..4b38f8ebbd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
Optional function -Optional (in Function Statement) +Optional (in Function Statement) Allows you to define parameters that are passed to a function as optional.
-See also: IsMissing +See also: IsMissing Syntax: Function MyFunction(Text1 As String, Optional Arg2, Optional Arg3) @@ -45,6 +45,6 @@ Result = MyFunction("Here", 1, "There") ' all arguments are passed. Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is missing. -See also Examples. +See also Examples. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp index 1ee1a8fffe..1c0582db79 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ Array function -

Array Function

+

Array Function

Returns the type Variant with a data field.
Array (ArgumentList) - See also DimArray + See also DimArray ArgumentList: A list of any number of arguments that are separated by commas. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp index 177c75d384..7e299ed71d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
DimArray function -DimArray Function +DimArray Function Returns a Variant array.
Syntax: DimArray (ArgumentList) -See also Array +See also Array If no parameters are passed, an empty array is created (like Dim A() that is the same as a sequence of length 0 in Uno). If parameters are specified, a dimension is created for each parameter. Parameters: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp index 541ce535b1..f1f238169a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
HasUnoInterfaces function -HasUnoInterfaces Function +HasUnoInterfaces Function Tests if a Basic Uno object supports certain Uno interfaces.
Returns True, if all stated Uno interfaces are supported, otherwise False is returned. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp index 49cd4588a7..7fee76cddc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104500.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ IsUnoStruct function -IsUnoStruct Function +IsUnoStruct Function Returns True if the given object is a Uno struct. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp index 891421b506..5a0e3d9584 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ EqualUnoObjects function -

EqualUnoObjects Function

+

EqualUnoObjects Function

Returns True if the two specified Basic variables represent the same Uno object instance. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp index 968cac3139..a806cb63a3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104700.xhp @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
- Dim or ReDim statements - Array or DimArray functions - Lbound and Ubound functions + Dim or ReDim statements + Array or DimArray functions + Lbound and Ubound functions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp index 801ba423a7..8bd5330440 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Operators;not equal to (<>) -

Comparison Operators

+

Comparison Operators

Comparison operators compare two expressions. The result is returned as a boolean expression that determines if the comparison is True (-1) or False (0). diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp index 8709a9a24f..a7fd568bab 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Strings + Strings The following functions and statements validate and return strings.
You can use strings to edit text within $[officename] Basic programs. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp index dccf9aeb66..fb85fae5dc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- ASCII/ANSI Conversion in Strings + ASCII/ANSI Conversion in Strings The following functions convert strings to and from ASCII or ANSI code.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp index deb1b1bafe..7d6dd7a49a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120101.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Asc function -

Asc Function (BASIC)

+

Asc Function (BASIC)

Returns the ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) value of the first character in a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp index 2f41ee9c86..fdece19f54 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120102.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Chr function -

Chr Function

+

Chr Function

Returns the character that corresponds to the specified character code. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ charcode: a numeric expression that represents a valid 8-bit ASCII value (0-255) or a 16-bit Unicode value. (To support expressions with a nominally negative argument like Chr(&H8000) in a backwards-compatible way, values in the range −32768 to −1 are internally mapped to the range 32768 to 65535.) - When VBA compatibility mode is enabled (Option VBASupport 1), charcode is a numeric expression that represents a valid 8-bit ASCII value (0-255) only. + When VBA compatibility mode is enabled (Option VBASupport 1), charcode is a numeric expression that represents a valid 8-bit ASCII value (0-255) only. Use the Chr$ function to send special control sequences to a printer or to another output source. You can also use it to insert quotation marks in a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp index 976c53e7e3..a354611d08 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120103.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Str function -

Str Function

+

Str Function

The Str function converts the contents of variables into a string. It handles numeric values, dates, strings and currency values. Positive numbers are preceded by a blank space. Negative numbers are preceded by a minus sign. For numeric values the string returned by the Str function is locale-independent. Hence the dot is used as the decimal separator when needed. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp index b83dc56258..3267862c2f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120104.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Val function -

Val Function

+

Val Function

Use the Val function to convert a string that represents a number into numeric data type. The string passed to the Val function is locale-independent. This means that commas are interpreted as thousands separators and a dot is used as the decimal separator. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp index e3f925c692..e72a1d546e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120105.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CByte function -

CByte Function

+

CByte Function

Converts a string or a numeric expression to the Byte type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp index fe6d22493e..e6a5ce7765 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120111.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

AscW Function [VBA]

+

AscW Function [VBA]

Returns the Unicode value of the first character in a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp index e1eba04293..3b86c2f536 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120112.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ChrW function -

ChrW Function [VBA]

+

ChrW Function [VBA]

Returns the Unicode character that corresponds to the specified character code. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp index 2a432da707..97a223f97f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Repeating Contents + Repeating Contents The following functions repeat the contents of strings.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp index 9b60756d91..b69a95b88c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120201.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Spc function -

Space and Spc Functions

+

Space and Spc Functions

Returns a string that consists of a specified amount of spaces. The Spc function works the same as the Space function. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp index 9a09d81a36..6b4f6442c4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120202.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

String Function

+

String Function

Creates a string according to the specified character, or the first character of a string expression that is passed to the function. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp index cc9697f299..f1df921368 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120300.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-Editing String Contents +Editing String Contents The following functions edit, format, and align the contents of strings. Use the & or + operators to concatenate strings. ampersand symbol; in string handling diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp index 48f9e0b854..ce5ef8b9aa 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120301.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Format Function

+

Format Function

Converts a numeric expression to a string, and then formats it according to the format that you specify.
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ End Sub
- Number format codes + Number format codes
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp index 8664f24e6d..8ebe174ee7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120302.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ -

LCase Function

+

LCase Function

Converts all uppercase letters in a string to lowercase. -See also: UCase Function +See also: UCase Function LCase (Text As String) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp index 596b15faa7..da879b8d3c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120303.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Left Function

+

Left Function

Returns the number of leftmost characters that you specify of a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp index 54567d6a0c..cee1c0c96c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120304.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

LSet Statement

+

LSet Statement

Aligns a string to the left of a string variable, or copies a variable of a user-defined type to another variable of a different user-defined type. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp index 730e3cbb7d..0c30192201 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120305.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

LTrim Function

+

LTrim Function

Removes all leading spaces at the start of a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp index d3f4efe7ba..f9cb31167a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120306.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

Mid Function, Mid Statement

+

Mid Function, Mid Statement

Returns the specified portion of a string expression (Mid function), or replaces the portion of a string expression with another string (Mid statement). diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp index e970b80a1a..cf27d174d2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120307.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ -

Right Function

+

Right Function

Returns the rightmost "n" characters of a string expression. -See also: Left Function. +See also: Left Function. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp index e527399c5c..f999364e51 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120308.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

RSet Statement

+

RSet Statement

Right-aligns a string within a string variable, or copies a user-defined variable type into another. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp index 8e6d160f5c..aa29a4bb90 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120309.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ -

RTrim Function

+

RTrim Function

Deletes the spaces at the end of a string expression. -See also: LTrim Function +See also: LTrim Function diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp index 87c0de547a..488566add3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120310.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ -

UCase Function

+

UCase Function

Converts lowercase characters in a string to uppercase. -See also: LCase Function +See also: LCase Function UCase (Text As String) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp index 5d12ed80a6..fe4efd3dbf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120311.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Trim Function

+

Trim Function

Removes all leading and trailing spaces from a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp index 8c67769f59..658b2f0344 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120312.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
ConvertToURL function -

ConvertToURL Function

+

ConvertToURL Function

Converts a system file name to a file URL.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp index 0c4ab4ba80..ab6bf66fe0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120313.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
ConvertFromURL function -

ConvertFromURL Function

+

ConvertFromURL Function

Converts a file URL to a system file name.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp index 059f5e95ec..7aa0ebcab7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120314.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Split Function

+

Split Function

Returns an array of substrings from a string expression. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp index 68e406f3bf..4ac47a1946 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120315.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
Join function -

Join Function

+

Join Function

Returns a string from a number of substrings in a string array.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp index b3012ca68a..15ff73f399 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120400.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Editing String Length + Editing String Length The following functions determine string lengths and compare strings.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp index ae53e0d99d..e0b79638e5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120401.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

InStr Function

+

InStr Function

Returns the position of a string within another string. The Instr function returns the position at which the match was found. If the string was not found, the function returns 0. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp index e57cb67fd7..386dc25c27 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Len function -Len Function +Len Function Returns the number of characters in a string, or the number of bytes that are required to store a variable.
Syntax: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp index 6551e263d9..a1e959299c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120403.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -StrComp Function +StrComp Function Compares two strings and returns an integer value that represents the result of the comparison. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp index 5ba7cc315f..40300eaed0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120411.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -InStrRev Function [VBA] +InStrRev Function [VBA] Returns the position of a string within another string, starting from the right side of the string. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp index 0c743326c8..e98419ca9f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120412.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ StrReverse function -StrReverse Function [VBA] +StrReverse Function [VBA] Returns the string with the character order reversed. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp index c281ca33c1..c7d3dc1027 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Other Commands +Other Commands This is a list of the functions and the statements that are not included in the other categories.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp index f8e90b2dd1..d362abbcd4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Beep statement -

Beep Statement

+

Beep Statement

Plays a tone through the computer's speaker. The tone is system-dependent and you cannot modify its volume or pitch.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp index 3a02ad5beb..2ae8648136 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Shell function -

Shell Function

+

Shell Function

Starts another application and defines the respective window style, if necessary. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp index 849f00c864..46f115356f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
Wait statement -Wait Statement +Wait Statement Interrupts the program execution for the amount of time that you specify in milliseconds.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ End Sub
- WaitUntil statement + WaitUntil statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp index dc0edc5e32..c3ba1a0780 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130610.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ WaitUntil statement -

WaitUntil Statement

+

WaitUntil Statement

Interrupts the program execution until the time specified. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ End Sub
- Wait statement + Wait statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp index bb7fe6cf9b..1b93c83da0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GetSystemTicks function -GetSystemTicks Function +GetSystemTicks Function Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp index c5e84cd5df..1f83baaf76 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Environ Function +Environ Function Returns the value of an environment variable as a string. Environment variables are dependent on the type of operating system that you have. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp index 92a2a316f7..313a1c0ea2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GetSolarVersion function -GetSolarVersion Function +GetSolarVersion Function Returns the internal number of the current $[officename] version. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp index 264a5b6448..482cbd51fd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ TwipsPerPixelX function -TwipsPerPixelX Function +TwipsPerPixelX Function Returns the number of twips that represent the width of a pixel. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp index 5b4586b024..e7c0d1a050 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ TwipsPerPixelY function -TwipsPerPixelY Function +TwipsPerPixelY Function Returns the number of twips that represent the height of a pixel. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp index a249debd2c..6b29259c8f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CreateUnoStruct function -

CreateUnoStruct Function

+

CreateUnoStruct Function

Creates an instance of a Uno structure type.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp index 3e0f978dd8..0739fe7029 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131600.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ API;FilePicker API;SimpleFileAccess -

CreateUnoService Function

+

CreateUnoService Function

Instantiates a Uno service with the ProcessServiceManager. CreateUnoService(serviceName As String) As Object - For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page. + For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page. The example below creates the function FileExists that uses the service com.sun.star.ucb.SimpleFileAccess to test if a given path is an existing file. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ FileExists = bExists And Not bIsFolder End Function ' FileExists - UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the SimpleFileAccess Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above. + UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the SimpleFileAccess Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above. filepicker;API service diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp index e04eac85df..9246888197 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131700.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ GetProcessServiceManager function ProcessServiceManager -GetProcessServiceManager Function +GetProcessServiceManager Function Returns the ProcessServiceManager (central Uno ServiceManager). This function is required when you want to instantiate a service using CreateInstanceWithArguments. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp index 26f71a677d..eb06b8eecb 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131800.xhp @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ CreateUnoDialog function -CreateUnoDialog Function +CreateUnoDialog Function Creates a Basic Uno object that represents a Uno dialog control during Basic runtime. Dialogs are defined in the dialog libraries. To display a dialog, a "live" dialog must be created from the library. -See Examples. +See Examples. CreateUnoDialog( oDlgDesc ) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp index e911050252..d7bd872f0a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131900.xhp @@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ BasicLibraries; library container DialogLibraries; library container -

GlobalScope specifier

+

GlobalScope specifier

To manage personal or shared library containers (Application Macros or My Macros) from within a document, use the GlobalScope specifier.
Basic source code and dialogs are organized in library containers. Libraries can contain modules and dialogs.

In Basic:

-Basic libraries and modules can be managed with the BasicLibraries object. Libraries can be searched, explored and loaded on request. Monitoring Documents Events illustrates %PRODUCTNAME library loading. +Basic libraries and modules can be managed with the BasicLibraries object. Libraries can be searched, explored and loaded on request. Monitoring Documents Events illustrates %PRODUCTNAME library loading.

In dialogs:

-Dialog libraries and dialogs can be managed with the DialogLibraries object. Opening a Dialog With Basic illustrates how to display %PRODUCTNAME shared dialogs. +Dialog libraries and dialogs can be managed with the DialogLibraries object. Opening a Dialog With Basic illustrates how to display %PRODUCTNAME shared dialogs. BasicLibraries and DialogLibraries containers exist at application level and within every document. Document's library containers do not need the GlobalScope specifier to be managed. If you want to call a global library container (located in Application Macros or My Macros) from within a document, you must use the GlobalScope specifier. GlobalScope specifier diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp index 7cbb593874..86aec48335 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CreateUnoListener function -

CreateUnoListener Function

+

CreateUnoListener Function

Creates a Listener instance. Many Uno objects let you register listeners with dedicated listener interfaces. This allows to listen for specific events and call up the appropriate listener method. The CreateUnoListener function sets a listener interface associated to an UNO object. The listener interface is then bound to its associated object. @@ -53,16 +53,16 @@ oListener = CreateUnoListener( "ContListener_","com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener" ) The CreateUnoListener method requires two parameters. The first is Prefix and is explained in detail below. Typename second parameter is the fully qualified name of the listener interface. -Every listener must be registered to %PRODUCTNAME broadcaster feature. This is performed by binding each listener to its associated object. Bind methods always follow the pattern 'addFooListener', where 'Foo' is the object type of the listener interface, without the 'X'. In this example, the addContainerListener method is called to register the XContainerListener: +Every listener must be registered to %PRODUCTNAME broadcaster feature. This is performed by binding each listener to its associated object. Bind methods always follow the pattern 'addFooListener', where 'Foo' is the object type of the listener interface, without the 'X'. In this example, the addContainerListener method is called to register the XContainerListener: Dim oLib As Object oLib = BasicLibraries.Library1 ' Library1 must exist! oLib.addContainerListener( oListener ) ' Register the listener -The listener is now registered. When an event occurs, the active listener calls the appropriate method defined in com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface. +The listener is now registered. When an event occurs, the active listener calls the appropriate method defined in com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface. Event-driven registered BASIC subroutines require to use a defined Prefix. The BASIC run-time system searches for subroutines or functions that have the name 'Prefix+ListenerMethod' and calls them when found. Otherwise, a run-time error occurs. -In this example, com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface defines the following methods: +In this example, com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface defines the following methods: @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ disposing - com.sun.star.lang.XEventListener base interface for all Listener Interfaces + com.sun.star.lang.XEventListener base interface for all Listener Interfaces @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ elementInserted - Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface + Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ elementRemoved - Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface + Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ elementReplaced - Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface + Method of the com.sun.star.container.XContainerListener interface
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ End Sub Listener methods must always be implemented to avoid BASIC run-time errors. -Use ScriptForge library console when the BASIC IDE is not easily accessible, that is during events processing. Use the DebugPrint method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window. Use Trace module of Access2Base library as an alternative +Use ScriptForge library console when the BASIC IDE is not easily accessible, that is during events processing. Use the DebugPrint method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window. Use Trace module of Access2Base library as an alternative Sub SF_Trace GlobalScope.BasicLibraries.LoadLibrary("ScriptForge") @@ -164,8 +164,8 @@
- Events mapping to objects - See also Document events, Form events. + Events mapping to objects + See also Document events, Form events.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp index c95d845ffc..28730b1768 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
GetGuiType function -

GetGuiType Function

+

GetGuiType Function

Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface.
This function is only provided for downward compatibility to previous versions. The return value is not defined in client-server environments. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp index b89a5d3cbf..298723d8d7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ components;addressing -

ThisComponent Object

+

ThisComponent Object

ThisComponent represents the current document in Basic macros. It addresses the active component whose properties can be read and set, and whose methods can be called. Properties and methods available through ThisComponent depend on the document type.see i60932 @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@
- com.sun.star.text.TextDocument API service - com.sun.star.sheet.SpreadsheetDocument API service - com.sun.star.presentation.PresentationDocument API service - com.sun.star.drawing.DrawingDocument API service - com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties API service - com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service - com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service + com.sun.star.text.TextDocument API service + com.sun.star.sheet.SpreadsheetDocument API service + com.sun.star.presentation.PresentationDocument API service + com.sun.star.drawing.DrawingDocument API service + com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties API service + com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service + com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp index 0a490c7a38..80a2fa351c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
CreateUnoValue function -CreateUnoValue Function +CreateUnoValue Function Returns an object that represents a strictly typed value referring to the Uno type system.
This object is automatically converted to an Any of the corresponding type when passed to Uno. The type must be specified by its fully qualified Uno type name. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp index f67ad05892..3e9dc1a790 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132500.xhp @@ -36,6 +36,6 @@ GetDefaultContext Function Returns the default context of the process service factory, if existent, else returns a null reference. -This function returns the default component context to be used, if instantiating services via XmultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information. +This function returns the default component context to be used, if instantiating services via XmultiServiceFactory. See the Professional UNO chapter in the Developer's Guide on api.libreoffice.org for more information. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp index 2b7426f536..f6949c2112 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -DDB Function [VBA] +DDB Function [VBA] Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified period using the arithmetic-declining method. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp index 1731bcc971..f9beee916e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140001.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -FV Function [VBA] +FV Function [VBA] Returns the future value of an investment based on periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate (Future Value). diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp index 9b47710a9b..da3fefd3b3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140002.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -IPmt Function [VBA] +IPmt Function [VBA] Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp index 8b1707e221..b9369e8fa9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140003.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -IRR Function [VBA] +IRR Function [VBA] Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp index 18d65dd5a7..d721a8ecfd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140004.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -MIRR Function [VBA] +MIRR Function [VBA] Calculates the modified internal rate of return of a series of investments. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp index 488d46ec9f..6ae5c59eba 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140005.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -NPer Function [VBA] +NPer Function [VBA] Calculates the number of periods for a loan or investment. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp index 94b4b9bbd9..d4d8826a7f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140006.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -NPV Function [VBA] +NPV Function [VBA] Calculates the Net Present Value of an investment, based on a supplied discount rate, and a series of deposits and withdrawals. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp index 9d2e7001ed..adc5f8d181 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140007.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Pmt Function [VBA] +Pmt Function [VBA] Calculates the constant periodic payments for a loan or investment. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp index c9694aa3e9..fb456d89e4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140008.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -PPmt Function [VBA] +PPmt Function [VBA] Returns for a given period the payment on the principal for an investment that is based on periodic and constant payments and a constant interest rate. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp index 2e8620daad..0ebc68f79a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140009.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -PV Function [VBA] +PV Function [VBA] Returns the Present Value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp index f76bf540ed..79c2549369 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140010.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Rate Function [VBA] +Rate Function [VBA] Returns the interest rate of a loan or an investment. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp index 6864384baa..b1ad830ee5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140011.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -SLN Function [VBA] +SLN Function [VBA] Returns the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period. The amount of the depreciation is constant during the depreciation period. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp index 9ad42e26b7..def668171e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03140012.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -SYD Function [VBA] +SYD Function [VBA] Returns the arithmetic-declining depreciation rate. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp index 01ed090735..0df50b1f69 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ FormatDateTime function - FormatDateTime Function [VBA] + FormatDateTime Function [VBA] Applies a date and/or time format to a date expression and returns the result as a string. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp index d3e0e20c84..117540e822 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ WeekdayName function - WeekdayName Function [VBA] + WeekdayName Function [VBA] The WeekdayName function returns the weekday name of a specified day of the week. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp index 5516ab45ce..c93e2142c4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150002.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ MonthName function - MonthName Function [VBA] + MonthName Function [VBA] The MonthName function returns the localized month name of a specified month number. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp index aa429b1511..00f31ec21a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03160000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Input function -

Input Function [VBA]

+

Input Function [VBA]

Returns the open stream of an Input or Binary file (String). diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp index 12f39aa4b1..9a20d0d66d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170000.xhp @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ Round function (VBA) -

Round Function [VBA]

+

Round Function [VBA]

Rounds a numeric value to a specified number of decimal digits. - This function implements the rounding rule known as "round-to-even". With this rule, whenever the difference between the number to be rounded and its nearest integer is equal to 0.5, the number is rounded to the nearest even number. See the examples below to learn more about this rule. + This function implements the rounding rule known as "round-to-even". With this rule, whenever the difference between the number to be rounded and its nearest integer is equal to 0.5, the number is rounded to the nearest even number. See the examples below to learn more about this rule. Be aware that VBA's Round function works differently than %PRODUCTNAME Calc's Round function. In Calc, if the difference between the number to be rounded and the nearest integer is exactly 0.5, then the number is rounded up. Hence, in Calc the number 2.5 is rounded to 3 whereas using VBA's Round function the value 2.5 is rounded to 2 due to the "round-to-even" rule. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp index 2202cd123c..c2e1a573c6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03170010.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ FormatNumber function - FormatNumber [VBA] + FormatNumber [VBA] Returns a string with a number formatting applied to a numeric expression. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ numDigitsAfterDecimal: Optional. A numeric value specifying the number of digits that should be displayed after the decimal. If omitted, it defaults to the value -1, meaning that the default settings for user interface locale should be used. - includeLeadingDigit: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value, specifying whether a leading zero should be displayed for fractional values. + includeLeadingDigit: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value, specifying whether a leading zero should be displayed for fractional values. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ vbUseDefaults or -2: Use the user interface locale settings. This is the default when omitted. - useParensForNegativeNumbers: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying whether negative numbers should be encased in parenthesis. + useParensForNegativeNumbers: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying whether negative numbers should be encased in parenthesis. vbTrue or -1: Use parenthesis for negative numbers. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ - groupDigits: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying the number should be grouped (into thousands, etc.), using the group delimiter that is specified on the system's regional settings. + groupDigits: Optional. A vbTriState enumeration value specifying the number should be grouped (into thousands, etc.), using the group delimiter that is specified on the system's regional settings. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp index f785cc03a6..605ea419ca 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
events;linked to objects -Macro +Macro Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected. Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the Macro tab of the Object dialog, or in the Assign Macro dialog.
Event diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp index 1933be2175..9c6b3410af 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CallByName.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ result: An optional variable that contains the result of the called method or property. -object: A Basic module, ClassModule instance or UNO service holding properties or methods. +object: A Basic module, ClassModule instance or UNO service holding properties or methods. ProcName: The Function, Sub or Property that is being called. CallType: The type of performed action such as Get, Let, Method and Set. arg0, arg1 …: The Function optional parameters given as positional arguments. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ScriptForge.Platform.Architecture information is retrieved.
- DisplayDirectory property of com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker UNO service is set to the user home folder, its content is read twice. + DisplayDirectory property of com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker UNO service is set to the user home folder, its content is read twice.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp index 675c1891ce..9562bb38b0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Compiler_options.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

Compiler Options, Runtime Conditions

+

Compiler Options, Runtime Conditions

Compiler options specified at the module level affect %PRODUCTNAME Basic compiler checks and error messages. Basic syntax as well as Basic set of instructions can be different according to the options that are in use. The less Option, the easiest and tolerant %PRODUCTNAME Basic language is. The more Option, the richer and controlled Basic language gets.
Compiler options must be specified before the executable program code in a module. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Options specified at the module level also affect %PRODUCTNAME Basic runtime conditions. The behaviour of %PRODUCTNAME Basic instructions can differ.
- Property statement + Property statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp index c053307076..b8b5a458fd 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/CreateUnoSvcWithArgs.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ CreateUnoServiceWithArguments function API;FilePicker -

CreateUnoServiceWithArguments Function

+

CreateUnoServiceWithArguments Function

Instantiates a UNO service with the ProcessServiceManager, including supplemental optional arguments. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Arguments: One to many arguments that specify the instance of the service. Arguments are stored as a one dimensional array, according to their positions in the constructor method definition. An instance of the given UNO service name, otherwise Null value. - For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page. + For a list of available services, visit the com::sun::star Module reference page. The com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker example below displays a Save As dialog with two extra controls: a listbox and a checkbox. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Array(options)) End Sub ' FileSaveAsDialog - UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the FilePicker Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above. + UNO services have an extensive online documentation in the api.libreoffice.org website. Visit the FilePicker Service reference page to learn more about the methods provided by the service used in the example above. filepicker;API service @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ dds.signDocumentContent(storage, Null) End Sub ' SignCurrentDocDialog
-CreateWithVersion and createWithVersionAndValidSignature constructor methods in com.sun.star.security.DocumentDigitalSignatures UNO service indicate two different ways of instantiating this service with CreateUnoServiceWithArguments function. +CreateWithVersion and createWithVersionAndValidSignature constructor methods in com.sun.star.security.DocumentDigitalSignatures UNO service indicate two different ways of instantiating this service with CreateUnoServiceWithArguments function.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp index 1badcbf05c..5fe8be500d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/ErrVBA.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Error;raising Error;handling -

Err Object [VBA]

+

Err Object [VBA]

Use VBA Err object to raise or handle runtime errors.
Err is a built-in VBA global object that allows: @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ Err.Description As String - The Description property gives the nature of the error. Description details the various reasons that may be the cause of the error. Ideally, it provides the multiple course of actions to help solve the issue and prevent its reoccurrence. The Basic alias is the Error function for %PRODUCTNAME predefined errors. + The Description property gives the nature of the error. Description details the various reasons that may be the cause of the error. Ideally, it provides the multiple course of actions to help solve the issue and prevent its reoccurrence. The Basic alias is the Error function for %PRODUCTNAME predefined errors. Err.Number As Long - The error code associated with the error. Err object default property is Number. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Err function. + The error code associated with the error. Err object default property is Number. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Err function. Err.Source As String @@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ Err.Clear() - Resets description, Erl, number and source properties of current error. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Resume statement. + Resets description, Erl, number and source properties of current error. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Resume statement. Err.Raise(Number As Long, Optional source As String, Optional description As String) - Throws user-defined errors or predefined errors. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Error statement. + Throws user-defined errors or predefined errors. The %PRODUCTNAME Basic alias is the Error statement.

Parameters

Number: A user-defined or predefined error code to be raised.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ End Sub

Exception ClassModule

- A short ClassModule, that wraps VBA Err object, can distribute Err properties and methods for standard %PRODUCTNAME Basic modules. + A short ClassModule, that wraps VBA Err object, can distribute Err properties and methods for standard %PRODUCTNAME Basic modules. Option ClassModule Option VBASupport 1 @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Resume finally End Sub - The Error statement or an Exception-like class module can be used interchangeably, while the latter adds extra features. + The Error statement or an Exception-like class module can be used interchangeably, while the latter adds extra features.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp index 97b22e5768..fb5c6101ab 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/GetPathSeparator.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ GetPathSeparator function
- GetPathSeparator Function + GetPathSeparator Function Returns the operating system-dependent directory separator used to specify file paths.
@@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ It is recommended to use: - ConvertFromURL function to convert a file URL to a system file name. + ConvertFromURL function to convert a file URL to a system file name. - ConvertToURL function to convert a system file name to a file URL. + ConvertToURL function to convert a system file name to a file URL. - See also URL Notation + See also URL Notation
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp index fa9e60dcc0..8a67579478 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/Resume.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Resume statement
-

Resume Statement

+

Resume Statement

Resets error information and indicates what to execute next.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp index fa495681fa..11ed299864 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/calc_functions.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ API;sheet.addin.Analysis API;sheet.FunctionAccess -

Using Calc Functions in Macros

+

Using Calc Functions in Macros

In addition to the native BASIC functions, you can call Calc functions in your macros and scripts and set Calc functions in cell formulas.

Calling Internal Calc functions in Basic

Use the CreateUNOService function to access the com.sun.star.sheet.FunctionAccess service. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Calling Add-In Calc Functions in BASIC

- The Calc Add-In functions are in the UNO services com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis, com.sun.star.sheet.addin.DateFunctions and com.sun.star.sheet.addin.PricingFunctions. + The Calc Add-In functions are in the UNO services com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis, com.sun.star.sheet.addin.DateFunctions and com.sun.star.sheet.addin.PricingFunctions. REM Example calling Add-in function SQRTPI diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp index df14f9ad75..25b76fb590 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/classmodule.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-

Option ClassModule Statement

+

Option ClassModule Statement

Specifies that the module is a class module that contains members, properties, procedures and functions.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp index 6652dc52de..79f57651b8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/collection.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Collection;Count -

Collection Object

+

Collection Object

Collections can be used to store items of different types. Each item can be accessed by its index or by an optional key associated with it.
A Collection object has the following methods: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Items in a Collection can be accessed either by their indices (as in a 1-based single-dimensional Array) or by their associated keys. - The ScriptForge Dictionary service extends the Collection object by providing supplemental features as key retrieval and replacement, as well as import/export to Array objects and JSON strings. + The ScriptForge Dictionary service extends the Collection object by providing supplemental features as key retrieval and replacement, as well as import/export to Array objects and JSON strings.

Creating a Collection

To create a Collection use the New keyword. The following example creates a Collection object and populates it with three items: diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp index f772f92c59..2b2f7d7bdf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatibilitymode.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ VBA compatibility mode
-

CompatibilityMode() Function

+

CompatibilityMode() Function

CompatibilityMode() function controls or queries runtime mode. It affects all code executed after setting or resetting the runtime mode.
Use this feature with caution, limit it to document conversion for example. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Enable: Sets or unsets new compatibility mode when the argument is present. - CompatibilityMode function relates to Option VBASupport 1, in which case it always returns True. It is unrelated to Option Compatible compiler directive. + CompatibilityMode function relates to Option VBASupport 1, in which case it always returns True. It is unrelated to Option Compatible compiler directive. This function may affect or help in the following situations: @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Running RmDir command in VBA mode. In VBA only empty directories are removed by RmDir while %PRODUCTNAME Basic removes a directory recursively. Changing behavior of Basic Dir command. The directory flag (16) for the Dir command means that only directories are returned in %PRODUCTNAME Basic, while in VBA normal files and directories are returned. - Color components calculation with the Red and Blue functions which are interchanged (The Green function is not affected). + Color components calculation with the Red and Blue functions which are interchanged (The Green function is not affected). diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp index 271bd25114..136a53285f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/compatible.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-

Option Compatible Statement

+

Option Compatible Statement

Option Compatible extends %PRODUCTNAME Basic compiler and runtime, allowing supplemental language constructs to Basic.
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Allow special characters as identifiers. all characters that are defined as letter in the Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1) character set, are accepted as part of identifiers. - Create VBA constants including non-printable characters. + Create VBA constants including non-printable characters. Allow the New operator to be optional in Dim statements. Allow default values for optional parameters in procedures. Use named arguments when multiple optional parameters exist. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp index 974db923a3..f022ebd38e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/conventions.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Statements syntax;How to read Typographical conventions -

How to Read Syntax Diagrams and Statements

+

How to Read Syntax Diagrams and Statements

%PRODUCTNAME Basic statements use syntax diagrams and textual conventions that follow these typographical rules: %PRODUCTNAME Basic keywords or functions use proper casing: Call, DimArray, InputBox, Property. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp index 4176a62c3e..35c3e31957 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/doEvents.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ DoEvents function -

DoEvents Function

+

DoEvents Function

Transfers control to the operating system during macro execution, so that it can process the events in waiting. DoEvents provides compatibility with VBA. It always returns 0. Using it in %PRODUCTNAME is not necessary. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp index 5781585ae8..21f9b5c391 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/enum.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ enumerations
-

Enum Statement [VBA]

+

Enum Statement [VBA]

Define enumerations or non UNO constant groups. An enumeration is a value list that facilitates programming and eases code logic review.
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ Print .MACINTOSH, .MOTIF, .OPENLOOK, .OS2PM, .W1ND0WS End With
- Enumerations can be extended to other data types using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism. + Enumerations can be extended to other data types using Type statement definitions. Calling Python Scripts from Basic illustrates that mechanism.
- Const statement, constants - Option VBASupport statement - With statement + Const statement, constants + Option VBASupport statement + With statement
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp index 9da8abd515..dd5b9dc83f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/fragments.xhp @@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
-

Syntax fragments

+

Syntax fragments

%PRODUCTNAME Basic syntax fragments.
-

argument fragment

+

argument fragment

argument fragment {[Optional [ByRef|ByVal]]|ParamArray} argument {{As typename|char}[ = expression]|[()]As Variant} @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ typename: Primitive data type name. Library or module defined types can also be specified. = expression: Specify a default value for the argument, matching its declared type. Optional is necessary for each argument specifying a default value. ParamArray: Use ParamArray when the number of parameters is undetermined. A typical scenario is that of a Calc user-defined function. Using ParamArray should be limited to the last argument of a routine. - UsingParamArray or = expression require Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module. - When using Option VBASupport 1, Optional arguments with no default value (= expression) are initialized according to their data type, except if Variant. + UsingParamArray or = expression require Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module. + When using Option VBASupport 1, Optional arguments with no default value (= expression) are initialized according to their data type, except if Variant.
-

array fragment

+

array fragment

array fragment ( [[start To] end], .. ) diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/is_keyword.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/is_keyword.xhp index 0724cfe669..bd23546bbf 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/is_keyword.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/is_keyword.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Is Operator -

Is Operator

+

Is Operator

Tests if two Basic variables refer to the same object instance.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp index 5dfef6e6c6..ba0ecd9456 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ shortcut keys;Basic IDE IDE;keyboard shortcuts -Keyboard Shortcuts in the Basic IDE +Keyboard Shortcuts in the Basic IDE In the Basic IDE you can use the following keyboard shortcuts: @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -Add watch for the variable at the cursor. +Add watch for the variable at the cursor. F7 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -Set or remove a breakpoint at the current line or all breakpoints in the current selection. +Set or remove a breakpoint at the current line or all breakpoints in the current selection. F9 diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp index ab420627d8..704f4848db 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0211.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- toolbars; Basic IDEmacro toolbarMacro Toolbar + toolbars; Basic IDEmacro toolbarMacro Toolbar The Macro Toolbar contains commands to create, edit, and run macros.
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp index 523061c6fa..54872964aa 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ -

%PRODUCTNAME Basic Help

+

%PRODUCTNAME Basic Help

-%PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org -This help section explains the most common functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic. For more in-depth information please refer to the OpenOffice.org BASIC Programming Guide on the Wiki. +%PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org +This help section explains the most common functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic. For more in-depth information please refer to the OpenOffice.org BASIC Programming Guide on the Wiki.
Working with %PRODUCTNAME Basic diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp index c6df340a40..3b51ea11f9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/new_keyword.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New Operator -

New Operator

+

New Operator

Use the New operator to instantiate objects of user-defined types, as well as Uno services, structs and enumerations. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp index 617f0d806d..8099f860d1 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/partition.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Partition Function -

Partition Function [VBA]

+

Partition Function [VBA]

Returns a string indicating where a number occurs within a calculated series of ranges. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp index 7a72e417ee..1552b251be 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/property.xhp @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ Property statement
-

Property Statement

+

Property Statement

A property, also called field or attribute, characterizes a given object or piece of information. Properties can be used to control access to data. It is common use to include instructions at setting or reading time of properties. Code can vary from simple assignment to complex context dependent routines. Using Get, Let or Set accessors enforces properties' consistency when necessary. - This statement requires Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module. + This statement requires Option Compatible to be placed before the executable program code in a module. @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ End Property
- Subroutines basics + Subroutines basics - End, Exit statements + End, Exit statements
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp index 091a2f0826..b6efd98a1c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/replace.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Replace function -

Replace Function

+

Replace Function

Replaces some string by another. diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp index fec1efd764..ba735eb9d0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/stardesktop.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ API; Desktop -

StarDesktop object

+

StarDesktop object

The StarDesktop object represents %PRODUCTNAME application. Some routines or user interface objects such as current window can be used via StarDesktop.

Example:

diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp index e00a005e0f..9f596990e0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/strconv.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ StrConv function
-

StrConv Function

+

StrConv Function

Convert a string as specified by a conversion type.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ 4
- Converts narrow (half-width) characters in Text to wide (full-width) characters. + Converts narrow (half-width) characters in Text to wide (full-width) characters.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 8 - Converts wide (full-width) characters in Text to narrow (half-width) characters. + Converts wide (full-width) characters in Text to narrow (half-width) characters. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
-LCID Optional. The Locale ID in decimal number. If this parameter is omitted, it assumes the system Locale ID. Refer to the file msi-encodinglist.txt for the available LCID values. +LCID Optional. The Locale ID in decimal number. If this parameter is omitted, it assumes the system Locale ID. Refer to the file msi-encodinglist.txt for the available LCID values. Option VBASupport 1 diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp index 8f4a1c61c8..abaaf7edc6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/thisdbdoc.xhp @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ ThisDatabaseDocument API; Database document -

ThisDatabaseDocument object

+

ThisDatabaseDocument object

ThisDatabaseDocument addresses the active Base document whose properties can be read and set, and whose methods can be called. - ThisDatabaseDocument returns an object of type com.sun.star.sdb.XOfficeDatabaseDocument. + ThisDatabaseDocument returns an object of type com.sun.star.sdb.XOfficeDatabaseDocument. @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@
- ThisComponent object - com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service - com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service + ThisComponent object + com.sun.star.sdb.OfficeDatabaseDocument API service + com.sun.star.document.OfficeDocument API service
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp index 61ae8e60da..fa97690409 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/uno_objects.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ UNO functions
-

UNO Objects, Functions and Services

+

UNO Objects, Functions and Services

Functions, objects and services of Unified Network Objects (UNO).
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@

Active document Objects

The following objects can be used from the active document. -

BasicLibraries Object

-

DialogLibraries Object

+

BasicLibraries Object

+

DialogLibraries Object

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ - %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org + %PRODUCTNAME provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows controlling the $[officename] components with different programming languages by using the $[officename] Software Development Kit (SDK). For more information about the $[officename] API and the Software Development Kit, visit https://api.libreoffice.org
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp index 058adc0fbd..c6da1a179c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To exit the print preview, click the Close Preview button.
-Page View Object Bar +Page View Object Bar
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp index f566781ee6..29273ce44d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ -

Navigator

-Activates and deactivates the Navigator. The Navigator is a dockable window. +

Navigator

+Activates and deactivates the Navigator. The Navigator is a dockable window.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Scenarios

-Displays all available scenarios. Double-click a name to apply that scenario. The result is shown in the sheet. For more information, choose Tools - Scenarios. +Displays all available scenarios. Double-click a name to apply that scenario. The result is shown in the sheet. For more information, choose Tools - Scenarios. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp index 53214c2153..bd399d1dc9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@
-Headers & Footers +Headers & Footers Allows you to define and format headers and footers.
-The Headers/Footers dialog contains the tabs for defining headers and footers. There will be separate tabs for the left and right page headers and footers if the Same content left/right option was not marked in the Page Style dialog. +The Headers/Footers dialog contains the tabs for defining headers and footers. There will be separate tabs for the left and right page headers and footers if the Same content left/right option was not marked in the Page Style dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp index 7ca98d2725..003fd53772 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Header/Footer +Header/Footer Defines or formats a header or footer for a Page Style.
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Select a predefined header or footer from the list. Text attributes - Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text. The Text Attributes dialog contains the tab pages Font, Font Effects and Font Position. + Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text. The Text Attributes dialog contains the tab pages Font, Font Effects and Font Position.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp index 50893fb3be..010bbb7d15 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140000.xhp @@ -32,27 +32,27 @@ filling;selection lists selection lists;filling cells MW inserted 2 index entries -Fill +Fill Automatically fills cells with content.
- The $[officename] Calc context menus have additional options for filling the cells. + The $[officename] Calc context menus have additional options for filling the cells. - Sheet + Sheet - Series + Series Filling cells using context menus: - Call the context menu when positioned in a cell and choose Selection List. + Call the context menu when positioned in a cell and choose Selection List. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp index aef7a17d6a..2ea089ddee 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Down +Down Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the top cell of the range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp index a05a478d37..edbb6de4b0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp index a5db87e3e2..44695cdc2c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Up +Up Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottom most cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp index a96720e8e4..b109492336 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Left +Left Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the far right cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp index c3888d425b..f63102b898 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140500.xhp @@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ Click OK. - This dialog is similar to the Paste Special dialog, where you can find additional tips. + This dialog is similar to the Paste Special dialog, where you can find additional tips. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp index dd185bef77..828278ad07 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ After selecting at least one cell, deletes the entire column from the sheet.
- Deleting Contents + Deleting Contents
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp index 2e42de1b25..e076a34daf 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02190000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Delete Page Break +Delete Page Break Choose the type of page break that you want to delete.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp index 7c62fa6021..a5410f226b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02190100.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ row breaks; deleting MW deleted "removing;..." and changed "deleting;...! -Row Break +Row Break Removes the manual row break above the active cell.
Position the cursor in a cell directly below the row break indicated by a horizontal line and choose Sheet - Delete Page Break - Row Break. The manual row break is removed. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp index eccab059f9..0b7ed13642 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02190200.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - Column Break + Column Break Removes a manual column break to the left of the active cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp index a8cb4735b5..83d0bacb08 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02200000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Sheet +Sheet Edit commands for entire sheets.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp index 7ee9f7e6b3..cba783f834 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02220000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ sheet; search and go to
-

Go to Sheet

+

Go to Sheet

Go to a specified sheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp index a9ef012f31..451ec69220 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03070000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Column & Row Headers +Column & Row Headers Shows column headers and row headers.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ - You can also set the view of the column and row headers in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View. + You can also set the view of the column and row headers in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp index e51a759136..8956912db9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03080000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Value Highlighting +Value Highlighting Displays cell contents in different colors, depending on type.
To remove the highlighting, unmark the menu entry. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp index 1ced423ed1..a7b4c13ea5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03090000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Formula Bar +Formula Bar Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.
To hide the Formula Bar, unmark the menu item. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp index 8228e4b20a..c7feaea92c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Page Break View +Page Break View Display the page breaks and print ranges in the sheet. Choose View - Normal to switch this mode off.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp index 00344263a6..ea3759e68a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04010000.xhp @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ page breaks; inserting in spreadsheets
mw changed "page breaks;..." -Insert Page Break +Insert Page Break This command inserts manual row or column breaks to ensure that your data prints properly. You can insert a horizontal page break above, or a vertical page break to the left of, the active cell. -Choose Sheet - Delete Page Break to remove breaks created manually. +Choose Sheet - Delete Page Break to remove breaks created manually.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp index c6c8824b6a..d5ff3f05f7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04010100.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ manual row breaks
-Row Break +Row Break Inserts a row break (horizontal page break) above the selected cell. The manual row break is indicated by a dark blue horizontal line. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp index c2f81fbd4d..e680326078 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04010200.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ manual column breaks -Column Break +Column Break Inserts a column break (vertical page break) to the left of the active cell. The manual column break is indicated by a dark blue vertical line. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp index 3d9ccd2dd0..45d80c09dc 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Insert Cells Opens the Insert Cells dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify. - You can delete cells by choosing Edit - Delete Cells. + You can delete cells by choosing Edit - Delete Cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp index 367ad26d49..6772cb7be2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Insert Rows +Insert Rows Insert rows above or below the active cell. The number of rows inserted corresponds to the number of rows selected. If no row is selected, one row is inserted. The existing rows are moved downward. Rows Above diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp index f51d1311fc..0a6e280741 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Insert Columns +Insert Columns Inserts columns to the left or to the right of the active cell. The number of columns inserted corresponds to the number of columns selected. If no column is selected, one column is inserted. The existing columns are moved to the right. Columns Before diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp index 4fad66a05d..91b457e60e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

Function

+

Function

Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
Before you start the Wizard, select a cell or a range of cells from the current sheet, in order to determine the position at which the formula will be inserted. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

Category

Lists all the categories to which the different functions are assigned. Select a category to view the appropriate functions in the list field below. Select "All" to view all functions in alphabetical order, irrespective of category. "Last Used" lists the functions you have most recently used. -You can browse the full List of Categories and Functions. +You can browse the full List of Categories and Functions.

Function

Displays the functions found under the selected category. Double-click to select a function. A single-click displays a short function description. @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ The Array option is identical to the CommandCtrl+Shift+Enter command, which is used to enter and confirm formulas in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces: { }. The maximum size of an array range is 128 by 128 cells.

Argument Input Fields

-When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using date entries, make sure you use the correct format. Click OK to insert the result into the spreadsheet. +When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using date entries, make sure you use the correct format. Click OK to insert the result into the spreadsheet.

Function Result

-As soon you enter arguments in the function, the result is calculated. This preview informs you if the calculation can be carried out with the arguments given. If the arguments result in an error, the corresponding error code is displayed. +As soon you enter arguments in the function, the result is calculated. This preview informs you if the calculation can be carried out with the arguments given. If the arguments result in an error, the corresponding error code is displayed. The required arguments are indicated by names in bold print. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp index d5aa76ba55..138ebcd90a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp @@ -29,32 +29,32 @@ categories of functions list of functions MW deleted "Calc functions" -

Functions by Category

+

Functions by Category

This section describes the functions of $[officename] Calc. The various functions are divided into categories in the Function Wizard. -

Database

+

Database

- Date & Time + Date & Time - Financial + Financial - Information + Information -

Logical

+

Logical

- Mathematical + Mathematical - Array + Array - Statistical + Statistical - Spreadsheet + Spreadsheet - Text + Text - Add-in + Add-in
- Operators + Operators
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp index 543c76bed5..3e460b4e69 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp @@ -96,12 +96,12 @@ Search criteria are entered into the cells of the second and subsequent rows of the SearchCriteria area, below the row containing headings. Blank cells within the SearchCriteria area are ignored. Create criteria in the cells of the SearchCriteria area using the comparison operators <, <=, =, <>, >=, and >. = is assumed if a cell is not empty but does not start with a comparison operator. If you write several criteria in one row, they are connected by AND. If you write several criteria in different rows, they are connected by OR. - Criteria can be created using wildcards, providing that wildcards have been enabled via the Enable wildcards in formulas option on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate dialog. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled. - Even more powerful criteria can be created using regular expressions, providing that regular expressions have been enabled via the Enable regular expressions in formulas option on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate dialog. + Criteria can be created using wildcards, providing that wildcards have been enabled via the Enable wildcards in formulas option on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate dialog. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled. + Even more powerful criteria can be created using regular expressions, providing that regular expressions have been enabled via the Enable regular expressions in formulas option on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate dialog. - Another setting that affects how the search criteria are handled is the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells option on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate dialog. This option controls whether the search criteria you set for the Database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled. + Another setting that affects how the search criteria are handled is the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells option on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate dialog. This option controls whether the search criteria you set for the Database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.

Examples of Database Function Use

The following table provides an example database table that is utilized to demonstrate how to use the functions in the Database category. The cell range A1:E10 contains fictitious information about the guests invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each guest - name, school grade, age in years, distance to school in meters, and weight in kilograms. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@
- This simple example shows the use of wildcards. For this example to work as intended, select to enable wildcards at %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate. With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letter “F”. The value 1 is returned (counting Frank). + This simple example shows the use of wildcards. For this example to work as intended, select to enable wildcards at %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate. With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letter “F”. The value 1 is returned (counting Frank).

Example 6

@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ - This simple example shows the use of regular expressions. For this example to work as intended, select to enable regular expressions at %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate. With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letters “A”, “B”, or “C”. The value 3 is returned (counting Andy, Betty, and Charles). + This simple example shows the use of regular expressions. For this example to work as intended, select to enable regular expressions at %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate. With the above example database table and this search criteria area, insert the formula =DCOUNT(A1:E10;;A12:A13) into an empty cell elsewhere in the sheet to count how many of Joe’s guests have names that begin with the letters “A”, “B”, or “C”. The value 3 is returned (counting Andy, Betty, and Charles).
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp index 0de3bb2d8c..056e0b3526 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060103.xhp @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@

IRR

Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment. The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments), and at least one value must be positive (income). - If the payments take place at irregular intervals, use the XIRR function. + If the payments take place at irregular intervals, use the XIRR function. IRR(Values [; Guess]) @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ Under the assumption that cell contents are A1=-10000, A2=3500, A3=7600 and A4=1000, the formula =IRR(A1:A4) gives a result of 11,33%. - Because of the iterative method used, it is possible for IRR to fail and return Error 523, with "Error: Calculation does not converge" in the status bar. In that case, try another value for Guess. + Because of the iterative method used, it is possible for IRR to fail and return Error 523, with "Error: Calculation does not converge" in the status bar. In that case, try another value for Guess.
calculating; interests for unchanged amortization installments @@ -730,8 +730,8 @@ =ISPMT(1%;18;24;120000) = -300 currency units. The monthly interest after 1.5 years amounts to 300 currency units.
-Financial Functions Part Two - Financial Functions Part Three +Financial Functions Part Two + Financial Functions Part Three diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp index 8ff3017000..17ddd9643c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
-

Mathematical Functions

-This category contains the Mathematical functions for Calc. To open the Function Wizard, choose Insert - Function. +

Mathematical Functions

+This category contains the Mathematical functions for Calc. To open the Function Wizard, choose Insert - Function.
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
-

TRUNC

+

TRUNC

@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ Coefficients is a series of coefficients. For each coefficient the series sum is extended by one section. =SERIESSUM(A1; 0; 1; {1; 2; 3}) calculates the value of 1+2x+3x2, where x is the value in cell A1. If A1 contains 1, the formula returns 6; if A1 contains 2, the formula returns 17; if A1 contains 3, the formula returns 34; and so on. -Refer to the SERIESSUM wiki page for more details about this function. +Refer to the SERIESSUM wiki page for more details about this function.
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
-

ROUNDDOWN

+

ROUNDDOWN

@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ =CONVERT_OOO(100;"ATS";"EUR") returns the euro value of 100 Austrian schillings. =CONVERT_OOO(100;"EUR";"DEM") converts 100 euros into German marks. -Refer to the CONVERT_OOO wiki page for more details about this function. +Refer to the CONVERT_OOO wiki page for more details about this function.
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ Returns an non-volatile integer random number in a specified range. RANDBETWEEN.NV(Bottom; Top) -Returns an non-volatile integer random number between integers Bottom and Top (both inclusive). A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events or pressing F9. However, the function is recalculated when pressing F9 with the cursor on the cell containing the function, when opening the file, when using the Recalculate Hard command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9) and when Top or Bottom are recalculated. +Returns an non-volatile integer random number between integers Bottom and Top (both inclusive). A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events or pressing F9. However, the function is recalculated when pressing F9 with the cursor on the cell containing the function, when opening the file, when using the Recalculate Hard command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9) and when Top or Bottom are recalculated. =RANDBETWEEN.NV(20;30) returns a non-volatile integer between 20 and 30. =RANDBETWEEN.NV(A1;30) returns a non-volatile integer between the value of cell A1 and 30. The function is recalculated when the contents of cell A1 change. @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ Returns a non-volatile random number between 0 and 1. RAND.NV() -This function produces a non-volatile random number on input. A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events. The function does not recalculate when pressing F9, except when the cursor is on the cell containing the function or using the Recalculate Hard command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9). The function is recalculated when opening the file. +This function produces a non-volatile random number on input. A non-volatile function is not recalculated at new input events. The function does not recalculate when pressing F9, except when the cursor is on the cell containing the function or using the Recalculate Hard command (Shift+CommandCtrl+F9). The function is recalculated when opening the file. =RAND.NV() returns a non-volatile random number between 0 and 1. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp index dad50459e3..08eabd6926 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ forced array handling mw deleted "creating;" -

Array Functions

+

Array Functions

This category contains the array functions.

What is an Array?

An array is a linked range of cells on a spreadsheet containing values. A square range of 3 rows and 3 columns is a 3 x 3 array: @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ In addition to multiplication, you can also use other operators on the reference range (an array). With $[officename] Calc, you can add (+), subtract (-), multiply (*), divide (/), use exponents (^), concatenation (&) and comparisons (=, <>, <, >, <=, >=). The operators can be used on each individual value in the cell range and return the result as an array if the array formula was entered. Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulas {=A1:A2=""} and {=A1:A2=0} will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.

When do you use array formulas?

- Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then make the required change to the array formula. + Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then make the required change to the array formula. Array formulas are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different math functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.

Using Array Formulas in $[officename] Calc

Implicit intersection of array formulas

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Select the cell range or array containing the array formula. To select the whole array, position the cell cursor inside the array range, then press CommandCtrl + /, where / is the division key on the numeric keypad. - Press Delete to delete the array contents, including the array formula, or press Backspace and this brings up the Delete Contents dialog box. Select Formula or Delete All and click OK. + Press Delete to delete the array contents, including the array formula, or press Backspace and this brings up the Delete Contents dialog box. Select Formula or Delete All and click OK. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp index 4246cc6be4..89fab68807 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060108.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Function Wizard; statistics functions; statistics functions -

Statistics Functions

+

Statistics Functions

This category contains the Statistics functions.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp index 99e061ae0c..77d68eddb8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

ERRORTYPE

- Returns the number corresponding to an error value occurring in a different cell. With the aid of this number, you can generate an error message text. + Returns the number corresponding to an error value occurring in a different cell. With the aid of this number, you can generate an error message text. The Status Bar displays the predefined error code from %PRODUCTNAME if you click the cell containing the error. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@

COLUMN

- Returns the column number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell the column number of the cell is returned; if the parameter is a cell area, the corresponding column numbers are returned in a single-row array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the COLUMN function with an area reference parameter is not used for an array formula, only the column number of the first cell within the area is determined. + Returns the column number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell the column number of the cell is returned; if the parameter is a cell area, the corresponding column numbers are returned in a single-row array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the COLUMN function with an area reference parameter is not used for an array formula, only the column number of the first cell within the area is determined. COLUMN([Reference]) @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@

LOOKUP

- Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range. Optionally, the assigned value (of the same index) is returned in a different column and row. As opposed to VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP, search and result vector may be at different positions; they do not have to be adjacent. Additionally, the search vector for the LOOKUP must be sorted ascending, otherwise the search will not return any usable results. + Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range. Optionally, the assigned value (of the same index) is returned in a different column and row. As opposed to VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP, search and result vector may be at different positions; they do not have to be adjacent. Additionally, the search vector for the LOOKUP must be sorted ascending, otherwise the search will not return any usable results. If LOOKUP cannot find the search criterion, it matches the largest value in the search vector that is less than or equal to the search criterion. @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ HLOOKUP(Lookup; Array; Index [; SortedRangeLookup]) - For an explanation on the parameters, see: VLOOKUP (columns and rows are exchanged) + For an explanation on the parameters, see: VLOOKUP (columns and rows are exchanged) Suppose we have built a small database table occupying the cell range A1:DO4 and containing basic information about 118 chemical elements. The first column contains the row headings “Element”, “Symbol”, “Atomic Number”, and “Relative Atomic Mass”. Subsequent columns contain the relevant information for each of the elements, ordered left to right by atomic number. For example, cells B1:B4 contain “Hydrogen”, “H”, “1” and “1.008”, while cells DO1:DO4 contain “Oganesson”, “Og”, “118”, and “294”. @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@

ROW

- Returns the row number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell, it returns the row number of the cell. If the reference is a cell range, it returns the corresponding row numbers in a one-column Array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the ROW function with a range reference is not used in an array formula, only the row number of the first range cell will be returned. + Returns the row number of a cell reference. If the reference is a cell, it returns the row number of the cell. If the reference is a cell range, it returns the corresponding row numbers in a one-column Array if the formula is entered as an array formula. If the ROW function with a range reference is not used in an array formula, only the row number of the first range cell will be returned. ROW([Reference]) diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp index 1d63e12398..20bff1be7c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060110.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-

Text Functions

+

Text Functions

This section contains descriptions of the Text functions.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ decimal system; converting to

BASE

-Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the numbering system. The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used. +Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the numbering system. The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used. BASE(Number; Radix [; MinimumLength]) @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ =BASE(255;16;4) returns 00FF in the hexadecimal system. -DECIMAL +DECIMAL
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

DECIMAL

-Converts text that represents a number in a numeral system with the given base radix to a positive integer. The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The Text field is not case-sensitive. +Converts text that represents a number in a numeral system with the given base radix to a positive integer. The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The Text field is not case-sensitive. If the radix is 16, a leading x or X or 0x or 0X, and an appended h or H, are disregarded. If the radix is 2, an appended b or B is disregarded. Other characters that do not belong to the numeral system generate an error. @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ =DECIMAL("FACE";16) returns 64206. =DECIMAL("0101";2) returns 5. -BASE +BASE
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

DOLLAR

-Converts a number to a string representing the amount in the currency format, rounded to a specified decimal places, using the decimal separator that corresponds to the current locale setting. In the Value field enter the number to be converted. Optionally, you may enter the number of decimal places in the Decimals field. If no value is specified, all numbers in currency format will be displayed with two decimal places. +Converts a number to a string representing the amount in the currency format, rounded to a specified decimal places, using the decimal separator that corresponds to the current locale setting. In the Value field enter the number to be converted. Optionally, you may enter the number of decimal places in the Decimals field. If no value is specified, all numbers in currency format will be displayed with two decimal places. You set the currency format in your system settings. @@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ FIXED(Number; [Decimals = 2 [; NoThousandsSeparators = FALSE]]) - Number is rounded to Decimals places (after the decimal separator) and the result formatted as text, using locale-specific settings. + Number is rounded to Decimals places (after the decimal separator) and the result formatted as text, using locale-specific settings. Decimals (optional) refers to the number of decimal places to be displayed. If Decimals is negative, Number is rounded to ABS(Decimals) places to the left from the decimal point. If Decimals is a fraction, it is truncated actually ignoring what is the closest integer. - NoThousandsSeparators (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If it is TRUE or non-zero, then group separators are omitted from the resulting string. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is missing altogether, the thousands separators of your current locale setting are displayed. + NoThousandsSeparators (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If it is TRUE or non-zero, then group separators are omitted from the resulting string. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is missing altogether, the thousands separators of your current locale setting are displayed. =FIXED(1234567.89;3) returns 1,234,567.890 as a text string. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ -

LEFTB

+

LEFTB

Returns the first characters of a DBCS text. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ -

LENB

+

LENB

For double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, returns the number of bytes used to represent the characters in a text string. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ -

MIDB

+

MIDB

Returns a text string of a DBCS text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters. @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@

REPLACE

-Replaces part of a text string with a different text string. This function can be used to replace both characters and numbers (which are automatically converted to text). The result of the function is always displayed as text. If you intend to perform further calculations with a number which has been replaced by text, you will need to convert it back to a number using the VALUE function. +Replaces part of a text string with a different text string. This function can be used to replace both characters and numbers (which are automatically converted to text). The result of the function is always displayed as text. If you intend to perform further calculations with a number which has been replaced by text, you will need to convert it back to a number using the VALUE function. Any text containing numbers must be enclosed in quotation marks if you do not want it to be interpreted as a number and automatically converted to text. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ =REPT("Good morning";2) returns Good morningGood morning. -Refer to the REPT wiki page for more details about this function.
+Refer to the REPT wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp index d50288c05a..89b70e5710 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060111.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ functions; add-in functions Function Wizard; add-ins -

Add-in Functions

+

Add-in Functions

The following describes and lists some of the available add-in functions. Add-in concept @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ ORG.OPENOFFICE.ROT13 -Refer to the ROT13 wiki page for more details about this function. +Refer to the ROT13 wiki page for more details about this function.
DAYSINYEAR function @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Add-ins through %PRODUCTNAME API

-Add-ins can also be implemented through the %PRODUCTNAME API. +Add-ins can also be implemented through the %PRODUCTNAME API.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp index 5a80424b38..42cfa5ec52 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ add-ins; for programming mw made "external..." a one level entry and deleted one "functions;..." entry

Add-in for Programming in $[officename] Calc

-The method of extending Calc by Add-Ins that is described in the following is outdated. The interfaces are still valid and supported, to ensure compatibility with existing Add-Ins, but for programming new Add-Ins you should use the new API functions. +The method of extending Calc by Add-Ins that is described in the following is outdated. The interfaces are still valid and supported, to ensure compatibility with existing Add-Ins, but for programming new Add-Ins you should use the new API functions. $[officename] Calc can be expanded by Add-Ins, which are external programming modules providing additional functions for working with spreadsheets. These are listed in the Function Wizard in the Add-In category. If you would like to program an Add-In yourself, you can learn here which functions must be exported by the shared library external DLL so that the Add-In can be successfully attached. $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable shared library @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

Functions of Shared Library AddIn DLL

-At a minimum, the administrative functions GetFunctionCount and GetFunctionData must exist. Using these, the functions as well as parameter types and return values can be determined. As return values, the Double and String types are supported. As parameters, additionally the cell areas Double Array, String Array, and Cell Array are supported. +At a minimum, the administrative functions GetFunctionCount and GetFunctionData must exist. Using these, the functions as well as parameter types and return values can be determined. As return values, the Double and String types are supported. As parameters, additionally the cell areas Double Array, String Array, and Cell Array are supported. Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, a change of these values is basically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets. Libraries can be reloaded during runtime and their contents can be analyzed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number. The functions are called synchronously and return their results immediately. Real time functions (asynchronous functions) are also possible; however, they are not explained in detail because of their complexity. @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ DLL functions, the following applies:
void CALLTYPE fn(out, in1, in2, ...) Output: Resulting value -Input: Any number of types (double&, char*, double*, char**, Cell area), where the Cell area is an array of types double array, string array, or cell array. +Input: Any number of types (double&, char*, double*, char**, Cell area), where the Cell area is an array of types double array, string array, or cell array.

GetFunctionCount()

-Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the GetFunctionData and GetParameterDescription functions later. +Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the GetFunctionData and GetParameterDescription functions later. Syntax diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp index f62e4d2a26..132158c5b4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060115.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ analysis functions -

Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part One

-The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service. +

Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part One

+The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp index ad42560a01..6d78842f42 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060116.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ imaginary numbers in analysis functions complex numbers in analysis functions -

Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part Two

-The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service. +

Add-in Functions, List of Analysis Functions Part Two

+The Add-in functions are supplied by the UNO com.sun.star.sheet.addin.Analysis service.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp index f2f89d146d..070d3cec57 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

XIRR

Calculates the internal rate of return for a list of payments which take place on different dates. The calculation is based on a 365 days per year basis, ignoring leap years. -If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the IRR function. +If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the IRR function. XIRR(Values; Dates [; Guess]) @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

XNPV

Calculates the capital value (net present value) for a list of payments which take place on different dates. The calculation is based on a 365 days per year basis, ignoring leap years. -If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the NPV function. +If the payments take place at regular intervals, use the NPV function. XNPV(Rate; Values; Dates) @@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ =NPER(6%;153.75;2600) = -12,02. The payment period covers 12.02 periods.
-Back to Financial Functions Part One -Back to Financial Functions Part Two +Back to Financial Functions Part One +Back to Financial Functions Part Two diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060119.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060119.xhp index ccf3e35ad7..23a10ae66a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060119.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060119.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
-Back to Financial Functions Part One -Forward to Financial Functions Part Three +Back to Financial Functions Part One +Forward to Financial Functions Part Three
PPMT function @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

NPV

Returns the present value of an investment based on a series of periodic cash flows and a discount rate. To get the net present value, subtract the cost of the project (the initial cash flow at time zero) from the returned value. -If the payments take place at irregular intervals, use the XNPV function. +If the payments take place at irregular intervals, use the XNPV function. @@ -604,8 +604,8 @@ =TBILLYIELD("1999-03-31";"1999-06-01"; 98.45) returns 0.091417 or 9.1417 per cent.
-Back to Financial Functions Part One -Forward to Financial Functions Part Three +Back to Financial Functions Part One +Forward to Financial Functions Part Three diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060182.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060182.xhp index 8591243a9f..b9dae0e791 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060182.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060182.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -

Statistical Functions Part Two +

Statistical Functions Part Two

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ mu is the known mean of the population. Sigma (optional) is the known standard deviation of the population. If omitted, the standard deviation of the given sample is used. - See also the Wiki page. + See also the Wiki page.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp index 41b9d69ea4..c13d0a6fed 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060183.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ -

Statistical Functions Part Three +

Statistical Functions Part Three

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ LARGE(Data; RankC) Data is the cell range of data. -RankC is the ranking of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function. +RankC is the ranking of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function. =LARGE(A1:C50;2) gives the second largest value in A1:C50. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ SMALL(Data; RankC) Data is the cell range of data. -RankC is the rank of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function. +RankC is the rank of the value. If RankC is an array, the function becomes an array function. =SMALL(A1:C50;2) gives the second smallest value in A1:C50. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp index c3fb40e191..b4e35cbcc6 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060184.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -

Statistical Functions Part Four +

Statistical Functions Part Four

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp index 9223f4a2ba..97ba4ce5a7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Statistical Functions Part Five +

Statistical Functions Part Five

@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ =WEIBULL(2;1;1;1) returns 0.86. - See also the Wiki page. + See also the Wiki page.
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ =WEIBULL.DIST(2;1;1;1) returns 0.8646647168. - See also the Wiki page. + See also the Wiki page. COM.MICROSOFT.WEIBULL.DIST
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp index 5aed377385..9ffd90064d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070000.xhp @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@
-

Named Ranges and Expressions

-Allows you to name the different sections of your spreadsheet document. By naming the different sections, you can easily navigate through the spreadsheet documents and find specific information. +

Named Ranges and Expressions

+Allows you to name the different sections of your spreadsheet document. By naming the different sections, you can easily navigate through the spreadsheet documents and find specific information.
-

Define

+

Define

-

Insert

+

Insert

-

Apply

+

Apply

-

Labels

+

Labels

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp index ca27918f7d..3ac1b1e0f7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Filter -Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter. +Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter. Repeat column diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp index 6d9c5831f0..6f513dc526 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04080000.xhp @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ -

Function List

-Opens the Function List deck of the Sidebar, which displays all functions that can be inserted into your document. The Function List deck is similar to the Functions tab page of the Function Wizard. The functions are inserted with placeholders to be replaced with your own values. +

Function List

+Opens the Function List deck of the Sidebar, which displays all functions that can be inserted into your document. The Function List deck is similar to the Functions tab page of the Function Wizard. The functions are inserted with placeholders to be replaced with your own values.
-The Function List window is a resizable dockable window. Use it to quickly enter functions in the spreadsheet. By double-clicking an entry in the functions list, the respective function is directly inserted with all parameters. +The Function List window is a resizable dockable window. Use it to quickly enter functions in the spreadsheet. By double-clicking an entry in the functions list, the respective function is directly inserted with all parameters.

Category List

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp index e78f7a721d..c140250599 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -External Links +External Links Inserts data from an HTML, Calc, CSV or Excel file into the current sheet as a link. The data must be located within a named range.

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ URL of external data source. Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter. Alternatively, click Browse button to select the file name from a file dialog that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system. -A dialog for CSV data import appears when linking to external CSV file. +A dialog for CSV data import appears when linking to external CSV file. Available tables/ranges Select the table or the data range that you want to insert. If the selected Calc or Excel document contains no named range, spreadsheet data cannot be inserted and OK button will remain inactive diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp index 011b07e9c8..b3a5e54a03 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Cell Protection +Cell Protection Defines protection options for selected cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp index 4fa978e17e..4bd5f3d589 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030000.xhp @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
-Row +Row Sets the row height and hides or shows selected rows.
-Height +Height -Optimal Height +Optimal Height diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp index dbca42674b..1ae1c01566 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Optimal Row Heights Determines the optimal row height for the selected rows. - The optimal row height depends on the font size of the largest character in the row. You can use various units of measure. + The optimal row height depends on the font size of the largest character in the row. You can use various units of measure.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp index bf465e4abd..72effc355e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030300.xhp @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ -Hide +Hide Hides selected rows, columns or individual sheets.
Select the rows or columns that you want to hide, and then choose Format - Rows - Hide or Format - Columns - Hide. -You can hide a sheet by selecting the sheet tab and then choosing Format - Sheet - Hide. Hidden sheets are not printed unless they occur within a print range. +You can hide a sheet by selecting the sheet tab and then choosing Format - Sheet - Hide. Hidden sheets are not printed unless they occur within a print range. A break in the row or column header indicates whether the row or column is hidden. To display hidden rows, columns or sheets @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Select the range that includes the hidden objects. You can also use the box in the corner above row 1 and beside column A. For sheets, this step is not necessary.UFI: fixes #i18582# -Choose Format - Rows/Columns - Show or Format - Sheet - Show. +Choose Format - Rows/Columns - Show or Format - Sheet - Show. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp index 02d47ef6b9..74087f855c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030400.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-Show +Show Choose this command to show previously hidden rows or columns.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp index ee3e1a861e..8542693f89 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05040000.xhp @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
-Column +Column Sets the column width and hides or shows selected columns.
-Width +Width -Optimal Width +Optimal Width diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp index 980f262799..f0afbc8876 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Optimal Column Width Defines the optimal column width for selected columns. - The optimal column width depends on the longest entry within a column. You can choose from the available measurement units. + The optimal column width depends on the longest entry within a column. You can choose from the available measurement units.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp index 664ff64260..a0ebc88180 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp @@ -36,16 +36,16 @@ right-to-left text;spreadsheets
mw changed "right-to-left;..." -Sheet +Sheet Sets the sheet name and hides or shows selected sheets.
-Rename +Rename -Show +Show If a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialog opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp index b01c722401..d3d67b0e0b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Merge and Center Cells

+

Merge and Center Cells

This is a toggleable control that joins all cells in a rectangular selection into a single cell, or returns merged cells to the original individual cells. When merging it will format the merged cell as center aligned. The control is shown toggled-on whenever there are merged cells in the selection, indicating that clicking the control will unmerge those cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp index d4d81913a3..5fabf50492 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-

Page Style

+

Page Style

Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp index d14dfec7eb..88abec7207 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ pages; order when printing printing; page order -mw deletes three "printing;..." entries and copies 4 index entries to Calc guide print_details.xhpSheet +mw deletes three "printing;..." entries and copies 4 index entries to Calc guide print_details.xhpSheet Specifies the elements to be included in the printout of all sheets with the current Page Style. Additionally, you can set the print order, the first page number, and the page scale.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Column and row headers Specifies whether you want the column and row headers to be printed. Grid -Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid. For the view on screen, make your choice under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View - Grid lines. +Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid. For the view on screen, make your choice under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View - Grid lines. Comments Prints the comments defined in your spreadsheet. They will be printed on a separate page, along with the corresponding cell reference. Objects/images diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp index 9ee25b7ab0..0a51787016 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Print Ranges +Print Ranges Manages print ranges. Only cells within the print ranges will be printed.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -Edit +Edit diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp index d7645a6c56..ec31275b5a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Define +Define Defines an active cell or selected cell area as the print range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp index cfd348d95c..1bf3528436 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Clear +Clear Removes the defined print area.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp index 0068cf8609..609908aa3a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Add +Add Adds the current selection to the defined print areas.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp index c99bafcbe5..6b2747424a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ styles; in Calc -

Styles

+

Styles

Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to assign styles to cells and pages. You can apply, update, and modify existing styles or create new styles.
-The Styles dockable window can remain open while editing the document. +The Styles dockable window can remain open while editing the document.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -

Page Styles

+

Page Styles

Displays the Page Styles available. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

New Style from Selection

-Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object. Assign a name for the style in the Create Style dialog. +Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object. Assign a name for the style in the Create Style dialog.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Style List

Displays the list of the styles from the selected style category. -In the context menu you can choose commands to create a new style, delete a user-defined style, or change the selected style. +In the context menu you can choose commands to create a new style, delete a user-defined style, or change the selected style.

Style GroupsUFI: use "groups" to be consistent with Writer

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp index 2fe12c5380..2e01bb9bb7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

AutoFormat

+

AutoFormat

Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected sheet area or to define your own AutoFormats.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp index 9b339b8a3a..4e41c6dc61 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ -

Conditional Formatting

- Use Conditional Formatting to define range-based conditions that determine which cell style will be applied to each cell in a given range based on its contents. The cell style corresponding to the first condition that evaluates to true is applied. Cell styles applied through Conditional Formatting override cell styles applied manually using the Formatting Bar or the Styles sidebar. +

Conditional Formatting

+ Use Conditional Formatting to define range-based conditions that determine which cell style will be applied to each cell in a given range based on its contents. The cell style corresponding to the first condition that evaluates to true is applied. Cell styles applied through Conditional Formatting override cell styles applied manually using the Formatting Bar or the Styles sidebar. You can enter several conditions that query the cell values or results of formulas. The conditions are evaluated from first to the last. If Condition 1 is true based on the current cell contents, the corresponding cell style is applied. Otherwise, Condition 2 is evaluated to determine if its corresponding style will be applied. If none of the conditions match cell contents, then no changes are made to the cell format. Conditional formats do not overwrite cell styles and direct formatting applied manually. They remain saved as cell properties and are applied when the cell matches no conditions or when you remove all conditional formats. To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose Data - Calculate - AutoCalculate (you see a check mark next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled). @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

Apply Style

- Select the cell style to apply when the condition is verified. Select New Style to open the Cell Style dialog and define the style properties. + Select the cell style to apply when the condition is verified. Select New Style to open the Cell Style dialog and define the style properties.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp index 6481acc51f..7328fa20f0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120100.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-

Condition - Cell value is

+

Condition - Cell value is

Applies a cell style on the cell or cell range controlled by the condition set in the drop down list. The formatting is applied to each cell individually and the condition may depend on other cells values of the selected range.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ is error - The cell is in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors. + The cell is in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ is not error - The cell is not in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors + The cell is not in the error condition defined in the text box on the right. See List of Calc errors
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120200.xhp index ebb624f728..b2a6567b06 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120200.xhp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
-

Condition - Formula is

+

Condition - Formula is

Applies the selected style to the cell when the formula expression in the text box in the right is not zero.
The formula is expressed similar to a test condition evaluating to TRUE or FALSE. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp index 0f00cefb5b..720bf1fc1d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120300.xhp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
-

Condition - Date is

+

Condition - Date is

Applies the selected style to the cell when the cell contents is formatted as date and the condition is one of the available date interval in the dropdown list.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp index 9fc6ceabff..e577543fc8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120400.xhp @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@
-

Condition - All cells

+

Condition - All cells

Applies the conditional formatting to the set of cells defined in the selected range. The formatting is applied based on the contents of the whole range.
-

Color Scale

+

Color Scale

Applies a color scale to a range consisting of displaying a bicolor or tricolor gradient on this range depending on the value of each cell.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
-

Data Bar

+

Data Bar

Data bar option will fill the cell with solid or gradient color corresponding to the numeric value in the cell.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Do not display values in the cell, only the data bars.
-

Icon Set

+

Icon Set

Add an icon to the cell based on the value relative to the specified thresholds. Several icon sets are available.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp index 8f74e1418a..a57e628748 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05120500.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
-

Manage Conditions

+

Manage Conditions

Manage all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp index f639515110..3ce6c93454 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
-You can only turn on the automatic hyphenation in $[officename] Calc when the row break feature is active. +You can only turn on the automatic hyphenation in $[officename] Calc when the row break feature is active. Hyphenation for selected cells. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp index c34d8ad4b1..56110fca38 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Formula Auditing,see Detective Detective MW added "Detective" and a cross-reference -Detective +Detective This command activates the Spreadsheet Detective. With the Detective, you can trace the dependencies from the current formula cell to the cells in the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp index a301cb6c44..05999f11f4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ formula cells;tracing precedents -Trace Precedents +Trace Precedents This function shows the relationship between the current cell containing a formula and the cells used in the formula.
Traces are displayed in the sheet with marking arrows. At the same time, the range of all the cells contained in the formula of the current cell is highlighted with a blue frame. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp index a11ac9c2ad..4c1fda7456 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030200.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ formula cells;removing precedents
mw changed "formula..." entry -Remove Precedents +Remove Precedents Deletes one level of the trace arrows that were inserted with the Trace Precedents command.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp index 3c26b45970..6d54bda364 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
cells; tracing dependents -Trace Dependents +Trace Dependents Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.
The area of all cells that are used together with the active cell in a formula is highlighted by a blue frame. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp index 345c24430e..95c3272fc5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030400.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; removing dependents -Remove Dependents +Remove Dependents Deletes one level of tracer arrows created with Trace Dependents.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp index 8bb1bf5501..51f44309ef 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030500.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; removing traces -Remove All Traces +Remove All Traces Removes all tracer arrows from the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp index 7b112100db..5cfc1d72ad 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030600.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; tracing errorstracing errorserror tracing -Trace Error +Trace Error Draws tracer arrows to all precedent cells which cause an error value in a selected cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp index 1036bb500d..e74f950791 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030700.xhp @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ traces; precedents for multiple cells -Fill Mode +Fill Mode Activates the Fill Mode in the Detective. The mouse pointer changes to a special symbol, and you can click any cell to see a trace to the precedent cell. To exit this mode, press Escape or click the End Fill Mode command in the context menu.
-The Fill Mode function is identical to the Trace Precedent command if you call this mode for the first time. Use the context menu to select further options for the Fill Mode and to exit this mode. +The Fill Mode function is identical to the Trace Precedent command if you call this mode for the first time. Use the context menu to select further options for the Fill Mode and to exit this mode. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp index 4f9905b920..871dfc938d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
cells; invalid datadata; showing invalid datainvalid data;marking -Mark Invalid Data +Mark Invalid Data Marks all cells in the sheet that contain values outside the validation rules.
- The validity rules restrict the input of numbers, dates, time values and text to certain values. However, it is possible to enter invalid values or copy invalid values into the cells if the Stop option is not selected. When you assign a validity rule, existing values in a cell will not be modified. + The validity rules restrict the input of numbers, dates, time values and text to certain values. However, it is possible to enter invalid values or copy invalid values into the cells if the Stop option is not selected. When you assign a validity rule, existing values in a cell will not be modified. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp index 495c0abff4..e1ec3edaac 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06030900.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ updating;traces mw made "updating..." a two level entry -Refresh Traces +Refresh Traces Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp index 30bd550ad8..1121a94a2f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06031000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
cells; autorefreshing tracestraces; autorefreshing -AutoRefresh +AutoRefresh Automatically refreshes all the traces in the sheet whenever you modify a formula.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp index fd5b9366f2..ce6dd63446 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Comment -Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the Navigator when you click the Scenarios icon and select the desired scenario. You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the Properties context menu command. +Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the Navigator when you click the Scenarios icon and select the desired scenario. You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the Properties context menu command. Settings This section is used to define some of the settings used in the scenario display. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp index ae03dc3239..91ee8d0956 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06060000.xhp @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@
-Protect Document +Protect Document The Protect Sheet or Protect Spreadsheet Structure commands prevent changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. As an option, you can define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.
-Sheets +Sheets -Documents +Documents
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp index 5ed52eec56..ef01d741be 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06060100.xhp @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ protect;sheet selection;in protected cells -

Protecting Sheet

+

Protecting Sheet

Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified. Choose Tools - Protect Sheet to open the Protect Sheet dialog in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password, and select the elements of the sheet to protect.
-To protect cells from further editing, the Protected check box must be checked on the Format - Cells - Cell Protection tab page or on the Format Cells context menu. +To protect cells from further editing, the Protected check box must be checked on the Format - Cells - Cell Protection tab page or on the Format Cells context menu.

Protect this sheet and contents of the protected cells

Mark this checkbox to activate protection of sheet and cell contents. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp index 9f35327a6d..08c1be799e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06070000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ cell contents;AutoCalculate function mw added "recalculating;..." -

AutoCalculate

+

AutoCalculate

Automatically recalculates all formulas in the document.
All cells are recalculated after a sheet cell has been modified. Any charts in the sheet will also be refreshed. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp index dd85adf922..6d837ff1d8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06080000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
mw changed "recalculating;...", "formulas;..." and "cell..." entries and deleted "recalculating formulas"
-

Recalculate

+

Recalculate

Recalculates formula cells.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ After the document has been recalculated, the display is refreshed. All charts are also refreshed.
- Recalculation options + Recalculation options
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp index 40462661ab..260db76a42 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ capital letters;AutoInput function
mw made "entering..." a one level entry -AutoInput +AutoInput Switches the AutoInput function on and off, which automatically completes entries, based on other entries in the same column. The column is scanned up to a maximum of 2000 cells or 200 different strings.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp index 9e0beeae16..659706aa1c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Split Window +Split Window Divides the current window at the top left corner of the active cell.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
You can also use the mouse to split the window horizontally or vertically. To do this, drag the thick black line located directly above the vertical scrollbar or directly to the right of the horizontal scrollbar into the window. A thick black line will show where the window is split. -A split window has its own scrollbars in each partial section; by contrast, fixed window sections are not scrollable. +A split window has its own scrollbars in each partial section; by contrast, fixed window sections are not scrollable. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp index 07064520c9..ca46194b03 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/07090000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Freeze Rows and Columns

+

Freeze Rows and Columns

Divides the sheet at the top left corner of the active cell and the area to the top left is no longer scrollable.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp index 7e75873244..62d285d93b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/07090100.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ freezing;cells
-

Freeze Cells

+

Freeze Cells

Freezes the first column or the first row of the current spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp index b655dee61f..ac66b4c966 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Define Range

+

Define Range

Defines a database range based on the selected cells in your sheet.
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@

More >>

-Shows additional options. +Shows additional options. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12020000.xhp index 50b18d46ca..3449b2992a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12020000.xhp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
-

Select Range

-Selects a database range that you defined under Data - Define Range. +

Select Range

+Selects a database range that you defined under Data - Define Range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp index 5eddab9f99..afa2df1306 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12030000.xhp @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@
-

Sort

+

Sort

Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify. $[officename] automatically recognizes and selects database ranges.
-You cannot sort data if the Record changes options is enabled. +You cannot sort data if the Record changes options is enabled.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp index be87bba343..870e974841 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Sort Criteria

+

Sort Criteria

Specify the sorting options for the selected range.
Ensure that you include any row and column titles in the selection. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp index 2dbd0cb88a..7f13f40a0d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12030200.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

Options

+

Options

Sets additional sorting options.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Copies the sorted list to the cell range that you specify.

Sort results (named ranges list)

- Select a named cell range where you want to display the sorted list. + Select a named cell range where you want to display the sorted list.

Sort results (input box)

Enter the cell range where you want to display the sorted list. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Click here and then select the custom sort order that you want.

Custom sort order list

- Select the custom sort order that you want to apply. To define a custom sort order, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists. + Select the custom sort order that you want to apply. To define a custom sort order, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.

Language

Language

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040000.xhp index 158888ea50..83d5552615 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040000.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

More Filters

+

More Filters

Shows commands to filter your data.
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
%PRODUCTNAME automatically recognizes predefined database ranges. The following filtering options are available: -

Standard filter

+

Standard filter

-

Advanced filter

+

Advanced filter

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040100.xhp index 599def1e3a..e613fea938 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040100.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

AutoFilter

+

AutoFilter

Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

Background color

Displays only the rows of the cell range for which the background color of the cell in the current column matches the color selected.

Standard Filter

-Opens the Standard Filter dialog. +Opens the Standard Filter dialog.

Search text box

Search for a specific entry in the list of values found in the current column. As characters are typed in the text box, this list is updated to show only matching entries.

All

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ List of unique values found in the current column.
-Default filter +Default filter
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp index be0a948e1c..36a39df304 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ -

Options

+

Options

Shows additional filter options. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

Regular expression

- Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition. For a list of the regular expressions that $[officename] supports, click here. + Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition. For a list of the regular expressions that $[officename] supports, click here. If the Regular Expressions check box is selected, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp index 584b426f66..646e9435cf 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040400.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Reset Filter +Reset Filter Removes the filter from the selected cell range. To enable this command, click inside the cell area where the filter was applied.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp index 7fc8f49a37..4bcb925bb8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040500.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
database ranges; hiding AutoFilter -Hide AutoFilter +Hide AutoFilter Hides the AutoFilter buttons in the selected cell range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp index be438446d2..6162a503bb 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12050000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Subtotals

+

Subtotals

Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select. $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labeled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognizes a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp index fe96b45486..06909b6aad 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12050100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

1st, 2nd, 3rd Group

+

1st, 2nd, 3rd Group

Specify the settings for up to three subtotal groups. Each tab has the same layout.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp index 5e0713a217..4864a7f148 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12050200.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

Options

+

Options

Specify the settings for calculating and presenting subtotals.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp index ff0a53980b..413e65a625 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12060000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Multiple Operations

+

Multiple Operations

Applies the same formula to different cells, but with different parameter values.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp index cdf63f2d4d..b633af0e74 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12070000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Consolidate

+

Consolidate

Combines data from one or more independent cell ranges and calculates a new range using the function that you specify.
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ Adds the cell range specified in the Source data range box to the Consolidation ranges box.

Options

-Shows additional options. +Shows additional options. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp index 0497321b2e..5e85a63fcc 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ showing; sheet details grouping;cells
-Group and Outline +Group and Outline You can create an outline of your data and group rows and columns together so that you can collapse and expand the groups with a single click.
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
-Group +Group -Ungroup +Ungroup diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp index 875d6109b6..56b2c50f5f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080100.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
sheets; hiding details -Hide Details +Hide Details Hides the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To hide all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
- To show all hidden groups, select the outlined table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline – Show Details. + To show all hidden groups, select the outlined table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline – Show Details.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp index 6ff0529cf5..ca8366b5a2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080200.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ tables; showing details -Show Details +Show Details Shows the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To show the details of all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
-To hide a selected group, choose Data - Group and Outline – Hide Details. +To hide a selected group, choose Data - Group and Outline – Hide Details.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp index cf4872faa7..acb73570c9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ -Group +Group
Defines the selected cell range as a group of rows or columns.
- When you group a cell range, and outline icon appears in the margins next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose Data – Group and Outline - Ungroup. + When you group a cell range, and outline icon appears in the margins next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose Data – Group and Outline - Ungroup. Include Rows Groups the selected rows. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp index f344364069..e8d8a7dca5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Ungroup +Ungroup
Ungroups the selection. In a nested group, the last rows or columns that were added are removed from the group.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp index 35e0b4e1d3..2c517363ed 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080500.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

AutoOutline

+

AutoOutline

If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.
@@ -88,6 +88,6 @@ The cells for the 1st and 2nd quarters each contain a sum formula for the three cells to their left. If you apply the AutoOutline command, the table is grouped into two quarters. -To remove the outline, select the table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline - Remove. +To remove the outline, select the table, and then choose Data - Group and Outline - Remove. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp index 56cb208fb0..d11b264a58 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080600.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Remove +Remove Removes the outline from the selected cell range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp index c8d6b564d6..7d0f7c9166 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp @@ -25,17 +25,17 @@
-

Pivot Table

+

Pivot Table

A pivot table provides a summary of large amounts of data. You can then rearrange the pivot table to view different summaries of the data.
-

Create

+

Create

-Pivot table dialog +Pivot table dialog diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090100.xhp index 7a9d61c48d..4a3a609591 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090100.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Pivot Table - Select Source

+

Pivot Table - Select Source

Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@

External source/interface

Opens the External Source dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table. -Pivot table dialog +Pivot table dialog diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp index 734309ac46..483c719510 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Type Click the source type of for the selected data source. You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).
-Pivot table dialog +Pivot table dialog
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp index bbef6e234e..39e8e032d2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Layout To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Filters, Row Fields, Column Fields and Data Fields areas. You can also use drag and drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table. $[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the Data Fields area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data. - To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the Data Fields area to open the Data Field dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the Row Fields or Column Fields areas. + To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the Data Fields area to open the Data Field dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the Row Fields or Column Fields areas. More Displays or hides additional options for defining the pivot table. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Show Detail Choose the field that you want to view the details for.
- Pivot table shortcut keys + Pivot table shortcut keys
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp index 950e1a3a49..7ef837ad86 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Value Select the value that you want to compare to the selected field. - Options + Options diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp index d1cb4888d1..95d7b763f3 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ - Options + Options Displays or hides additional filtering options. Options Case sensitive @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Data range Displays the name of the filtered data range in the table.
- List of Regular Expressions + List of Regular Expressions
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp index bdde49582e..88273c8912 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ calculating;pivot table Data field -The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the Data area, and data fields in the Row or Column area of the Pivot Table dialog. +The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the Data area, and data fields in the Row or Column area of the Pivot Table dialog. Subtotals Specify the subtotals that you want to calculate. None diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp index 581dcdb4bd..dd67d341e1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Refresh +Refresh Updates the pivot table.
After you import an Excel spreadsheet that contains a pivot table, click in the table, and then choose Data - Pivot Table - Refresh. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp index 6b030209ee..a565e82926 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Delete +Delete Deletes the selected pivot table.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp index d5bf157658..3865aaedfe 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Refresh Range

+

Refresh Range

Updates a data range that was inserted from an external database. The data in the sheet is updated to match the data in the external database.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp index d2c131042d..f7c3a98c4e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Validity

+

Validity

Defines what data is valid for a selected cell or cell range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp index ada3870930..0acf0d1fa9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
UFI added index entry for new list feature. Guide needed. MW changed index entry -

Criteria

+

Criteria

Specify the validation rules for the selected cell(s).
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp index f78ac4ac02..acdca60051 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Input Help +Input Help Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp index 4b0079d658..c9952422f6 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
- Error Alert + Error Alert Defines the error message that is displayed when invalid data is entered in a cell.
You can also start a macro with an error message. A sample macro is provided at the end of this page. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell. The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialog that you have to close by clicking OK. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialog that can be closed by clicking OK or Cancel. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click Cancel. Browse -Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed. +Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed. Title Enter the title of the macro or the error message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp index ab06f421b7..e5dc5d2b02 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/calculate.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Calculate

+

Calculate

Commands to calculate formula cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp index 297178db54..43ae44cd36 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/calculation_accuracy.xhp @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ precision;calculation
-

%PRODUCTNAME Calculation Accuracy

+

%PRODUCTNAME Calculation Accuracy

Inherent Accuracy Problem

- %PRODUCTNAME Calc, just like most other spreadsheet software, uses floating-point math capabilities available on hardware. Given that most contemporary hardware uses binary floating-point arithmetic with limited precision defined in IEEE 754 standard, many decimal numbers - including as simple as 0.1 - cannot be precisely represented in %PRODUCTNAME Calc (which uses 64-bit double-precision numbers internally). - Calculations with those numbers necessarily results in rounding errors, and those accumulate with every calculation. + %PRODUCTNAME Calc, just like most other spreadsheet software, uses floating-point math capabilities available on hardware. Given that most contemporary hardware uses binary floating-point arithmetic with limited precision defined in IEEE 754 standard, many decimal numbers - including as simple as 0.1 - cannot be precisely represented in %PRODUCTNAME Calc (which uses 64-bit double-precision numbers internally). + Calculations with those numbers necessarily results in rounding errors, and those accumulate with every calculation. - This is not a bug, but is expected and currently unavoidable without using complex calculations in software, which would incur inappropriate performance penalties, and thus is out of question. Users need to account for that, and use rounding and comparisons with machine epsilon (or unit roundoff) as necessary. + This is not a bug, but is expected and currently unavoidable without using complex calculations in software, which would incur inappropriate performance penalties, and thus is out of question. Users need to account for that, and use rounding and comparisons with machine epsilon (or unit roundoff) as necessary. An example with numbers: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/cell_styles.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/cell_styles.xhp index 4c67ec43ea..1afbba77f8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/cell_styles.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/cell_styles.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Cell Styles

+

Cell Styles

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp index 3ec6b8e0b9..8a578b4f46 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/common_func.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ This function is not part of the Open Document Format for Office Applications (OpenDocument) Version 1.3. Part 4: Recalculated Formula (OpenFormula) Format standard. The name space is
- This function ignores any text or empty cell within a data range. If you suspect wrong results from this function, look for text in the data ranges. To highlight text contents in a data range, use the value highlighting feature. + This function ignores any text or empty cell within a data range. If you suspect wrong results from this function, look for text in the data ranges. To highlight text contents in a data range, use the value highlighting feature.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp index b65c817407..f43d3325c4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/data_form.xhp @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

Reopening the form dialog

To reopen the form dialog, place the cursor on the header row and open the form. The displayed record in the form dialog is the first data record. Move to the last record before entering new data otherwise the current record will be edited.
- Document Forms + Document Forms
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp index 97fee0d3e0..c2c37c4b6d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/databar_more_options.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ data bar formatting;data bar options data bar options;conditional formatting
-

Databar More Options

+

Databar More Options

Entry Values

Minimum:

Set the minimum value for which the data bar does not start filling.

Maximum:

Set the maximum value for which the data bar gets completely filled. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp index 7981e9191d..10a506f933 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/ex_data_stat_func.xhp @@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ For <>, if the value is empty it matches non-empty cells. For <>, if the value is not empty it matches any cell content except the value, including empty cells. Note: "=0" does not match empty cells. - For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes and the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is checked, comparison is against the entire cell contents, if unchecked, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes applies. + For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes and the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is checked, comparison is against the entire cell contents, if unchecked, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. For = and <>, if the value is not empty and can not be interpreted as a Number type or one of its subtypes applies. - Other Text value. If the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is true, the comparison is against the entire cell contents, if false, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. The expression can contain text, numbers, regular expressions or wildcards (if enabled in calculation options). + Other Text value. If the property Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells is true, the comparison is against the entire cell contents, if false, comparison is against any subpart of the field that matches the criteria. The expression can contain text, numbers, regular expressions or wildcards (if enabled in calculation options). diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp index 8fe3927cdb..6405ea0f90 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/exponsmooth_embd.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Exponential Triple Smoothing (ETS) is a set of algorithms in which both trend and periodical (seasonal) influences are processed. Exponential Double Smoothing (EDS) is an algorithm like ETS, but without the periodical influences. EDS produces linear forecasts. -See the Wikipedia on Exponential smoothing algorithms for more information. +See the Wikipedia on Exponential smoothing algorithms for more information.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp index 3b06a1c7dd..abcb62ac3e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/formula2value.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ formula to values;recalculate
-

Formula to value

+

Formula to value

Replaces the formula cell with value calculated by the formula. The formula is lost.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp index b827428e84..4b1ab51eb2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_arabic.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ ARABIC function text functions;convert roman numbers -

ARABIC

+

ARABIC

Returns the numeric value corresponding to a Roman number expressed as text.
The largest Roman number that can be converted is MMMCMXCIX (or one of its simplified versions), which is equivalent to 3999. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp index c828efb665..22f5cdb029 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_asc.xhp @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ ASC function text functions;katakana characters -

ASC

+

ASC

Converts double-byte (full-width) characters to single-byte (half-width) ASCII and katakana characters.
- See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table. + See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table. ASC(Text) Text: the text string that contains characters to be converted. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp index e671f6093e..86a92fc771 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ceiling.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ mw added one entry -

CEILING

+

CEILING

Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The function returns an error if the number and significance values have opposite signs. If the spreadsheet is exported to Microsoft Excel, the CEILING function is exported as the equivalent CEILING.MATH function that has existed since Excel 2013. If you plan to use the spreadsheet with earlier Excel versions, use either CEILING.PRECISE that has existed since Excel 2010, or CEILING.XCL that is exported as the CEILING function compatible with all Excel versions. @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@
mw added one entry -

CEILING.PRECISE

+

CEILING.PRECISE

Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number, the function rounds up (towards zero). The sign of the significance value is ignored. - This function calculates identical results to the ISO.CEILING function. + This function calculates identical results to the ISO.CEILING function. CEILING.PRECISE(Number [; Significance]) @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ CEILING.MATH function
-

CEILING.MATH

+

CEILING.MATH

Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The sign of the significance value is ignored. This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2013 or newer. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ CEILING.XCL function
-

CEILING.XCL

+

CEILING.XCL

Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number and a positive significance value, the function rounds up (towards zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the function rounds down (away from zero). The function returns an error if the number is positive and the significance value is negative. This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2007 or older. If a Calc spreadsheet is exported to Microsoft Excel, references to Calc’s CEILING.XCL function are exported as references to Excel’s CEILING function, which is compatible with all Excel versions. If a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet is imported into Calc, references to Excel’s CEILING function are imported as references to Calc’s CEILING.XCL function. @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ mw added one entry -

ISO.CEILING

+

ISO.CEILING

Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number the function rounds up (away from zero). For a negative number, the function rounds up (towards zero). The sign of the significance value is ignored. - This function calculates identical results to the CEILING.PRECISE function. + This function calculates identical results to the CEILING.PRECISE function. ISO.CEILING(Number [; Significance]) diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp index 5063ac92a2..8b4e8c4ac9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_concat.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ CONCAT function -

CONCAT

+

CONCAT

Concatenates one or more strings CONCAT is an enhancement of CONCATENATE, as CONCAT also accepts ranges as arguments, like B2:E5, K:K or K:M. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ COM.MICROSOFT.CONCAT
- CONCATENATE + CONCATENATE
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp index bee20f638b..567cd61eb7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ Converts a value from one unit of measurement to the corresponding value in another unit of measurement. Enter the units of measurement directly as text in quotation marks or as a reference. The units of measurement specified through the arguments must match the supported unit symbols, which are case-sensitive. For example, the symbol for the unit "newton" is the uppercase "N". - The measurement units recognized by CONVERT fall into 13 groups, which are listed below. CONVERT will perform conversions between any two units within one group but reject any request to convert between units in different groups. - You can also add binary and decimal prefixes to units of measurement that support them. The list of all prefixes and their corresponding multipliers are shown below. + The measurement units recognized by CONVERT fall into 13 groups, which are listed below. CONVERT will perform conversions between any two units within one group but reject any request to convert between units in different groups. + You can also add binary and decimal prefixes to units of measurement that support them. The list of all prefixes and their corresponding multipliers are shown below. This function may not be compatible with other spreadsheet software. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@

Units of measurement

Below are the unit measurement groups supported by the CONVERT function. Be aware that conversions can only happen between units that belong to the same group. - The column Prefix indicates whether or not a given unit of measurement supports prefixes. + The column Prefix indicates whether or not a given unit of measurement supports prefixes.

Area

Some measurement units have more than one accepted symbol. The accepted unit symbols are separated by semicolons in the Unit symbol column. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp index a1e92361d9..501888964a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_error_type.xhp @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ If the ERROR.TYPE function is used as condition of the IF function and the ERROR.TYPE returns #N/A, the IF function returns #N/A as well. Use ISERROR to avoid it as shown in the example above.
ISERROR, NA, IF -Error codes +Error codes
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp index e28e5e9719..ef6411bb74 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_findb.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ FINDB Function find text;FINDB Function
-

FINDB

+

FINDB

Returns the starting position of a given text, using byte positions. FINDB is case sensitive. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp index 044fee3e2b..1e4dc67cbd 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_floor.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
mw added one entry -

FLOOR

+

FLOOR

Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The function returns an error if the number and significance values have opposite signs.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ FLOOR.MATH function -

FLOOR.MATH

+

FLOOR.MATH

Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number, the direction of rounding is determined by the value of a mode parameter. The sign of the significance value is ignored. This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2013 or newer. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -

FLOOR.PRECISE

+

FLOOR.PRECISE

Rounds a number down to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number, the function rounds down (away form zero). The sign of the significance value is ignored. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ FLOOR.XCL function -

FLOOR.XCL

+

FLOOR.XCL

Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of a significance value. For a positive number and a positive significance value, the function rounds down (towards zero). For a negative number and a positive significance value, the function rounds down (away from zero). For a negative number and a negative significance value, the function rounds up (towards zero). The function returns an error if the number is positive and the significance value is negative. This function exists for interoperability with Microsoft Excel 2007 or older. If a Calc spreadsheet is exported to Microsoft Excel, references to Calc’s FLOOR.XCL function are exported as references to Excel’s FLOOR function, which is compatible with all Excel versions. If a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet is imported into Calc, references to Excel’s FLOOR function are imported as references to Calc’s FLOOR.XCL function. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp index d349109248..56aec00474 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_fourier.xhp @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ FOURIER function -

FOURIER

- Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms. The function is an array formula. +

FOURIER

+ Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms. The function is an array formula.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp index 26cd700930..cbb0b35b40 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_ifs.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ IFS function -

IFS

+

IFS

IFS is a multiple IF-function. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ COM.MICROSOFT.IFS
- IF + IF
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp index ef94de403e..028f6dd4ad 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_jis.xhp @@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ JIS function -

JIS

+

JIS

Converts single-byte (half-width) ASCII or katakana characters to double-byte (full-width) characters. - See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table. + See https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Calc/Features/JIS_and_ASC_functions for a conversion table. JIS(Text) Text: the text string that contains characters to be converted. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp index b0c8f385e0..0367e90fa4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_numbervalue.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The input text may be in a locale-dependent or other bespoke format. The output number is formatted as a valid floating point value and shown using the current cell's number format. - Refer to the Numbers / Format help page to learn how to change the format of numbers in a cell. + Refer to the Numbers / Format help page to learn how to change the format of numbers in a cell. NUMBERVALUE(Text[; Decimal Separator[; Group Separator]]) Text is a string that contains the number to be converted. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ =NUMBERVALUE("123e12") returns 1.23E+14 (considering en-US locale). No decimal or group separators are used in the supplied number and so the Decimal Separator and Group Separator arguments are omitted. =NUMBERVALUE("1#!234#!567"; "."; "#!") returns 1234567 (considering en-US locale). Note that in this case the group separator is specified as a two-character string. - Refer to the NUMBERVALUE wiki page for more details about this function. + Refer to the NUMBERVALUE wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp index 3c9b234010..159892d2d9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_barrier.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ OPT_BARRIER function -

OPT_BARRIER

+

OPT_BARRIER

Returns the pricing for a barrier option, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp index 3737e6c7c5..97a978a05c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_hit.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ OPT_PROB_HIT function
-

OPT_PROB_HIT

+

OPT_PROB_HIT

Returns the probability that an asset hits a predetermined barrier price, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation, as follows. OPT_PROB_HIT equation diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp index c5a6cab98b..35392ebc4a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ OPT_PROB_INMONEY function
-

OPT_PROB_INMONEY

+

OPT_PROB_INMONEY

Returns the probability that an asset will end up between two barrier levels at maturity, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation, as follows. OPT_PROB_INMONEY equation diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp index 9abb0c37b6..c2f0345550 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_opt_touch.xhp @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ OPT_TOUCH function
-

OPT_TOUCH

+

OPT_TOUCH

Returns the pricing of a touch / no-touch option, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
- For relevant background information, visit the Options (finance) and Black-Scholes model Wikipedia pages. + For relevant background information, visit the Options (finance) and Black-Scholes model Wikipedia pages.
Further information about touch / no-touch options may be found on many financial websites. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp index 82119a3df1..fe57b7aa29 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_regex.xhp @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ regular expressions;extracting in spreadsheets regular expressions;REGEX function
-

REGEX

+

REGEX

Matches and extracts or optionally replaces text using regular expressions. REGEX( Text ; Expression [ ; [ Replacement ] [ ; Flags|Occurrence ] ] ) Text: A text or reference to a cell where the regular expression is to be applied. - Expression: A text representing the regular expression, using ICU regular expressions. If there is no match and Replacement is not given, #N/A is returned. + Expression: A text representing the regular expression, using ICU regular expressions. If there is no match and Replacement is not given, #N/A is returned. Replacement: Optional. The replacement text and references to capture groups. If there is no match, Text is returned unmodified. Flags: Optional. "g" replaces all matches of Expression in Text, not extracted. If there is no match, Text is returned unmodified. Occurrence: Optional. Number to indicate which match of Expression in Text is to be extracted or replaced. If there is no match and Replacement is not given, #N/A is returned. If there is no match and Replacement is given, Text is returned unmodified. If Occurrence is 0, Text is returned unmodified. @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ ORG.LIBREOFFICE.REGEX
- List of regular expressions - ICU regular expressions + List of regular expressions + ICU regular expressions
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp index a2e85b72c2..86ef8380d9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_replaceb.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ REPLACEB Function replace text;REPLACEB Function -

REPLACEB

+

REPLACEB

Returns text where an old text is replaced with a new text, using byte positions. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ =REPLACEB("ᄩᄔᄕᄜᄝᄞᄠᄢᄣᄫᄬᄭᄮᄯᄲᄶ";4;1;"ab") returns "ᄩ abᄕᄜᄝᄞᄠᄢᄣᄫᄬᄭᄮᄯᄲᄶ" . - Refer to the REPLACEB wiki page for more details about this function. + Refer to the REPLACEB wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp index 4600ab3fc6..3f16a2acb8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roman.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ ROMAN function text functions;convert to roman numbers -

ROMAN

+

ROMAN

Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value range must be between 0 and 3999. A simplification mode can be specified in the range from 0 to 4.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp index bfe5516279..6b9e23e0ad 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_rounddown.xhp @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ numbers;rounding down -

ROUNDDOWN function

+

ROUNDDOWN function

Rounds down a number while keeping a specified number of decimal digits.
- This function is equivalent to the TRUNC function. + This function is equivalent to the TRUNC function. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp index 6e96d0a584..b5d486728e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_roundsig.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ROUNDSIG Function -

ROUNDSIG

+

ROUNDSIG

Returns a number rounded to a specified number of significant decimal digits of its normalized floating point notation. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ ORG.LIBREOFFICE.ROUNDSIG
- See also ROUND, MROUND, ROUNDUP, ROUNDDOWN. + See also ROUND, MROUND, ROUNDUP, ROUNDDOWN.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp index 41262c5717..c81a0681cb 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_searchb.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ SEARCHB Function search text;SEARCHB Function
-

SEARCHB

+

SEARCHB

Returns the starting position of a given text, using byte positions (not case sensitive). diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp index 04003fb75f..4d4d902af1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_sum.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ SUM function adding;numbers in cell ranges -

SUM

+

SUM

Adds a set of numbers. @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ =SUM(2;3;4) returns 9. =SUM(A1;A3;B5) calculates the sum of the three cells. =SUM(A1:E10) calculates the sum of all cells in the A1 to E10 cell range. - A formula such as =SUM((A1:A40>=C1)*(A1:A40<C2)*B1:B40) may be entered as an array formula by pressing the Shift+Command+Ctrl+Enter keys instead of simply pressing the Enter key to finish entering the formula. The formula will then be shown in the Formula bar enclosed in braces and operates by multiplying corresponding elements of the arrays together and returning their sum. - Refer to the SUM wiki page for more details about this function. + A formula such as =SUM((A1:A40>=C1)*(A1:A40<C2)*B1:B40) may be entered as an array formula by pressing the Shift+Command+Ctrl+Enter keys instead of simply pressing the Enter key to finish entering the formula. The formula will then be shown in the Formula bar enclosed in braces and operates by multiplying corresponding elements of the arrays together and returning their sum. + Refer to the SUM wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp index 18a7e65b4e..215aaaea15 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_switch.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ SWITCH function -

SWITCH

+

SWITCH

SWITCH compares expression with value1 to valuen and returns the result belonging to the first value that equals expression. If there is no match and default_result is given, that will be returned.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ COM.MICROSOFT.SWITCH
- IF + IF
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp index a4111c9252..11d885ef34 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_textjoin.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ TEXTJOIN function -

TEXTJOIN

+

TEXTJOIN

Concatenates one or more strings, and uses delimiters between them. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ COM.MICROSOFT.TEXTJOIN
- CONCATENATE + CONCATENATE
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_trunc.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_trunc.xhp index 22b58a2784..62d87efab1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_trunc.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_trunc.xhp @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ numbers;truncate -

TRUNC function

+

TRUNC function

Truncates a number while keeping a specified number of decimal digits.
- This function is equivalent to the ROUNDDOWN function. + This function is equivalent to the ROUNDDOWN function.
The rounding method used by this function is known as rounding towards zero. The resulting number will always be smaller than or equal to the original number.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_value.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_value.xhp index 2293c1a103..94a8caa920 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_value.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_value.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ VALUE function text functions;convert text to numeric value
-

VALUE

+

VALUE

Converts the string representation of a number to numeric form. If the supplied string is a valid date, time, or date-time, the corresponding date-time serial number is returned. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ =VALUE("50%") returns 0.5. Note that the character "%" causes the numeric part to be divided by 100. =VALUE("07/30/2021") returns 44407 (considering en-US locale) which is the date-time sequence number corresponding to the specified date. =VALUE("09:20:25") returns 0.389178240740741 which is the date-time sequence number corresponding to the specified time value. - Refer to the VALUE wiki page for more details about this function. + Refer to the VALUE wiki page for more details about this function.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_webservice.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_webservice.xhp index cd1df5c87d..6ba032ab61 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_webservice.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_webservice.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

WEBSERVICE

+

WEBSERVICE

Get some web content from a URI.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ FILTERXML function
-

FILTERXML

+

FILTERXML

Apply a XPath expression to a XML document.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ENCODEURL function
-

ENCODEURL

+

ENCODEURL

Returns a URL-encoded string.
Use this function to transform text with symbols of national alphabets (for example accented characters, non-ASCII alphabets or Asian words) to a string of URL-standard symbols. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/func_year.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/func_year.xhp index c2fe1b6357..aa59bbc1d5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/func_year.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/func_year.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

YEAR

-Returns the year as a number according to the internal calculation rules. +Returns the year as a number according to the internal calculation rules. YEAR(Number) diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/recalculate_hard.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/recalculate_hard.xhp index 296a3fd1e2..628164d409 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/recalculate_hard.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/recalculate_hard.xhp @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ cell contents;force recalculation
-

Recalculate Hard

+

Recalculate Hard

Recalculates all formulas in the document, including Add-In functions and non-volatile functions.
-The Recalculate Hard command forces recalculation of all formula cells of the spreadsheet document, including explicit non-volatile functions, even if no new input event exist. Examples of explicit non-volatile functions are RAND.NV and RANDBETWEEN.NV. +The Recalculate Hard command forces recalculation of all formula cells of the spreadsheet document, including explicit non-volatile functions, even if no new input event exist. Examples of explicit non-volatile functions are RAND.NV and RANDBETWEEN.NV. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/shared_spreadsheet.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/shared_spreadsheet.xhp index c93c059d1e..04180bcfbb 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/shared_spreadsheet.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/shared_spreadsheet.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-

Share Spreadsheet

+

Share Spreadsheet

Sharing a spreadsheet allows several users to open the same file for editing at the same time.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/solver.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/solver.xhp index 23184e1091..1d94d32d3a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/solver.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/solver.xhp @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Options

-Opens the Solver Options dialog. +Opens the Solver Options dialog. The Solver Options dialog let you select the different solver algorithms for either linear and non-linear problems and set their solving parameters.

Solve

solve button @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
- Wiki page on solvers and their algorithms + Wiki page on solvers and their algorithms
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp index b72fe0899d..f07a347f10 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ solver for Calc;options -

Solver Options

+

Solver Options

Use the Options dialog to configure the solver engine. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
- Wiki page on non-linear solvers and their algorithms + Wiki page on non-linear solvers and their algorithms
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options_algo.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options_algo.xhp index 89f2e62ae4..d2bdb70715 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options_algo.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/solver_options_algo.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ solver for Calc; swarm non-linear solver
-

Solver Algorithms Options

+

Solver Algorithms Options

-

DEPS Evolutionary Algorithm

+

DEPS Evolutionary Algorithm

DEPS consists of two independent algorithms: Differential Evolution and Particle Swarm Optimization. Both are especially suited for numerical problems, such as nonlinear optimization, and are complementary to each other in that they even out each other’s shortcomings.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
-

SCO Evolutionary Algorithm

+

SCO Evolutionary Algorithm

Social Cognitive Optimization takes into account the human behavior of learning and sharing information. Each individual has access to a common library with knowledge shared between all individuals. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
-

%PRODUCTNAME Linear Solver and CoinMP Linear solver

+

%PRODUCTNAME Linear Solver and CoinMP Linear solver

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
-

%PRODUCTNAME Swarm Non-Linear Solver (Experimental)

+

%PRODUCTNAME Swarm Non-Linear Solver (Experimental)

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
- Wiki page on non-linear solvers and their algorithms + Wiki page on non-linear solvers and their algorithms lp_solve reference guide in sourceforge.net
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/sparklines.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/sparklines.xhp index e7f4a95844..a50521ccca 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/sparklines.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/sparklines.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ sparklines
-

Sparklines

+

Sparklines

Sparklines are small data charts displayed inside a cell.
Sparklines are defined for one cell, but multiple sparklines can be joined together into a group. The group shares the same properties for rendering the sparkline. The unique data that is defined only for one sparkline is the data range, that a sparkline will use for rendering. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
- Developer blog post on sparklines + Developer blog post on sparklines
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics.xhp index a81feab1b9..2293bd2019 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Statistics

+

Statistics

Use the data statistics in Calc to perform complex data analysis
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_anova.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_anova.xhp index 8aed3da8be..5bd8fcfee4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_anova.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_anova.xhp @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
-

Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)

+

Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)

Produces the analysis of variance (ANOVA) of a given data set
Choose Data - Statistics - Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)
ANOVA is the acronym for ANalysis Of VAriance. This tool produces the analysis of variance of a given data set -For more information on ANOVA, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on ANOVA, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Type

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_correlation.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_correlation.xhp index 43b1b5d5d1..7756df64f0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_correlation.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_correlation.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Correlation

+

Correlation

Calculates the correlation of two sets of numeric data.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The correlation coefficient (a value between -1 and +1) means how strongly two variables are related to each other. You can use the CORREL function or the Data Statistics to find the correlation coefficient between two variables. A correlation coefficient of +1 indicates a perfect positive correlation. A correlation coefficient of -1 indicates a perfect negative correlation -For more information on statistical correlation, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on statistical correlation, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_covariance.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_covariance.xhp index b2b4d1d96c..bfc2f9556b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_covariance.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_covariance.xhp @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
-

Covariance

+

Covariance

Calculates the covariance of two sets of numeric data.
Choose Data - Statistics - Covariance
The covariance is a measure of how much two random variables change together. -For more information on statistical covariance, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on statistical covariance, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. The following table displays the results of the covariance of the sample data above. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_descriptive.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_descriptive.xhp index d05d34e16f..cf7a3d59e2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_descriptive.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_descriptive.xhp @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
-

Descriptive Statistics

+

Descriptive Statistics

Fill a table in the spreadsheet with the main statistical properties of the data set.
Choose Data - Statistics - Descriptive Statistics
The Descriptive Statistics analysis tool generates a report of univariate statistics for data in the input range, providing information about the central tendency and variability of your data. -For more information on descriptive statistics, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on descriptive statistics, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_exposmooth.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_exposmooth.xhp index 4ff6a3e1fe..47a8be6d57 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_exposmooth.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_exposmooth.xhp @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
-

Exponential Smoothing

+

Exponential Smoothing

Results in a smoothed data series
Choose Data - Statistics - Exponential Smoothing
Exponential smoothing is a filtering technique that when applied to a data set, produces smoothed results. It is employed in many domains such as stock market, economics and in sampled measurements. -For more information on exponential smoothing, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on exponential smoothing, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Parameters

Smoothing Factor: A parameter between 0 and 1 that represents the damping factor Alpha in the smoothing equation. The resulting smoothing is below with smoothing factor as 0.5: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_fourier.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_fourier.xhp index 34d0b635d6..f17adba38a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_fourier.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_fourier.xhp @@ -26,13 +26,13 @@
-

Fourier Analysis

+

Fourier Analysis

Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.
Choose Data - Statistics - Fourier Analysis
- For more information on Fourier analysis, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. + For more information on Fourier analysis, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. Input range has label: Mark when the first row or column of the input array is actually a label and not part of the data analysis. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ - The source data for this example is the same of the FOURIER function page. + The source data for this example is the same of the FOURIER function page.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_movingavg.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_movingavg.xhp index 1a9faf27e3..90f46a5ff9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_movingavg.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_movingavg.xhp @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
-

Moving Average

+

Moving Average

Calculates the moving average of a time series
Choose Data - Statistics - Moving Average
-For more information on the moving average, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on the moving average, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Parameters

Interval: The number of samples used in the moving average calculation.

Results of the moving average:

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_regression.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_regression.xhp index 165ff3e314..d647297346 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_regression.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_regression.xhp @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@
-

Regression Analysis

+

Regression Analysis

Performs linear, logarithmic, or power regression analysis of a data set comprising one dependent variable and multiple independent variables.
For example, a crop yield (dependent variable) may be related to rainfall, temperature conditions, sunshine, humidity, soil quality and more, all of them independent variables.
Choose Data - Statistics - Regression
-For more information on regression analysis, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on regression analysis, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Data

Independent variable(s) (X) range:

Enter a single range that contains multiple independent variable observations (along columns or rows). All X variable observations need to be entered adjacent to each other in the same table. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_sampling.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_sampling.xhp index 753f70cb7c..665f8bb30f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_sampling.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_sampling.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-

Sampling

+

Sampling

Create a table with data sampled from another table.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_chisqr.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_chisqr.xhp index 04052f5470..2ede8080d2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_chisqr.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_chisqr.xhp @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
-

Chi-square test

+

Chi-square test

Calculates the Chi-square test of a data sample.
Choose Data - Statistics - Chi-square Test
-For more information on chi-square tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on chi-square tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_f.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_f.xhp index 1fdc54d469..003ef24d26 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_f.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_f.xhp @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
-

F-test

+

F-test

Calculates the F-Test of two data samples.
Choose Data - Statistics - F-test
A F-test is any statistical test based on the F-distribution under the null hypothesis. -For more information on F-tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on F-tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Data

Variable 1 range: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyze. Variable 2 range: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyze. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_t.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_t.xhp index 6a013e6a5d..917f92862c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_t.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_t.xhp @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@
-

Paired t-test

+

Paired t-test

Calculates the paired t-Test of two data samples.
Choose Data - Statistics - Paired t-test
A paired t-test is any statistical hypothesis test that follows a Student's t distribution. -For more information on paired t-tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on paired t-tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Data

Variable 1 range: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyze. Variable 2 range: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyze. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_z.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_z.xhp index b54ba44fd5..b073b73f3f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_z.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/statistics_test_z.xhp @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@
-

Z-test

+

Z-test

Calculates the z-Test of two data samples.
Choose Data - Statistics - Z-test
-For more information on Z-tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article. +For more information on Z-tests, refer to the corresponding Wikipedia article.

Data

Variable 1 range: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyze. Variable 2 range: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyze. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/xml_source.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/xml_source.xhp index 5fe8bfdf9f..aae7775a05 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/xml_source.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/xml_source.xhp @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

Import

Pressing the Import button starts the import process based on the link definitions that the user has provided. Once the import finishes, the dialog will close.
- Wiki page on XML Source + Wiki page on XML Source
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/02130000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/02130000.xhp index 9c3cd10c7b..3ce7efb3ef 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/02130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/02130000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Number format: Currency

+

Number format: Currency

Applies the default currency format to the selected cells.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
- Format - Cells - Numbers. + Format - Cells - Numbers.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/02140000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/02140000.xhp index 20cfb1bdee..2ce7b4bf55 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/02140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/02140000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Number format: Percent

+

Number format: Percent

Applies the percentage format to the selected cells.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ 1 + 16% corresponds to 116% or 1.16 1%% corresponds to 0.0001
-Format - Cells - Numbers +Format - Cells - Numbers
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/02150000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/02150000.xhp index ac6bb9fda5..0288b958a0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/02150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/02150000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Number format: Default

+

Number format: Default

Applies the default number format to the selected cells.
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
- Format - Cells - Numbers. + Format - Cells - Numbers.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/02160000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/02160000.xhp index 05622e11b8..305eb587d2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/02160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/02160000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
mw copied three index entries to Calc guide format_value.xhp -

Number Format: Add Decimal Place

+

Number Format: Add Decimal Place

Adds one decimal place to the numbers in the selected cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/02170000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/02170000.xhp index e2e2b59ee2..f7f5139821 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/02170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/02170000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
mw copied three index entries to Calc guide format_value.xhp -

Number Format: Delete Decimal Place

+

Number Format: Delete Decimal Place

Removes one decimal place from the numbers in the selected cells.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06010000.xhp index 9399da39cd..034d064e17 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06010000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Name Box +Name Box Displays the reference for the current cell, the range of the selected cells, or the name of the area. You can also select a range of cells, and then type a name for that range into the Name Box.UFI: fixes #i28238#
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06030000.xhp index cbc1f81b9a..9a3c5a151a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06030000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ AutoSum button, see sum icon MW inserted a cross-reference -

Select Function

+

Select Function

Insert a function of a cell range into the current cell. The function can be Sum, Average, Minimum, Maximum and Count. Click in a cell, click this icon, select the function in the drop down list and optionally adjust the cell range. Or select some cells into which the function value will be inserted, then click the icon. The function result is added at the bottom of the range.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06040000.xhp index bc96cf5f16..1df327f05d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06040000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ functions; formula bar icon -Function +Function Adds a formula to the current cell. Click this icon, and then enter the formula in the Input line.
This icon is only available when the Input line box is not active. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06050000.xhp index a9f181f437..a77157ce0a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06050000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
-Input line -Enter the formula that you want to add to the current cell. You can also click the Function Wizard icon to insert a predefined function into the formula. +Input line +Enter the formula that you want to add to the current cell. You can also click the Function Wizard icon to insert a predefined function into the formula.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06060000.xhp index a12414c27c..330006a2e4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06060000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ functions; canceling input icon -Cancel +Cancel Clears the contents of the Input line, or cancels the changes that you made to an existing formula.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06070000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06070000.xhp index fc429343f0..cfd94b1b04 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06070000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ functions; accepting input icon -Accept +Accept Accepts the contents of the Input line, and then inserts the contents into the current cell.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp index 651d6fdf03..be72f4b648 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/06080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Theme Selection +Theme Selection Applies a formatting style to the selected cells. The styles include font, border, and background color information.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/08010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/08010000.xhp index 39b648223b..d67143c25b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/08010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/08010000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Position in document +Position in document Displays the number of the current sheet and the total number of sheets in the spreadsheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/08080000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/08080000.xhp index 0b73bdfac1..f47a0f6a0b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/08080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/08080000.xhp @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ formulas;status bar MW changed index entry -Standard Formula, Date/Time, Error Warning +Standard Formula, Date/Time, Error Warning Displays information about the current document. By default, the SUM of the contents of the selected cells is displayed.
To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulas are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.
-Error codes +Error codes
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/10050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/10050000.xhp index a6b9f0d58a..6bdd730321 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/10050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/10050000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ zooming;enlarging page views
mw deleted "scaling;" -Zoom In +Zoom In Enlarges the screen display of the current document. The current zoom factor is displayed on the Status Bar.
The maximum zoom factor is 400%. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/10060000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/10060000.xhp index 2ed616c7ea..07e67299b8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/10060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/10060000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ zooming;reducing page views mw deleted "scaling;" -Zoom Out +Zoom Out Reduces the screen display of the current document. The current zoom factor is displayed on the Status Bar.
The minimum zoom factor is 20%. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/18010000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/18010000.xhp index f6c5fb777b..3d4eb8f7e9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/18010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/18010000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ inserting; objects, toolbar icon -Insert +Insert Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Insert toolbar, where you can add graphics and special characters to the current sheet.
Tools bar icon: @@ -52,23 +52,23 @@
You can select the following icons: -Floating Frame +Floating Frame -Special Character +Special Character -From File +From File -Formula +Formula -Chart +Chart -OLE Object +OLE Object diff --git a/source/text/scalc/02/18020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/02/18020000.xhp index c930837f14..416f5fb426 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/02/18020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/02/18020000.xhp @@ -34,22 +34,22 @@ inserting; cells, toolbar icon -Insert Cells +Insert Cells Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Insert Cells toolbar, where you can insert cells, rows, and columns into the current sheet.
Tools bar icon: You can select the following icons: -Insert Cells Down +Insert Cells Down -Insert Cells Right +Insert Cells Right -Rows +Rows -Columns +Columns diff --git a/source/text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp index 2c5c6cf120..62e8ce37c3 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ sheet ranges; filling
mw deleted "matrices;..." -

Shortcut Keys for Spreadsheets

+

Shortcut Keys for Spreadsheets

To fill a selected cell range with the formula that you entered on the Input line, press Option @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ To select multiple cells in different areas of a sheet, hold down CommandCtrl and drag in the different areas. To select multiple sheets in a spreadsheet, hold down CommandCtrl, and then click the name tabs at the lower edge of the workspace. To select only one sheet in a selection, hold down Shift, and then click the name tab of the sheet. To insert a manual line break in a cell, click in the cell, and then press CommandCtrl+Enter. - To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the Delete Contents dialog, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialog, press the Delete key. + To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the Delete Contents dialog, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialog, press the Delete key.

Navigating in Spreadsheets

@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ Alt+Down Arrow - Increases the height of current row (only in OpenOffice.org legacy compatibility mode). + Increases the height of current row (only in OpenOffice.org legacy compatibility mode). @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Alt+Up Arrow - Decreases the height of current row (only in OpenOffice.org legacy compatibility mode). + Decreases the height of current row (only in OpenOffice.org legacy compatibility mode). diff --git a/source/text/scalc/05/02140000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/05/02140000.xhp index 4a54582a7a..faf36e5db8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/05/02140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/05/02140000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ error codes;list of mw deleted "%PRODUCTNAME Calc;error codes" -Error Codes in %PRODUCTNAME Calc +Error Codes in %PRODUCTNAME Calc The following table is an overview of the error messages for %PRODUCTNAME Calc. If the error occurs in the cell that contains the cursor, the error message is displayed on the Status Bar. ### error message invalid references; error messages diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp index 0679b7aa7f..92fc4ffbcc 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ mw changes "names;..." entry to "text in cells;..."mw inserted three index entries from text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp. Changed "finding;..." entry to "recognizing;..." entry. Adding (Calc) is no longer necessary in this file. -Recognizing Names as Addressing +Recognizing Names as Addressing You can use cells with text to refer to the rows or to the columns that contain the cells.removed table as a workaround for issue 108715 Example spreadsheet In the example spreadsheet, you can use the string 'Column One' in a formula to refer to the cell range B3 to B5, or 'Column Two' for the cell range C2 to C5. You can also use 'Row One' for the cell range B3 to D3, or 'Row Two' for the cell range B4 to D4. The result of a formula that uses a cell name, for example, SUM('Column One'), is 600. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp index 7ac4ebcaa1..d01db05e2b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ mw added one entry -Deactivating Automatic Changes +Deactivating Automatic Changes By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. You can immediately undo any automatic changes with Command Ctrl+Z. The following shows you how to deactivate and reactivate the automatic changes in $[officename] Calc: Automatic Text or Number Completion When making an entry in a cell, $[officename] Calc automatically suggests matching input found in the same column. This function is known as AutoInput. -To turn the AutoInput on and off, set or remove the check mark in front of Tools - AutoInput. +To turn the AutoInput on and off, set or remove the check mark in front of Tools - AutoInput. Automatic Conversion to Date Format $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry 1.1 may be interpreted as January 1 of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.for sure 1.1 will not be interpreted as a date in the USofA !! @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ Choose Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options. Go to the Replace tab. Select the word pair and click Delete.
-Tools - AutoInput -Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options +Tools - AutoInput +Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp index 9d7f1b5a0e..c17cbc0d8a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/autofilter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ drop-down menus in sheet columns database ranges; AutoFilter function mw made "drop-down..." a one level entry and added a "see also" reference -

Applying AutoFilter +

Applying AutoFilter

The AutoFilter function inserts a combo box on one or more data columns that lets you select the records (rows) to be displayed.
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@
To assign different AutoFilters to different sheets, you must first define a database range on each sheet.
- The arithmetic functions also take account of the cells that are not visible due to an applied filter. For example, a sum of an entire column will also total the values in the filtered cells. Apply the SUBTOTAL function if only the cells visible after the application of a filter are to be taken into account. + The arithmetic functions also take account of the cells that are not visible due to an applied filter. For example, a sum of an entire column will also total the values in the filtered cells. Apply the SUBTOTAL function if only the cells visible after the application of a filter are to be taken into account.
- Data - Filter - AutoFilter - SUBTOTAL + Data - Filter - AutoFilter + SUBTOTAL
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp index 59cea0c960..f47087af72 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ formats; automatically formatting spreadsheets sheets;AutoFormat -

Applying Automatic Formatting to a Selected Cell Range

+

Applying Automatic Formatting to a Selected Cell Range

Use the AutoFormat feature to quickly apply a format to a selected cell range.

Applying an AutoFormat to a Selected Cell Range

@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The new AutoFormat styles created using the steps above can be applied to any %PRODUCTNAME Calc file. Hence they are not limited to the file where the style was created.
- Format - AutoFormat Styles + Format - AutoFormat Styles
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/background.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/background.xhp index 788fa0f6e0..b665c14910 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/background.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/background.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ rows, see also cells columns, see also cells -

Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics +

Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics

MW created this file from splitting shared/guide/background.xhp You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.

Applying a Background Color to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet

@@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ Select the graphic and click Open. - The graphic is inserted anchored to the current cell. You can move and scale the graphic as you want. In your context menu you can use the Arrange - To Background command to place this in the background. To select a graphic that has been placed in the background, use the Navigator. + The graphic is inserted anchored to the current cell. You can move and scale the graphic as you want. In your context menu you can use the Arrange - To Background command to place this in the background. To select a graphic that has been placed in the background, use the Navigator.
Watermarks - Background tab page + Background tab page Formatting Spreadsheets
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_date.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_date.xhp index 9e866ef00c..9d7e0ad89d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_date.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_date.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Calculating With Dates and Times +Calculating With Dates and Times In $[officename] Calc, you can perform calculations with current date and time values. As an example, to find out exactly how old you are in seconds or hours, follow the following steps: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp index 3e89fff538..f3ba21842a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ AutoFill function filling;cells, automatically mw made "powers of 2;..." a one level entry and changed "AutoFill" entryMW changed "auto filling cells" -Automatically Filling in Data Based on Adjacent Cells +Automatically Filling in Data Based on Adjacent Cells You can automatically fill cells with data with the AutoFill command or the Series command. Using AutoFill @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
- Sort lists + Sort lists
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_timevalues.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_timevalues.xhp index e79700198a..785c1d395e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_timevalues.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_timevalues.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ calculating;time differences time differences -Calculating Time Differences +Calculating Time Differences If you want to calculate time differences, for example, the time between 23:30 and 01:10 in the same night, use the following formula: =(B2<A2)+B2-A2 diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/calculate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/calculate.xhp index 1694c4134c..4d31598097 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/calculate.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/calculate.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ calculating; spreadsheets formulas; calculating mw changed "formulas;..." entry -Calculating in Spreadsheets +Calculating in Spreadsheets The following is an example of a calculation in $[officename] Calc. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp index 6cb10c7223..e72eb0aaaf 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ formulas;hiding -

Protecting Cells from Changes +

Protecting Cells from Changes

In %PRODUCTNAME Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulas can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed. Protection can be provided by means of a password, but it does not have to be. If you have assigned a password, protection can only be removed once the correct password has been entered. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Apply the protection options. - To protect the cells from being changed, viewed or printed according to your settings in the Format - Cells dialog, choose Tools - Protect Sheet. + To protect the cells from being changed, viewed or printed according to your settings in the Format - Cells dialog, choose Tools - Protect Sheet. To protect the structure of the document, for example the count, names, and order of the sheets, from being changed, choose Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp index 5039c927f1..f7cc88b3a7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ protecting; unprotecting cells unprotecting cells -Unprotecting Cells +Unprotecting Cells diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp index 23d1a612d0..57b3986ddd 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellcopy.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ filters;copying visible cells only hidden cells mw changed "cells;" -Only Copy Visible Cells +Only Copy Visible Cells Assume you have hidden a few rows in a cell range. Now you want to copy, delete, or format only the remaining visible rows. $[officename] behavior depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ - Cells were hidden using the Hide command in the context menu of the row or column headers, or through an outline. + Cells were hidden using the Hide command in the context menu of the row or column headers, or through an outline. Copy, delete, move, or format a selection of currently visible cells. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp index 6f687d6da3..0508352c88 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ references;inserting by drag and drop inserting;references, by drag and drop -Referencing Cells by Drag-and-Drop +Referencing Cells by Drag-and-Drop With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link, or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Open the sheet in which you want to insert something. - Open the Navigator. In the lower box of the Navigator select the source file. + Open the Navigator. In the lower box of the Navigator select the source file. In the Navigator, the source file object appears under "Range names". diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences.xhp index bdd676bc64..b468cb9f3a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ cells; operating in another document documents;references mw made "sheet references;" a one level entryMW changed "references;" and added "documents;" -

Referencing Other Sheets +

Referencing Other Sheets

In a sheet cell you can show a reference to a cell in another sheet. In the same way, a reference can also be made to a cell from another document provided that this document has already been saved as a file. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ If you drag the box in the lower right corner of the active cell to select a range of cells, $[officename] automatically inserts the corresponding references in the adjacent cells. As a result, the sheet name is preceded with a "$" sign to designate it as an absolute reference. - If you examine the name of the other document in this formula, you will notice that it is written as a URL. This means that you can also enter a URL from the Internet. + If you examine the name of the other document in this formula, you will notice that it is written as a URL. This means that you can also enter a URL from the Internet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences_url.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences_url.xhp index de83a313cc..8a40eb3cd0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences_url.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellreferences_url.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ cells; Internet references URL; in Calc mw deleted "sheet references;" -Referencing URLs +Referencing URLs For example, if you found an Internet page containing current stock exchange information in spreadsheet cells, you can load this page in $[officename] Calc by using the following procedure: @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ In a $[officename] Calc document, position the cursor in the cell into which you want to insert the external data. -Choose Sheet - External Links. The External Data dialog appears. +Choose Sheet - External Links. The External Data dialog appears. Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialog. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the File - Open dialog. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Save your spreadsheet. When you open it again later, $[officename] Calc will update the linked cells following an inquiry. -Under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - General you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialog under Edit - Links. +Under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - General you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialog under Edit - Links.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp index f7c19604b9..197f46ab45 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ mw deleted "applying;" -Assigning Formats by Formula +Assigning Formats by Formula The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can color a cell depending on its value. The formula =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied. If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the Find & Replace dialog. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The "&" symbol designates the current contents of the Find field. The line must begin with an equal sign, since it is a formula. It is assumed that the cell styles "Red" and "Green" already exist. - Mark the fields Regular expressions and Current selection only. Click Find All. + Mark the fields Regular expressions and Current selection only. Click Find All. All cells with contents that were included in the selection are now highlighted. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp index aa738a32df..7f7d478326 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ copying; cell styles tables; copying cell styles mw deleted "formats;" -Applying Conditional Formatting +Applying Conditional Formatting Using the menu command Format - Conditional - Condition, the dialog allows you to define conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format. To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose Data - Calculate - AutoCalculate (you see a check mark next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled). @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Choose Format - Conditional - Condition. - Enter the condition(s) into the dialog box. The dialog is described in detail in $[officename] Help, and an example is provided below: + Enter the condition(s) into the dialog box. The dialog is described in detail in $[officename] Help, and an example is provided below: Example of Conditional Formatting: Highlighting Totals Above/Under the Average Value @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Set the cursor in a blank cell, for example, J14, and choose Insert - Function. - Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialog using the Shrink icon. + Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialog using the Shrink icon. Close the Function Wizard with OK. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
- Format - Conditional - Condition + Format - Conditional - Condition
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp index 6f158ca75b..c7a0eda0a1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ colors;negative numbers number formats;colors for negative numbers MW made "negative numbers;" a one level entryMW changed "numbers formats;" and "colors;" -Highlighting Negative Numbers +Highlighting Negative Numbers You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colors. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/change_image_anchor.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/change_image_anchor.xhp index 7216360d6a..a218794ea0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/change_image_anchor.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/change_image_anchor.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ image anchor;in Calc image anchor in Calc;changing -

Changing the Anchor of an Image +

Changing the Anchor of an Image

Images are inserted in a Calc spreadsheet anchored to cells by default and do not resize when the cell is moved. Images can be anchored in three different ways: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp index d33d464859..55eb650e06 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ data; merging cell ranges merging;data ranges mw deleted "values;" -Consolidating Data +Consolidating Data During consolidation, the contents of the cells from several sheets will be combined in one place. To Combine Cell Contents @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The data from the consolidation ranges and target range will be saved when you save the document. If you later open a document in which consolidation has been defined, this data will again be available.
- Data - Consolidate + Data - Consolidate
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp index d0cbd01f0c..a28dedf80a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@
-%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View -Export text files -Import text files +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View +Export text files +Import text files
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp index 70edc0b585..1e793caf7a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ exporting;formulas as csv files importing;csv files with formulas mw deleted "inserting;", copied 4 index entries to scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp, changed "csv files;" and "formulas;" and added 2 index entries -Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulas +Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulas Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the cell contents of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks. To Import a CSV File @@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
- %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View - Export text files - Import text files + %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View + Export text files + Import text files
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/currency_format.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/currency_format.xhp index f0b2f0cb92..d4f158233e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/currency_format.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/currency_format.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ defaults;currency formats changing;currency formats mw changed one index entry -Cells in Currency Format +Cells in Currency Format In %PRODUCTNAME Calc you can give numbers any currency format. When you click the Currency icon Icon @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
-Format - Cells - Numbers +Format - Cells - Numbers
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_define.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_define.xhp index 5c4d8ffcc3..c284ec838e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_define.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ranges; defining database ranges defining;database ranges -Defining a Database Range +Defining a Database Range You can define a range of cells in a spreadsheet to use as a database. Each row in this database range corresponds to a database record and each cell in a row corresponds to a database field. You can sort, group, search, and perform calculations on the range as you would in a database. You can only edit and access a database range in the spreadsheet that contains the range. You cannot access the database range in the %PRODUCTNAME Data Sources view. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp index 2da674b8f8..be0468eee4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ database ranges;applying/removing filters removing;cell range filters MW changed "cell ranges," added "removing;" and made one "database ranges;" entry out of two. Same for "filtering;" -Filtering Cell Ranges +Filtering Cell Ranges You can use several filters to filter cell ranges in spreadsheets. A standard filter uses the options that you specify to filter the data. An AutoFilter filters data according to a specific value or string. An advanced filter uses filter criteria from specified cells. To Apply a Standard Filter to a Cell Range @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ - Wiki page about defining a data range + Wiki page about defining a data range

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_sort.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_sort.xhp index e10dd45ca7..861efdf972 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_sort.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_sort.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ sorting; database ranges data;sorting in databases -Sorting Data +Sorting Data @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
- Wiki page about defining a data range + Wiki page about defining a data range
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp index 6391a629e4..ae8cdaa769 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ pivot table function; introduction DataPilot, see pivot table function -

Pivot Table +

Pivot Table

The pivot table (formerly known as DataPilot) allows you to combine, compare, and analyze large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports. -A table that has been created as a pivot table is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view. +A table that has been created as a pivot table is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_createtable.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_createtable.xhp index 92a25abd2e..dbbdafdf18 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_createtable.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_createtable.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ pivot tables pivot table function; calling up and applying -

Creating Pivot Tables +

Creating Pivot Tables

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ If the button is dropped in the Data Fields area it will be given a caption that also shows the formula that will be used to calculate the data. - By double-clicking on one of the fields in the Data Fields area you can call up the Data Field dialog. + By double-clicking on one of the fields in the Data Fields area you can call up the Data Field dialog. Use the Data Field dialog to select the calculations to be used for the data. To make a multiple selection, press the CommandCtrl key while clicking the desired calculation. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialog. - To open the Data Field dialog, double-click one of the buttons in the Row Fields or Column Fields area. Use the dialog to select if and to what extent %PRODUCTNAME calculates display subtotals. + To open the Data Field dialog, double-click one of the buttons in the Row Fields or Column Fields area. Use the dialog to select if and to what extent %PRODUCTNAME calculates display subtotals. Exit the Pivot Table dialog by pressing OK. A Filter button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the Filters area. The pivot table is inserted further down. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_deletetable.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_deletetable.xhp index 29e849cb73..2debe1e93e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_deletetable.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_deletetable.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ pivot table function; deleting tables deleting;pivot tables -

Deleting Pivot Tables +

Deleting Pivot Tables

In order to delete a pivot table, click any cell in the pivot table, then choose Delete in the context menu. If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialog box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_edittable.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_edittable.xhp index ab0385e567..f0fcf2e92c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_edittable.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_edittable.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ pivot table function; editing tables editing;pivot tables -

Editing Pivot Tables +

Editing Pivot Tables

Click one of the buttons in the pivot table and hold the mouse button down. A special symbol will appear next to the mouse pointer. By dragging the button to a different position in the same row you can alter the order of the columns. If you drag a button to the left edge of the table into the row headings area, you can change a column into a row. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_filtertable.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_filtertable.xhp index 3b39683ba1..88959399f1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_filtertable.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_filtertable.xhp @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ pivot table function; filtering tables filtering;pivot tables -

Filtering Pivot Tables

+

Filtering Pivot Tables

You can use filters to remove unwanted data from a pivot table. -Click the Filter button in the sheet to call up the dialog for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the Filter command. The Filter dialog appears. Here you can filter the pivot table. +Click the Filter button in the sheet to call up the dialog for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the Filter command. The Filter dialog appears. Here you can filter the pivot table. You can also click the arrow on a button in the pivot table to show a pop-up window. In this pop-up window, you can edit the visibility settings of the associated field. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_formatting.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_formatting.xhp index 8206230045..18b8276619 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_formatting.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_formatting.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ formatting;pivot tables -

Formatting Pivot Tables

+

Formatting Pivot Tables

You can format pivot tables cells using specific cell styles.

Direct formatting of pivot tables cells is lost when updating or editing the table. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_tipps.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_tipps.xhp index 9966532b16..a1bd507083 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_tipps.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_tipps.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ pivot table function; preventing data overwriting output ranges of pivot tables -

Selecting Pivot Table Output Ranges +

Selecting Pivot Table Output Ranges

Click the button More in the Pivot Table dialog. The dialog will be extended. You can select a named range in which the pivot table is to be created, from the Results to box. If the results range does not have a name, enter the coordinates of the upper left cell of the range into the field to the right of the Results to box. You can also click on the appropriate cell to have the coordinates entered accordingly. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_updatetable.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_updatetable.xhp index 9d9beea680..dc6eea061c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_updatetable.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/datapilot_updatetable.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ recalculating;pivot tables updating;pivot tables -

Updating Pivot Tables +

Updating Pivot Tables

If the data of the source sheet has been changed, $[officename] recalculates the pivot table. To recalculate the table, choose Data - Pivot Table - Refresh. Do the same after you have imported an Excel pivot table into $[officename] Calc. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp index 0674f5353f..912d397a38 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/design.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ formatting;themes for sheets mw deleted "applying;" - Selecting Themes for Sheets + Selecting Themes for Sheets $[officename] Calc comes with a predefined set of formatting themes that you can apply to your spreadsheets. It is not possible to add themes to Calc, and they cannot be modified. However, you can modify their styles after you apply them to a spreadsheet. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
- Theme selection + Theme selection
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp index e889dc392b..ab7b141dd8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ sheets; simultaneous multiple filling mw moved "multiple sheets" and "selecting;" to multitables.xhp, transferred "sheets;" from there and deleted "sheets;transferring.." -Copying to Multiple Sheets +Copying to Multiple Sheets In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulas that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp index fb120422ed..ed67334ccb 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ rows;removing/redisplaying with filters removing;filters -Applying Filters +Applying Filters Filters and advanced filters allow you to work on certain filtered rows (records) of a data range. In the spreadsheets in $[officename] there are various possibilities for applying filters. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp index b0bc1e1ac2..823e80d1e0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ cells; number formats currencies;formats mw transferred 2 entries from shared/01/05020300.xhp and added 2 new entriesmw deleted "defaults;" -Formatting Spreadsheets +Formatting Spreadsheets Formatting Text in a Spreadsheet @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ To apply formatting attributes to an entire sheet, choose Format - Page Style. You can define headers and footers, for example, to appear on each printed page. -An image that you have loaded with Format - Page Style - Background is only visible in print or in the print preview. To display a background image on screen as well, insert the graphic image by choosing Insert - Image - From File and arrange the image behind the cells by choosing Format - Arrange - To Background. Use the Navigator to select the background image. +An image that you have loaded with Format - Page Style - Background is only visible in print or in the print preview. To display a background image on screen as well, insert the graphic image by choosing Insert - Image - From File and arrange the image behind the cells by choosing Format - Arrange - To Background. Use the Navigator to select the background image.
Number Formatting Options diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value.xhp index 852f4b26a1..515fbee7fc 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ deleting; decimal places decimal places; adding/deleting mw changed "numbers;" -Formatting Numbers With Decimals +Formatting Numbers With Decimals Enter a number into the sheet, for example, 1234.5678. This number will be displayed in the default number format, with two decimal places. You will see 1234.57 when you confirm the entry. Only the display in the document will be rounded off; internally, the number retains all four decimal places after the decimal point. To format numbers with decimals: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp index 7e3a949322..fb55ae2150 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ number formats; millions format codes; user-defined number formats mw changed "numbers;" -User-defined Number Formats +User-defined Number Formats You can define your own number formats to display numbers in %PRODUCTNAME Calc. As an example, to display the number 10,200,000 as 10.2 Million: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp index 0a1fe693d8..c0a84a5bff 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ copying; formulas pasting;formulas mw added "pasting;" and changed "formulas;" -Copying Formulas +Copying Formulas
There are various ways to copy a formula. One suggested method is: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp index 7e9eddb68e..f2232906a1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ formulas; inputting inserting;formulas -Entering Formulas +Entering Formulas You can enter formulas in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods. @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ You can also press the + or - key on the numerical keyboard to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession: + 5 0 - 8 Enter You see the result 42 in the cell. The cell contains the formula =+50-8. -If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same color. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. Show references in color can be deactivated under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View. +If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same color. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. Show references in color can be deactivated under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View. If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area. -If an error occurs when creating the formula, an error message appears in the active cell. +If an error occurs when creating the formula, an error message appears in the active cell.
-Formula bar +Formula bar diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp index e125921f0d..b2529ef5b9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ results display vs. formulas display displaying; formulas instead of results mw inserted "displaying;..." entry from shared/optionen/01060100.xhp. Adding (Calc) is no longer necessary in this file. mw made "results;..." a two level entry. -Displaying Formulas or Values +Displaying Formulas or Values If you want to display the formulas in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulas box.
-%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp index acc8ae6b0c..29b34c69cc 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ formulas;calculating with calculating; with formulas examples;formula calculation -Calculating With Formulas +Calculating With Formulas All formulas begin with an equals sign. The formulas can contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators, or functions. Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulas using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1. @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ It is also possible to nest functions in formulas, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.
-Functions list -Function Wizard +Functions list +Function Wizard
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/fraction_enter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/fraction_enter.xhp index b3917bafb0..f0191fccb5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/fraction_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/fraction_enter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ numbers; entering fractions inserting;fractions -Entering Fractions +Entering Fractions
You can enter a fractional number in a cell and use it for calculation: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp index 69a77fb339..f17b3b4dec 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ variables;calculating equations examples;goal seek mw changed "goal seek example" to "goal seeking;" -Applying Goal Seek +Applying Goal Seek With the help of Goal Seek you can calculate a value that, as part of a formula, leads to the result you specify for the formula. You thus define the formula with several fixed values and one variable value and the result of the formula. Goal Seek Example @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-Goal Seek +Goal Seek
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp index 2a98b9e9ee..2c7a800184 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ saving; sheets in HTML opening; sheets in HTML -Saving and Opening Sheets in HTML +Saving and Opening Sheets in HTML Saving Sheets in HTML @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ -File - Open -File - Save As +File - Open +File - Save As
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/integer_leading_zero.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/integer_leading_zero.xhp index 8380d830bd..70391f0582 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/integer_leading_zero.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/integer_leading_zero.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ UFI: inserted "converting;text to numbers"mw changed "converting;" and deleted "numbers,changing..." -Entering a Number with Leading Zeros +Entering a Number with Leading Zeros
There are various ways to enter integers starting with a zero: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp index e827a77a97..72c6461195 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ accessibility; %PRODUCTNAME Calc shortcuts shortcut keys;%PRODUCTNAME Calc accessibility -Shortcut Keys (%PRODUCTNAME Calc Accessibility) +Shortcut Keys (%PRODUCTNAME Calc Accessibility) Refer also to the lists of shortcut keys for %PRODUCTNAME Calc and %PRODUCTNAME in general. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ In the cell selection mode, you can use the common navigation keys to select cells. Controlling the Outline -You can use the keyboard in Outline: +You can use the keyboard in Outline: Press F6 or Shift+F6 until the vertical or horizontal outline window has the focus. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/line_fix.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/line_fix.xhp index 688669bad3..93e8e4790c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/line_fix.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/line_fix.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ -

Freezing Rows or Columns as Headers

+

Freezing Rows or Columns as Headers

If you have long rows or columns of data that extend beyond the viewable area of the sheet, you can freeze some rows or columns, which allows you to see the frozen columns or rows as you scroll through the rest of the data. @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ If you want to print a certain row on all pages of a document, choose Format - Print ranges - Edit.
-View - Freeze Rows and Columns -View - Split Window +View - Freeze Rows and Columns +View - Split Window -Format - Print ranges - Edit +Format - Print ranges - Edit
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp index 771a35c2b6..3c7ffc299f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ HowTos for Calc instructions; $[officename] Calc -MWdeleted one entry and added oneInstructions for Using $[officename] Calc +MWdeleted one entry and added oneInstructions for Using $[officename] Calc Formatting Tables and Cells diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp index ab777c706e..73eea1c8af 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ selection modes in spreadsheets tables; selecting ranges mw changed "selection modes..." -Selecting Multiple Cells +Selecting Multiple Cells Select a rectangular range With the mouse button pressed, drag from one corner to the diagonally opposed corner of the range. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

- Status bar + Status bar
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp index 8766483f14..533f1f7dd0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ formulas; matrix formulas inserting;matrix formulas
-Entering Matrix Formulas +Entering Matrix Formulas The following is an example of how you can enter a matrix formula, without going into the details of matrix functions. Assume you have entered 10 numbers in Columns A and B (A1:A10 and B1:B10), and would like to calculate the sum of each row in Column C. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp index 54efa74b14..8639535346 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ sheet tabs;using views;multiple sheets
- Navigating Through Sheet Tabs + Navigating Through Sheet Tabs By default $[officename] displays three sheets "Sheet1" to "Sheet3", in each new spreadsheet. You can switch between sheets in a spreadsheet using the sheet tabs at the bottom of the screen. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/multioperation.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/multioperation.xhp index 8a4a8e0e02..a4f6413cd8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/multioperation.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/multioperation.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ data tables; multiple operations in cross-classified tables mw made "what if operations" a two level entry -

Applying Multiple Operations +

Applying Multiple Operations

Multiple Operations in Columns or Rows

The Data - Multiple Operations command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range where you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
-Multiple operations +Multiple operations
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp index 7061c99dc3..20065e8204 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ multiple sheets calculating;multiple sheets MW moved "sheets;simultaneous.." to edit_multitables.xhp, transferred 2 entries from there and added "calculating;" -Applying Multiple Sheets +Applying Multiple Sheets Inserting a Sheet diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/note_insert.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/note_insert.xhp index ca75f649c9..4cdd8827bd 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/note_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/note_insert.xhp @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ viewing;comments on cells displaying; comments MW deleted double index "comments;on cells" and copied "displaying;comments" from shared/optionen/01060100.xhp -Inserting and Editing Comments +Inserting and Editing Comments -You can assign a comment to each cell by choosing Insert - Comment. The comment is indicated by a small red square, the comment indicator, in the cell. +You can assign a comment to each cell by choosing Insert - Comment. The comment is indicated by a small red square, the comment indicator, in the cell. The comment is visible whenever the mouse pointer is over the cell. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ To display a help tip for a selected cell, use Data - Validity - Input Help.
-Insert - Comment +Insert - Comment
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/numbers_text.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/numbers_text.xhp index e63054fb0c..80085077c4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/numbers_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/numbers_text.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ date formats;conversion converting;text, into numbers -

Converting Text to Numbers

+

Converting Text to Numbers

Defaults settings in Calc converts text inside cells to the respective numeric values if an unambiguous conversion is possible. If no conversion is possible, Calc returns a #VALUE! error. Only integer numbers including exponent are converted, and ISO 8601 dates and times in their extended formats with separators. Anything else, like fractional numbers with decimal separators or dates other than ISO 8601, is not converted, as the text string would be locale dependent. Leading and trailing blanks are ignored. @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ =SUM("1E2";1) returns #VALUE! because SUM() and some others that iterate over number sequences explicitly check the argument type.

Changing the default text to number conversion settings

- The text to number conversion can be customized in the Detailed Calculation Settings option. + The text to number conversion can be customized in the Detailed Calculation Settings option.
- Format - Cells - Numbers + Format - Cells - Numbers
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart.xhp index 80dc442ad4..03136db32d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart.xhp @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ chart;pivot chart pivot table;pivot chart -

Pivot Chart

+

Pivot Chart

- A pivot chart is a chart with data range and data series of a pivot table. + A pivot chart is a chart with data range and data series of a pivot table. Different from static sized tables, where the number of rows and columns are constant, pivot tables can have varying dimensions, depending on the pivot table settings and its data source contents. Pivot charts track the changes in the data issued from a pivot table and adjust the data series and data range accordingly. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ - Technical details on %PRODUCTNAME pivot chart implementation. + Technical details on %PRODUCTNAME pivot chart implementation.

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_create.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_create.xhp index a4ff84dcf2..a960da8cd1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_create.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ pivot chart;creating - Creating Pivot Charts + Creating Pivot Charts To create a pivot chart proceed as below: @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ %PRODUCTNAME Calc automatically detects the pivot table and opens the pivot chart wizard. - Select the Chart type for the data in the chart wizard. + Select the Chart type for the data in the chart wizard. The data range and the data series pages of the chart wizard are not enabled. They are controlled by the pivot table. - Select the Chart Elements of the pivot chart in the wizard. + Select the Chart Elements of the pivot chart in the wizard. Click OK to close the wizard and create the pivot chart. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_delete.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_delete.xhp index 597730164c..3a57a36437 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_delete.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_delete.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ - Deleting a Pivot Chart + Deleting a Pivot Chart pivot chart;deleting diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp index 428edacd37..8666b70fa9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ pivot chart;editing - Editing Pivot Charts + Editing Pivot Charts Edit a pivot chart in the same way as normal charts. To edit a pivot chart diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp index 11ccabb53c..5a6269f821 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ - Filtering Pivot Charts - Filters are used to remove unwanted data from the pivot chart. You can use filters in the pivot chart or in the corresponding pivot table, since the resulting chart is exactly the same. + Filtering Pivot Charts + Filters are used to remove unwanted data from the pivot chart. You can use filters in the pivot chart or in the corresponding pivot table, since the resulting chart is exactly the same. Pivot chart field buttons diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_update.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_update.xhp index 41cfed9cb2..64d793c2ec 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_update.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_update.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ pivot chart;update - Updating Pivot Charts + Updating Pivot Charts If the data of the source sheet has been changed, you must refresh the pivot table and the pivot chart is updated accordingly. To refresh the pivot table (and thus the pivot chart): diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp index 3d9a946038..56ee18d472 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ null values; printing draw objects;printing mw inserted 4 index entries from text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp. Added "draw objects;..." entry and changed "formulas;..." entry -Printing Sheet Details +Printing Sheet Details When printing a sheet you can select which details are to be printed: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
-View - Page Break +View - Page Break
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp index 5e6715cd7f..64bf69d2d0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ viewing;print ranges previews;page breaks for printing -Defining Number of Pages for Printing +Defining Number of Pages for Printing If a sheet is too large for a single printed page, $[officename] Calc will print the current sheet evenly divided over several pages. Since the automatic page break does not always take place in the optimal position, you can define the page distribution yourself. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
-View - Page Break +View - Page Break
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp index dd0b279bd2..3491195e21 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ printing; landscape landscape printing mw corrected a typo in "printing; sheet..." -Printing Sheets in Landscape Format +Printing Sheets in Landscape Format In order to print a sheet you have a number of interactive options available under View - Page Break. Drag the delimiter lines to define the range of printed cells on each page. To print in landscape format, proceed as follows: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
If under Format - Print ranges you have defined one or more print ranges, only the contents of these print ranges will be printed.
- View - Page Break + View - Page Break Defining Print Ranges on a Sheet
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp index 0121006d37..b2a1520163 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ headings;repeating rows/columns as mw deleted one index entry ("fixed...") and added "headings;..." entry -

Printing Rows or Columns on Every Page +

Printing Rows or Columns on Every Page

If you have a sheet that is so large that it will be printed multiple pages, you can set up rows or columns to repeat on each printed page. As an example, If you want to print the top two rows of the sheet as well as the first column (A) on all pages, do the following: @@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ -View - Page Break Preview +View - Page Break Preview -Format - Print ranges - Edit -Format - Page Style - (Header / Footer) +Format - Print ranges - Edit +Format - Page Style - (Header / Footer)

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp index 35d15b6a53..caa3d07a15 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ references; to cells cells; references -Addresses and References, Absolute and Relative +Addresses and References, Absolute and Relative Relative Addressing The cell in column A, row 1 is addressed as A1. You can address a range of adjacent cells by first entering the coordinates of the upper left cell of the area, then a colon followed by the coordinates of the lower right cell. For example, the square formed by the first four cells in the upper left corner is addressed as A1:B2. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/remove_duplicates.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/remove_duplicates.xhp index 812f261539..48a9065152 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/remove_duplicates.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/remove_duplicates.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ filters; removing duplicates filters; finding unique values -

Removing Duplicate Values

+

Removing Duplicate Values

Consider a single column with values where some may be duplicates. To remove duplicate values and obtain only the unique entries in the column: Select the range of values from which duplicate values are to be removed. The values have to be arranged in a single column. - Go to Data - More Filters - Standard Filter. This opens the Standard Filter dialog. + Go to Data - More Filters - Standard Filter. This opens the Standard Filter dialog. In Field Name make sure that the selected column is the column where the values are stored. If a single column is selected this field will be set automatically. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/rename_table.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/rename_table.xhp index dd03da71ec..f27e8850a4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/rename_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/rename_table.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ tables;renaming names; sheets -

Renaming Sheets +

Renaming Sheets

Setting sheet names is an important feature to produce readable and understandable spreadsheets documents. The name of a sheet is independent of the name of the spreadsheet. You enter the spreadsheet name when you save it for the first time as a file. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp index b9ebc4ac7f..105c795686 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ spreadsheets; values as shown mw reduced "tables in spreadsheets;" to "tables;" -Using Rounded Off Numbers +Using Rounded Off Numbers In $[officename] Calc, all decimal numbers are displayed rounded off to two decimal places. To change this for selected cells @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
-Numbers -Calculate +Numbers +Calculate
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp index 0275f52dcf..f9aefb6564 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ columns; widths changing;row heights/column widths -Changing Row Height or Column Width +Changing Row Height or Column Width You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialog. What is described here for rows and row height applies accordingly for columns and column width. @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@
-Row height -Optimal row height -Column width -Optimal column width +Row height +Optimal row height +Column width +Optimal column width
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp index a6cdd29792..2743cdb541 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ scenarios; creating/editing/deleting opening;scenarios selecting;scenarios in Navigator -UFI: removed "sample" from index term: no sample in OOoMW changed "scenarios;"Using Scenarios +UFI: removed "sample" from index term: no sample in OOoMW changed "scenarios;"Using Scenarios A $[officename] Calc scenario is a set of cell values that can be used within your calculations. You assign a name to every scenario on your sheet. Define several scenarios on the same sheet, each with some different values in the cells. Then you can easily switch the sets of cell values by their name and immediately observe the results. Scenarios are a tool to test out "what-if" questions. Creating Your Own Scenarios @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents. You see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.
-Creating Scenarios +Creating Scenarios
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp index 26a27df953..2729ca94d5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ customized lists mw deleted "applying;" - Applying Sort Lists + Applying Sort Lists Sort lists allow you to type one piece of information in a cell, then drag it to fill in a consecutive list of items. For example, enter the text "Jan" or "January" in an empty cell. Select the cell and click the mouse on the lower right corner of the cell border. Then drag the selected cell a few cells to the right or downwards. When you release the mouse button, the highlighted cells will be filled with the names of the months. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
- Sort lists + Sort lists
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp index e206214360..b8803391f2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/specialfilter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ MW made "applying;advanced filters" a one level entry
-

Applying Advanced Filters +

Applying Advanced Filters

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/subtotaltool.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/subtotaltool.xhp index 3ec316002b..ebb9ca5a83 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/subtotaltool.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/subtotaltool.xhp @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ subtotals;using subtotals tool
-

Using Subtotal Tool

- Calc offers the Subtotals tool as a more comprehensive alternative to the SUBTOTAL function. In contrast to SUBTOTAL, which only works on a single array, the Subtotals tool can create subtotals for up to three arrays arranged in labeled columns. It also groups subtotals by category and sorts them automatically, thereby eliminating the need to apply AutoFilters and filter categories by hand. +

Using Subtotal Tool

+ Calc offers the Subtotals tool as a more comprehensive alternative to the SUBTOTAL function. In contrast to SUBTOTAL, which only works on a single array, the Subtotals tool can create subtotals for up to three arrays arranged in labeled columns. It also groups subtotals by category and sorts them automatically, thereby eliminating the need to apply AutoFilters and filter categories by hand.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp index d700476394..83a8cfc138 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ cells; text super/sub characters;superscript/subscript -Text Superscript / Subscript +Text Superscript / Subscript @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
-Context menu - Character - Font Position +Context menu - Character - Font Position
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp index fe16ebb63f..bcca2b3227 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ split/splitting cells
- Merge and Unmerge Cells + Merge and Unmerge Cells You can select a range of cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a previously merged cell and divide it back into individual cells.
When you copy cells into a target range containing merged cells, the target range gets unmerged first, then the copied cells are pasted in. If the copied cells are merged cells, they retain their merge state. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_rotate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_rotate.xhp index 2593105f7d..56f3951377 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_rotate.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_rotate.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ tables; rotating rotating; tables -Rotating Tables (Transposing) +Rotating Tables (Transposing) In $[officename] Calc, there is a way to "rotate" a spreadsheet so that rows become columns and columns become rows. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
-Paste Special +Paste Special
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_view.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_view.xhp index b36cee5f5a..7504c4bedf 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_view.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_view.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ hiding;headers/grid lines changing;table views -Changing Table Views +Changing Table Views To hide column and line headers in a table: diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/text_numbers.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/text_numbers.xhp index 139ae34691..12322cab5e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/text_numbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/text_numbers.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ cell formats; text/numbers formatting;numbers as text mw deleted "numbers; entering without..." and changed "numbers;as text" -Formatting Numbers as Text +Formatting Numbers as Text
You can format numbers as text in $[officename] Calc. Open the context menu of a cell or range of cells and choose Format Cells - Numbers, then select "Text" from the Category list. Any numbers subsequently entered into the formatted range are interpreted as text. The display of these "numbers" is left-justified, just as with other text. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
- Format - Cells - Numbers + Format - Cells - Numbers
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp index 2c8b1bbaa2..4b4dba7333 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ rotating; text in cells text in cells; writing vertically -Rotating Text +Rotating Text @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ removed a wrong para, i104207
- Format - Cells - Format - Cells - Alignment + Format - Cells + Format - Cells - Alignment
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/text_wrap.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/text_wrap.xhp index 2bc0603e7a..e47b896efa 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/text_wrap.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/text_wrap.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ breaks in cells multi-line text in cells -

Writing Multi-line Text +

Writing Multi-line Text

Pressing the CommandCtrl+Enter keys inserts a manual line break. This shortcut works directly in the cell or in the input line. The input line can be expanded to the multi-line by the Down arrow button on the right. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

-Format - Cells +Format - Cells
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/userdefined_function.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/userdefined_function.xhp index 80d4f25257..f5c8453992 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/userdefined_function.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/userdefined_function.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ IDE; Basic IDE programming;functions -

User-Defined Functions +

User-Defined Functions

You can apply user-defined functions in $[officename] Calc in the following ways: @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ You can define your own functions using the Basic-IDE. This method requires a basic knowledge of programming. -You can program functions as add-ins. This method requires an advanced knowledge of programming. +You can program functions as add-ins. This method requires an advanced knowledge of programming.

Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp index 76d5eb8ec8..6f6e6f1332 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ macros; running when incorrect input data; validity check mw changed "limit...;" -Validity of Cell Contents +Validity of Cell Contents For each cell, you can define entries to be valid. Invalid entries to a cell will be rejected. The validity rule is activated when a new value is entered. If an invalid value has already been inserted into the cell, or if you insert a value in the cell either with drag-and-drop or by copying and pasting, the validity rule will not take effect. -You can choose Tools - Detective at any time and choose the command Mark Invalid Data to display which cells contain invalid values. +You can choose Tools - Detective at any time and choose the command Mark Invalid Data to display which cells contain invalid values. Using Cell Contents Validity @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ In the Allow field, select an option. -If you select "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a serial date. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text only. +If you select "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a serial date. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text only. Select "List" to enter a list of valid entries. @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ If you select "Macro", then by using the Browse button you can specify a macro to be run in the event of an error. -To display the error message, select Show error message when invalid values are entered. +To display the error message, select Show error message when invalid values are entered. After changing the action for a cell on the Error Alert tab page and closing the dialog with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.
-Data - Validity +Data - Validity
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp index 1822b2f668..e7840121b5 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ allowed cell names renaming;cells mw changed "names;...", "addressing;..." and "references,..." entries.mw added "renaming;" -Naming Cells +Naming Cells Allowed names Names in Calc can contain letters, numeric characters, and the underline character. Names must start with a letter or an underline character. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
- Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define + Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define mw deleted one EMBED paragraph and copied two EMBED paragraphs from Calc guide address_byname.xhp diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp index c98461be33..b9bd334f53 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ inserting; external data data sources; external data UFI: removed "external data;WebQuery" because both index entries "external data" led to this page. -Inserting External Data in Table (WebQuery) +Inserting External Data in Table (WebQuery) With the help of the Web Page Query ($[officename] Calc) import filter, you can insert tables from HTML documents in a Calc spreadsheet. You can use the same method to insert ranges defined by name from a Calc or Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
-External data dialog +External data dialog
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/wildcards.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/wildcards.xhp index 6f8c46fe48..5c0b9630a9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/wildcards.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/wildcards.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ wildcards in formulas wildcards;examples -

Using Wildcards in Formulas

+

Using Wildcards in Formulas

Wildcards are special characters that can be used in search strings that are passed as arguments to some Calc functions. They can also be used to define search criteria in the Find & Replace dialog. The use of wildcards enables the definition of more advanced search parameters with a single search string. %PRODUCTNAME Calc supports either wildcards or regular expressions as arguments depending on the current application settings. By default %PRODUCTNAME Calc is set to support wildcards instead of regular expressions. To make sure wildcards are supported, go to %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - CalculateTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate and check if the option Enable wildcards in formulas is selected. Note that you can use this dialog to switch to regular expressions by choosing Enable regular expressions in formulas or choose to support neither wildcards nor regular expressions. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/year2000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/year2000.xhp index 8ff336c552..94001610dd 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/year2000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/year2000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ years; 2-digits dates; 19xx/20xx -19xx/20xx Years +19xx/20xx Years
The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 1/1/99 to 1/1/01, the result will correctly be two years. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0000.xhp index 41e14e8d9c..e2542d1bc1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

How to Work With $[officename] Calc

-List of Functions by Category +List of Functions by Category

$[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars, and Keys

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0100.xhp index d0eced59ec..79efe9947e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0100.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0101.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0101.xhp index 4d5a5b4a43..0cbb6e8b0a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0101.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0101.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

File

+

File

These commands apply to the current document, create a document, open an existing document, or close the application.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0102.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0102.xhp index 338eb7378a..29dca1b447 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0102.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0102.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Edit

+

Edit

This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.
@@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ -

Links

+

Links

-

Object

+

Object

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0103.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0103.xhp index 199a93f7f4..ab460a9992 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0103.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0103.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

View

+

View

This menu contains commands to control the on-screen display of the document, change the user interface and access the sidebar panels.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Display the cell formula expression instead of the calculated result.

Comments

-Display the cell comments for the current spreadsheet document. +Display the cell comments for the current spreadsheet document. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ -

Zoom

+

Zoom

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0104.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0104.xhp index 48df92e449..4477c04c93 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0104.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0104.xhp @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
-

Insert

+

Insert

The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements, such as images, text boxes, object, media, cell names and much more into the current sheet.
-

Chart

+

Chart

Inserts a chart. @@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ -

Floating Frame

+

Floating Frame

-

Hyperlink

+

Hyperlink

-

Special Character

+

Special Character

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0105.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0105.xhp index a51652e424..76df1423b0 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0105.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0105.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
-

Format

-The Format menu contains commands for formatting selected cells, objects, and cell contents in your document. +

Format

+The Format menu contains commands for formatting selected cells, objects, and cell contents in your document.
-

Cells

+

Cells

@@ -48,16 +48,16 @@ -

Character

+

Character

-

Paragraph

+

Paragraph

-

AutoFormat

+

AutoFormat

-

Conditional Formatting

+

Conditional Formatting

@@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ -

Control

+

Control

-

Form

+

Form

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0106.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0106.xhp index 9084912583..30543c70c1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0106.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0106.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Tools

+

Tools

The Tools menu contains commands to check spelling, to trace sheet references, to find mistakes and to define scenarios.
You can also create and assign macros and configure the look and feel of toolbars, menus, keyboard, and set the default options for $[officename] applications. @@ -37,21 +37,21 @@ -

AutoCorrect Options

+

AutoCorrect Options

-

ImageMap

+

ImageMap

-

Goal Seek

+

Goal Seek

-

Scenarios

+

Scenarios

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -

Customize

+

Customize

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0107.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0107.xhp index 5f766eecd5..429d12e040 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0107.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0107.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Window

+

Window

Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0112.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0112.xhp index 45006fe18b..dd0d084618 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0112.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0112.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Data

+

Data

Use the Data menu commands to edit the data in the current sheet. You can define ranges, sort and filter the data, calculate results, outline data, and create a pivot table.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -

Streams

+

Streams

Data Provider temporarily removed. Feature and help file not finished yet. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0116.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0116.xhp index 84036c545e..8a886a0da7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0116.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0116.xhp @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@

Sheet

This menu contains commands to modify and manage a sheet and its elements.
-

Insert Rows

+

Insert Rows

-

Insert Columns

+

Insert Columns

@@ -45,19 +45,19 @@ -

Move or Copy Sheet

+

Move or Copy Sheet

-

Show Sheet

+

Show Sheet

-

Delete Sheet

+

Delete Sheet

Sheet Tab Color

-

Sheet Events

+

Sheet Events

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0200.xhp index d7ed89cfff..5e61275e79 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Toolbars

+

Toolbars

This submenu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets. This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for %PRODUCTNAME.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0202.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0202.xhp index 7bdab0b729..99f8287ac4 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0202.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Formatting Bar

+

Formatting Bar

The Formatting bar contains basic commands for applying manually formatting.
@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ -

Font Color

+

Font Color

-

Align Left

+

Align Left

-

Align Center Horizontally

+

Align Center Horizontally

-

Align Right

+

Align Right

-

Justify

+

Justify

@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ -

Align Top

+

Align Top

-

Align Center Vertically

+

Align Center Vertically

-

Align Bottom

+

Align Bottom

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Number Format: Exponential

Applies the exponential format to the selected cells.

Additional icons

-If CTL support is enabled, two additional icons are visible. +If CTL support is enabled, two additional icons are visible.

Left-To-Right

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0203.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0203.xhp index a401516d13..5a769e5bd8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0203.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0203.xhp @@ -29,25 +29,25 @@
-

Drawing Object Properties Bar

+

Drawing Object Properties Bar

The Drawing Object Properties Bar for objects that you select in the sheet contains formatting and alignment commands.
-

Line Style

+

Line Style

-

Line Width

+

Line Width

-

Line Color

+

Line Color

-

Background Color

+

Background Color

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0205.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0205.xhp index bab10453a2..c93d2c7b4b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0205.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0205.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Text Formatting Bar

+

Text Formatting Bar

The Text Formatting Bar that is displayed when the cursor is in a text object, such as a text box or a drawing object, contains formatting and alignment commands.
@@ -42,40 +42,40 @@ -

Font Color

+

Font Color

-

Line Spacing: 1

+

Line Spacing: 1

-

Line Spacing: 1.5

+

Line Spacing: 1.5

-

Line Spacing: 2

+

Line Spacing: 2

-

Align Left

+

Align Left

-

Centered

+

Centered

-

Align Right

+

Align Right

-

Justify

+

Justify

-

Superscript

+

Superscript

-

Subscript

+

Subscript

-

Character

+

Character

-

Paragraph

+

Paragraph

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0206.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0206.xhp index 6844595dbb..18190fe0d1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0206.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0206.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Formula Bar

+

Formula Bar

Use this bar to enter formulas.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0208.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0208.xhp index 870ecdde11..4851e61cef 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0208.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0208.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Status Bar

+

Status Bar

The Status Bar displays information about the current sheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0210.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0210.xhp index 9d8053d24d..bc4fc3dfe1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0210.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0210.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

Full Screen

Hides the menus and toolbars. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button. -

Format Page

+

Format Page

Margins

Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on Page tab of Page Style dialog. diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0214.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0214.xhp index 6aaa577602..5dcfdd40bf 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0214.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0214.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Image Bar

+

Image Bar

The Image bar is displayed when you insert or select an image in a sheet.
diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0218.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0218.xhp index 2430fd6b4b..1ff3ef60bb 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0218.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0218.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Tools Bar

+

Tools Bar

Use the Tools bar to access commonly used commands.
@@ -37,28 +37,28 @@ -

Controls

+

Controls

-

Choose Themes

+

Choose Themes

-

Advanced Filter

+

Advanced Filter

Start

-

Euro Converter

+

Euro Converter

Define

-

Goal Seek

+

Goal Seek

diff --git a/source/text/scalc/main0503.xhp b/source/text/scalc/main0503.xhp index 27e04b5f81..396e1f2e60 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/main0503.xhp @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@
-

$[officename] Calc Features

+

$[officename] Calc Features

$[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyze, and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.

Calculations

- $[officename] Calc provides you with functions, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulas to perform complex calculations on your data. - You can also use the Function Wizard to help you create your formulas. + $[officename] Calc provides you with functions, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulas to perform complex calculations on your data. + You can also use the Function Wizard to help you create your formulas.

What-If Calculations

An interesting feature is to be able to immediately view the results of changes made to one factor of calculations that are composed of several factors. For instance, you can see how changing the time period in a loan calculation affects the interest rates or repayment amounts. Furthermore, you can manage larger tables by using different predefined scenarios.

Database Functions

@@ -46,6 +46,6 @@

Dynamic Charts

$[officename] Calc lets you present spreadsheet data in dynamic charts that update automatically when the data changes.

Opening and Saving Microsoft Files

- Use the $[officename] filters to convert Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other formats. + Use the $[officename] filters to convert Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other formats. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp index 913028931c..4098c6d91b 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Data Table +Data Table Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data. The Data Table dialog is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.UFI: fixes #i31208# diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04030000.xhp index 8d56974b89..ad2051e6df 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04030000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
-

Data Labels +

Data Labels

Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp index 591be0c844..468fc20aaa 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -X/Y Error Barsi85330 +X/Y Error Barsi85330 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp index b014fcb84b..e9639f6242 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ pie charts;options -Options +Options Use this dialog to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialog vary with the chart type.

diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp index 217bb479a9..8fa903cb8a 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp @@ -38,21 +38,21 @@
-Chart Wall +Chart Wall -Chart Area +Chart Area -Chart Floor +Chart Floor -Title +Title -Legend +Legend -X Axis +X Axis -Y Axis +Y Axis -Grid +Grid diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05010100.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05010100.xhp index bd3d9c576a..eec06acb96 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05010100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Data Point

+

Data Point

This dialog allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. The dialog appears when there is only one data point selected when you choose Format - Format Selection. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the color of a bar, only the color of that bar will be different. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05010200.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05010200.xhp index 1a30f576cc..39493e6994 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05010200.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Data Series

+

Data Series

Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialog appears when one data series is selected when you choose Format - Format Selection. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the color, all elements belonging to this data series will change color. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -

Y Error Bars

+

Y Error Bars

diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05020000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05020000.xhp index b7429313ae..68a6845400 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05020000.xhp @@ -32,22 +32,22 @@ - titles; formatting chartsformatting; chart titlesTitle + titles; formatting chartsformatting; chart titlesTitle The Title menu command opens a submenu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.
- Main title + Main title - Subtitle + Subtitle - X-axis title + X-axis title - Y-axis title + Y-axis title - Z-axis title + Z-axis title - All titles + All titles diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05020101.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05020101.xhp index bc0bf588e1..6ec0b7b046 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05020101.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05020101.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ aligning;titles in charts titles;alignment (charts) -Alignment +Alignment Modifies the alignment of the chart title.
Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp index 7aec8a2420..ee4963f86c 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Alignmentnew name: Label +Alignmentnew name: Label Modifies the alignment of axes or title labels. Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05030000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05030000.xhp index 05cb1381d1..7b034e3b28 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05030000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Display

+

Display

diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05040000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05040000.xhp index e911006222..f7fea1ceae 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05040000.xhp @@ -29,23 +29,23 @@ -Axis +Axis This opens a submenu to edit axial properties. The tabs in the dialogs depend on the chart type selected.
-X axis +X axis -Y axis +Y axis -Secondary X Axis +Secondary X Axis Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose Insert - Axes and select X axis. -Secondary Y Axis +Secondary Y Axis Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose Insert - Axes and select Y axis. -Z axis +Z axis -All axes +All axes diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05040100.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05040100.xhp index b9c1f17ff3..ba4782b450 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05040100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-The Y axis has an enhanced dialog. For X-Y charts, the X axis chart is also enhanced by the Scaling tab. +The Y axis has an enhanced dialog. For X-Y charts, the X axis chart is also enhanced by the Scaling tab. Scaling the X axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp index 411ec98375..93f28565fd 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ X axes;scaling Y axes; scaling
mw changed "axes;scaling" to "Y axes, scaling" -Scale +Scale Controls the scaling of the X or Y axis.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp index 5682bef57f..46f080c6ab 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Y axes;positioning axes;interval marks -Positioning +Positioning Controls the positioning of the axis.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05050000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05050000.xhp index a97d6bbab4..6c522ee73b 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05050000.xhp @@ -32,24 +32,24 @@ - grids; formatting axesaxes; formatting gridsGrid + grids; formatting axesaxes; formatting gridsGrid Opens a submenu, where you select the grid you want to format.
- X Axis Major Grid + X Axis Major Grid - Y Axis Major Grid + Y Axis Major Grid - Z Axis Major Grid + Z Axis Major Grid - X Axis Minor Grid + X Axis Minor Grid - Y Axis Minor Grid + Y Axis Minor Grid - Z Axis minor Grid + Z Axis minor Grid - All Axis Grids + All Axis Grids diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp index cd8f277ecf..55549dcdc7 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Arrangement +Arrangement Allows you to modify the order of the data series already set in the chart.
The position of the data in the data table remains unchanged. You can only choose the commands after inserting a chart in $[officename] Calc. diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/data_table.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/data_table.xhp index 48d0aa330c..caf9d2aaad 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/data_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/data_table.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ insert data tables in charts -

Chart Data Table

+

Chart Data Table

Inserts a Chart Data Table and configure its appearance. Chart data tables allow to visualize the data represented by the chart. A table containing the data is placed at the bottom of the chart.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/02/01190000.xhp b/source/text/schart/02/01190000.xhp index 74d172ee41..ab09750977 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/02/01190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/02/01190000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Data in Rows

+

Data in Rows

Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/02/01200000.xhp b/source/text/schart/02/01200000.xhp index e481c4d9b2..99489ceaca 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/02/01200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/02/01200000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Data in Columns

+

Data in Columns

Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/02/01210000.xhp b/source/text/schart/02/01210000.xhp index 40ad368d2a..b5b56cacb8 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/02/01210000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/02/01210000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ charts;scaling text mw made "text scaling;" a one level entry and added "charts," -Scale Text +Scale Text Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/02/01220000.xhp b/source/text/schart/02/01220000.xhp index 9a241b5ecc..4f87990f44 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/02/01220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/02/01220000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ charts; reorganizing -Automatic Layout +Automatic Layout Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.
diff --git a/source/text/schart/02/02020000.xhp b/source/text/schart/02/02020000.xhp index f288837377..cb57d7f50e 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/02/02020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/02/02020000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - Current Chart Type + Current Chart Type Displays the name of the current chart type. diff --git a/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp index a97b85b775..4b475a94f2 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ shortcut keys; charts charts; shortcuts -Shortcuts for Charts +Shortcuts for Charts You can use the following shortcut keys in charts. -You can also use the general shortcut keys for $[officename]. +You can also use the general shortcut keys for $[officename].
Shortcuts in Charts
diff --git a/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp b/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp index d3aadef2ba..0a25e90ddd 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ charts; overview HowTos for charts MW added one entry -Using Charts in %PRODUCTNAME +Using Charts in %PRODUCTNAME $[officename] lets you present data graphically in a chart, so that you can visually compare data series and view trends in the data. You can insert charts into spreadsheets, text documents, drawings, and presentations. diff --git a/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp b/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp index 2be8042744..81c6864e0f 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
- Formatting Bar + Formatting Bar The Formatting Bar is shown when a chart is set to edit mode. Double-click a chart to enter edit mode. Click outside the chart to leave edit mode.
You can edit the formatting of a chart using the controls and icons on the Formatting Bar. diff --git a/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp b/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp index 95002643e5..7069d8945f 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- $[officename] Chart Features + $[officename] Chart Features Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualize.
You can create a chart from source data in a Calc spreadsheet or a Writer table. When the chart is embedded in the same document as the data, it stays linked to the data, so that the chart automatically updates when you change the source data. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/02000000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/02000000.xhp index 03917dfce3..4ebb051438 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/02000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/02000000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ tables in databases; printing queries (Base) printing; queries (Base) queries; printing (Base) -mw added "(Base)" to all entries

Queries

+mw added "(Base)" to all entries

Queries

A "query" is a special view of a table. A query can display chosen records or chosen fields within records; it can also sort those records. A query can apply to one table or to multiple tables, if they are linked by common data fields.i73680
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Open the database file and click the Table icon if you want to print a table, or click the Query icon if you want to print a query. -Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialog Insert Database Columns opens. +Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialog Insert Database Columns opens. Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the AutoFormat button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialog. @@ -57,16 +57,16 @@ You can also open the data source view (Ctrl+Shift+F4), select the entire database table in the data source view (click on the top left corner of the table), and then drag the selection to a text document or spreadsheet. -

Sorting and Filtering Data

+

Sorting and Filtering Data

Allows you to sort and filter the data in a query table. -

Query Design

+

Query Design

With the Query Design, you can create and edit a query or view. -

Query Through Several Tables

+

Query Through Several Tables

The query result can contain data from several tables if these are linked to each other by suitable data fields. -

Formulating Query Criteria

+

Formulating Query Criteria

You can find out which operators and commands can be used to formulate the filter conditions for a query. -

Executing Functions

+

Executing Functions

You can perform calculations with the data of a table and store the results as a query result. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/02000002.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/02000002.xhp index 99024ab9a1..8082e4ec57 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/02000002.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/02000002.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@

How to continue?

There are three options available for answering this question:

Do you really want to open the query in the graphic view?

-Allows you to open the query in the Design View in spite of missing elements. This option also allows you to specify if other errors need to be ignored. +Allows you to open the query in the Design View in spite of missing elements. This option also allows you to specify if other errors need to be ignored. The query is opened in the Design View (the graphical interface). Missing tables appear blank and invalid fields appear with their (invalid) names in the list of fields. This lets you work with exactly those fields that caused the error.

Open the query in the SQL View

-Allows you to open the query design in the SQL Mode and to interpret the query as a Native SQL. You can only quit the native SQL mode when the $[officename] statement is completely interpreted (only possible if the used tables or fields in the query really exist). +Allows you to open the query design in the SQL Mode and to interpret the query as a Native SQL. You can only quit the native SQL mode when the $[officename] statement is completely interpreted (only possible if the used tables or fields in the query really exist).

Do not open the query

Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened. This option corresponds to the function of the Cancel dialog button.

Also ignore similar errors

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp index 39e2e60e31..ea1dbca26e 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ mw added "(Base)" to all entries -

Query Design

+

Query Design

The Query Design View allows you to create and edit a database query.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ To create a query, click the Queries icon in a database document, then click Create Query in Design View. The lower pane of the Design View is where you define the query. To define a query, specify the database field names to include and the criteria for displaying the fields. To rearrange the columns in the lower pane of the Design View, drag a column header to a new location, or select the column and press Command Ctrl+arrow key. -In the top of the query Design View window, the icons of the Query Design Bar and the Design bar are displayed. +In the top of the query Design View window, the icons of the Query Design Bar and the Design bar are displayed. If you want to test a query, double-click the query name in the database document. The query result is displayed in a table similar to the Data Source View. Note: the table displayed is only temporary.

Keys in Query Design View

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ You cannot access tables from different databases in a query. Queries involving multiple tables can only be created within one database.

Specifying the relation type

-If you double-click on the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command Insert - New Relation, you can specify the type of relation in the Relations dialog. +If you double-click on the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command Insert - New Relation, you can specify the type of relation in the Relations dialog. Edit Join Properties. Alternatively, press Tab until the line is selected, then press Shift+F10 to display the context menu and there choose the command Edit. Some databases support only a subset of the possible join types. @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ In the simplest case, where the user enters a value which is matched for equality, the parameter name with its preceding colon is simply entered in the Criterion row. In SQL mode this should be typed as WHERE "Field" = :Parameter_name Parameter names may not contain any of the characters <space>`!"$%^*()+={}[]@'~#<>?/,. They may not be the same as field names or SQL reserved words. They may be the same as aliases. A useful construction for selecting records based on parts of a text field's content is to add a hidden column with "LIKE '%' || :Part_of_field || '%'" as the criterion. This will select records with an exact match. If a case-insensitive test is wanted, one solution is to use LOWER (Field_Name) as the field and LIKE LOWER ( '%' || :Part_of_field || '%' ) as the criterion. Note that the spaces in the criterion are important; if they are left out the SQL parser interprets the entire criterion as a string to be matched. In SQL mode this should be typed as LOWER ( "Field_Name" ) LIKE LOWER ( '%' || :Part_of_field || '%' ). -Parameter queries may be used as the data source for subforms, to allow the user to restrict the displayed records. +Parameter queries may be used as the data source for subforms, to allow the user to restrict the displayed records.

Parameter Input

The Parameter Input dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking OK or typing Enter. @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ In $[officename] you do not need any knowledge of SQL for most queries, since you do not have to enter the SQL code. If you create a query in the query designer, $[officename] automatically converts your instructions into the corresponding SQL syntax. If, with the help of the Switch Design View On/Off button, you change to the SQL view, you can see the SQL commands for a query that has already been created. You can formulate your query directly in SQL code. Note, however, that the special syntax is dependent upon the database system that you use. If you enter the SQL code manually, you can create SQL-specific queries that are not supported by the graphical interface in the Query designer. These queries must be executed in native SQL mode. -By clicking the Run SQL command directly icon in the SQL view, you can formulate a query that is not processed by $[officename] and sent directly to the database engine. +By clicking the Run SQL command directly icon in the SQL view, you can formulate a query that is not processed by $[officename] and sent directly to the database engine.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/04000000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/04000000.xhp index 454f308d5b..1856620ec6 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/04000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/04000000.xhp @@ -28,25 +28,25 @@
-

Forms

+

Forms

forms; general information (Base) mw added "(Base)" Forms can be used to enter or to edit existing database contents easily.
-

FormWizard

-

Form Controls

+

FormWizard

+

Form Controls

The Form Controls toolbar provides the tools required to create a form in a text, table, drawing, or presentation document. -

Form in Design Mode

+

Form in Design Mode

In design mode, the form is designed and the properties of the form and the controls contained in it are defined. -

Sorting and Filtering Data

+

Sorting and Filtering Data

You will find the sorting and filter functions in the toolbar when you open a form in user mode. -

Subforms

+

Subforms

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/04030000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/04030000.xhp index dba9ddaffb..a2d48a6e28 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/04030000.xhp @@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ forms; designing (Base) mw added "(Base)" -

Form Design +

Form Design

Any $[officename] document can be expanded into a form. Simply add one or more form controls. -Open the Form Controls toolbar. The Form Controls toolbar contains the functions needed to edit a form. More functions can be found in the Form Design bar and More Controls bar. -In form design mode you can include controls, apply properties to them, define Form properties, and define subforms. +Open the Form Controls toolbar. The Form Controls toolbar contains the functions needed to edit a form. More functions can be found in the Form Design bar and More Controls bar. +In form design mode you can include controls, apply properties to them, define Form properties, and define subforms. The Form Navigator icon Icon - on the Form Design bar opens the Form Navigator. -The Open in Design Mode icon + on the Form Design bar opens the Form Navigator. +The Open in Design Mode icon Icon allows you to save a form document so that it always opens in form design mode. If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a More button. If you click on More, a dialog displaying more information about the current problem appears. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05000000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05000000.xhp index d42d385533..061f072d82 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05000000.xhp @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@
-

Tables

+

Tables

Table data edit mode allows you to see your data as rows of records, with optional filtering and sorting of that data. In this mode, you can also enter new records, make changes to, and delete existing records.
In the $[officename] Help, you will find further information on the following subjects: -

Create new or edit table design

+

Create new or edit table design

-

Sort and Filter Data

-

Relations, Primary and External Key

+

Sort and Filter Data

+

Relations, Primary and External Key

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05000001.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05000001.xhp index 491c98ff26..b146110a89 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05000001.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05000001.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Table Context Menus

+

Table Context Menus

The context menu of the table container offers various functions that apply to all database tables. To edit a particular table within the database, select the corresponding table and open its context menu.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Depending on the context, it is possible that not all the functions for your current database will be listed in the context menus. For example, the Relationships command for defining relationships between various tables is only available with relational databases. Depending on the database system used, you will find the following entries on the context menus: -If a table is open, there are several functions available to edit the data. +If a table is open, there are several functions available to edit the data. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp index 15f61854dd..c3844462e4 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Table Design

+

Table Design

In the Table Design window you define new tables or edit the structure of an existing table.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-The window has its own menu bar. It also contains the following new command: Index Design +The window has its own menu bar. It also contains the following new command: Index Design

Table definition area

This area is where you define the table structure. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Displays a sample of the format code of the field by applying it to the default value. Select the format code with the Format Field button.

Format Field

-This button opens the Format Field dialog. +This button opens the Format Field dialog.

Help area

Displays a help string or hint defined by the database designer for the given field. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05010100.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05010100.xhp index a5fff83087..e4b9ea4217 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05010100.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Index design

+

Index design

The Index Design dialog allows you to define and edit the indexes for the current table.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05020000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05020000.xhp index a8635006c9..b6db44a1a1 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05020000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Relations

+

Relations

relational databases (Base) mw added "(Base)" This command opens the Relation Design window, which allows you to define relationships between various database tables. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
This function is only available if you are working with a relational database. -When you choose Tools - Relationships, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click on the Add Tables icon. The Add Tables dialog opens in which you can select the tables with which to create a relation. +When you choose Tools - Relationships, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click on the Add Tables icon. The Add Tables dialog opens in which you can select the tables with which to create a relation. If the Relation Design window is open, the selected tables cannot be modified, even in Table Design mode. This ensures that tables are not changed while the relations are being created. The selected tables are shown in the top area of the relation design view. You can close a table window through the context menu or with the Delete key. @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ external keys (Base) mw added "(Base)" to all entries

Primary key and foreign keys

-If you want to define a relation among the various tables, you should enter a primary key that uniquely identifies a data field of an existing table. You can refer to the primary key from other tables to access the data of this table. All data fields referring to this primary key will be identified as a foreign key. +If you want to define a relation among the various tables, you should enter a primary key that uniquely identifies a data field of an existing table. You can refer to the primary key from other tables to access the data of this table. All data fields referring to this primary key will be identified as a foreign key. All data fields referring to a primary key will be identified in the table window by a small key symbol.

Define relations

relations; creating and deleting (Base) mw added "(Base)" All existing relations are shown in the relations windows by a line that connects the primary and foreign key fields. You can add a relation by using drag-and-drop to drop the field of one table onto the field of the other table. A relation is removed again by selecting it and pressing the Delete key. -Alternatively, you can also click the New Relation icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the Relations dialog. +Alternatively, you can also click the New Relation icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the Relations dialog. If you use $[officename] as the front-end for a relational database, the creation and deletion of relationships is not placed in an intermediate memory by $[officename], but is forwarded directly to the database. By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The Relations dialog opens. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05030000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05030000.xhp index ca3b9a1885..5572c13502 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05030000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Copy Query or Table by Drag-and-Drop

+

Copy Query or Table by Drag-and-Drop

queries; copying (Base) tables in databases; copying database tables (Base) mw deleted "database tables;" diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05030100.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05030100.xhp index 7151193e63..5578007aa8 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05030100.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Copy Table

+

Copy Table

You can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The Copy table dialog appears.

Table name

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

Append datasee #i63815

Appends the data of the table to be copied to an existing table. The table definition must be exactly the same so that data can be copied. Data cannot be copied if a data field in the target table has another format than the data field in the source table. -Match the data field names in the Copy Table dialog on the Apply Columns page. +Match the data field names in the Copy Table dialog on the Apply Columns page. If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the Column Info dialog whose data cannot be copied. If you confirm this dialog with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached. If the fields of the target table have a smaller field length than in the source table when data is being attached, the source data fields will automatically be truncated to match the field lengths in the target table. primary keys; defining @@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values. You should always use this field, since a primary key must always be available in order to edit the table.

Name

Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional. -Next page +Next page diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05030200.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05030200.xhp index d26f815241..e1d4065586 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05030200.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Apply columns

+

Apply columns

In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The Apply columns dialog is the second window of the Copy table dialog.

Existing columns

@@ -39,6 +39,6 @@

Buttons

Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button). -Next page +Next page diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05030300.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05030300.xhp index 812cc215fa..0dbe99d39b 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05030300.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Type formatting

+

Type formatting

In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The Type formatting dialog is the third window of the Copy table dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp index b3e6039f41..6fac20f4a9 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Assign columns

+

Assign columns

In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. If you select the Attach data check box on the first page of the Copy table dialog, the Assign columns dialog opens as the second window. You can use this dialog to map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05040000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05040000.xhp index c3f068e0b0..23a4c9567d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05040000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

General

+

General

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05040100.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05040100.xhp index 5388202458..171fbda541 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05040100.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

General

+

General

When you create a database table as an administrator, you can use this tab to determine user access, and to edit the data or the table structure.
access rights for database tables (Base) diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/05040200.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/05040200.xhp index dfb61ef7b1..226f6e16fa 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/05040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/05040200.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Description

+

Description

Table description

Displays the description for the selected table. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/11000002.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/11000002.xhp index 43107a4a2f..a53500b929 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/11000002.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/11000002.xhp @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ databases;drag and drop (Base) mw added "(Base)" -

Data sources in $[officename]

+

Data sources in $[officename]

Selecting the Address Book

-To select the address book that you want to use, choose Tools - Address Book Source. +To select the address book that you want to use, choose Tools - Address Book Source.

Opening a Data Source

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/11020000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/11020000.xhp index 8e1f9484b2..46e42e0377 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/11020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/11020000.xhp @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
-

ODBCstill some Help IDs in this file. Else it can be removed

-Specifies the settings for ODBC databases. This includes your user access data, driver settings, and font definitions. +

ODBCstill some Help IDs in this file. Else it can be removed

+Specifies the settings for ODBC databases. This includes your user access data, driver settings, and font definitions.

User Name

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/11030000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/11030000.xhp index 9d8d45794d..a8c4c274b8 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/11030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/11030000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
ufi: removed remaining two index entriesmw added "(Base)" to all 4 entries and transferred 2 entries to sdatabase/dabawiz02dbase.xhp -

dBASEstill two Help IDs in this file. Else file can be removed

+

dBASEstill two Help IDs in this file. Else file can be removed

Specify the settings for a dBASE database.
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@

Indexes

-Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database. +Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp index 9eb5a8a73a..8faf597792 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -

Indexes

+

Indexes

Lets you organize dBASE database indexes. An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the Indexes tab page.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/11080000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/11080000.xhp index 11de165081..05bebf8c91 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/11080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/11080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Execute SQL statement

+

Execute SQL statement

Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
You can only enter administration commands in this dialog, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here. -To run an SQL query for filtering data in the database, use the Query Design View. +To run an SQL query for filtering data in the database, use the Query Design View.

Command to execute

Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/11090000.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/11090000.xhp index e3b1db5602..437745f269 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/11090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/11090000.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Table Filter

UFI: file remains as a help id container - no browsing
+

Table Filter

UFI: file remains as a help id container - no browsing
Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.

Sort Ascendingin View - Sort menu

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/dabaadvpropdat.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/dabaadvpropdat.xhp index 1bbdbeb99d..98139c7fd8 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/dabaadvpropdat.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/dabaadvpropdat.xhp @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Respect the result set type from the database driver

OH: Could not find a clear definition of this setting, best so far is https://api.libreoffice.org/docs/idl/ref/namespacecom_1_1sun_1_1star_1_1sdbc_1_1ResultSetType.html - Use the database driver different scroll capabilities of a result set. Refer to ResultSetType Constant Group + Use the database driver different scroll capabilities of a result set. Refer to ResultSetType Constant Group diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02access.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02access.xhp index 2c06c0d999..7eda1c5aa9 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02access.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02access.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ mw added 2 new index entries

Microsoft Access Connection

Specifies the settings for importing a database file in Microsoft Access or Access 2007 format. -See also the English Wiki page https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/MSA-Base_Faq. +See also the English Wiki page https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/MSA-Base_Faq.

Microsoft Access database file

Specifies the path to the database file.

Browse

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp index 45e9c8b6fa..3a2af293e0 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

JDBC Connection

-Specifies the options to access a JDBC database.copied text from shared\explorer\database\11110000 +Specifies the options to access a JDBC database.copied text from shared\explorer\database\11110000

JDBC Examples

You can use a JDBC driver class to connect to a JDBC database from %PRODUCTNAME. The driver class is provided by the database manufacturer. Two examples of JDBC databases are Oracle and MySQL. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02odbc.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02odbc.xhp index 59d5738366..a7325c5b5f 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02odbc.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02odbc.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@

ODBC Connection

-Specifies the settings for an ODBC data source connection. -On Solaris and Linux platforms, try using the JDBC driver instead of the ODBC driver. Refer to the unixODBC Project web page for an ODBC implementation on Solaris or Linux. +Specifies the settings for an ODBC data source connection. +On Solaris and Linux platforms, try using the JDBC driver instead of the ODBC driver. Refer to the unixODBC Project web page for an ODBC implementation on Solaris or Linux. To connect to a Microsoft Access database on Windows, use the ADO or Access database interface, rather than ODBC. Drivers for ODBC are supplied and supported by the manufacturer of the database. $[officename] only supports the ODBC 3 standard. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02pgsql.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02pgsql.xhp index 60bd1011ea..3b111bf766 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02pgsql.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz02pgsql.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

PostgreSQL Connection

+

PostgreSQL Connection

Specifies the options for connecting to PostgreSQL databases.

DBMS/driver-specific connection string

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Refer to the database server administrator for the correct values of the keywords passed in the connection string. Values for user= and password= are ignored but will be requested at connection time. The connection string is displayed in the %PRODUCTNAME Base status bar.
- List of all keyword/value pairs for PostgreSQL 13 connection string. Not every pair is handled by the %PRODUCTNAME driver manager. + List of all keyword/value pairs for PostgreSQL 13 connection string. Not every pair is handled by the %PRODUCTNAME driver manager.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz03auth.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz03auth.xhp index f9011c3a3d..a1cf5fa06a 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz03auth.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/dabawiz03auth.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Set up user authentication

+

Set up user authentication

Some databases require a user name and password.

User name

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/main.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/main.xhp index f76bead797..cd69b64a19 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/main.xhp @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ -Wiki page about Base +Wiki page about Base
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/migrate_macros.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/migrate_macros.xhp index 0db2c00144..776e89712d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/migrate_macros.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/migrate_macros.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
- An in depth explanation by the developers (Wiki). + An in depth explanation by the developers (Wiki).
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard00.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard00.xhp index 314f14c932..4cbd2ae67e 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard00.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard00.xhp @@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ -Query Wizard - Field selection +Query Wizard - Field selection diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard01.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard01.xhp index 7570c3daae..901455e89a 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard01.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard01.xhp @@ -43,6 +43,6 @@

Fields in the Query

Displays all fields that will be included in the new query. -Query Wizard - Sorting order +Query Wizard - Sorting order diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard02.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard02.xhp index 897d480e53..e1f33e8023 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard02.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard02.xhp @@ -51,6 +51,6 @@

And then by

Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal. -Query Wizard - Search conditions +Query Wizard - Search conditions diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard03.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard03.xhp index f8215fe7f7..f54fe97ac8 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard03.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard03.xhp @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@

Value

Enter the value for the filter condition. -Query Wizard - Detail or summary +Query Wizard - Detail or summary diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard04.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard04.xhp index 75dfa4e0a2..47d4a503c5 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard04.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard04.xhp @@ -51,6 +51,6 @@

Removes the last row of controls. -Query Wizard - Grouping +Query Wizard - Grouping diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard05.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard05.xhp index d4c8a5a33b..9e2846ac30 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard05.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard05.xhp @@ -38,6 +38,6 @@

Group by

Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query. -Query Wizard - Grouping conditions +Query Wizard - Grouping conditions diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard06.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard06.xhp index 6d76dcd9ef..bb89a85a12 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard06.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard06.xhp @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@

Value

Enter the value for the grouping condition. -Query Wizard - Aliases +Query Wizard - Aliases diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard07.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard07.xhp index b62e10a0ec..7d19747e36 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard07.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard07.xhp @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@

Alias

Enter the alias for the field name. -Query Wizard - Overview +Query Wizard - Overview diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard08.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard08.xhp index a511de4ed3..2ef43abe1f 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard08.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/querywizard08.xhp @@ -43,6 +43,6 @@

Overview

Displays a summary of the query. -Query Wizard +Query Wizard diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_insertfield.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_insertfield.xhp index 42a1d582b3..74c7a318e5 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_insertfield.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_insertfield.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ add fields;in report design report design;add fields to report
-

Add fields to report

+

Add fields to report

The Add Field window helps you to insert the table entries in the report.
diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp index d592286b6d..ae038401a7 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ After selecting the table, press the Tab key to leave the Content box. - The Add fields to report window opens automatically and shows all fields of the selected table. + The Add fields to report window opens automatically and shows all fields of the selected table. Align at Section toolbar diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_navigator.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_navigator.xhp index 3ab5bfaa29..3bcaf9dd7e 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_navigator.xhp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.

To enter functions to the report

In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them. -Functions can be entered using a syntax as specified by the OpenFormula proposal. -See Wiki page about Base for some more help regarding the functions in a report. +Functions can be entered using a syntax as specified by the OpenFormula proposal. +See Wiki page about Base for some more help regarding the functions in a report.

To calculate a sum for each clientcopied from a mail by Ocke - did not test

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_prop.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_prop.xhp index 83736e6ac9..3b7951521a 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/rep_prop.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/rep_prop.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Press Shift-F1 and point with the mouse at an input box to see a help text for this input box. On first start of the Report Builder, the Properties window shows the Data tab page for the whole report. Select a table from the Contents list, then press Tab or click outside the input box to leave the input box. - The Add fields to report window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field. + The Add fields to report window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field. The General tab page can be used to change the name of the report, and to disable the Page Header or Page Footer areas, among others. To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select All - Select Report. diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard00.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard00.xhp index fd8c0b9eb0..cbe83ea53f 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard00.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard00.xhp @@ -43,6 +43,6 @@ -Table Wizard - Select fields +Table Wizard - Select fields diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard01.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard01.xhp index d039a58e79..690f04b361 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard01.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard01.xhp @@ -49,6 +49,6 @@

Selected Fields

Displays all fields that will be included in the new table. -Table Wizard - Set types and formats +Table Wizard - Set types and formats diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard02.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard02.xhp index 59f972f45a..05fa1f89e4 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard02.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard02.xhp @@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field. For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field: CREATE TABLE "table1" ("id" INTEGER AUTO_INCREMENT) For this example, you must enter AUTO_INCREMENT into the Auto-increment statement box. -Table Wizard - Set primary key +Table Wizard - Set primary key diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard03.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard03.xhp index 2862ca439c..c280f8ab4b 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard03.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard03.xhp @@ -58,6 +58,6 @@

Primary key fields

Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom. -Table Wizard - Create table +Table Wizard - Create table diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard04.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard04.xhp index a1144970c1..bea9406213 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard04.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/tablewizard04.xhp @@ -49,6 +49,6 @@

Create a form based on this table

Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard. -Table Wizard +Table Wizard diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_form.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_form.xhp index a39c5287b6..7e8701bf8f 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_form.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

Database Form Toolbar

+

Database Form Toolbar

New database form

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_query.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_query.xhp index 092e63631f..0aa32514c0 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_query.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_query.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

Database Query Toolbar

+

Database Query Toolbar

New database query

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_report.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_report.xhp index 7782a92ed4..1dcb55b698 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_report.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_report.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

Database Report Toolbar

+

Database Report Toolbar

New database report

diff --git a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_table.xhp b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_table.xhp index b84bbfec64..7de1298e91 100644 --- a/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdatabase/toolbar_table.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ -

Database Table Toolbar

+

Database Table Toolbar

Open document

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/01/consolidatetext.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/01/consolidatetext.xhp index 87fddac219..e3493fa3df 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/01/consolidatetext.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/01/consolidatetext.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ combine text frames;text box consolidation
-

Text Box Consolidation

+

Text Box Consolidation

Combine two or more selected text boxes into one.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/01/delete_page.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/01/delete_page.xhp index 2c78bb9b71..0d0e31c192 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/01/delete_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/01/delete_page.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
-

Delete Page

+

Delete Page

Delete the current page.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/01/duplicate_page.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/01/duplicate_page.xhp index 54a66f1fec..7710cc2827 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/01/duplicate_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/01/duplicate_page.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Duplicate Page

+

Duplicate Page

Inserts a copy of the current page after the current page.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/01/navigate_page.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/01/navigate_page.xhp index 71dbe88603..45dda8f382 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/01/navigate_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/01/navigate_page.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/01/new_page.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/01/new_page.xhp index c23c8c9743..fede71a231 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/01/new_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/01/new_page.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

New Page

+

New Page

Inserts a blank page after the selected page.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/01/rename_page.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/01/rename_page.xhp index 0798da22b7..623ff50578 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/01/rename_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/01/rename_page.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Rename Page

+

Rename Page

Set a new name for the page.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp index f59c47b5ef..da085ead1d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ shortcut keys;in drawings drawings; shortcut keys -Shortcut Keys for Drawings +Shortcut Keys for Drawings The following is a list of shortcut keys specific to Drawing documents. - You can also use the general shortcut keys for $[officename]. + You can also use the general shortcut keys for $[officename].
Function Keys for Drawings @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Command -Ctrl-click while dragging an object. Note: this shortcut key works only when the Copy when moving option in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Draw - General is enabled (it is enabled by default). +Ctrl-click while dragging an object. Note: this shortcut key works only when the Copy when moving option in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Draw - General is enabled (it is enabled by default). Creates a copy of the dragged object when mouse button is released. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp index 0c0f5ebe94..7d2845cf59 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Arranging, Aligning and Distributing Objects +Arranging, Aligning and Distributing Objects arranging; objects (guide) objects;aligning @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Distributing Objects -If you select three or more objects in Draw, you can also use the Distribute selection command to distribute the vertical and horizontal spacing evenly between the objects. +If you select three or more objects in Draw, you can also use the Distribute selection command to distribute the vertical and horizontal spacing evenly between the objects. Select three or more objects to be distributed. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp index 9168052538..2b97f46a95 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ user-defined colors custom colors - Defining Custom Colors + Defining Custom Colors Define custom colors and add them to the Custom color palette. To define a custom color @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Click a color in the table that is similar to the one you want to define. You can select the similar color from any of the available color palettes in the Colors area on the left or the Recent colors in the list below the color table. The color appears in the New preview box to the right of the dialog. - Click the Pick button to open the Pick a Color dialog. + Click the Pick button to open the Pick a Color dialog. %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The RGB values of the selected color are displayed below the preview boxes. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To remove a color from the Custom color palette, select the Custom color palette in the Colors area, select the color to be deleted and click Delete.
- Color bar + Color bar
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp index 0577c3acea..a7660dab91 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ subtracting polygons constructing shapes - Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes + Combining Objects and Constructing Shapes Combined drawing objects act as grouped objects, except that you cannot enter the group to edit the individual objects. You can only combine 2D objects. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
In the illustration, the uncombined objects are on the left and the combined objects on the right. Constructing Shapes - You can construct shapes by applying the Shapes - Merge, Subtract and Intersect commands to two or more drawing objects. + You can construct shapes by applying the Shapes - Merge, Subtract and Intersect commands to two or more drawing objects. Shape commands only work on 2D objects. Constructed shapes take on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order. To construct a shape: diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp index 6eba50910f..60a5fc1a26 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ draw objects; cross-fading two objects cross-fading; two draw objects -Cross-Fading Two Objects +Cross-Fading Two Objects Cross-fading creates shapes and distributes them by uniform increments between two drawing objects. The cross-fading command is only available in $[officename] Draw. You can, however, copy and paste cross-faded objects into $[officename] Impress. @@ -65,6 +65,6 @@
-Editing - Cross-fading +Editing - Cross-fading
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp index a80eba1525..fdc422ec9d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ ellipses; segments drawing; sectors and segments
-Drawing Sectors and Segments +Drawing Sectors and Segments The Ellipse toolbar contains tools for drawing ellipses and circles. You can also draw segments and sectors of circles and ellipses. To draw a sector of a circle or an ellipse: diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/duplicate_object.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/duplicate_object.xhp index b68b363475..bac5d74e7d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/duplicate_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/duplicate_object.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ duplicating draw objects multiplying draw objects
-Duplicating Objects +Duplicating Objects You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, color, orientation and location. The following example creates a stack of coins by making multiple copies of a single ellipse. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
-Edit - Duplicate +Edit - Duplicate diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp index 057503c269..ab557a9f3e 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ bitmaps;replacing colors GIF images;replacing colors -Replacing Colors +Replacing Colors You can replace colors in bitmaps with the Color Replacer tool. Up to four colors can be replaced at once. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ If you want to expand or contract the color selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the Color Replacer tool and repeat your selection.
-Color Replacer +Color Replacer
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp index d9709abcdf..c276b70b67 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ transparency;adjusting mw deleted "applying;" - Creating Gradient Fills + Creating Gradient Fills A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object. To apply a gradient: diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/graphic_insert.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/graphic_insert.xhp index e7e56e3377..ea0f921f6a 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/graphic_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/graphic_insert.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ files; inserting pictures inserting;pictures -Inserting Pictures +Inserting Pictures diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp index c1f7ac3c7d..6c9611134a 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ grouping; draw objects draw objects; grouping -mw deleted "groups;entering" and copied "selecting;group objects" to the new shared guide groups.xhp.Grouping Objects +mw deleted "groups;entering" and copied "selecting;group objects" to the new shared guide groups.xhp.Grouping Objects You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill color) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned: diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp index cd81b4d697..6218e1dd65 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ lines; connecting objects areas; from connected lines -Connecting Lines +Connecting Lines When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighboring endpoints. To connect lines: diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp index c1fe37eaf1..a9db4784d9 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ joining;3D objects -Assembling 3D Objects +Assembling 3D Objects 3D objects that each form a 3D scene can be combined into a single 3D scene. To combine 3D objects: @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ You cannot intersect or subtract 3D objects.
-Objects in 3D +Objects in 3D
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp index eb162bbfb1..a652d26bd2 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ draw objects; text entry mode text entry mode for draw objects -Shortcut Keys for Drawing Objects +Shortcut Keys for Drawing Objects You can create and edit drawing objects using the keyboard. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_move.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_move.xhp index 6367baa2c0..b276c1f9af 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_move.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_move.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ layers; moving objects moving; between layers -Moving Objects to a Different Layer +Moving Objects to a Different Layer Drawings in %PRODUCTNAME Draw support layers. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_new.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_new.xhp index 6388890329..306b790d56 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_new.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_new.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ inserting; layers changing;layer properties MW changed "modifying;..." to "changing;..." -

Inserting Layers +

Inserting Layers

Drawings in %PRODUCTNAME Draw support layers. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp index 8d7873475c..c82a77b6c7 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ showing;hidden layers selecting;layers -

Working With Layers +

Working With Layers

Drawings in %PRODUCTNAME Draw support layers. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layers.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layers.xhp index 46e0fd9dd8..0f739ddcaf 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/layers.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/layers.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ layers; definition -About Layers +About Layers Layers allow you to assemble elements on a page that are related. Think of layers as individual workspaces that you can hide from view, hide from printing, or lock. Layers do not determine the stacking order of objects on your page, except for the Controls layer which is always in front of other layers. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp index 5b7558edff..5e3c76d958 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ instructions; $[officename] Draw Howtos for Draw MW added an entry -Instructions for Using $[officename] Draw +Instructions for Using $[officename] Draw Editing and Grouping Objects diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/rotate_object.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/rotate_object.xhp index ba2e545721..b7927e8d46 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/rotate_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/rotate_object.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ pivot points of draw objects skewing draw objects -Rotating Objects +Rotating Objects You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (center point) or a pivot point that you designate. diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp index 7ca2e7f528..b0cedc485d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ pasting;text from other documentslegends; drawingsmw changed "adding;" to "inserting;" -

Adding Text +

Adding Text

There are several types of text you can add to a drawing or presentation: diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0100.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0100.xhp index b76daa8b82..21aaef3ed1 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0101.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0101.xhp index de72b7dce7..0f56ae3607 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0101.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
- File + File This menu contains general commands for working with Draw documents, such as create, open, close and print. To close $[officename] Draw, click Exit.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0103.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0103.xhp index 822335fdac..755fb2dbbc 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0103.xhp @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@
-

View

+

View

This menu contains commands to control the on-screen display of the document, change the user interface and access the sidebar panels.

Normal

Switch to normal view of the page.

Master

Switch to the master view. -

User Interface

+

User Interface

Opens dialog box for selecting layout of user interface. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Shift

Use to shift the position of the page in the window. When enabled, the appearance of the mouse pointer changes. Click the page and drag to desired position. -

Zoom

+

Zoom

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0200.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0200.xhp index 2bc13c5b4c..89c6e3d0c3 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0200.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Toolbars +

Toolbars

This section provides an overview of the toolbars available in $[officename] Draw.

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0202.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0202.xhp index 3a0560d4cb..e0b427b742 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0202.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Line and Filling Bar +Line and Filling Bar The Line and Filling bar contains commands for the current editing mode.
@@ -41,21 +41,21 @@ -Line Style +Line Style -Line Width +Line Width -Line Color +Line Color -Area Style / Filling +Area Style / Filling -ShadowUFI: inserted Shadow header and link +ShadowUFI: inserted Shadow header and link diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0210.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0210.xhp index 8b14b5c414..70c7408f49 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0210.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0210.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Drawing Bar

+

Drawing Bar

The Drawing bar holds the main drawing tools.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -

Lines and Arrows

+

Lines and Arrows

Opens the Arrows toolbar to insert lines and arrows. @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ -

Points

+

Points

Enables you to edit points on your drawing. -

Gluepoints

+

Gluepoints

Enables you to edit gluepoints on your drawing. @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ -

From File

+

From File

-

Form Controls

+

Form Controls

Extrusion On/Off

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0213.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0213.xhp index 38f2ae5c09..5002822fa3 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0213.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0213.xhp @@ -26,46 +26,46 @@
-

Options Bar

+

Options Bar

The Options bar can be displayed by choosing View - Toolbars - Options.
UFI: changed some links, see #i52549 -

Display Grid

+

Display Grid

-

Helplines While Moving

+

Helplines While Moving

-

Snap to Grid

+

Snap to Grid

-

Snap to Snap Guides

+

Snap to Snap Guides

-

Snap to Page Margins

+

Snap to Page Margins

-

Snap to Object Border

+

Snap to Object Border

-

Snap to Object Points

+

Snap to Object Points

-

Allow Quick Editing

+

Allow Quick Editing

-

Select Text Area Only

+

Select Text Area Only

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp index be136d4029..08789fae4f 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- $[officename] Draw Features + $[officename] Draw Features $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulas and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.
Vector Graphics diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main_edit.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main_edit.xhp index 63e35c6afa..81740ad155 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main_edit.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Edit

+

Edit

The commands in this menu are used to edit Draw documents (for example, copying and pasting).
@@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ -

Find & Replace

+

Find & Replace

-

Points

+

Points

Enables you to edit points on your drawing. -

Gluepoints

+

Gluepoints

Enables you to edit gluepoints on your drawing. -

Duplicate

+

Duplicate

-

Cross-fading

+

Cross-fading

-

Fields

+

Fields

UFI removed Layer command (as I did in zillion CWSs before...) -

Links

+

Links

-

Hyperlink

+

Hyperlink

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main_format.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main_format.xhp index f8577b9c1f..054a3081bf 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main_format.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main_format.xhp @@ -28,27 +28,27 @@
-

Format

+

Format

Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.
-

Character

+

Character

-

Paragraph

+

Paragraph

-

Bullets and Numbering

+

Bullets and Numbering

-

Position and Size

+

Position and Size

-

Line

+

Line

-

Area

+

Area

-

Text Attributes

+

Text Attributes

-

Layer

+

Layer

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main_insert.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main_insert.xhp index bcee2b629b..6b4cce2236 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main_insert.xhp @@ -28,31 +28,31 @@
-

Insert

+

Insert

This menu allows you to insert elements, such as graphics and guides, into Draw documents.
-

Table

+

Table

-

Insert Snap Point/Line

+

Insert Snap Point/Line

-

Layer

+

Layer

Text Box

Insert a text box -

Comment

+

Comment

-

Floating Frame

+

Floating Frame

-

FontWork

+

FontWork

-

Hyperlink

+

Hyperlink

-

Special Character

+

Special Character

Page Number

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main_page.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main_page.xhp index 2e33da0c05..9b575f5787 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main_page.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ -

Properties

+

Properties

diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main_shape.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main_shape.xhp index 304a7da29c..c0090c9a0a 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main_shape.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main_shape.xhp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
-

Shape

+

Shape

This menu provides shape objects management.
diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main_tools.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main_tools.xhp index 6bd12cdbe6..0f51ac83d2 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main_tools.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main_tools.xhp @@ -28,22 +28,22 @@
-Tools +Tools This menu provides tools for $[officename] Draw as well as access to language and system settings.
-ImageMap +ImageMap -AutoCorrect Options +AutoCorrect Options -Customize +Customize diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000001.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000001.xhp index 8cad44d154..caac6a48fa 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000001.xhp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
You can type a numerical value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the Up Arrow or Down Arrow symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the Page Up and Page Down keys to set the maximum and minimum value. -If the field next to the spin button defines numerical values, you can also define a measurement unit, for example, 1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2". +If the field next to the spin button defines numerical values, you can also define a measurement unit, for example, 1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2".
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.

Metrics

- You can enter values in the input fields in different units of measurement. The default unit is inches. However, if you want a space of exactly 1 cm, then type "1cm". Additional units are available according to the context, for example, 12 pt for a 12 point spacing. If the value of the new unit is unrealistic, the program uses a predefined maximum or minimum value. + You can enter values in the input fields in different units of measurement. The default unit is inches. However, if you want a space of exactly 1 cm, then type "1cm". Additional units are available according to the context, for example, 12 pt for a 12 point spacing. If the value of the new unit is unrealistic, the program uses a predefined maximum or minimum value.

Close

Closes the dialog and saves all changes. @@ -277,13 +277,13 @@
See also the following functions:
- The search supports wildcards or regular expressions. With regular expressions enabled, you can enter "all.*", for example to find the first location of "all" followed by any characters. If you want to search for a text that is also a regular expression, you must either precede every regular expression metacharacter or operator with a "\" character, or enclose the text into \Q...\E. You can switch the automatic evaluation of wildcards or regular expression on and off in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate. + The search supports wildcards or regular expressions. With regular expressions enabled, you can enter "all.*", for example to find the first location of "all" followed by any characters. If you want to search for a text that is also a regular expression, you must either precede every regular expression metacharacter or operator with a "\" character, or enclose the text into \Q...\E. You can switch the automatic evaluation of wildcards or regular expression on and off in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate.
When using functions where one or more arguments are search criteria strings that represents a regular expression, the first attempt is to convert the string criteria to numbers. For example, ".0" will convert to 0.0 and so on. If successful, the match will not be a regular expression match but a numeric match. However, when switching to a locale where the decimal separator is not the dot makes the regular expression conversion work. To force the evaluation of the regular expression instead of a numeric expression, use some expression that can not be misread as numeric, such as ".[0]" or ".\0" or "(?i).0".
If an error occurs, the function returns a logical or numerical value. -(This command is only accessible through the context menu). +(This command is only accessible through the context menu). By double-clicking a tool, you can use it for multiple tasks. If you call the tool with a single-click, it reverts back to the last selection after completing the task. Press Shift+F1 and point to a control to learn more about that control.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000002.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000002.xhp index 0cfbc9b60a..baede546f3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000002.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ mw changed "Internet...". -

Glossary of Internet Terms

+

Glossary of Internet Terms

If you are a newcomer to the Internet, you will be confronted with unfamiliar terms: browser, bookmark, email, homepage, search engine, and many others. To make your first steps easier, this glossary explains some of the more important terminology you may find in the Internet, intranet, mail and news.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

EPUB

EPUB is standard for electronic book files with the extension .epub that can be downloaded and read on devices like smartphones, tablets, computers, or e-readers. - EPUB is a technical standard published now by the Publishing group of W3C. EPUB is a popular format because it is open and is based on HTML. + EPUB is a technical standard published now by the Publishing group of W3C. EPUB is a popular format because it is open and is based on HTML. An EPUB publication is delivered as a single file and is an unencrypted zipped archive containing a website. It includes HTML files, images, CSS style sheets, and other assets such as metadata, multimedia and interactivity.
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@

Frames

-Frames are useful for designing the layout of HTML pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in Edit - Object when the frame is selected. +Frames are useful for designing the layout of HTML pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in Edit - Object when the frame is selected.

FTP

-FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol and is the standard transfer protocol for files in the Internet. An FTP server is a program on a computer connected to the Internet which stores files to be transmitted with the aid of FTP. While FTP is responsible for transmitting and downloading Internet files, HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) provides the connection setup and data transfer between WWW servers and clients. +FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol and is the standard transfer protocol for files in the Internet. An FTP server is a program on a computer connected to the Internet which stores files to be transmitted with the aid of FTP. While FTP is responsible for transmitting and downloading Internet files, HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) provides the connection setup and data transfer between WWW servers and clients.
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

HTML

-HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is a document code language, which is used as the file format for WWW documents. It is derived from SGML and integrates text, graphics, videos and sound. +HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is a document code language, which is used as the file format for WWW documents. It is derived from SGML and integrates text, graphics, videos and sound. If you want to type HTML commands directly, for example when doing exercises from one of the many available HTML books, remember that HTML pages are pure text files. Save your document under the document type Text and give it the file name extension .HTML. Be sure there are no umlauts or other special characters of the extended character set. If you want to re-open this file in $[officename] and edit the HTML code, you must load it with the file type Text and not with the file type Web pages. There are several references on the Internet providing an introduction to the HTML language.
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@

ImageMap

-An ImageMap is a reference-sensitive graphic or frame. You can click on defined areas of the graphic or frame to go to a target (URL), which is linked with the area. The reference areas, along with the linked URLs and corresponding text displayed when resting the mouse pointer on these areas, are defined in the ImageMap Editor. -There are two different types of ImageMaps. A Client Side ImageMap is evaluated on the client computer, which loaded the graphic from the Internet, while a Server Side ImageMap is evaluated on the server computer which provides the HTML page on the Internet. In server evaluation, clicking an ImageMap sends the relative coordinates of the cursor within the image to the server, and a dedicated program on the server responds. In the client evaluation, clicking a defined hotspot of the ImageMap activates the URL, as if it were a normal text link. The URL appears below the mouse pointer when passing across the ImageMap. +An ImageMap is a reference-sensitive graphic or frame. You can click on defined areas of the graphic or frame to go to a target (URL), which is linked with the area. The reference areas, along with the linked URLs and corresponding text displayed when resting the mouse pointer on these areas, are defined in the ImageMap Editor. +There are two different types of ImageMaps. A Client Side ImageMap is evaluated on the client computer, which loaded the graphic from the Internet, while a Server Side ImageMap is evaluated on the server computer which provides the HTML page on the Internet. In server evaluation, clicking an ImageMap sends the relative coordinates of the cursor within the image to the server, and a dedicated program on the server responds. In the client evaluation, clicking a defined hotspot of the ImageMap activates the URL, as if it were a normal text link. The URL appears below the mouse pointer when passing across the ImageMap. As ImageMaps can be used in different ways, they can be stored in different formats.

ImageMap Formats

@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@

Client Side ImageMap

-The area of the picture or frame where the reader can click is indicated by the appearance of the linked URL when the mouse passes over the area. The ImageMap is stored in a layer below the picture and contains information about the referenced regions. The only disadvantage of Client Side ImageMaps is that older Web browsers cannot read them; a disadvantage that will, however, resolve itself in time. -When saving the ImageMap, select the file type SIP - StarView ImageMap. This saves the ImageMap directly in a format which can be applied to every active picture or frame in your document. However, if you just want to use the ImageMap on the current picture or frame, you do not have to save it in any special format. After defining the regions, simply click Apply. Nothing more is necessary. Client Side ImageMaps saved in HTML format are inserted directly into the page in HTML code. +The area of the picture or frame where the reader can click is indicated by the appearance of the linked URL when the mouse passes over the area. The ImageMap is stored in a layer below the picture and contains information about the referenced regions. The only disadvantage of Client Side ImageMaps is that older Web browsers cannot read them; a disadvantage that will, however, resolve itself in time. +When saving the ImageMap, select the file type SIP - StarView ImageMap. This saves the ImageMap directly in a format which can be applied to every active picture or frame in your document. However, if you just want to use the ImageMap on the current picture or frame, you do not have to save it in any special format. After defining the regions, simply click Apply. Nothing more is necessary. Client Side ImageMaps saved in HTML format are inserted directly into the page in HTML code.
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

SGML

SGML stands for "Standard Generalized Markup Language". SGML is based on the idea that documents have structural and other semantic elements that can be described without reference to how such elements should be displayed. The actual display of such a document may vary, depending on the output medium and style preferences. In structured texts, SGML not only defines structures (in the DTD = Document Type Definition) but also ensures they are consistently used. -HTML is a specialized application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages. +HTML is a specialized application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Tags

-HTML pages contain certain structural and formatting instructions called tags. Tags are code words enclosed by brackets in the document description language HTML. Many tags contain text or hyperlink references between the opening and closing brackets. For example, titles are marked by the tags <h1> at the beginning and </h1> at the end of the title. Some tags only appear on their own such as <br> for a line break or <img ...> to link a graphic. +HTML pages contain certain structural and formatting instructions called tags. Tags are code words enclosed by brackets in the document description language HTML. Many tags contain text or hyperlink references between the opening and closing brackets. For example, titles are marked by the tags <h1> at the beginning and </h1> at the end of the title. Some tags only appear on their own such as <br> for a line break or <img ...> to link a graphic.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000005.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000005.xhp index da4142f706..30acb1f047 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000005.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000005.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ terminology;general glossary mw changed "terminology;glossaries" and deleted one entry -

General Glossary

+

General Glossary

This glossary includes explanations of some of the most important terms you will come across in $[officename].
Use the glossary to look up unfamiliar terms found in any $[officename] application. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

OLE

Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) objects can be linked to a target document or may also be embedded. Embedding inserts a copy of the object and details of the source program in the target document. If you want to edit the object, simply activate the source program by double-clicking on the object. - If an OLE object is linked to a target document, then the target document must be available in the location specified in the link. Deleting or moving the target document will make it impossible to open the linked OLE object. You can use the Save URLs relative to file system option in the General section of Load/Save Options to configure your system to save links relative to your filesystem. + If an OLE object is linked to a target document, then the target document must be available in the location specified in the link. Deleting or moving the target document will make it impossible to open the linked OLE object. You can use the Save URLs relative to file system option in the General section of Load/Save Options to configure your system to save links relative to your filesystem.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp index 2fa112daa7..150633a0f0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ exporting;to PostScript format

About Import and Export Filters

-In $[officename], apart from its own XML formats you can also open and save many foreign XML formats. +In $[officename], apart from its own XML formats you can also open and save many foreign XML formats. In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognized automatically. $[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file. There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the Open dialog. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.

BASIC Macros in Microsoft Office Documents

-In %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - VBA Properties you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in MS Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behavior of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in MS Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents. +In %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - VBA Properties you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in MS Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behavior of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in MS Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.

Notes regarding external formats and file types

Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the Open and Save dialogs. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require. If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the Modify option. Then you will see a dialog in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components". @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -It is also possible to import and export RTF files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted texts across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through DDE into $[officename] Writer. +It is also possible to import and export RTF files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted texts across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through DDE into $[officename] Writer. The filter Text Encoded helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialog that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.

Importing and Exporting in HTML Format

With $[officename] Writer, you can insert footnotes and endnotes in your HTML document. They are exported as meta tags. The footnote and endnote characters are exported as hyperlinks. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The HTML import of $[officename] Writer is able to read files that have UTF-8 or UCS2 character coding. All characters that are contained in the ANSI character set or in the system's character set can be displayed. When exporting to HTML, the character set selected in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility is used. Characters not present there are written in a substitute form, which is displayed correctly in modern web browsers. When exporting such characters, you will receive an appropriate warning. - If, in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility, you select Mozilla Firefox or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text color, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (CSS stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard. + If, in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility, you select Mozilla Firefox or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text color, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (CSS stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard. The "font" property corresponds to Mozilla Firefox; that is, before the font size you can specify optional values for "font-style" (italic, none), "font-variant" (normal, small-caps) and "font-weight" (normal, bold). @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ When you import an EPS file, a preview of the graphic is displayed in the document. If a preview is not available, a placeholder corresponding to the size of the graphic is displayed in the document. Under Unix and Microsoft Windows you can print the imported file by using a PostScript printer. If a different printer is used the preview will be printed. When exporting EPS graphics, a preview is created and has the TIFF or EPSI format. If an EPS graphic together with other graphics is exported in the EPS format then this file will be embedded unchanged in the new file. Multipage-TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax. -Some $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress options can be accessed through File - Export. See Graphics Export Options for more information. +Some $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress options can be accessed through File - Export. See Graphics Export Options for more information.

PostScript

To export a document or graphic in PostScript format: diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp index 00d4622895..34286e5cce 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ ODF file formats mw changed "file formats;OpenDocument." entry and deleted "file formats;XML". MW made "document types;..." a one level entrymw changed "defaults;..." -XML File Formats +XML File Formats By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format. - The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument. + The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument. OpenDocument file format names %PRODUCTNAME uses the following file formats:

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
In current versions, you can select to save your documents using ODF 1.2 or ODF 1.0/1.1 (for backward compatibility). Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General and select the ODF format version. -If you want to define another file format as the default, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General to find alternative file formats for each $[officename] document type. +If you want to define another file format as the default, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General to find alternative file formats for each $[officename] document type. XML file structure Documents in OpenDocument file format are stored as compressed zip archives that contain XML files. To view these XML files, you can open the OpenDocument file with an unzip program. The following files and directories are contained within the OpenDocument files: diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000099.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000099.xhp index 047e3c20d9..23312138c4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000099.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000099.xhp @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
-Tools Menu - Scenarios +Tools Menu - Scenarios
-On the help page for $[officename] general you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customizing $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag and drop. +On the help page for $[officename] general you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customizing $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag and drop. If you want help with another module, switch to the help for that module with the combo box in the navigation area.
The availability of this function depends on your X Window Manager. diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp index c270af62f3..59835425ca 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp @@ -112,6 +112,6 @@ Specifies that you do not wish to use compression. -See Import and Export Filter Information for more information about filters. +See Import and Export Filter Information for more information about filters. diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp index f118801dae..2f8bc929dd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp @@ -33,6 +33,6 @@ Defines the options for import/export. These dialogs will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected. Character set Select the character set from the options used for import/export. -For further information regarding filters, refer to the topic: Information about Import and Export Filters. +For further information regarding filters, refer to the topic: Information about Import and Export Filters. diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000208.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000208.xhp index 91dfefd914..ec3395dff9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000208.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000208.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Text Import

+

Text Import

Sets the import options for delimited data.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Language

Determines how the number strings are imported. If Language is set to Default (for CSV import) or Automatic (for HTML import), Calc will use the globally set language. If Language is set to a specific language, that language will be used when importing numbers. -When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialog, the global HTML option is ignored. +When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialog, the global HTML option is ignored.

From Row

@@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ Shows how the imported text will look after it is separated into columns. To apply a format to a column when it is imported, click a column and select a Column type. When you select a Column type, the column heading displays the applied format. If you want to use a fixed width to separate the imported data into columns, click in the ruler to set the width boundaries.
-Navigating Without the Mouse -Information about Import and Export Filters. +Navigating Without the Mouse +Information about Import and Export Filters. diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00040500.xhp index ff73e2e0c2..8db256724a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00040500.xhp @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@
- Open Optimize Size dropdown menu from Table bar, click + Open Optimize Size dropdown menu from Table bar, click - Open Optimize Size dropdown menu from Table bar, click + Open Optimize Size dropdown menu from Table bar, click
diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp index 510f1270e7..f46e9eb10c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Showing and Hiding Docked Windows -Every docked window has an icon to control the display properties of the window. +Every docked window has an icon to control the display properties of the window.
To show or hide a docked window, click the icon.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp index e4fc5004c9..1ed91bc382 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-GeneralUFI: this is a tab page of the Gallery. Deleted everything else +GeneralUFI: this is a tab page of the Gallery. Deleted everything else The General tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp index 5482d9bd88..4a8cb0afcb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

New

+

New

Creates a new $[officename] document.
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ - Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer. + Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ - Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a text document in $[officename] Writer. + Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a text document in $[officename] Writer. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ - Creates a master document. + Creates a master document. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp index b71ad52972..c952d12223 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -Master Document +Master Document Use a master document to organize complex projects, such as a book. A master document can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
- Navigator for Master Documents + Navigator for Master Documents
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp index 460914a6e1..86c13b3584 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Labels +Labels Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document. You can print labels using a predefined or a custom paper format. You can also print a single label or an entire sheet of labels.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Creates a new document for editing.
- Creating labels + Creating labels
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp index ebb39cf42e..25f9c92ffd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Labels +Labels Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Address Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten. - To change your return address, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME, and then click on the User Data tab. + To change your return address, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME, and then click on the User Data tab. Database Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Select the brand of paper that you want to use. Each brand has its own size formats. Type - Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format. + Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format. Info The paper type, the dimensions of the label and the labels grid are displayed at the bottom of the Format area. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp index affb01f3eb..a809f5aa75 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Format +Format Set paper formatting options.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp index 6a9f93f7cb..377100ecf6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Options +Options Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ Displays the name of the currently selected printer. Setup - Opens the Printer Setup dialog. + Opens the Printer Setup dialog. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp index 34060e871f..c0255b64f9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Business cards +Business cards Design and create your own business cards. You can choose from a number of pre-defined size formats or create your own.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp index 7f6ef14859..5128cc134e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
- Medium + Medium Select the size of your business card from a number of predefined size formats, or a size format that you specify on the Format tab.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Select the brand of paper that you want to use. Each brand has its own size formats. Type - Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format. + Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format. Info The paper type and the dimensions of the business card are displayed at the bottom of the Format area. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp index 55c7005bd7..bf68385b54 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Business Cards +Business Cards Define the appearance of your business cards.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp index 36fa607f9f..9eb78772a8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-Private +Private Contains personal contact information for business cards. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.removed switched note about autotext not supplied with OOo
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp index de1db7d56f..cf15ad654e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Business +Business Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp index 11fe5e2dc2..e5c0346a40 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ -

Open, Insert text

+

Open, Insert text

Opens a local or remote file, or inserts text from a file. Opening multiple files is possible.
@@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ As native file picker dialogs of the window manager of your operating system. As built-in %PRODUCTNAME file picker dialogs. - Use %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - General to shift from one to the other. + Use %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - General to shift from one to the other.
- If the file that you want to open contains styles, special rules apply. + If the file that you want to open contains styles, special rules apply.

Folder selection

Pick up your preferred folder from the pull-down list or type its path name. Autocomplete function can be used to ease typing. - Connect to a server using the File Services dialog.
Select a parent folder from the folder path with Icon Open.
+ Connect to a server using the File Services dialog.
Select a parent folder from the folder path with Icon Open.
Add a subfolder to the current folder with create new folder.
@@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ To retain the styles that are currently used in the document, click Keep Old Styles. - %PRODUCTNAME recognizes templates located in any directory defined for Templates in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths. + %PRODUCTNAME recognizes templates located in any directory defined for Templates in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths. If a document was created using a template that cannot be found, a dialog is shown that asks you how to proceed next time the document is opened. To break the link between the document and the missing template, click No, otherwise %PRODUCTNAME will look for the template the next time you open the document. When you use File - Save As and select a template filter to save a template in a directory that is not specified in the Templates path, then the documents based on that template will not be checked.
- Opening Documents - Import and Export Filters + Opening Documents + Import and Export Filters diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp index cdfa8ae21f..c97aa13a0e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ remote file; open open; remote file -Open Remote +Open Remote Opens a document located in a remote file service.
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
A remote file server is a web service that stores documents with or without checkin, checkout, version controls and backups.
- Opening and saving files in remote servers + Opening and saving files in remote servers
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp index 627d84353c..5b94e5a8fe 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Path: Enter or select the path from the list.
- Open dialog + Open dialog
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp index f51a544bd9..91a161a314 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp @@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ closing;documents mw deleted "backing window" -

Close

+

Close

Closes the current document without exiting the program.
The Close command closes all open windows of the current document. -If you have made changes to the current document, you are prompted if you want to save your changes. +If you have made changes to the current document, you are prompted if you want to save your changes. no longer the default: id="par_id3159399" If you open a document for printing, and do not make any changes, you are still prompted to save your changes when you close the document. This is because $[officename] keeps track of when a document is printed. When you close the last open document window, you see the Start Center.
- Close the current window - Exit $[officename] + Close the current window + Exit $[officename]
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp index 4497a57cfe..74dcaa5b1b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Save +Save Saves the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp index eaf8edfd48..8cf3b88cd4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ remote file; save save; remote file -Save Remote... +Save Remote... Saves a document located in a remote file service.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
A remote file server is a web service that stores documents with or without checkin, checkout, version controls and backups.
- Opening and saving files in remote servers + Opening and saving files in remote servers
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp index e562f09264..cb642c56db 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ save; save a copy save a copy
-Save a Copy +Save a Copy Saves a copy of the actual document with another name or location.
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@
- Save - Save as - Export + Save + Save as + Export
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp index 31bf6aa909..6bb72bca4d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -Save As +Save As Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

File name

-Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL +Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

File type

-Select the file format for the document that you are saving. In the display area, only the documents with this file type are displayed. File types are described in Information on Import and Export Filters. +Select the file format for the document that you are saving. In the display area, only the documents with this file type are displayed. File types are described in Information on Import and Export Filters.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

Save with password

-Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file. +Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file. Only documents using the %PRODUCTNAME XML-based format can be saved with a password.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
- Export of Text Files + Export of Text Files
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp index 47d6924c68..62694619f4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ exporting;to foreign formats
MW deleted "document types;..." -Export +Export Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp index 6c8cb6f405..2bb196f7ad 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Export as; PDF Export as; EPUB -

Export As

+

Export As

Export the document in PDF or EPUB formats.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp index 776b210806..09cd5adec9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-

Properties +

Properties

Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created. UFI: removed a note diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp index d9022d3eeb..8446ea367d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Description

+

Description

Contains descriptive information about the document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp index 6caca3d77b..92c1650c13 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ -

General

+

General

Contains basic information about the current file.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp index 09f48ae411..4099ac4e1a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-Custom Properties +Custom Properties Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp index d38ae235a8..1a2cf0ede4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ -

Statistics

+

Statistics

Displays statistics for the current file.
-Some statistic values can be used as variables in formulas. +Some statistic values can be used as variables in formulas.

Pages:

Number of pages in the file.

Tables:Sheets:

-Number of tables in the file.Number of sheets in the file. This statistic does not include tables that were inserted as OLE objects. +Number of tables in the file.Number of sheets in the file. This statistic does not include tables that were inserted as OLE objects. @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@

Images:

- Number of images in the file. This statistic does not include images that were inserted as OLE objects. + Number of images in the file. This statistic does not include images that were inserted as OLE objects.

OLE Objects:

- Number of OLE objects in the file, including tables and graphics that were inserted as OLE objects. + Number of OLE objects in the file, including tables and graphics that were inserted as OLE objects.

Paragraphs:

Number of paragraphs, including blank paragraphs, in the file.

Words:

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp index ef09eda2d3..8f9e8c88eb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ -Security +Security Sets password options for the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp index a64aa44224..974f00b4f8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Templates

+

Templates

Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp index 132d6209fc..d03214baae 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

Save as Template

+

Save as Template

Saves the current document as a template.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp index a658c2ff43..98574b95c1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Edit Template

+

Edit Template

Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp index f29e4d5909..40ee9b7ae1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ -

Print

+

Print

Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document. The printing options can vary according to the printer and the operating system that you use.
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ The settings that you define in the Print dialog are valid only for the current print job that you start by clicking the Print button. is this true for Printer Settings, too?If you want to change some options permanently, open %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print. - To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for text documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print. - To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for spreadsheet documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print. - To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for presentation documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Print. + To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for text documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print. + To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for spreadsheet documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print. + To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for presentation documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Print. Press Shift+F1 or choose Help - What's This? and point to any control element in the Print dialog to see an extended help text. @@ -368,6 +368,6 @@

Unix hints

- You can also use the Printer Settings to specify additional printer options. + You can also use the Printer Settings to specify additional printer options. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp index 3d6904c18d..74d8c0aab3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -Printer Settings +Printer Settings Select the default printer for the current document and change printing options.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp index 66c7a327b1..631c07aa09 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
-Send +Send Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
-Email Document +Email Document New menu commands, see #i46895 and #i63793UFI: New commands all have the same Help IDs, but different names Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used. @@ -66,13 +66,13 @@ UFI: removed 2 help ids -Create Master Document +Create Master Document -Create HTML Document +Create HTML Document -Create AutoAbstract +Create AutoAbstract diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp index 48d9efd280..66243ba293 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-The Navigator appears after you create a master document. To edit a sub-document, double-click the name of a sub-document in the Navigator. +The Navigator appears after you create a master document. To edit a sub-document, double-click the name of a sub-document in the Navigator.

File name

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp index e1cb9ae689..b641c083d2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ exiting;$[officename] mw made "exiting..." a two level entry -

Exit %PRODUCTNAME

+

Exit %PRODUCTNAME

Closes all %PRODUCTNAME programs and prompts you to save your changes. This command does not exist on macOS systems.
-Close the current document +Close the current document
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp index e6ba96dbd6..f0ec541ad8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
-Save All +Save All Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
-If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the Save As dialog appears. +If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the Save As dialog appears. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp index d178b3cf69..a462390142 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Versions +Versions Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.
@@ -66,6 +66,6 @@ Deletes the selected version. Compare - Compare the changes that were made in each version. If you want, you can Manage Changes. + Compare the changes that were made in each version. If you want, you can Manage Changes. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp index c4575f3878..b9a88302bf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Recent Documents +Recent Documents Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp index 3ed657d0fc..b96ed31d9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Undo

+

Undo

Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp index 5794607ab2..49e89d657a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ mw made "restoring..." a two level entry -Redo +Redo Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp index 3e9dcb4b14..d13677fd2a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Repeat +Repeat Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
UFI: had to remove switch construct because help-ids don't work any more inside switches, see i47727 diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp index 8c52d12220..99dd1ef2b4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ clipboard; cutting
-Cut +Cut Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp index da25d06a11..79f374a8e6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ copying; in Unix -Copy +Copy Copies the selection to the clipboard.
Each time you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp index 27993e859e..95ee670fcb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ -Paste +Paste Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.UFI: text used for icon and menu

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp index 802711c848..891cd55906 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-

Paste Special

+

Paste Special

Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Link

Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the "Paste All" option is also selected. -You can also link sheets within the same spreadsheet. When you link to other files, a DDE link is automatically created. A DDE link is inserted as a matrix formula and can only be modified as a whole. +You can also link sheets within the same spreadsheet. When you link to other files, a DDE link is automatically created. A DDE link is inserted as a matrix formula and can only be modified as a whole.

Shift Cells

Set the shift options for the target cells when the clipboard content is inserted. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp index af99cede0c..9e9fb47b64 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Select All +Select All Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
To select all of the cells on a sheet, click the button at the intersection of the column and row header in the top left corner of the sheet. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp index cd4591fa41..20ada2481d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

- Find & Replace + Find & Replace

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Ext help text not found within switches. Solution: Keep switched text for normal

- Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms. + Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Ext help text not found within switches. Solution: Keep switched text for normal
- Searching in Japanese + Searching in Japanese

Diacritic-sensitive

Searches exact match, does not include Unicode combining marks in search. For example, searching for كتب will not match كَتَبَ or كُتُب or كتِب and so on. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Ext help text not found within switches. Solution: Keep switched text for normal

- Attributes + Attributes

@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Ext help text not found within switches. Solution: Keep switched text for normal

- Format + Format

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp index 84de88ea18..427b4e6d06 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ -For a full list of supported metacharacters and syntax, see ICU Regular Expressions documentation +For a full list of supported metacharacters and syntax, see ICU Regular Expressions documentation Regular expression terms can be combined to form complex and sophisticated regular expressions for searches as show in the following examples.

Examples

@@ -408,8 +408,8 @@ -Wiki page about regular expressions in Writer -Wiki page about regular expressions in Calc +Wiki page about regular expressions in Writer +Wiki page about regular expressions in Calc
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp index 5126599997..45c8b23d96 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Similarity Search

+

Similarity Search

Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp index 04d1c03dd8..c4b7dda40f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
-Attributes +Attributes
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp index 2d833132b7..e1beca7670 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ DDE links; modifying changing; DDE links -Modify DDE Links - Change the properties for the selected DDE link. +Modify DDE Links + Change the properties for the selected DDE link.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Lists the application that last saved the source file. %PRODUCTNAME applications have the server name soffice. File -Path to the source file. Relative paths must be expressed by full URI, for example, with file://. +Path to the source file. Relative paths must be expressed by full URI, for example, with file://. Category Lists the section or object that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section or object here. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp index b7f4622fdf..ac864cc2b5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

OLE Object

+

OLE Object

Lets you edit a selected OLE object that you inserted from the Insert - OLE Object submenu.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp index 6eff7e2d5c..0add8f24b7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
objects; editingediting; objects -

Edit

+

Edit

Lets you edit a selected OLE object that you inserted with the Insert – OLE Object command.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp index fb37213978..04f517125f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ objects; opening opening; objects -

Open

+

Open

Opens the selected OLE object with the program that the object was created in.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp index ee52fea7b2..86942653ab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Floating Frame Properties

+

Floating Frame Properties

Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp index e0e8d6ce5c..117b33a9a9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp @@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser. If you do not enter any text, the Address is displayed.

Frame:

Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name from the list. - List of frame types + List of frame types

Graphic View

don't hide the imagemap if extended tips are onDisplays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
- Controlling the ImageMap Editor With the Keyboard + Controlling the ImageMap Editor With the Keyboard
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp index 33d2424920..1cf241bc1a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Track Changes

+

Track Changes

Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
@@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ -

Manage

+

Manage

-

Comment

+

Comment

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp index ac239901f9..611b1d1162 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Record Changes

+

Record Changes

Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@
-If you choose Edit - Track Changes - Show, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes in the Options dialog box. +If you choose Edit - Track Changes - Show, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes in the Options dialog box. -You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes in the Options dialog box. +You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes in the Options dialog box. The following changes are tracked when the record changes command is active: diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp index 2b004d63ee..e25cbd0ccd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Protect Changes

+

Protect Changes

Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp index d4b5946150..8a32ea1f6a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

Show Track Changes

+

Show Track Changes

Shows or hides recorded changes.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ On the Track Changes toolbar, click
-You can change the display properties of the markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes in the Options dialog box. +You can change the display properties of the markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes in the Options dialog box. When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a Tip displays the author and the date and time that the change was made. If the Extended Tips are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The commands below are available in the Track Changes toolbar only.

All Changes Inline

- The default. Insertions and deletions are displayed in the contents according to the settings in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes. + The default. Insertions and deletions are displayed in the contents according to the settings in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes.

Deletions in Margin

Show the deleted contents in the margin. Insertions are displayed in the contents.

Insertions in Margin

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp index 17781eec26..fd2c6174c4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp @@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
You can attach a comment when the cursor is in a changed text passagethe changed cell is selected , or in the Manage Changes dialog. -Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the Manage Changes dialog. +Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the Manage Changes dialog. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp index 74c01210d0..107b773128 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-

Manage changes

+

Manage changes

Accept or reject recorded changes.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp index a14aeca213..e94c0ae56f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ -

List

+

List

Accept or reject individual changes.
-The List tab displays all of the changes that were recorded in the current document. If you want to filter this list, click the Filter tab, and then select your filter criteria. If the list contains nested changes, the dependencies are shown regardless of the filter. +The List tab displays all of the changes that were recorded in the current document. If you want to filter this list, click the Filter tab, and then select your filter criteria. If the list contains nested changes, the dependencies are shown regardless of the filter. Nested changes occur where changes made by different authors overlap. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp index 81ea076aa2..6571192e20 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
-

Filter

-Set the criteria for filtering the list of changes on the List tab. +

Filter

+Set the criteria for filtering the list of changes on the List tab. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Comment

Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter. -You can also use regular expressions (wildcards) when you filter the comments. +You can also use regular expressions (wildcards) when you filter the comments.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp index 1dccf43d98..db894918c4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Merge Document

+

Merge Document

Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored. Identical changes are merged automatically.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp index 8fef7ab09e..43a4d601a4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Compare Document

+

Compare Document

Compares the current document with a document that you select. The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialog that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking Reject, and then clicking Insert. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp index 7f5ab8924d..0d0438508b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Bibliography Database +Bibliography Database
Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp index aba97469d1..0203ddb970 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ standard bar on/off mw made "standard bar;..." a one level entry -Standard Bar +Standard Bar Shows or hides the Standard bar.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp index 64214960f5..79d47d8126 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ tools bar -

Tools Bar

+

Tools Bar

Shows or hides the Tools bar.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp index f6cc05e2b0..b142d8d71d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Status Bar

+

Status Bar

Shows or hides the Status bar at the bottom edge of the window.
@@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ - Status Bar - Overview - Status Bar - Overview - Status Bar - Overview - Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp index cc5c2a17ee..fe9ccfe23c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ views;full screen -Full Screen +Full Screen Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button or press the Esc key.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp index 566b402745..3cf76d44c4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ paint box -

Color Bar

+

Color Bar

Show or hide the Color bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp index 4e111c6ec4..fc463da9f5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@
-Toolbars +Toolbars Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars. A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands.
-Customize +Customize Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons. Reset diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp index 6c1d98a5fe..edd088fd71 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp @@ -29,18 +29,18 @@
-

Scan

+

Scan

Inserts a scanned image into your document.
-To insert a scanned image, the driver for your scanner must be installed. Under UNIX systems, install the SANE package found at http://www.sane-project.org. The SANE package must use the same libc as $[officename]. +To insert a scanned image, the driver for your scanner must be installed. Under UNIX systems, install the SANE package found at http://www.sane-project.org. The SANE package must use the same libc as $[officename].
-

Select Source

+

Select Source

-

Request

+

Request

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp index 27f19fea92..c5e9f3b6d4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Image

+

Image

Opens a file selection dialog to insert an image into the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp index 6aa60e3a96..7629753c83 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@
-

OLE Object

+

OLE Object

Inserts an embedded or linked object into your document, including formulas, QR codes, and OLE objects.
-

Formula Object

+

Formula Object

-

OLE Object

+

OLE Object

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp index 2e5a031aa7..e756fc1e9d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Insert OLE Object

- Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object. + Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp index 246d42a8a8..d59eb09fb4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
- Formulas + Formulas
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp index f7cc60a5d2..ef73456ec2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
If you want to create HTML pages that use floating frames, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML compatibility, and then select the "MS Internet Explorer" option. The floating frame is bounded by <IFRAME> and </IFRAME> tags.
-Floating frame properties +Floating frame properties
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp index 60f92c07bf..fca64d9906 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Data Sources +Data Sources Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ You can insert fields from a database into your file or you can create forms to access the database.
-Table Data bar +Table Data bar -Forms +Forms
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp index 510f4451e6..b250f9eb44 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Media

+

Media

The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp index 924933b2a0..2c916da5ab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -

Clear Direct Formatting

+

Clear Direct Formatting

Removes direct formatting from the selection.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp index 130bce205c..465e71005b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -

Hyperlink

+

Hyperlink

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-Character Style +Character Style
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp index 9bdc2cfa9e..3a326cc01f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-

CharactersFont

+

CharactersFont

Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@
-Asian languages support -Complex text layout support +Asian languages support +Complex text layout support
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp index e714aaf963..7d63481aca 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ufi inserted "fonts;colors"MW copied two entries about font colors to text/shared/guide/text_colormw added 3 index entries about ignored font colors -

Font Effects

+

Font Effects

Specify the font effects that you want to use.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
-The text color is ignored when printing, if the Print text in black check box is selected in %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print in the Options dialog box. +The text color is ignored when printing, if the Print text in black check box is selected in %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print in the Options dialog box. The text color is ignored on screen, if the Use automatic font color for screen display check box is selected in %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp index f3ad875226..d957bf8821 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
-

Numbers

+

Numbers

Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
-

Numbers / Format

+

Numbers / Format

Specify the formatting option for the selected variable.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
- Number format codes: custom format codes defined by user. + Number format codes: custom format codes defined by user.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp index 6cfb83564f..5abf15e519 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ mw made "time formats" a two level entry and deleted 2x "formats;" -Number Format Codes +Number Format Codes Number format codes can consist of up to four sections separated by a semicolon (;). diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp index f1887d0e59..129a7d117d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ -Hyperlink +Hyperlink Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink. A hyperlink is a link to a file on the Internet or on your local system. -You can also assign or edit a named HTML anchor, or Bookmark, that refers to a specific place in a document. +You can also assign or edit a named HTML anchor, or Bookmark, that refers to a specific place in a document.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Specify the properties for the hyperlink. URL -Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame. +Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame. Browse @@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ Unvisited links Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
-Hyperlink dialog -Assign macro +Hyperlink dialog +Assign macro
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp index 357a6ab63e..1fd1518943 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
-Font Position -Position +Font Position +Position Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the text in the spin button. To increase the spacing, set a positive value; to reduce it, set a negative value. -Pair kerning +Pair kerning Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations. Kerning is only available for certain font types and requires that your printer support this option. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp index f4ed7f2812..f938058abd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Asian Layout +Asian Layout Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp index 4455f638f5..258abe805a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Asian Typography +Asian Typography Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area. The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents.
@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ Line change Set the options for line breaks in Asian language documents. Apply list of forbidden characters to the beginning and end of line -Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line. To edit the list of restricted characters, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Asian Layout. +Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line. To edit the list of restricted characters, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Asian Layout. Allow hanging punctuation Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin. Apply spacing between Asian and non-Asian text Inserts a space between ideographic and alphabetic text.
-Enabling Asian language support +Enabling Asian language support
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp index 81156dc741..f1853f4492 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-The paragraph style for the current paragraph is displayed at the Formatting toolbar, and is highlighted in the Styles window. +The paragraph style for the current paragraph is displayed at the Formatting toolbar, and is highlighted in the Styles window. UFI: changed name of bar diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp index 9375088d2e..26a856fcaf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@
mw deleted "footnote spacings" and added "paragraphs;spacing" -

Indents and Spacing

+

Indents and Spacing

Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
To change the measurement units used in this dialog, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General , and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. -You can also set indents using the ruler. To display the ruler, choose View - Ruler. +You can also set indents using the ruler. To display the ruler, choose View - Ruler.
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
- Printing with Page line-spacing + Printing with Page line-spacing
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp index 557b654f02..2778f20c5c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Tabs +Tabs Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
If you want, you can also use the ruler to set the tab positions. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp index cc696c88c9..197b9aa149 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Borders

+

Borders

Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp index 35933dfe1e..5537b5469a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
MW deleted "text;" -

Alignment

+

Alignment

Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Snap to text grid (if active) -Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose Format - Page Style - Text Grid. +Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose Format - Page Style - Text Grid.

Text-to-text

Alignment

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp index 303287ff39..c760c7ecdc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
-Crop +Crop Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp index ccfe8b328a..6ef5c49e9b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Organizer

+

Organizer

Set the options for the selected style.
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
- Update Style + Update Style
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp index f9359b3eb2..083331fbfd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-

SlidePage

+

SlidePage

Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
@@ -181,10 +181,10 @@
-Changing measurement units +Changing measurement units -Printing with Page line-spacing (register-true) +Printing with Page line-spacing (register-true)
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp index 2b65432410..3c2f1d2fd6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Header

+

Header

Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
If you want, you can also add borders or a background fill to a header. @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@

Edit

Add or edit header text. - Add or edit header text. + Add or edit header text.
- Headers - Changing measurement units - Borders - Area + Headers + Changing measurement units + Borders + Area
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp index a1c89a7d16..5c8e33930d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ If you want, you can also add borders or a background fill to a footer. @@ -99,13 +99,13 @@

Edit

Add or edit footer text. - Add or edit footer text. + Add or edit footer text.
- Footers - Changing measurement units - Borders - Area + Footers + Changing measurement units + Borders + Area
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp index f6e7055e1b..da4e1ad8d9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Asian Phonetic Guide +Asian Phonetic Guide Allows you to add comments next to Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Character Style for ruby text Select a character style for the ruby text. Styles -Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar +Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar Styles deck of the Sidebar where you can select a character style for the ruby text. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp index ab4757d776..9ab4a2f137 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ ordering; objects -

Align Objects

+

Align Objects

Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
If one of the selected objects is anchored as a character, some of the alignment options do not work. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp index 781329f526..6a583f1831 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Align Left +Align Left Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.UFI: this help id .uno:alignleft is also called from Calc, where it has a different function
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp index feac83fce3..1a1c899184 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Center Horizontal

+

Center Horizontal

Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp index 67ee6afd05..ebc722b07d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp index 2009480ef6..0473b9f9d3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Align Top +Align Top Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp index e0abeb02de..986ed196cd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Align Vertical Center +Align Vertical Center Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp index 0b51adde55..2053937c16 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Align Bottom +Align Bottom Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp index 11d2fa015d..c66535079c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ aligning; text objects text objects; alignment -Alignment (Text Objects) +Alignment (Text Objects) Set the alignment options for the current selection.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp index 6e1a70137c..d7b870cd1f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Left +Left Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp index 24a8c6d90f..a407a0e90e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp index 24aae31457..0fd4520f3b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Center +Center Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp index 4464934abe..df88ef563a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Justify +Justify Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment. removed link, see i62789
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp index 45aef3cc62..b0fa0e97ad 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- fonts; text objectstext objects; fontsFont + fonts; text objectstext objects; fontsFont Set the font options for the selected text.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp index 47f35b5e93..a4c2c02345 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ text; font sizes font sizes; text -Size +Size Set the font size for the selected text.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp index 5598fc26ec..c4f06e6cad 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ merge/merging cells -

Merge Cells

+

Merge Cells

Combines the contents of the selected cells into a single cell, retaining the formatting of the first cell in the selection.moved from swriter/01/05100100.xhp, see i86644
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp index 13c8281e57..980a3e8672 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
This section moved from /text/calc/01/05100200.xhp and updated for tdf#33749 -

Unmerge Cells

+

Unmerge Cells

Divides previously merged cells back to the original cells. If the original cells had content that was kept when merged that content is restored.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
-

Split Cells

+

Split Cells

Displays the Split Cells Dialog where the split can be defined as either horizontally or vertically and the number the each cell will be split into.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp index 68d0095dbc..58b284bc6a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Top +Top Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp index 75ef4719ec..14857a22f5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Center (vertical) +Center (vertical) Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp index 5e247a6b19..80b8c2c79d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Bottom +Bottom Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp index d37c45d399..5e7aef71a3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ text; font styles fonts; styles -Style +Style Use this command to quickly apply font styles to a text selection.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp index 5e596362e7..d043b7d286 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ characters; bold -

Bold

+

Bold

Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp index 8b41ca1ab2..fcfbe84772 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ characters; italics -

Italic

+

Italic

Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp index 528dc23fac..a321b0c08c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
characters;underliningunderlining;characters -

Underline

+

Underline

Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@
If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is underlined.
-

Single Underline

+

Single Underline

Underlines the selected text with a single line.
-

Double Underline

+

Double Underline

Underlines the selected text with two lines.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp index ba165143cf..0e4c585a53 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
strikethrough;characters -

Strikethrough

+

Strikethrough

Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp index 854d5c5fc4..c718ebed1b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ shadows;characters, using context menu -Shadows +Shadows Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp index 66b9592134..01a34760e7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ table rows;distribute height equally row height;distribute equally -

Distribute Rows Evenly

+

Distribute Rows Evenly

Adjust the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp index 4f984f536b..3e9f9622cd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
UFI. removed 2 help ids -

Superscript

+

Superscript

Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp index 0a162b8806..18b62e2cd2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Subscript

+

Subscript

Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp index d1d988d361..cb3b95ca41 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ text; line spacing -

Line Spacing

+

Line Spacing

Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-Indents and Spacing +Indents and Spacing
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp index 91d039beb9..61d061797a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Single Line

+

Single Line

Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp index 958d738c1a..29d6eb33e6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

1.5 Lines

+

1.5 Lines

Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp index 10af87546d..bb4d0f62ef 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Double (Line)

+

Double (Line)

Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp index ebe6ed16e4..02000b0ec2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ table columns;distribute columns evenly column width;distribute evenly -

Distribute Columns Evenly

+

Distribute Columns Evenly

Adjust the width of selected table columns so that each column has the same width. The table width and unselected columns remain unchanged.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp index fdfb4fead5..44d982c74f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp @@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ - Styles in Calc + Styles in Calc - Styles in Impress + Styles in Impress - Styles + Styles
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp index 43d7898f8f..5643c6ba25 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@

Description

Enter a longer description of the object, especially if the object is too complex or contains too much detail to be described adequately with the short Text Alternative. Use Description to add additional information to the short description found in Text Alternative. This text is available for use by assistive technologies. - For images, Text Alternative and Description are exported with an appropriate tag in HTML and PDF format (remember to enable the Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA) option in PDF export). + For images, Text Alternative and Description are exported with an appropriate tag in HTML and PDF format (remember to enable the Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA) option in PDF export).
-Options in Object Properties +Options in Object Properties
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp index 96d9367322..fe9c509979 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Line +Line Sets the formatting options for the selected line. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp index e16b9c75ba..24acdbb6cd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Line

+

Line

Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

Keep ratio

Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.

Arrow styles

-You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the Arrow Styles tab of this dialog. +You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the Arrow Styles tab of this dialog.

Style

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp index c6ad692c1a..00784834ce 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Line Styles

+

Line Styles

Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp index 4f30b1f52c..24d63aeb55 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp @@ -28,10 +28,10 @@
-

Arrow Styles

+

Arrow Styles

Edit or create arrow styles.
-You can add arrow styles to the start or end of a line using the Line tab of the Line dialog. +You can add arrow styles to the start or end of a line using the Line tab of the Line dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp index ac2ad7f180..de8a7c1e4d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Area +Area Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp index 4fd88fdbe7..61ceec3d94 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
-

+

AreaBackground

Set the fill options for the selected drawing object or document element. This is not only for drawing objects, but pages, paragraphs and others too. Need better wording @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ -

Gradient

+

Gradient

Fills the object with a gradient selected on this page. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ -

Hatch

+

Hatch

Fills the object with a hatching pattern selected on this page. You can quickly select fill options from the list boxes on the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp index 108aa9b62f..ce9af676ae 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ document colors;palette
-

Colors

+

Colors

Select a color to apply, save the current color list, or load a different color list.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

Hex

The color value in hexadecimal notation. You can enter the hexadecimal value in the Hex text box.

Pick

- Opens the color picker dialog for a graphical selection of the desired color. + Opens the color picker dialog for a graphical selection of the desired color.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp index cc3ffdb49a..26e7f09d66 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Gradients

+

Gradients

Select a gradient, modify the properties of a gradient, or save a new gradient.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp index 6df6d0e57c..01b3475c0b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Hatch

+

Hatch

Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save a new hatching pattern.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp index 772cdbde2e..6fbde9c809 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Image

+

Image

Select an image that you want to use as a fill image, or add your own image pattern.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp index da8d71c12c..053bd0180b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Shadow

+

Shadow

Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp index 34f1007a33..16724cdefe 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Transparency

+

Transparency

Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp index 5bfdc50bd2..1682745eee 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -

Pattern

+

Pattern

Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.

Pattern

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp index 32d64678bb..546e9809cc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Text

+

Text

Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp index 99596483d7..59e799b0a1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Position and Size +Position and Size Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp index 8085a12182..0acfdce8ca 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -

Position and Size

+

Position and Size

Resizes or moves the selected object.
@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@
-Positioning Objects +Positioning Objects -Rotating Objects +Rotating Objects -Rotation +Rotation
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp index 8f3720ac16..40b49d35f6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Rotation

+

Rotation

Rotates the selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp index d7868ccb10..320589f2a8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ mw made "slanting;..." a one level entry -

Slant & Corner Radius

+

Slant & Corner Radius

Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp index 78061b664f..4e99907ac1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ captions, see also labels/callouts names, see also labels/callouts mw made "labeling..." a two level entry and added 3 "see also" references -Callout +Callout Specify the properties of the selected callout.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp index eda40485f0..68afdecd46 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ flipping draw objects -Flip +Flip Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp index 5265448247..f18d130e74 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Vertically +Vertically Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp index 79070464e8..07fe0b989f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Horizontally +Horizontally Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp index 9f380e709b..9cc2ef50b7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -Arrange +Arrange Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp index 6a4163d9fd..6a52293583 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
-Bring to Front +Bring to Front Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
- Layer + Layer
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp index 3cee57d77c..daa4e63013 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
-Bring Forward +Bring Forward Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
-Layer +Layer
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp index fd9028183b..9e3a50dce3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
-Send Backward +Send Backward Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
-Layer +Layer
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp index 8af4f5e366..e8b426c6fd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
-Send to Back +Send to Back Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
- Layer + Layer
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp index c0b4a5bccf..c4eba7a545 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-To Foreground +To Foreground Moves the selected object in front of text.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
-Layer +Layer
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp index bebbd2dc3f..2e9c06061f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-To Background +To Background Moves the selected object behind text.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-Layer +Layer
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp index 18b1377cde..15c61564dc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Anchor

+

Anchor

Shows anchoring options for the selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp index ed03e717d4..6fd6bf315c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

To Page

+

To Page

Anchors the selected object so that it always remains on the current page.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp index ef2b1429ba..442500f075 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

To Paragraph

+

To Paragraph

Anchors the selected object to the current paragraph.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp index ca836d1ff6..23b2203d99 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

To Character

+

To Character

Anchors the selected object to a character. Use the mouse to drag the anchor to the desired character.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp index 96fa1584d2..9ac5af6045 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

To Cell

+

To Cell

Anchors the selected item to a cell. The anchor icon is displayed in the upper left corner of the cell.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp index 69dd84054f..5d972eb18b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

To Frame

+

To Frame

Anchors the selected object to a surrounding frame.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp index 027eadb2c9..9a63e713e2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

As Character

+

As Character

Anchors the selected object as a character in the current text. The height of the current line of text is extended, if the object is above (and/or below) the border for the highest character or object in the current line of text.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp index 7555ae02fa..d997b39673 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Edit Points +Edit Points Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ To edit the shape of a selected drawing object, click the Points icon on the Drawing Bar, and then drag one of the points on the object.
-Edit Points Bar +Edit Points Bar
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp index 1e17776e1e..8ecaf36822 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Fontwork Dialog (for putting text along a curve)

+

Fontwork Dialog (for putting text along a curve)

Simple tool for putting text along a curve without any fancy effects.UFI: see "Fontwork_ui" spec doc. This Fontwork dialog is meant for making text follow a curve. Draw a curve, double-click it and type text into it. With the curve selected, you can now activate the Fontwork command. Access the dialog by choosing Format - Text Box and Shape - FontworkFirst call Tools - Customize to add a menu command or a toolbar button to open the dialog. The Fontwork command is found in the Format category of the Customize dialog. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp index 6500cf74a7..2406c345d0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Group +Group Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ To exit a group, right-click, and then choose Exit Group Group - Exit Group -Group +Group -Ungroup +Ungroup -Enter Group +Enter Group -Exit Group +Exit Group diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp index 0f6c13b669..2a09995c53 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Group +Group Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp index aa760d4b3b..0cc3241577 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Ungroup +Ungroup Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp index c819247d05..5571375a90 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp @@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ -Enter Group +Enter Group Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups. This command does not permanently ungroup the objects.
To select an individual object in a group, hold down CommandCtrl, and then click the object.
- Groups - Exit Group + Groups + Exit Group
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp index 0cc00af871..7932378360 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ -Exit Group +Exit Group Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group. If you are in a nested group, only the nested group is closed.
- Groups - Enter Group + Groups + Enter Group
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp index ade7f9e733..8c87806bf8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Text Animation +Text Animation Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp index c83de7eb8f..04d7c80812 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Text Columns +Text Columns Adds columns to the text in the selected drawing object.
Number of columns diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp index 92f0100430..77b825e445 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Theme +Theme Adds colors to the selected master page.
General diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp index a9f1c6bcb7..52d3d9b228 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Alignment +Alignment Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp index 89a9afd303..9e34c7d442 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ editing; database tables and queries queries; editing in data source view mw deleted "database tables," and changed "tables in databases;" -

Data Sources

+

Data Sources

This section contains information on browsing and editing database tables.
You cannot use the data source browser on a database table that is open in Design view.

Data source browser

-The commands for the data source browser are found on the Table Data bar and in context menus. +The commands for the data source browser are found on the Table Data bar and in context menus.

Selecting records

To select a record in a database table, click the row header, or click a row header, and then use the Up or Down arrow keys. Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields. @@ -190,14 +190,14 @@ Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.

Organizing tables

To access the commands for formatting the table, right-click a column header, or a row header. -

Table Format

+

Table Format

-

Row Height

+

Row Height

-

Column Format

+

Column Format

-

Column Width

+

Column Width

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp index 7890d55973..2f01af09cb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@
-Delete Rows +Delete Rows Deletes the selected row(s).
-This command can be activated only when you select the Edit icon on the Table Data bar or Standard bar. +This command can be activated only when you select the Edit icon on the Table Data bar or Standard bar. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp index e80ee76916..7ca333dc0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Hide Columns +Hide Columns Hides the selected column(s). To display hidden columns, right-click any column header, and then choose Show Columns.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp index 7213169443..32082b40dd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Show Columns +Show Columns Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click All to display all of the hidden columns.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp index f3e2599f08..66678b9223 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

3D Effects

+

3D Effects

Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document or converts a 2D object to 3D.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp index ed822cb086..1b78355490 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Geometry

+

Geometry

Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp index d83dd16980..e239058b62 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Shading

+

Shading

Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp index a158cde618..5d663287cc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Illumination

+

Illumination

Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Color Selection

Select a color for the current light source. -

Select Color in the color dialog

+

Select Color in the color dialog

Ambient light

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Color Selection

Select a color for the ambient light. -

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

Preview

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp index 7c174db791..8a0e42cd63 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Textures

+

Textures

Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+CommandCtrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp index f4c96fc9b2..1cfca4bc08 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Material

+

Material

Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
@@ -56,14 +56,14 @@

Object color

Select the color that you want to apply to the object. -

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

Illumination color

Select the color to illuminate the object. -

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

Specular

@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

Color

Select the color that you want the object to reflect. -

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp index af9f8d314d..5bce5f6614 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
-

Distribute Selection

+

Distribute Selection

Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp index 15aae70bf8..b8ebd4b43d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
UFI: removed 2 help ids -

Text Attributes

+

Text Attributes

Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp index 62d5e2b84f..a49fbcd118 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -

Spelling

+

Spelling

Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors. @@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
- Spelling Options - AutoCorrect Commands - Thesaurus + Spelling Options + AutoCorrect Commands + Thesaurus
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp index 5f0186e93a..80f2f8877d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Thesaurus

+

Thesaurus

Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp index 4d7cda45a8..07117f650a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Color Replacer

+

Color Replacer

Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
You can replace up to four different colors at one time. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp index b05d028795..4136f84b4b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ To apply an AutoCorrect rule, enter the predefined text in the document and press the Spacebar. - To turn off AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Writer choose Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing. Refer to the help page Turning Off AutoCorrect to learn more about deactivating AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Writer. + To turn off AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Writer choose Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing. Refer to the help page Turning Off AutoCorrect to learn more about deactivating AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Writer. To apply AutoCorrect to an entire text document, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. - To turn off AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, go to Tools - AutoCorrect Options and uncheck all items in the Options and Localized Options tabs. Refer to the help page Turning Off AutoCorrect to learn more about deactivating AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Calc. + To turn off AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, go to Tools - AutoCorrect Options and uncheck all items in the Options and Localized Options tabs. Refer to the help page Turning Off AutoCorrect to learn more about deactivating AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Calc. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
- AutoCorrect + AutoCorrect
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp index ca1b2a2ee3..7871b5ee14 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ -

Options

+

Options

Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

[M] and [T] options

Use replacement table

- If you type a letter combination that matches a shortcut in the replacement table, the letter combination is replaced with the replacement text. + If you type a letter combination that matches a shortcut in the replacement table, the letter combination is replaced with the replacement text.

Correct TWo INitial CApitals

If you type two uppercase letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second uppercase letter is automatically replaced with a lowercase letter. No corrections are made to entries found in an applicable spelling dictionary. @@ -86,9 +86,9 @@

Automatic *bold*, /italic/, -strikeout- and _underline_

Automatically applies bold, italic, strikethrough or underline formatting to text enclosed by asterisks (*), slashes (/), hyphens (-), and underscores (_), respectively. These characters disappear after the formatting is applied. - This feature does not work if the formatting characters * / - _ are entered with an Input Method Editor. + This feature does not work if the formatting characters * / - _ are entered with an Input Method Editor.

URL Recognition

- Automatically creates a hyperlink when you type a URL. + Automatically creates a hyperlink when you type a URL. UFI: moved "replace 1st" to Localized Options tab page, cws cbosdo01

Replace DashesUFI: changed switches, added table, #61325#

UFI: see i73558 for name: not the dashes are replaced but the hyphens (or even better the minus signs) Replaces one or two hyphens with a long dash (see the following table). @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
- AutoCorrect Commands + AutoCorrect Commands
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp index 009be77498..445947e850 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -

Replace

+

Replace

Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
To enable the replacement table, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options, click the Options tab, and then select Use replacement table. To use the replacement table while you type, check Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp index 154becdcf4..9a1f8d129b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Exceptions

+

Exceptions

Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
The exceptions that you define depend on the current language setting. If you want, you can change the language setting by selecting a different language in the Replacements and exceptions for language box. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

AutoInclude

Adds autocorrected abbreviations or autocorrected words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions, if the autocorrection is immediately undone by pressing CommandCtrl+Z. -This feature is relevant when the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option or the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option are selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialog, and Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing is enabled. +This feature is relevant when the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option or the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option are selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialog, and Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing is enabled. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp index 6cfcb465c9..22a7e61273 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Localized Options +Localized Options Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text.
@@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ Start quote -Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. +Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. End quote -Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. +Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. Default diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp index 54be0e695f..e374c8effd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

Spelling

-Opens the Spelling dialog. +Opens the Spelling dialog. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp index f3a792c443..1829641a2d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
- Word Completion + Word Completion Set the options for completing frequently occurring words while you type.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp index 8bb8d8d218..fc26e59641 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Bullets and Numbering

+

Bullets and Numbering

Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph or to selected paragraphs, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp index d912826a41..09258447e9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Unordered

+

Unordered

Displays different bullet types that you can apply to a list.
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@

Selection

Click the bullet type that you want to use.
- Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) - Customize tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Customize tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp index 9a9e9cd914..b66c5d73c1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Ordered

+

Ordered

Displays different numbering schemes that you can apply.
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@

Selection

Click the numbering that you want to use.
- Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) - Customize tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Customize tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp index b6e0213362..71fb71e02e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -

Outline

+

Outline

Displays the different formats that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@

Selection

Click the outline format that you want to use.
-Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) -Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp index be7c326cd2..4f41b643ea 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Image

+

Image

Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in an unordered list.
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@

Link graphics

If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
- Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) - Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp index 25460f6759..c495298c81 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -

Customize

+

Customize

Sets the formatting options for ordered or unordered lists. If you want, you can apply formatting to individual levels in the list hierarchy.
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Character Style

- Select the Character Style that you want to use in an ordered list. To create or edit a Character Style, open the Styles window, click the Character Styles icon, right-click a style, and then choose New. + Select the Character Style that you want to use in an ordered list. To create or edit a Character Style, open the Styles window, click the Character Styles icon, right-click a style, and then choose New.

Show sublevels diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp index 8bcf416791..c08b911ab1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Position

+

Position

Set indent, spacing, and alignment options for numbering symbols, such as numbers or bullets, to ordered and unordered lists.

do we have a how-to for numbering/bullets/outlines with/without styles? seems we really need one @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

Position and Spacing

-This page shows the position controls used in all versions of %PRODUCTNAME Writer. Some documents (produced by other applications) use another method for positioning and spacing. Opening such documents will show the position controls documented in Position for List styles (legacy).see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt +This page shows the position controls used in all versions of %PRODUCTNAME Writer. Some documents (produced by other applications) use another method for positioning and spacing. Opening such documents will show the position controls documented in Position for List styles (legacy).see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt

Aligned at

Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned. @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@
-Position for List styles (legacy) -Paragraph alignment -Indenting Paragraphs +Position for List styles (legacy) +Paragraph alignment +Indenting Paragraphs
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp index 0f3d82a03f..492e9b6061 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

%PRODUCTNAME Basic Macros

+

%PRODUCTNAME Basic Macros

Opens a dialog to organize macros. UFI: it is not the dialog to run a macro
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Runs or saves the current macro.

Assign

-Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event. +Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.

Edit

@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

New Module

Saves the recorded macro in a new module. -

Organizer

+

Organizer

Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp index 9731426c34..afb32b3823 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Macros

+

Macros

Lets you record or organize and edit macros.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp index efc1e878c3..3709e4bcf7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Record Macro +Record Macro Records a new macro. Only available, if macro recording feature is enabled in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp index ab60521385..fb1fc0bc5f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Basic Macro selector

+

Basic Macro selector

Selects the Basic macro to run. Locate the macro by selecting the container, library, module and macro name.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp index 44d2ef09eb..d7ca0890ff 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.

Password

-Assigns or edits the password for the selected library. +Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.

New

Creates a new library. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp index 336a98d1cd..9c59d42c5b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Menus

+

Menus

Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.
You can add new commands, modify existing commands, or rearrange the menu items. You can also add commands executed by macros and apply all kind of styles directly from the menu. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Defaults

Deletes all changes previously made to this menu.
- Customizing %PRODUCTNAME context menus + Customizing %PRODUCTNAME context menus
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp index d86b23f8b1..4813e1975b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
MW deleted "modifying;..." -

Keyboard

+

Keyboard

Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-Shortcut Keys in %PRODUCTNAME +Shortcut Keys in %PRODUCTNAME
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp index b336a58e7b..f57d6b0018 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ customizing;context menus editing;context menus -

Context Menus

+

Context Menus

Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules.
You can add new commands, modify existing commands, or rearrange the context menu items. You can also add commands executed by macros and apply all kind of styles directly from the context menu. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

Defaults

Deletes all changes previously made to this context menu.
- Customizing %PRODUCTNAME menus + Customizing %PRODUCTNAME menus
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp index f8669e62db..da763afc20 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Toolbars

+

Toolbars

Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Rename: Rename the entry. - Change Icon: Opens the Change Icon dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command. + Change Icon: Opens the Change Icon dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command. Reset Icon: Resets the icon to the default icon. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp index 0135c464de..40aafa3906 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ - Events + Events Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ Remove Macro Deletes the macro or component assignment for the selected event.
-List of events +List of events - Creating a Dialog Handler + Creating a Dialog Handler
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp index 06e6fc5740..082677f7e9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-

XML Filter Settings

+

XML Filter Settings

Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp index 864128d691..86a9b727ed 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ -XML Filter +XML Filter -View and edit the settings of an XML filter. +View and edit the settings of an XML filter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp index 54110f9cbf..4c04705128 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ -General +General -Enter or edit general information for an XML filter. +Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp index bcf4cbdefd..0d022ae2a7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ - Transformation - Enter or edit file information for an XML filter. + Transformation + Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp index 270092f1e6..91f6cca7a5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ -Test XML Filter +Test XML Filter -Tests the XSLT stylesheets used by the selected XML filter. +Tests the XSLT stylesheets used by the selected XML filter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp index 72f7452ed9..cb77f0edb0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ - XML Filter output - Lists the test results of an XML filter. + XML Filter output + Lists the test results of an XML filter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp index 934e2e2472..8b1fefea61 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -Hangul/Hanja Conversion +Hangul/Hanja Conversion Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul. The menu command can only be called if you enable Asian language support under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages, and if a text formatted in Korean language is selected.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp index cc608eafa4..9dbf231d9d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
-

Spelling

+

Spelling

Checks spelling manually.
-Spelling dialog +Spelling dialog
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp index 626196bf06..576db770e8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ windows;new -New Window +New Window Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window. You can now view different parts of the same document at the same time.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp index 384190e1db..87d8438d61 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Document List + Document List Lists the currently open documents. Select the name of a document in the list to switch to that document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp index 6e1544f600..dc51add0e2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ tags; META tags

HTML import and export

-When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META tags between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose File - Properties, click the Description or Custom Properties tabs, and then type the information you want. +When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META tags between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose File - Properties, click the Description or Custom Properties tabs, and then type the information you want. The following file properties are converted to META tags when you export a file as an HTML document:
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp index 9682ae87e7..247b9ed332 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ digital signature;add signature linesignature line;adding
-

Signature Line

+

Signature Line

Insert a graphic box representing a signature line of the document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp index 364f41a4be..56f0391694 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ certificate path
-

Certificate

+

Certificate

Select or add the correct Network Security Services Certificate directory to use for digital signatures.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp index e05fd9396a..ce82ec30be 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ classification toolbar;display
-

Classification Toolbar

+

Classification Toolbar

The Classification bar contains tools to help secure document handling. The Classification toolbar contains listboxes to help in selecting the security of the document, according to the BAF category policy and BAILS levels. %PRODUCTNAME will add custom fields in the document properties (File - Properties, Custom Properties tab) to store the classification policy as document metadata.
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@

Manage Document Classification

-Opens the Classification dialog for document classification. +Opens the Classification dialog for document classification.

Manage Paragraph Classification

-Opens the Classification dialog for paragraph classification. +Opens the Classification dialog for paragraph classification.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
-Wiki page on document classification +Wiki page on document classification
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp index aa4c71079b..0bc39d156f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ paragraph;classification
-

Document and Paragraph Classification Dialog

+

Document and Paragraph Classification Dialog

-Applies classification policy to the current document or paragraph. The dialog helps to assemble the classification policy terms of the document or paragraph by using predefined classification terms or by entering custom classification terms. The dialog display several lists of predefined items, which are loaded from the BAILS-xml TSCP policy file. +Applies classification policy to the current document or paragraph. The dialog helps to assemble the classification policy terms of the document or paragraph by using predefined classification terms or by entering custom classification terms. The dialog display several lists of predefined items, which are loaded from the BAILS-xml TSCP policy file.
Enable the TSCP Classification toolbar in View - Toolbars - TSCP Classification and click on the Manage Document Classification or Manage Paragraph Classification buttons.

Content

-The Content text box displays the classification text created by the dialog and displays the existing document or paragraph classification terms. You can add your own terms in addition to the existing text in the box and the classification terms from the classification policy configuration file. +The Content text box displays the classification text created by the dialog and displays the existing document or paragraph classification terms. You can add your own terms in addition to the existing text in the box and the classification terms from the classification policy configuration file.

Bold icon (document classification only)

Apply bold character formatting to the document or paragraph classification terms.

Sign Paragraph (paragraph classification only)

@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ The Classification and International drop-down lists are actually the same list. A change in one list changes the other.

Marking

-Display a list of pre-existing markings available to be added to the Contents text box. Double click one entry to have it added to the contents text box at the cursor location. The markings are defined in the classification policy configuration file. +Display a list of pre-existing markings available to be added to the Contents text box. Double click one entry to have it added to the contents text box at the cursor location. The markings are defined in the classification policy configuration file.

License

- Displays the existing intellectual property licenses. Double click the license to have it displayed in the Part text box below. Click the Add button to place the license text in the Content box.The licenses are defined in the classification policy configuration file. + Displays the existing intellectual property licenses. Double click the license to have it displayed in the Part text box below. Click the Add button to place the license text in the Content box.The licenses are defined in the classification policy configuration file.

Part number

- Displays the existing intellectual property part numbers. Double click the part number to have it displayed in the Part text box below and click the Add button to place the part number in the Content text box. The part numbers are defined in the classification policy configuration file. + Displays the existing intellectual property part numbers. Double click the part number to have it displayed in the Part text box below and click the Add button to place the part number in the Content text box. The part numbers are defined in the classification policy configuration file.

Part text:

Use this box to enter contents to be added to the Content text box.

Add

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-Wiki page on document classification +Wiki page on document classification
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp index 101d7eadeb..6ca4fe5a9f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
- Font Features + Font Features Select and apply font typographical features to characters.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Font feature visualization window The feature visualization window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected.
- Wikipedia on OpenType + Wikipedia on OpenType
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp index 9f3dd1d3b8..db0967c9ba 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

Gallery

+

Gallery

Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The Properties of (Theme) dialog contains the following tabs: -

Files

+

Files

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp index fdc1fbeb40..89e5b4c751 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
- Compress Image + Compress Image Compress the selected image to reduce its data size and resize the image in the document.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Calculate New Size Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialog box.
- Wikipedia on image file formats. + Wikipedia on image file formats.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp index eef02d9715..a7cce8d284 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-Find +Find Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp index f9a8e51875..276290aa5d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The sidebar is docked on the right or left side of the document view area and contains a tab bar with tab buttons, that when clicked show a different tab deck. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/minimal_column_width.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/minimal_column_width.xhp index b95548ef91..690500c884 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/minimal_column_width.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/minimal_column_width.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Minimal Column Width

+

Minimal Column Width

diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/minimal_row_height.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/minimal_row_height.xhp index e1f86069a6..fbcca0391f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/minimal_row_height.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/minimal_row_height.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Minimal Row Height

+

Minimal Row Height

Adjust the row height for selected row(s) so that the tallest content in each selected row fits exactly.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
- This option is only available if the selection contains a row with a fixed height. The command has the same effect as selecting the Fit to size option for Row Height. + This option is only available if the selection contains a row with a fixed height. The command has the same effect as selecting the Fit to size option for Row Height. To minimize a single row, it is sufficient to place the cursor in a cell in the row. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp index a8f3ac5db2..1e36a437cc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp @@ -80,21 +80,21 @@ %PRODUCTNAME relies on the operating system's installed media support. - For Microsoft Windows: %PRODUCTNAME can open anything for which DirectShow filters are installed (list of default formats). + For Microsoft Windows: %PRODUCTNAME can open anything for which DirectShow filters are installed (list of default formats). - For GNU/Linux: %PRODUCTNAME uses gstreamer, so whatever you can play using gstreamer can be used with %PRODUCTNAME (list of defined types). + For GNU/Linux: %PRODUCTNAME uses gstreamer, so whatever you can play using gstreamer can be used with %PRODUCTNAME (list of defined types). - For Apple macOS: %PRODUCTNAME uses QuickTime supported media formats (list of media formats). + For Apple macOS: %PRODUCTNAME uses QuickTime supported media formats (list of media formats).
- List of default formats for Microsoft Windows DirectShow. - List of defined types for gstreamer in GNU/Linux. - List of media formats for Apple macOS QuickTime. - “What video formats does Impress support?” on Ask + List of default formats for Microsoft Windows DirectShow. + List of defined types for gstreamer in GNU/Linux. + List of media formats for Apple macOS QuickTime. + “What video formats does Impress support?” on Ask
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp index d82c7b0f02..25dba5d502 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
Toolbars -View options +View options
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp index c0287f3e7d..ac1deba270 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Extension Manager

The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
-For security reasons, the installation and removal of extensions are controlled by settings in the Expert Configuration. By default, installation and removal are enabled. +For security reasons, the installation and removal of extensions are controlled by settings in the Expert Configuration. By default, installation and removal are enabled.
The following are examples of %PRODUCTNAME extensions: diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp index feeccb25c8..fcd17d4c75 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - Password + Password Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorized changes. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp index 0809b66345..2523267afd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Paste as Column Before

+

Paste as Column Before

Insert clipboard table data in a table as new columns before instead of overwriting the content of the original cells of the target table.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp index 87f4de6134..7bdac5702b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ paste nested table
-

Paste Nested Table

+

Paste Nested Table

Paste clipboard content (including native tables or tables copied from Calc or other spreadsheets) as nested tables in empty cells and at cell starting cursor position.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp index df55e31126..a8c0cbe076 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Paste as Row Above

+

Paste as Row Above

Insert clipboard table data in a table as new rows instead of overwriting the content of the original cells of the target table.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp index 93c4b8edf7..470f178596 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
-

Paste Special

+

Paste Special

Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp index 0cb601129b..699a3f9132 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ unformatted text;paste special
-

Paste Unformatted Text

+

Paste Unformatted Text

Paste only the text contents, without any formatting.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp index 90cf95a590..7d63fc574d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Font

+

Font

Embed document fonts in the current file.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp index fdfed48286..42b19915e5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ -

Export as EPUB

-Export the current file to EPUB. +

Export as EPUB

+Export the current file to EPUB.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp index 08cca8e193..333f7d65d7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ MW made "PDF export a two level entry"UFI: write guide and move bookmarks there -

Export as PDF

+

Export as PDF

Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4. A PDF file can be viewed and printed on any platform with the original formatting intact, provided that supporting software is installed.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp index 8fff630a00..3544ac5e26 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Digital Signatures

+

Digital Signatures

This tab contains the options related to exporting to a digitally signed PDF.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp index 08ff8827c9..61f2ae0503 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

General

+

General

Sets the general options for exporting your document to a PDF file. Range, images, watermark, forms and other parameters.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp index b0240ba70c..e4a74ede30 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-

Initial View

+

Initial View

Sets the options for the initial view of the PDF file in the external PDF viewer.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp index fcafe8f337..719e9855d6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp index 50bbaedff1..31d604ce19 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-

Security

+

Security

Specifies the security options of the exported PDF file.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp index bc83f27d6a..83ac938ccc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-

User Interface

+

User Interface

Specifies the options for the external PDF viewer user interface.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp index 79aa0678c7..81a05cf8f2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Email as PDF +Email as PDF UFI: name changed with #i46895 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an email sending window with the PDF as an attachment. see i70482 diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp index 1570d30e9c..c29e7ef087 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ digital signature;signing existing PDF - Signing Existing PDF files + Signing Existing PDF files %PRODUCTNAME can digitally sign an existing PDF document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp index 06663c4429..d19c06c037 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ digital signature;sign signature linesignature line;signing -

Digitally Signing the Signature Line

+

Digitally Signing the Signature Line

%PRODUCTNAME lets you sign digitally a signature line in your document. On signing a signature line, %PRODUCTNAME fills the line with the name of signer, adds the digital certificate issuer information and optionally insert the date of signature.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The information of the certificate issuer is inserted in the bottom of the Signature Line object.

Instructions from the document creator

- This area displays the instructions entered by the document creator when adding the signature line. + This area displays the instructions entered by the document creator when adding the signature line.

Add comments

Enter comments about the signature. The comments are displayed in the Description field of the certificate. diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp index 905680abd0..4ba637a0aa 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Time Stamp Authority

+

Time Stamp Authority

Time Stamp Authorities (TSA) issue digitally signed timestamps (RFC 3161) that are optionally used during signed PDF export.
Adding a trusted timestamp to an electronic signature provides a digital seal of data integrity and a trusted date and time of when the transaction took place. Recipients of documents with a trusted timestamp can verify when the document was digitally or electronically signed, as well as verify that the document was not altered after the date the timestamp vouches for. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Display the list of existing TSAs.

Add

-Opens the Name dialog to enter a new Time Stamping Authority URL. +Opens the Name dialog to enter a new Time Stamping Authority URL.

Delete

Deletes the selected entry in the list. Deletion is immediate and does not display a confirmation dialog. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01110000.xhp index df313347aa..8bfa66cbde 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01110000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ printing; directly -

Print File Directly

-Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings. These can be found in the Printer Setup dialog, which you can call with the Printer Settings menu command. +

Print File Directly

+Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings. These can be found in the Printer Setup dialog, which you can call with the Printer Settings menu command.
If you select text or a graphic and click the Print File Direct icon, you are prompted to print the selection or the document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01140000.xhp index 8842c8ba21..4f68f75da9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01140000.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
-

Show Draw Functions

+

Show Draw Functions

Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
You can switch on and off the Drawing toolbar of Writer and Calc documents using an icon on the Standard toolbar. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line. Hold the Shift key while drawing a polygon to position new points at 45 degree angles. - The Edit Points mode enables you to interactively modify the individual points of the polygon. + The Edit Points mode enables you to interactively modify the individual points of the polygon.
@@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ -

Points

+

Points

Enables you to edit points on your drawing. -

From File

+

From File

Extrusion On/Off

@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
-Tips for working with the Drawing bar. +Tips for working with the Drawing bar.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170000.xhp index 442bd3e0b0..691761ca9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170000.xhp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ MW deleted "option field creation", changed "option button" to "push button" and "selections;" to "selecting;"
-

Form Controls

+

Form Controls

The Form Controls toolbar or sub-menu contains tools that you need to create an interactive form. You can use the toolbar or sub-menu to add controls to a form in a text, drawing, spreadsheet, presentation, or HTML document, for example a button that runs a macro.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Icon Option Button - Creates an option button. Option buttons enable the user to choose one of several options. Option buttons with the same functionality are given the same name (Name property). Normally, they are given a group box. + Creates an option button. Option buttons enable the user to choose one of several options. Option buttons with the same functionality are given the same name (Name property). Normally, they are given a group box. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Icon List Box - Creates a list box. A list box lets users select an entry from a list. If the form is linked to a database and the database connection is active, the List Box Wizard will automatically appear after the list box is inserted in the document. This wizard helps you create the list box. + Creates a list box. A list box lets users select an entry from a list. If the form is linked to a database and the database connection is active, the List Box Wizard will automatically appear after the list box is inserted in the document. This wizard helps you create the list box. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Icon Combo Box - Creates a combo box. A combo box is a single-line list box with a drop-down list from which users choose an option. You can assign the "read-only" property to the combo box so that users cannot enter other entries than those found in the list. If the form is bound to a database and the database connection is active, the Combo Box Wizard will automatically appear after you insert the combo box in the document. + Creates a combo box. A combo box is a single-line list box with a drop-down list from which users choose an option. You can assign the "read-only" property to the combo box so that users cannot enter other entries than those found in the list. If the form is bound to a database and the database connection is active, the Combo Box Wizard will automatically appear after you insert the combo box in the document. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Creates a formatted field. A formatted field is a text box in which you can define how the inputs and outputs are formatted, and which limiting values apply. - A formatted field has special control properties (choose Format - Control). + A formatted field has special control properties (choose Format - Control). @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Creates a date field. If the form is linked to a database, the date values can be adopted from the database. If you assign the "Dropdown" property to the date field, the user can open a calendar to select a date under the date field. This also applies to a date field within a Table Control field. Date fields can be easily edited by the user with the up arrow and down arrow keys. Depending on the cursor position, the day, month, or the year is can be increased or decreased using the arrow keys. - Specific Remarks on Date Fields. + Specific Remarks on Date Fields. @@ -325,9 +325,9 @@ Creates a frame to visually group several controls. Group boxes allow you to group option buttons in a frame. - If you insert a group frame into the document, the Group Element Wizard starts, which allows you to easily create an option group. + If you insert a group frame into the document, the Group Element Wizard starts, which allows you to easily create an option group. Note: When you drag a group box over already existing controls and then want to select a control, you have to first open the context menu of the group box and choose Arrange - Send to Back. Then select the control while pressing CommandCtrl. -Group boxes are used only for a visual effect. A functional grouping of option fields can be made through the name definition: under the Name properties of all option fields, enter the same name in order to group them. +Group boxes are used only for a visual effect. A functional grouping of option fields can be made through the name definition: under the Name properties of all option fields, enter the same name in order to group them. @@ -389,8 +389,8 @@ Icon Table Control - Creates a table control to display a database table. If you create a new table control, the Table Element Wizard appears. - Special information about Table Controls. + Creates a table control to display a database table. If you create a new table control, the Table Element Wizard appears. + Special information about Table Controls. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ In a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between a scrollbar and a cell.UFI: see spec doc scrollbar_form_control.sxw
- Context Menu Commands + Context Menu Commands
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp index e97eef837d..2bc8583fb5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Keyboard-only control of Table Controls If you use the keyboard only to travel through controls in your document, you will find one difference to the other types of controls: the Tab key does not move the cursor to the next control, but moves to the next column inside the table control. Press CommandCtrl+Tab to move to the next control, or press Shift+CommandCtrl+Tab to move to the previous control. To enter the special keyboard-only edit mode for Table Controls: -The form document must be in Design mode. +The form document must be in Design mode. Press CommandCtrl+F6 to select the document. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170100.xhp index 415a7cf34d..845007dc6d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-

Control Properties

+

Control Properties

Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170101.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170101.xhp index 6b316f2fad..b813ab14d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170101.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170101.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

General

UFI: had to remove all internal links to this file because all the targets vanished and no time to reinsert them all +

General

UFI: had to remove all internal links to this file because all the targets vanished and no time to reinsert them all This General tab enables you to define the general properties of a form control. These properties differ, depending on the control type. Not all of the following properties are available for every control.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Submit form - Sends the data that is entered in other control fields of the current form to the address that is specified in Form Properties under URL. + Sends the data that is entered in other control fields of the current form to the address that is specified in Form Properties under URL. Enter the URL into the form's data property "URL" text box when you export to a PDF file.UFI: see #i36574# @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@

Background color

- Sets the background color of the control field. A background color is available for most control fields. If you click on Background color, a list will open which enables you to select among various colors. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired color is not listed, click the ... button to define a color in the Color dialog. + Sets the background color of the control field. A background color is available for most control fields. If you click on Background color, a list will open which enables you to select among various colors. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired color is not listed, click the ... button to define a color in the Color dialog.
@@ -451,10 +451,10 @@

List entries

- Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text. Please note the tips referring to the keyboard controls. + Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text. Please note the tips referring to the keyboard controls. The predefined default list entry is entered into the Default selection combo box. Note that the list entries entered here are only incorporated into the form if, on the Data tab under List Content Type, the option "Value List" is selected. - If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the Web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the Data tab. Under Type of List Contents, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under List Contents that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant. + If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the Web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the Data tab. Under Type of List Contents, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under List Contents that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant. For HTML documents, a list entry entered on the General tab corresponds to the HTML tag <OPTION>; an entry of the value list entered on the Data tab under List Contents corresponds to the <OPTION VALUE=...> tag.
@@ -557,14 +557,14 @@

Name

- On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form. Each control field and each form has a "Name" property through which it can be identified. The name will appear in the Form Navigator and, using the name, the control field can be referred to from a macro. The default settings already specify a name which is constructed from using the field's label and number. + On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form. Each control field and each form has a "Name" property through which it can be identified. The name will appear in the Form Navigator and, using the name, the control field can be referred to from a macro. The default settings already specify a name which is constructed from using the field's label and number. If you work with macros, make sure that the names of the controls are unique. controls; grouping groups; of controls forms; grouping controls mw changed "grouping;" to "groups;" -The name is also used to group different controls that belong together functionally, such as radio buttons. To do so, give the same name to all members of the group: controls with identical names form a group. Grouped controls can be represented visually by using a Group Box. +The name is also used to group different controls that belong together functionally, such as radio buttons. To do so, give the same name to all members of the group: controls with identical names form a group. Grouped controls can be represented visually by using a Group Box.
@@ -585,9 +585,9 @@

Tab order

The "Tab order" property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key. In a form that contains more than one control, the focus moves to the next control when you press the Tab key. You can specify the order in which the focus changes with an index under "Tab order". - The "Tab order" property is not available to Hidden Controls. If you want, you can also set this property for image buttons and image controls, so that you can select these controls with the Tab key. + The "Tab order" property is not available to Hidden Controls. If you want, you can also set this property for image buttons and image controls, so that you can select these controls with the Tab key. When creating a form, an index is automatically assigned to the control fields that are added to this form; every control field added is assigned an index increased by 1. If you change the index of a control, the indices of the other controls are updated automatically. Elements that cannot be focused ("Tabstop = No") are also assigned a value. However, these controls are skipped when using the Tab key. - You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the Tab Order dialog. + You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the Tab Order dialog.
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@

Value

- You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control. In a hidden control, under Value, you can enter the data which is inherited by the hidden control. This data will be transferred when sending the form. + You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control. In a hidden control, under Value, you can enter the data which is inherited by the hidden control. This data will be transferred when sending the form.
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@

FontUFI: dba.features "Character set property renamed to Font"

- Select the font for the text that is in the control field. For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the Font dialog, click the ... button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields. + Select the font for the text that is in the control field. For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the Font dialog, click the ... button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170102.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170102.xhp index 65a442d865..0194f0c3ff 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170102.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170102.xhp @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ links;between cells and controls controls;assigning data sources MW made "cells..." a two level entry, changed "linked cells;" to "links;" and "list contents" to "lists;" -

Data

+

Data

The Data tab page allows you to assign a data source to the selected control.
-For forms with database links, the associated database is defined in the Form Properties. You will find the functions for this on the Data tab page. +For forms with database links, the associated database is defined in the Form Properties. You will find the functions for this on the Data tab page. The possible settings of the Data tab page of a control depend on the respective control. You will only see the options that are available for the current control and context.
The following fields are available:
@@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ - Third case: Combo Boxes + Third case: Combo Boxes For combo boxes, the field of the data source table in which the values entered or selected by the user should be stored is specified under Data field. The values displayed in the list of the combo box are based on an SQL statement, which is entered under List content. - Fourth case: List Boxes + Fourth case: List Boxes The data source table does not contain the data to be displayed, but rather a table linked to the data source table through a common data field. If you want a list box to display data from a table that is linked to the current data source table, under Data field specify the field of the data source table to which the content of the list box refers. Or you can specify the database field that controls the display of the data in the form. This data field provides the link to the other table if both tables can be linked through a common data field. It is usually a data field in which unique identification numbers are stored. The data field whose contents are displayed in the form is specified by an SQL statement under List content. @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ where "CustomerName" is the data field from the linked table "Customers", and "CustomerNo" is the field of the table "Customers" that is linked to a field of the form table "Orders" specified under Data field. References Using Value Lists For list boxes, you can use value lists. Value lists are lists that define reference values. In this way, the control in the form does not directly display the content of a database field, but rather values assigned in the value list. -If you work with reference values of a value list, the contents of the data field that you specified under Data Field in the form are not visible, but rather the assigned values. If you chose "Valuelist" on the Data tab under Type of list contents and assigned a reference value to the visible list entries in the form under List entries (entered in the General tab), then the reference values are compared with the data content of the given data field. If a reference value corresponds to the content of a data field, the associated list entries are displayed in the form. +If you work with reference values of a value list, the contents of the data field that you specified under Data Field in the form are not visible, but rather the assigned values. If you chose "Valuelist" on the Data tab under Type of list contents and assigned a reference value to the visible list entries in the form under List entries (entered in the General tab), then the reference values are compared with the data content of the given data field. If a reference value corresponds to the content of a data field, the associated list entries are displayed in the form.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Type of list contents

Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes. Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes. - With the "Valuelist" option, all entries entered in the List entries field of the General tab appear in the control. For database forms, you can use reference values (see the References Using Value Lists section). + With the "Valuelist" option, all entries entered in the List entries field of the General tab appear in the control. For database forms, you can use reference values (see the References Using Value Lists section). If the content of the control is read from a database, you can determine the type of the data source with the other options. For example, you can choose between tables and queries.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Here "field" is a data field from the list table "table" whose content is displayed in the list of the combo box. Value lists for HTML documents For HTML forms, you can enter a value list under List content. Select the option "Valuelist" under Type of list contents. The values entered here will not be visible in the form, and are used to assign values to the visible entries. The entries made under List content correspond to the HTML tag <OPTION VALUE=...>. - In the data transfer of a selected entry from a list box or a combo box, both the list of the values displayed in the form, which was entered on the General tab under List entries, and the value list entered on the Data tab under List content, are taken into consideration: If a (non-empty) text is at the selected position in the value list (<OPTION VALUE=...>), it will be transmitted. Otherwise, the text displayed in the (<OPTION>) control is sent. + In the data transfer of a selected entry from a list box or a combo box, both the list of the values displayed in the form, which was entered on the General tab under List entries, and the value list entered on the Data tab under List content, are taken into consideration: If a (non-empty) text is at the selected position in the value list (<OPTION VALUE=...>), it will be transmitted. Otherwise, the text displayed in the (<OPTION>) control is sent. If the value list is to contain an empty string, enter the value "$$$empty$$$" under List content at the corresponding position (note uppercase/lowercase). $[officename] interprets this input as an empty string and assigns it to the respective list entry. The following table shows the connections between HTML, JavaScript, and the $[officename] field List content using an example list box named "ListBox1". In this case, "Item" designates a list entry visible in the form: diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170103.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170103.xhp index 366b987ea2..0fdc7674c2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170103.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170103.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ events; controlsmacros; assigning to events in forms -

Events

+

Events

On the Events tab page you can link macros to events that occur in a form's control fields. -When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the ... button. The Assign Action dialog opens. +When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the ... button. The Assign Action dialog opens.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The Execute action event occurs when an action is started. For example, if you have a "Submit" button in your form, the send process represents the action to be initiated.

Changed

-The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus. +The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.

Text modified

The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field. @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed, for example, from checked to unchecked.

When receiving focus

- The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus. + The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.

When losing focus

- The When losing focus event takes place if a control field loses the focus. + The When losing focus event takes place if a control field loses the focus.

Key pressed

The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus. This event may be linked to a macro for checking entries. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170200.xhp index 2e00c97ab1..fc5f336aa8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
forms; propertiesproperties; forms -Form Properties +Form Properties In this dialog you can specify, among others, the data source and the events for the whole form.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp index 17a2dcf1ea..e2141e8717 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ get method for form transmissions post method for form transmissions -General +General
A form is a text document or spreadsheet with different form controls. If you create a form for a Web page, the user can enter data into it to send over the Internet. The data from the form controls of a form is transmitted to a server by specifying a URL and can be processed on the server. Name -Specifies a name for the form. This name is used to identify the form in the Form Navigator. +Specifies a name for the form. This name is used to identify the form in the Form Navigator. URL Specifies the URL to which the data of the completed form is to be transmitted. Frame diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170202.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170202.xhp index 13a93e6c36..ca9a553b49 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170202.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170202.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ events;in database forms forms;database events
- Database Form Events + Database Form Events The Events tab page, allows you to assign a macro to certain events which occur in a database form.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170203.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170203.xhp index 5df43b4fcd..c467f17a9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170203.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170203.xhp @@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ forms; subforms subforms; description -

Data

+

Data

The Data tab page defines the form properties that refer to the database that is linked to the form.
-Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a subform. +Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a subform.

Data sourceUFI: was Database

-Defines the data source to which the form should refer. If you click the ... button, you call the Open dialog, where you can choose a data source. +Defines the data source to which the form should refer. If you click the ... button, you call the Open dialog, where you can choose a data source.

ContentUFI: was Data source

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

Content type

Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement. -If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under Content. If you want to create a new query or a subform, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the subform directly in the List content box on the Control properties Data tab page. +If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under Content. If you want to create a new query or a subform, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the subform directly in the List content box on the Control properties Data tab page.

Analyze SQL command

@@ -60,12 +60,12 @@

Filter

Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause. For example, if you want to display all records with the "Mike" forename, type into the data field: Forename = 'Mike'. You can also combine conditions: Forename = 'Mike' OR Forename = 'Peter'. All records matching either of these two conditions will be displayed. -The filter function is available in user mode through the AutoFilter and Default Filter icons on the Form Navigation Bar. +The filter function is available in user mode through the AutoFilter and Default Filter icons on the Form Navigation Bar.

Sort

Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause. For example, if you want all records of a database to be sorted in one field in an ascending order and in another field in a descending order, enter Forename ASC, Name DESC (presuming Forename and Name are the names of the data fields). -The appropriate icons on the Form Navigation Bar can be used in User mode to sort: Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, Sort. +The appropriate icons on the Form Navigation Bar can be used in User mode to sort: Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, Sort.

Add data only

@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@

Link master fields

-If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform. To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.UFI: fixes #i22439# -The subform is based on an SQL query; more specifically, on a Parameter Query. If a field name is entered in the Link master fields box, the data contained in that field in the main form is read to a variable that you must enter in Link slave fields. In an appropriate SQL statement, this variable is compared to the table data that the subform refers to. Alternatively, you can enter the column name in the Link master fields box. +If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform. To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.UFI: fixes #i22439# +The subform is based on an SQL query; more specifically, on a Parameter Query. If a field name is entered in the Link master fields box, the data contained in that field in the main form is read to a variable that you must enter in Link slave fields. In an appropriate SQL statement, this variable is compared to the table data that the subform refers to. Alternatively, you can enter the column name in the Link master fields box. Consider the following example: The database table on which the form is based is, for example, a customer database ("Customer"), where every customer has been given a unique number in a data field named "Cust_ID". A customer's orders are maintained in another database table. You now want to see each customer's orders after entering them into the form. In order to do this you should create a subform. Under Link master fields enter the data field from the customer database which clearly identifies the customer, that is, Cust_ID. Under Link slave fields enter the name of a variable which is to accept the data of the field Cust_ID, for example, x. The subform should show the appropriate data from the orders table ("Orders") for each customer ID (Customer_ID -> x). This is only possible if each order is uniquely assigned to one customer in the orders table. Alternatively, you can use another field called Customer_ID; however, to make sure that this field is not confused with the same field from the main form, the field is called Customer_Number. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170300.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170300.xhp index 2824f0bd6a..1be2e4e77c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170300.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Activation Order

+

Activation Order

Opens the Tab Order dialog so you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key. the button Activation Order on Form Design toolbar opens the Tab Order dialog
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
If form elements are inserted into a document, %PRODUCTNAME automatically determines in which order to move from one control to the next when using the Tab key. Every new control added is automatically placed at the end of this series. In the Tab Order dialog, you can adapt the order of this series to your individual needs. -You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under Order in the Properties dialog of the control. +You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under Order in the Properties dialog of the control. A radio button inside a group can only be accessed by the Tab key when one of the radio buttons is set to "selected". If you have designed a group of radio buttons where no button is set to "selected", then the user will not be able to access the group or any of the radio buttons by keyboard.

Controls

Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom. Select a control from the Controls list to assign the desired position in the tab order. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170400.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170400.xhp index 6df2946e58..f028979029 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170400.xhp @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ report;add database field
-

Add Field

+

Add Field

Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.same help id used for forms and reports
-The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties. +The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties. You can insert a field into the current document by dragging and dropping. A field is then inserted which contains a link to the database. -If you add fields to a form and you switch off the Design Mode, you can see that $[officename] adds a labeled input field for every inserted database field.may be different for reports +If you add fields to a form and you switch off the Design Mode, you can see that $[officename] adds a labeled input field for every inserted database field.may be different for reports diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170500.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170500.xhp index 23029402ea..42c7d4e08a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170500.xhp @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@
-Design Mode On/Off -Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls. +Design Mode On/Off +Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
-Please note the Open in Design Mode function. If Open in Design Mode is activated, the document is always opened in Design mode, regardless of the state in which it is saved. -If your form is linked to a database and you turn off the Design mode, the Form Bar is displayed at the lower margin of the document window. You can edit the link to the database in the Form Properties. +Please note the Open in Design Mode function. If Open in Design Mode is activated, the document is always opened in Design mode, regardless of the state in which it is saved. +If your form is linked to a database and you turn off the Design mode, the Form Bar is displayed at the lower margin of the document window. You can edit the link to the database in the Form Properties. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170600.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170600.xhp index f74cf75edd..a77ec288e7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170600.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ hidden controls in Form Navigator
-

Form Navigator

+

Form Navigator

Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls. When using several forms, the Form Navigator gives an overview of all forms, and also provides various functions for editing them. @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@

New

Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.

Form

-Creates a new form in the document. To create a subform, add the new form under the desired parent form. +Creates a new form in the document. To create a subform, add the new form under the desired parent form.

Hidden Control

-Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form. It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the Special Properties of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the Form Navigator and select the Properties command. +Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form. It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the Special Properties of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the Form Navigator and select the Properties command. You can copy controls in the document through the clipboard (shortcut keys CommandCtrl+C for copying and CommandCtrl+V for inserting). You can copy hidden controls in the Form Navigator by using drag-and-drop while keeping the CommandCtrl key pressed. Drag and drop to copy controls within the same document or between documents. Open another form document and drag the hidden control from the Form Navigator into the Form Navigator of the target document. Click a visible control directly in the document, rest the mouse for a moment so that a copy of the control is added to the drag-and-drop clipboard, then drag the copy into the other document. If you want a copy in the same document, press CommandCtrl while dragging. @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ Deletes the selected entry. This allows you to delete individual form components as well as whole forms with one mouse click.

Tab order

-When a form is selected, it opens the Tab Order dialog, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined. +When a form is selected, it opens the Tab Order dialog, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined.

Rename

Renames the selected object.

Properties

-Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry. If a form is selected, the Form Properties dialog opens. If a control is selected, the Control Properties dialog opens. +Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry. If a form is selected, the Form Properties dialog opens. If a control is selected, the Control Properties dialog opens. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170800.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170800.xhp index a37aec4353..f64731e6c5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170800.xhp @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ -Table Element Wizard +Table Element Wizard If you insert a table control in a document, the Table Element Wizard starts automatically. In this wizard, you can interactively specify which information is displayed in the table control.
-You can use the Wizards On/Off icon to keep the wizard from starting automatically. +You can use the Wizards On/Off icon to keep the wizard from starting automatically. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp index e1552fc490..2296c975c5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Table Element / List Box / Combo Box Wizard: Data +Table Element / List Box / Combo Box Wizard: Data Select the data source and table to which the form field corresponds. If you insert the form field in a document that is already linked to a data source, this page becomes invisible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp index 2061563d7e..5fdf6b25bd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Table Element Wizard: Field Selection +Table Element Wizard: Field Selection Specifies which fields in the table control field should be displayed.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170900.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170900.xhp index e39f2106db..e1dfaba713 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170900.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170900.xhp @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ forms; Combo Box/List Box Wizard -Combo Box/List Box Wizard +Combo Box/List Box Wizard If you insert a combo box or a list box in a document, a wizard starts automatically. This wizard allows you to interactively specify which information is shown.
-You can use the Wizards On/Off icon to keep the wizard from starting automatically. +You can use the Wizards On/Off icon to keep the wizard from starting automatically. The wizards for combo boxes and list boxes differ from each other in their final step. This is because the nature of control fields: List Boxes diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp index a9b42495e0..9d58b41e8d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Combo Box / List Box Wizard: Table Selection +Combo Box / List Box Wizard: Table Selection Specifies a table from the available database tables that contains the data field whose content should be displayed as a list entry.
@@ -43,6 +43,6 @@ For combo boxes, there must be a relationship between the form table and the table containing the data to be displayed in the combo box. Table In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field. -The table given here appears in the Control properties as an element of an SQL statement in the List Contents field. +The table given here appears in the Control properties as an element of an SQL statement in the List Contents field. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp index b21fc31a9d..daf7c52d20 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection +Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection Select the data field specified in the table on the previous page, whose contents should be displayed in the list or combo box.
@@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page. Display Field Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes. -The field name given here appears in the Control properties as an element of an SQL statement in the List Contents field. +The field name given here appears in the Control properties as an element of an SQL statement in the List Contents field. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp index 95a5515a76..24edaed4fb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-List Box Wizard: Field Link +List Box Wizard: Field Link Indicates through which fields tables of values and list tables are linked.
The value table is the table of the current form where the list field is inserted. The list table is the table whose data is to be shown in the list field. Both tables must be linked over a mutual data field. These links are to be entered on this page of the wizard. The field names must not necessarily be the same (this depends upon how the field names are defined in both tables), but both fields must have the same field type. @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@
Value table field Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table. In addition, click the desired data field in the list field below. -In Control - Properties, the specified field will appear as an entry in the Data tab page under Data field. +In Control - Properties, the specified field will appear as an entry in the Data tab page under Data field. List table field Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field. In addition, click the data field in the lower list field. -In Control - Properties, the specified field will appear in the Data tab page of a SQL statement under List Contents. +In Control - Properties, the specified field will appear in the Data tab page of a SQL statement under List Contents. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp index cf171216a0..f8b5cfc9fb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Combo Box Wizard: Database Field +Combo Box Wizard: Database Field With the combination fields, you can either save the value of a field in a database or display this value in a form.
The user values entered in the combination field or selected in the list can be saved in the database table that is accessed in the form. Note that the saving of values in another table is not possible. If the values are not to be saved in a database, they will be saved only in the form. This is especially helpful in HTML forms, where the user's entered or selected values are to be assigned to a server. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Two options are available for this question: Yes, I want to save it in the following database field Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field. Several database table fields are offered which can be accessed in the current form. -In Control - Properties the selected field appears as an entry in the Data tab page under Data field. +In Control - Properties the selected field appears as an entry in the Data tab page under Data field. List field Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved. No, I only want to save the value in the form diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01171000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01171000.xhp index f4929cfaf2..46ed49073c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01171000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01171000.xhp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ edit mode; after opening -

Open in Design Mode

-Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited. +

Open in Design Mode

+Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
You cannot activate the controls of the form or edit contents of database records in Design Mode. However, you can change the position and size of the controls, edit other properties, and add or delete controls in Design Mode.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01171100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01171100.xhp index c171e9b832..221506c576 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01171100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01171100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Wizards On/Off +Wizards On/Off Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control. This setting applies globally to all documents.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01171300.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01171300.xhp index 0e68601db3..254f9e1b13 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01171300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01171300.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ -

Snap to Grid

+

Snap to Grid

Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01220000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01220000.xhp index a1f31b170e..bac3a4bd0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01220000.xhp @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ You can also call the Navigator by selecting -View - Navigator -View - Navigator -View - Navigator -View - Navigator +View - Navigator +View - Navigator +View - Navigator +View - Navigator View - Navigator.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01230000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01230000.xhp index a61d21a1b9..1b3b53496d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01230000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01230000.xhp @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
-

StylesStylesStyles

+

StylesStylesStyles

Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles window, which is where you can assign and organize styles.
-Each $[officename] application has its own Styles window. Hence there are separate windows for text documents -text documents, for spreadsheets -spreadsheets and for presentations/drawing documents -presentations/drawing documents +Each $[officename] application has its own Styles window. Hence there are separate windows for text documents +text documents, for spreadsheets +spreadsheets and for presentations/drawing documents +presentations/drawing documents presentations/drawing documents.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02010000.xhp index e73dbd1ec8..0cd4b14884 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02010000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Set Paragraph Style +Set Paragraph Style Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
To reset the selected objects to the default paragraph style, select Clear formatting. Select More Styles to open the Styles window. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02020000.xhp index 7ee25b43fb..46ccbb838a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02020000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Font Name +Font Name Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly. You can enter several fonts, separated by semicolons. $[officename] uses each named font in succession if the previous fonts are not available. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
In $[officename] you see the available fonts only if a printer is installed as the default printer in your system. In order to install a printer as the default printer please refer to your operating system documentation. -You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the Show preview of fonts field in $[officename] - View in the Options dialog box. +You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the Show preview of fonts field in $[officename] - View in the Options dialog box. If you receive an error message that states that certain fonts have not been found, you can install them with $[officename] Setup in the Repair mode if it is a $[officename] font. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02030000.xhp index e9965554fc..9e716d9009 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02030000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Font Size +Font Size Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02040000.xhp index 9be679f1d3..6810c72964 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02040000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Text running from left to right

+

Text running from left to right

Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02050000.xhp index 8f7316d4a2..6e47fd4129 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02050000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Text running from top to bottom

+

Text running from top to bottom

Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02130000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02130000.xhp index 9e001110c2..b4af2655b7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02130000.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ paragraphs;decreasing indents of decrease indent of paragraph -

Decrease Indent

+

Decrease Indent

Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
- If you previously increased the indentation for several collectively selected paragraphs, this command can decrease the indentation for all of the selected paragraphs.The cell content refers to the current value under Format - Cells - Alignment. + If you previously increased the indentation for several collectively selected paragraphs, this command can decrease the indentation for all of the selected paragraphs.The cell content refers to the current value under Format - Cells - Alignment.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
- If you click the Decrease Indent icon while holding down the CommandCtrl key, the indent for the selected paragraph is moved by the default tab stop that has been set under %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General in the Options dialog box. + If you click the Decrease Indent icon while holding down the CommandCtrl key, the indent for the selected paragraph is moved by the default tab stop that has been set under %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General in the Options dialog box.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02140000.xhp index 3de6d3bb3d..168ba59a2b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02140000.xhp @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ increase indent of paragraph -

Increase Indent

+

Increase Indent

Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
If several paragraphs are selected, the indentation of all selected paragraphs is increased. - The cell content refers to the current value under Format - Cells - Alignment tab. + The cell content refers to the current value under Format - Cells - Alignment tab.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
- Click the Increase Indent icon while holding down the CommandCtrl key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General in the Options dialog box. + Click the Increase Indent icon while holding down the CommandCtrl key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General in the Options dialog box. Example: The indents of two paragraphs are moved with the Increase Indent function to a standard tab distance of 2 cm: diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02160000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02160000.xhp index 411189d3e4..96649e47ba 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02160000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Highlighting

+

Highlighting

Applies current highlighting color to the character style or text selection.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp index 9c6655d6bf..612cb7ecb7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Background Color

+

Background Color

Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/03110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/03110000.xhp index f620fd361d..fcea979a40 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/03110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/03110000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Increase Spacing +Increase Spacing Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
-You can make additional adjustments to the spacing by selecting Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing. +You can make additional adjustments to the spacing by selecting Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/03120000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/03120000.xhp index 5978371994..bd04790c2b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/03120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/03120000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Decrease Spacing +Decrease Spacing Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
-You can make additional adjustments to the spacing by selecting Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing. +You can make additional adjustments to the spacing by selecting Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/03130000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/03130000.xhp index 2ffae46f0e..1f4c164ef3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/03130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/03130000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Borders

+

Borders

Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-Further information can be found in the Help in Borders. You can also find information on how to format a text table with the Borders icon. +Further information can be found in the Help in Borders. You can also find information on how to format a text table with the Borders icon.
UFI: moved border_object into Writer switch diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/03140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/03140000.xhp index 4841850c85..ff9f625d6e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/03140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/03140000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Line Style

+

Line Style

Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
This border can be the border of a frame, graphic or table. The Line Style icon will only be visible if a graphic, table, chart object or frame has been selected. @@ -43,6 +43,6 @@
-For more information, see the Borders section of the Help. +For more information, see the Borders section of the Help. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/03150000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/03150000.xhp index f54a3ea307..7dca71c094 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/03150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/03150000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Border Color +Border Color Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
@@ -42,6 +42,6 @@
-For more information, see the Borders section in the Help. +For more information, see the Borders section in the Help. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/03200000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/03200000.xhp index 3f0e1b37b1..331eb90655 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/03200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/03200000.xhp @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ anchors; changing -

Anchor

+

Anchor

Allows you to switch between anchoring options. The Anchor icon is only visible when an object such as a graphic or control field or frame is selected. -Further information about the anchoring is contained in the Anchoring help section. +Further information about the anchoring is contained in the Anchoring help section. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/04210000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/04210000.xhp index aeff823d00..acad30ec89 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/04210000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/04210000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Optimize Size

+

Optimize Size

Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/05020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/05020000.xhp index 0530ff4bae..895344df97 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/05020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/05020000.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@
-

Arrow Style

+

Arrow Style

Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
-The Arrow Style icon is only displayed when you create a drawing with the drawing functions. For more information, see the Line Styles section of the Help. +The Arrow Style icon is only displayed when you create a drawing with the drawing functions. For more information, see the Line Styles section of the Help.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/05090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/05090000.xhp index e4d0c79b6a..4efbef9b22 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/05090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/05090000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Rotate +Rotate Rotates the selected object.
Select an object and click the Rotate icon on the Drawing toolbar. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-Format - Position and Size - Rotate. +Format - Position and Size - Rotate.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/06050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/06050000.xhp index 70941518a0..51089004b3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/06050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/06050000.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
-

Demote Outline Level

+

Demote Outline Level

Moves a chapter heading where the cursor is located, or selected chapter headings, down one outline level. Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected list paragraphs, down one list level.UFI: need two files for numbering and outline, also for 06060000.xhp
-The Demote Outline Level icon is on the Bullets and Numbering bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbered chapter heading or a list paragraph. +The Demote Outline Level icon is on the Bullets and Numbering bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbered chapter heading or a list paragraph. The Demote icon is on the Outline bar, which appears when working in the outline view. This function can also be called by pressing Alt+Shift+Right Arrow.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/06060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/06060000.xhp index 45b26e90fb..9977ec7956 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/06060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/06060000.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
-

Promote Outline Level

+

Promote Outline Level

Moves a chapter heading where the cursor is located, or selected chapter headings, up one outline level. Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected list paragraphs, up one list level.
-The Promote Outline Level icon is on the Bullets and Numbering bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbered chapter heading or a list paragraph.The Promote icon is on the Outline bar, which appears when working in the outline view. This function can also be called by pressing Alt+Shift+Left Arrow. +The Promote Outline Level icon is on the Bullets and Numbering bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbered chapter heading or a list paragraph.The Promote icon is on the Outline bar, which appears when working in the outline view. This function can also be called by pressing Alt+Shift+Left Arrow.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/06100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/06100000.xhp index ec2ad68357..3d06061ba9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/06100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/06100000.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
-

Move Item UpMove Up

+

Move Item UpMove Up

Moves the paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected paragraphs, to before the previous paragraph.
If you have numbered paragraphs and use the Move Item Up command, then the numbers are adjusted automatically to the current order. -The Move Item Up icon appears on the Bullets and Numbering bar. +The Move Item Up icon appears on the Bullets and Numbering bar. The Move Item Up command is always active. This function can also be called by pressing CommandCtrl+Alt+Up Arrow. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/06110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/06110000.xhp index 3d99053de1..73b5a56820 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/06110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/06110000.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
-

Move Item DownMove Down

+

Move Item DownMove Down

Moves the paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected paragraphs, to after the next paragraph.
If you have numbered paragraphs and use Move Item Down, then the numbers are adjusted automatically to the current order. -The Move Item Down icon appears on the Bullets and Numbering bar. +The Move Item Down icon appears on the Bullets and Numbering bar. The Move Item Down command is always active. This function can also be called by pressing CommandCtrl+Alt+Down Arrow. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/06120000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/06120000.xhp index 09826d05ee..30bbd59367 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/06120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/06120000.xhp @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
-

Toggle Unordered List

+

Toggle Unordered List

Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
-Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the Bullets and Numbering dialog. To open this dialog, click the Bullets and Numbering icon on the Bullets and Numbering bar. -Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the Bullets and Numbering dialog. To open this dialog, click the Bullets and Numbering icon on the Text Formatting bar. -In the Web Layout, some numbering/bullet options are not available. -The distance between the text and the left text box and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialog under Format - Paragraph by entering the left indent and the first-line indent. +Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the Bullets and Numbering dialog. To open this dialog, click the Bullets and Numbering icon on the Bullets and Numbering bar. +Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the Bullets and Numbering dialog. To open this dialog, click the Bullets and Numbering icon on the Text Formatting bar. +In the Web Layout, some numbering/bullet options are not available. +The distance between the text and the left text box and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialog under Format - Paragraph by entering the left indent and the first-line indent.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07010000.xhp index 6921a10dd9..ca50727f24 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07010000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Load URL +Load URL Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document. Enable Load URL with the Visible Buttons command (right-click the toolbar).i73505
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07060000.xhp index 08d64a67a8..b24dc65f47 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07060000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
reloading; documentsdocuments; reloadingloading; reloading -Reload +Reload Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
Any changes made after the last save will be lost. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07070000.xhp index f486e28ab2..f325143be0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07070000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Edit Mode icon mw inserted "Edit File icon" entry -

Edit Mode

+

Edit Mode

Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table. Use the Edit Mode icon to activate or deactivate the edit mode.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp index 338cb3548d..54ac715d52 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Edit Data +Edit Data read-only documents; database tables on/off protected database tables data; read-only diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07070200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07070200.xhp index 06ca1721f8..49e723e49b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07070200.xhp @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
-Save Record +Save Record records; saving -Saves the current database table record. The Save Record icon is found on the Table Data bar. +Saves the current database table record. The Save Record icon is found on the Table Data bar.
Changes to the contents of a record are automatically saved as soon as you select another record. To save changes without selecting another record, click the Save Record icon. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07080000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07080000.xhp index 3004adbe15..cd330a0d2e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07080000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-Stop Loading +Stop Loading Click to interrupt the current loading process, CommandCtrl+click to interrupt all loading processes.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07090000.xhp index b6f9728c56..05f66563c2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07090000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Export Directly as PDF +Export Directly as PDF Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/08010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/08010000.xhp index 9813017a81..44fdb9dcbf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/08010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/08010000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Document Information +Document Information Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The names of the document, the library, and the module are displayed, separated by dots.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/08020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/08020000.xhp index c58048d4d8..ab37997474 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/08020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/08020000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Position in Document +Position in Document Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/09070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/09070000.xhp index 05c01e7ef5..a2211a6c3e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/09070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/09070000.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ -

Hyperlink

+

Hyperlink

Opens a dialog that enables you to edit hyperlinks.
Choose Insert - Hyperlink. Choose Edit - Hyperlink, when the cursor is placed in a hyperlink. -On Standard bar, click +On Standard bar, click
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/09070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/09070100.xhp index f1ac31d90a..81aa41fa0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/09070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/09070100.xhp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
-

Internet

-Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialog to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses. +

Internet

+Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialog to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/09070200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/09070200.xhp index 9858b5574f..439e3ac6c7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/09070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/09070200.xhp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
-

Mail

-On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses. +

Mail

+On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/09070300.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/09070300.xhp index 29de0ff1b5..fb9ebe99e3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/09070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/09070300.xhp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
-

Document

-Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog. +

Document

+Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/09070400.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/09070400.xhp index d51548670c..86e9708491 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/09070400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/09070400.xhp @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
-

New Document

-Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously. +

New Document

+Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/10010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/10010000.xhp index d5b03db672..597b543372 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/10010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/10010000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Previous Page

+

Previous Page

Moves back to the previous page in the document. This function is only active when you select the Print Preview function on the File menu.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/10020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/10020000.xhp index bd5fa882a8..7a701220ac 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/10020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/10020000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Next Page

+

Next Page

Moves forward to the next page in the document. This function is only active when you select the Print Preview function on the File menu.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/10030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/10030000.xhp index ce4ba3f4ed..7996d74c3a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/10030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/10030000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

To Document Begin First Page

+

To Document Begin First Page

Moves to the first page of the document. This function is only active when you select the Print Preview function on the File menu.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/10040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/10040000.xhp index cc570578eb..19fbf2eb68 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/10040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/10040000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

To Document EndLast Page

+

To Document EndLast Page

Moves to the last page of the document. This function is only active when you select the Print Preview function on the File menu.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/10100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/10100000.xhp index e86f5b7e6b..de71b043fd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/10100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/10100000.xhp @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
-Close Window +Close Window Closes the current window. Choose Window - Close Window, or press CommandCtrl+F4. In the print preview of $[officename] Writer and Calc, you can close the current window by clicking the Close Preview button.
If additional views of the current document were opened by Window - New Window, this command will close only the current view.
-Close the current document +Close the current document
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12000000.xhp index 6546d6f5c9..b901f68314 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12000000.xhp @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
-Explorer On/Off -Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer. The Explorer On/Off icon is visible on the Table Data bar. +Explorer On/Off +Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer. The Explorer On/Off icon is visible on the Table Data bar.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12010000.xhp index d2f0454296..510dea5545 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12010000.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Sort Ascending

+

Sort Ascending

Sorts the data of the selected field in ascending order. Text fields are sorted alphabetically, numerical fields are sorted by number.UFI: Help ID .uno:Sortup is found in text/sdatabase/11090000.xhp so I deleted it here
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
Data of the currently selected field are always sorted. A field is always selected as soon as you place the cursor in the field. To sort within tables, you can also click the corresponding column header. -To sort more than one data field, choose Data - Sort, then choose the Sort Criteria tab, where you can combine several sort criteria. +To sort more than one data field, choose Data - Sort, then choose the Sort Criteria tab, where you can combine several sort criteria. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12020000.xhp index e15cf5871e..82e080d39d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12020000.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Sort Descending

+

Sort Descending

Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order. Text fields are sorted alphabetically, number fields are sorted by number.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12030000.xhp index 5faf2c5897..f05f562e3e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12030000.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

AutoFilter

+

AutoFilter

Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
Place the cursor in a field name whose content you want to filter and then click the AutoFilter icon. Only those records with content identical to the selected field name are visible. For example, to view all the customers from New York, click a field name with the entry "New York". AutoFilter then filters all customers from New York from the database. -You can remove the current AutoFilter with the Reset Filter/Sorting icon or with Data - Filter - Reset Filter. -To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the Default Filter icon. The Default Filter dialog appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria. +You can remove the current AutoFilter with the Reset Filter/Sorting icon or with Data - Filter - Reset Filter. +To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the Default Filter icon. The Default Filter dialog appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12040000.xhp index c2ca975cba..8c7aa02845 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12040000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Reset Filter/Sorting +Reset Filter/Sorting Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12050000.xhp index 1e79559179..948cdff48e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12050000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Refresh

+

Refresh

Refreshes the displayed data. In a multi-user environment, refreshing the data ensures that it remains current.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp index 738ee5f8ef..73a57d39e0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
In the data source browser, select the record that you want to insert into the document and then click the Data to Text icon. The record is inserted in the document at the cursor position, with the contents of each individual field of the record copied to a table column. You can also select multiple records and transfer them into the document by clicking the Data to Text icon. Each individual record is then written to a new row. -In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the Data to Text icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the Insert Database Columns dialog. Select whether the data should be inserted as a table, as fields or as text. +In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the Data to Text icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the Insert Database Columns dialog. Select whether the data should be inserted as a table, as fields or as text. The preferences you set in the Insert Database Columns dialog are saved and will be active the next time the dialog is called. This save process is independent of the database and can record the preferences for a maximum of 5 databases. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp index 002d84302f..fb4dd2966f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Select Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted. The formats supplied here are only available for certain database fields, such as numeric or Boolean fields. If you select a database field in text format, you will not be able to select any format from the selection list, since the text format will be automatically maintained. -If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the Number Format dialog. +If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the Number Format dialog. The number format assigned using the selection list always refers to the database field selected in the Database columns list box.
To insert the data into the document in the form of a table, the correct Table option must be active. You can then select a database field from the Table column(s) list box to define the formatting of the database field. The changes to the number formats will be applied to the last selection. It does not matter whether the database field was selected from the Database columns list box or from the Table column(s) list box. @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ Create row only Inserts an empty heading line into the text table. Using the Create row only option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to the database field names. Properties -Opens the Table Format +Opens the Table Format Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width. AutoFormat -Opens the AutoFormat +Opens the AutoFormat AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp index aa7d7ffd74..2261a93abf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Fields - database contents; inserting as fieldsInserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields. In the Insert Database Columns dialog, select the Fields to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These database fields work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the Data to Fields icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record. + database contents; inserting as fieldsInserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields. In the Insert Database Columns dialog, select the Fields to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These database fields work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the Data to Fields icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record. If several records are selected when you choose the Data to Text function, the mail merge fields will be inserted according to the number of records. Also, a field command such as "Next record" will be inserted automatically between individual field command blocks. The Insert Database Columns dialog lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs. Fields @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Lists the database columns that you selected to be inserted into the document. You can also enter text here. This text will be also inserted into the document. The entries' order in the selection field corresponds to the data order in the document. Paragraph Style - By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the Paragraph Style list box. This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document. The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in %PRODUCTNAME and managed in the Style Catalog. + By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the Paragraph Style list box. This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document. The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in %PRODUCTNAME and managed in the Style Catalog.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12080000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12080000.xhp index 8fcf4e72b6..a3a0cd8ce8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12080000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Data to Fields +Data to Fields Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records. The Data to Fields icon is only available if the current document is a text document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12090000.xhp index ff7eaf6c3f..d1b9e45ee0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12090000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ mw converted "standard filters..." into a two level entry and "default filters;" into a cross reference -Standard Filter +Standard Filter Allows you to set the filtering options.
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@
$[officename] saves the current filter settings for the next time that you open this dialog.
- To remove the current filter, click Reset Filter/Sorting icon. + To remove the current filter, click Reset Filter/Sorting icon.
- AutoFilter + AutoFilter
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp index 8830deef69..c5df126339 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -

Standard Filter

+

Standard Filter

Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data. This dialog is available for spreadsheet documents, database tables and database forms. The dialog for databases does not contain the More Options button.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Condition - Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked. + Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the Value text box to be used for filtering. -Options +Options diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12100000.xhp index 58f48d45ea..94805185e2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12100000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Sort Order

+

Sort Order

diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12100100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12100100.xhp index 9bb2ad3447..cdf261c10c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12100100.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
-

Sort Order

+

Sort Order

Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
-While the functions Sort in Ascending Order and Sort in Descending Order sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the Sort Order dialog. -You can remove a sorting that has been performed with the Reset Filter/Sorting icon. +While the functions Sort in Ascending Order and Sort in Descending Order sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the Sort Order dialog. +You can remove a sorting that has been performed with the Reset Filter/Sorting icon.

Sorting

Use this area to enter sorting criteria. If you enter additional sorting criteria under and then, the data matching the content of the higher-order criterion is ordered according to the next criterion. If you sort the field name "First name" in ascending order and the field name "Last name" in descending order, all records will be sorted in ascending order by first name, and then within the first names, in descending order by last name. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12100200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12100200.xhp index 250f0a5381..c1921daac0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12100200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12100200.xhp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@
-

Find Record

+

Find Record

Searches database tables and forms. In forms or database tables, you can search through data fields, list boxes, and check boxes for specific values.
When searching a table, the data fields of the current table are searched. When searching in a form, the data fields of the table linked with the form are searched. -The search described here is carried out by %PRODUCTNAME. If you want to use the SQL server to search in a database, then you should use the Form-based Filters icon on the Form bar. +The search described here is carried out by %PRODUCTNAME. If you want to use the SQL server to search in a database, then you should use the Form-based Filters icon on the Form bar. The search function is also available for table controls. When calling the search function from a table control, you can search each column of the table control corresponding to the database columns of the linked database table.

Search for

Specifies the type of search. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ If you want to search for the actual characters ? or *, precede them with a backslash: "\?" or "\*". However, this is only necessary when Wildcard expression is enabled. When the option is not enabled, the wildcard characters are processed like normal characters.

Regular expression

-Searches with regular expressions. The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the %PRODUCTNAME Find & Replace dialog. +Searches with regular expressions. The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the %PRODUCTNAME Find & Replace dialog. Searching with regular expressions offers more options than searching with wildcard expressions. If you search with regular expressions, the following characters correspond to those used in searches with wildcards:
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12110000.xhp index 46f7932f0c..c643766cf1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12110000.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@
-

Form-based Filters

+

Form-based Filters

Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
-Unlike the normal search, which is activated by the Find Record icon on the Form bar, you can search more quickly by using the form-based filter. Usually a quick database server is charged with the search. Also, you can enter more complex search conditions. +Unlike the normal search, which is activated by the Find Record icon on the Form bar, you can search more quickly by using the form-based filter. Usually a quick database server is charged with the search. Also, you can enter more complex search conditions.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12120000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12120000.xhp index 364410a83a..61597bdd63 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12120000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Apply Filter

+

Apply Filter

Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@
-The Apply Filter function retains form-based filters that have been set. You do not need to redefine them. +The Apply Filter function retains form-based filters that have been set. You do not need to redefine them. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12130000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12130000.xhp index 655d185219..371af06ea8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12130000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ data sources; as tables -

Data source as table

+

Data source as table

Activates an additional table view when in the form view. When the Data source as table function is activated, you see the table in an area above the form.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12140000.xhp index 4af6c441a7..ef8ba8cb64 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12140000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Data Source of Current Document +Data Source of Current Document Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/13010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/13010000.xhp index bcb170ae0a..a845635597 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/13010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/13010000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Setting Tabs +Setting Tabs On the ruler, set the tabs for the current paragraph, or all selected paragraphs, using the mouse.
Initially the default tabs are shown on the horizontal ruler. Once you set a tab, only the default tabs to the right of the tab that you have set are available. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/13020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/13020000.xhp index 03d38f6d0c..8096e69476 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/13020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/13020000.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -

Setting Indents, Margins, and Columns

+

Setting Indents, Margins, and Columns

You can define the indents and margins for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, using the mouse.
If you split the page into columns, or the cursor is placed in a multiple-column frame, you can change the column width and the column spacing by dragging them on the ruler with the mouse. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14010000.xhp index 826e223acc..b422767c81 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14010000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Run Query

+

Run Query

Runs the SQL query and displays the query result. The Run Query function does not save the query.
The Run Query function allows you to check the query. When you save the query, it is stored in the Query tab page. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14020000.xhp index 36fd6d8269..c73a1946c4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14020000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Clear query

+

Clear query

Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14020200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14020200.xhp index e9d93dace5..07e5383f47 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14020200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14020200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Switch Design View On/Off

+

Switch Design View On/Off

Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14030000.xhp index fd15006c2c..d688930fb7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14030000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Run SQL command directly

+

Run SQL command directly

In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source. If you do not display these changes in the design view, you cannot change back to the design view.
For native SQL, the SQL string is forwarded directly to the connected database system without a previous evaluation by $[officename]. For example, if you access a database through an ODBC interface, the SQL string is passed to the ODBC driver and processed by it. @@ -47,6 +47,6 @@
-Click the icon again to return to normal mode, in which the changes in the New Query Design are synchronized with the permitted changes through SQL. +Click the icon again to return to normal mode, in which the changes in the New Query Design are synchronized with the permitted changes through SQL. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14040000.xhp index 1b8b1ca312..42a750501a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14040000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
-

Functions

-Displays the Function row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window. +

Functions

+Displays the Function row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14050000.xhp index 220e432aca..ad4fdf7ae6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14050000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
-Table Name -Displays the Table row in the lower part of the Query Design. +Table Name +Displays the Table row in the lower part of the Query Design.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14060000.xhp index db7ef69a19..bd40478eb9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14060000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
-

Alias

-Displays the Alias row in the lower part of the Query Design. +

Alias

+Displays the Alias row in the lower part of the Query Design.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14070000.xhp index 3fe2ee6728..a4597c2b23 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14070000.xhp @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ distinct values in SQL queries -

Distinct Values

-Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT. The consequence is that identical values occurring multiple times are listed only once. +

Distinct Values

+Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT. The consequence is that identical values occurring multiple times are listed only once.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/18010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/18010000.xhp index 2edf2a2f1e..5b27743db9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/18010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/18010000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Selection

+

Selection

Allows you to select objects in the current document.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ -The objects selected together can then be defined as a group, turning them into a single group object. +The objects selected together can then be defined as a group, turning them into a single group object. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/18030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/18030000.xhp index b1557389bb..1077565057 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/18030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/18030000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Automatic Spell Checking On/Off

+

Automatic Spell Checking On/Off

diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/19090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/19090000.xhp index d7aebad0ef..495e86f4ff 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/19090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/19090000.xhp @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ -HTML Source +HTML Source Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
-In HTML Source mode, you can view and edit the tags of HTML. Save the document as a plain text document. Assign an .html or .htm extension to designate the document as HTML.UFI: is this so? test it +In HTML Source mode, you can view and edit the tags of HTML. Save the document as a plain text document. Assign an .html or .htm extension to designate the document as HTML.UFI: is this so? test it diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20020000.xhp index d9f606950f..03d5baeffd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20020000.xhp @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ -Current Page Style +Current Page Style Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
-Double-click the Page Style field to open the Page Style dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a page style. -Double-click the Page Style field to open the Page Style dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. -Double-click this field to open the Available Master Slides dialog in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background. -Double-click this field to open the Available Master Slides dialog in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background. +Double-click the Page Style field to open the Page Style dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a page style. +Double-click the Page Style field to open the Page Style dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. +Double-click this field to open the Available Master Slides dialog in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background. +Double-click this field to open the Available Master Slides dialog in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20030000.xhp index 9b07ac037a..8d4315724f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20030000.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ zooming; status bar mw deleted "scaling;" -

Zoom

+

Zoom

Specifies the current page display zoom factor. -Click this field to open the Zoom dialog, where you can change the current zoom factor. +Click this field to open the Zoom dialog, where you can change the current zoom factor. Right-click to open the context menu on this field to see a selection of available zoom factors. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20040000.xhp index b927bdf7c1..c0009a3db2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20040000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Insert Mode +Insert Mode Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite. This field is only active if the cursor is in the input line of the formula bar or in a cell.
Click in the field to toggle the modes (except in the $[officename] Basic IDE, where only the Insert mode is active). If the cursor is positioned in a text document, you may also use the Insert key (if available on your keyboard) to toggle the modes. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20050000.xhp index 53911bb642..dbccf62682 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20050000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-

Selection Mode

+

Selection Mode

Switches between different selection modes. Click this field to open a popup menu with the following options: diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20060000.xhp index 8b3e692918..4e4169a307 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20060000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-Document Modification +Document Modification If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20090000.xhp index 0ac22ff870..6346ecc848 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20090000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Time +Time Displays the current time. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/20100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/20100000.xhp index 88f8baebed..b60a14959f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/20100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/20100000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Date +Date Displays the current date. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp index 965277e201..cf03ce19dd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Image Filter Bar +Image Filter Bar This icon on the Image bar opens the Image Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp index ba30d1f36c..04df6e0c09 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Graphics Mode +Graphics Mode Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24030000.xhp index b2deff09ef..f02aaccfa6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24030000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Red +Red Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object. Values from -100% (no red) to +100% (full red) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24040000.xhp index b5fa8fbf04..05b09676a8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24040000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Green +Green Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object. Values from -100% (no green) to +100% (full green) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24050000.xhp index 37eaec6d48..93188c616d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24050000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Blue +Blue Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic. Values from -100% (no blue) to +100% (full blue) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24060000.xhp index 90a2dd2548..df5bb7f733 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24060000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Brightness

+

Brightness

Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object. Values from -100% (only black) to +100% (only white) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24070000.xhp index dbe6c0b5be..2cf47b268c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24070000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Contrast

+

Contrast

Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image. Values from -100% (no contrast at all) to +100% (full contrast) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24080000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24080000.xhp index 012f7a6ac3..29daf42aa8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24080000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Gamma +Gamma Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values. Values from 0.10 (minimum Gamma) to 10 (maximum Gamma) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24090000.xhp index cb73e2670b..9944fc560b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24090000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Transparency +Transparency Specifies the transparency in the graphic object. Values from 0% (fully opaque) to +100% (fully transparent) are possible.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24100000.xhp index dd401518e9..6d6abfbd48 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24100000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-Crop +Crop Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed. A picture must be selected to enable cropping. In Impress and Draw no dialog is shown when you click the icon, but you see eight cropping handles. Open the context menu of a selected picture and choose Crop Image, if you want to use the dialog for cropping. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp index 9378df9ae9..443f9e7d45 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Limit -Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause. This can be used to limit your SQL Query results to those that fall within the first X number of it. +Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause. This can be used to limit your SQL Query results to those that fall within the first X number of it. diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp index 4bb6b0438d..baa728e7ef 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
-

Enter Name Dialog

+

Enter Name Dialog

Enter a name or any requested text on the label.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/04/01010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/04/01010000.xhp index 7bcbd011ce..ea1b10d9ab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/04/01010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/04/01010000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Unicode; shortcut keys shortcut keys; Unicode
-

General Shortcut Keys in $[officename]

+

General Shortcut Keys in $[officename]

Using Shortcut Keys

diff --git a/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp index 85c5e41af7..b5774b18e2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ shortcut keys; in databases databases; shortcut keys -Database Shortcut Keys +Database Shortcut Keys The following is a list of shortcut keys available within databases. - The general shortcut keys in $[officename] also apply. + The general shortcut keys in $[officename] also apply.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp index 2cf89e9a30..eb8f28b17a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ forums and support Web support -Getting Support +Getting Support You can find support on the %PRODUCTNAME website. For a summary of the current support services refer to the Readme file in the %PRODUCTNAME folder. Local language support pages diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp index c4d697c96f..6c4de3e098 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Icons in the Documentation +Icons in the Documentation
Icons in the Documentation There are three icons used to call your attention to additional helpful information. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000100.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000100.xhp index 1ae3c72985..e215ac8fe7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000100.xhp @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@
this section is displayed on all module main pages above the other "Help about Help" links. The Help references the default settings of the program on a system that is set to defaults. Descriptions of colors, mouse actions, or other configurable items can be different for your program and system.
- The $[officename] Help system provides easy access to information and support. There are several ways to find what you are looking for in the Help environment: You can search for a specific keyword in the Index, carry out a full-text search under Find, or look through a hierarchical list of the Topics. + The $[officename] Help system provides easy access to information and support. There are several ways to find what you are looking for in the Help environment: You can search for a specific keyword in the Index, carry out a full-text search under Find, or look through a hierarchical list of the Topics. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp index 32fb87ddee..c6fc546dcd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -The %PRODUCTNAME Help Window +The %PRODUCTNAME Help Window The Help system for all versions of the software is based on the same source files. Some of the functions described in Help may not be included in this particular distribution. Some features specific to a distribution may not be mentioned in this Help. Provides an overview of the Help system. The Help window shows the currently selected Help page. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
- Contents + Contents Displays an index of the main topics of all modules. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ - Index + Index Displays a list of index keywords for the currently selected %PRODUCTNAME module. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ - Find + Find Allows you to carry out a full-text search. The search will include the entire Help contents of the currently selected %PRODUCTNAME module. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ - Bookmarks + Bookmarks Contains user-defined bookmarks. You can edit or delete bookmarks, or click them to go to the corresponding pages. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000120.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000120.xhp index 313a9e5104..bbb962714c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000120.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000120.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Help; Help tipstooltips; help -Tips and Extended Tips +Tips and Extended Tips Tips and Extended Tips provide help while you work. Tips Tips provide you with the names of toolbar buttons. To display a tip, rest the pointer over a toolbar button until the name of the button appears. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000130.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000130.xhp index 7448f64f03..782e609924 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000130.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000130.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Help; keywords -Index - Keyword Search in the Help +Index - Keyword Search in the Help Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000140.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000140.xhp index d8364126d2..1d7aab383c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000140.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000140.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ full-text search in Help -Find - The Full-Text Search +Find - The Full-Text Search Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000150.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000150.xhp index 85e9c9843b..80430d215b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000150.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000150.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Help; bookmarksbookmarks; Help -

Managing Bookmarks

+

Managing Bookmarks

Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark. diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000160.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000160.xhp index b8a77d9588..11431ef0e3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000160.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000160.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Contents - The Main Help Topics +Contents - The Main Help Topics Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/new_help.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/new_help.xhp index 1ed2a3706d..07b20a4c5b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/new_help.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/new_help.xhp @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ -

The %PRODUCTNAME Help

+

The %PRODUCTNAME Help

%PRODUCTNAME Help pages are displayed in your system default web browser. The Help system for all versions of the software is based on the same source files. Some of the functions described in Help may not be included in this particular distribution. Some features specific to a distribution may not be mentioned in this Help. Provides an overview of the Help system. - Help pages of %PRODUCTNAME Extensions still use the old Help system. The old Help system help pages are available from here. + Help pages of %PRODUCTNAME Extensions still use the old Help system. The old Help system help pages are available from here.

The %PRODUCTNAME Help pages features

The Module List

Located on the top of the page, click to open the drop-down list and select the %PRODUCTNAME module to display the module Help main entry page. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Available only in the online version, select the language to display the current help page.
-

The Help Index

+

The Help Index

The Help Index displays a list of keywords for all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Click on any keyword in the list to open the linked Help page.

Searching the Help Index

Type the keyword in the Search text box. The search is performed immediately, while you type the keyword. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-

Contents - The Main Help Topics

+

Contents - The Main Help Topics

Displays an index of the main topics of all modules. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Use the Back and Forward buttons of the browser to navigate between pages. In most browsers, a long click on the Back button displays a dropdown list of previously visited pages and a long click on the Forward button display a list of visited pages after the current one.
-

Bookmarking Help pages

+

Bookmarking Help pages

Use the bookmark feature of the browser for quick access to relevant Help pages. To bookmark a page in most browsers: diff --git a/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp index 8a3630f2e9..1755633441 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Web Pages +Web Pages To create a new web page for the Internet, open a new HTML Document by choosing File - New.
A tool for creating new web pages is the Web Layout mode, which you enable with View - Web. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp index d03b206664..ea78e753c7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated TWo INitial CApitals have been corrected -Typing errors such as "WOrd" have been corrected and replaced by the AutoCorrect function to "Word". +Typing errors such as "WOrd" have been corrected and replaced by the AutoCorrect function to "Word".
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp index 4359cbc9c3..a685938094 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Start each sentence with a capital letter -Your text was corrected with AutoCorrect so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (period, exclamation point, question mark). +Your text was corrected with AutoCorrect so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (period, exclamation point, question mark).
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp index f3fc8e4a3c..119f30ba3a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Two capital letters at the beginning of a word and a sentence have been corrected to one capital letter -AutoCorrect has modified your text so that a word beginning with two capital letters at the beginning of a sentence now starts with one capital letter. +AutoCorrect has modified your text so that a word beginning with two capital letters at the beginning of a sentence now starts with one capital letter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp index 4cb9277da9..99c8beffa2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated A replacement has been carried out -AutoCorrect has replaced a word. +AutoCorrect has replaced a word.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp index d849041cc1..44ef0f4287 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated AutoCorrect has performed a replacement. The beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter -AutoCorrect has performed a replacement, and the beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter. +AutoCorrect has performed a replacement, and the beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp index b41b751199..f3af0bb153 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Double quotation marks (") have been replaced -Your text was corrected by Autocorrect so that double quotation marks were replaced by typographical quotation marks. +Your text was corrected by Autocorrect so that double quotation marks were replaced by typographical quotation marks.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp index 26b8a8b052..946dfd7d51 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Single quotes have been replaced -Your text was corrected by Autocorrect so that single quotation marks were replaced by typographical quotation marks. +Your text was corrected by Autocorrect so that single quotation marks were replaced by typographical quotation marks.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp index 96350addb9..f3ce3a6cc7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated An URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set -AutoCorrect has modified your text. A string has been detected as an URL and is now shown as a hyperlink. +AutoCorrect has modified your text. A string has been detected as an URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp index 27b7c2e644..73a9cc1909 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Double spaces have been ignored -AutoCorrect has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to one single space. +AutoCorrect has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to one single space.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp index 383f9300b0..df51bc1941 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Bold and underline attributes have been recognized and applied -AutoCorrect has modified your text, and the bold and/or underline text attributes have been automatically applied. +AutoCorrect has modified your text, and the bold and/or underline text attributes have been automatically applied.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp index 8728b88863..7b33374764 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated Minus signs have been replacedi73558 -AutoCorrect has modified your text, and minus signs have been replaced with dashes. +AutoCorrect has modified your text, and minus signs have been replaced with dashes.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp index 05fc50950a..d6bebea610 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AutoCorrect has been activated 1st ... has been replaced with 1st ... -AutoCorrect has corrected your text so that ordinal number suffixes have been superscripted. +AutoCorrect has corrected your text so that ordinal number suffixes have been superscripted.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp index bcf0bee622..d074b2b2ff 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp @@ -36,22 +36,22 @@ AutoPilots, see wizards
-Wizards +Wizards Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, and more.
-Letter +Letter -Fax +Fax -Agenda +Agenda -Document Converter +Document Converter -Euro Converter +Euro Converter diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp index 4a7a9b33fa..ee0ac86989 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Letter Wizard - Page design +Letter Wizard - Page design Specifies whether you want to create a personal or a business letter. The available options on the following pages vary depending on your choice.
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next. -Go to Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout +Go to Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp index cdf4a3386c..e913f55c27 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout +Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout Allows you to specify the elements that are already imprinted on your letterhead paper. Those elements are not printed, and the space they occupy is left blank by the printer.
@@ -70,6 +70,6 @@ Height Enter the height of the footer area that is already imprinted on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print in that area. -Go to Letter Wizard - Printed items +Go to Letter Wizard - Printed items diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp index a59471116b..216a7ac7e2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Letter Wizard - Printed items +Letter Wizard - Printed items Defines the items to be included in the letter template.
@@ -64,6 +64,6 @@ Footer Includes a footer on the letter template. -Go to Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender +Go to Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp index deb1c7172c..54cb90c6ef 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender +Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender Specifies the sender and recipient information.
@@ -65,6 +65,6 @@ Use address database for mail merge Address database fields are inserted into the letter template. -Go to Letter Wizard - Footer +Go to Letter Wizard - Footer diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp index 33cff460e5..190950b226 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Letter Wizard - Footer +Letter Wizard - Footer Specifies the information to include in the footer space.
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@ Include page numbers Includes page numbers in your letter template. -Go to Letter Wizard - Name and location +Go to Letter Wizard - Name and location diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp index 643a835641..b70751fe94 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Letter Wizard - Name and Location +Letter Wizard - Name and Location Specifies where and under which name you want to save the document and template.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp index 8263689054..4571bf6ad0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Fax Wizard - Page Design +Fax Wizard - Page Design Defines the style of your fax document.
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ Style Specifies the predefined style. -Go to Fax Wizard - Items to include +Go to Fax Wizard - Items to include diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp index 4330db9a41..9f44cae2cf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Fax Wizard - Items to include +Fax Wizard - Items to include Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
@@ -64,6 +64,6 @@ Footer Includes a footer. -Go to Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient +Go to Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp index 11fca67811..e63c49d776 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient +Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ Use address database for mail merge Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document. -Go to Fax Wizard - Footer +Go to Fax Wizard - Footer diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp index 21fc708df2..771f26ada1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Fax Wizard - Footer +Fax Wizard - Footer Specifies the footer data.
@@ -49,6 +49,6 @@ Include page number Prints a page number in the footer area. -Go to Fax Wizard - Name and location +Go to Fax Wizard - Name and location diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp index 35ef9685db..1856d7b890 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Fax Wizard - Name and location +Fax Wizard - Name and location Defines the template name and location.
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ Make manual changes to this fax template Creates and saves the fax template, then opens the template for further editing. -Go to Fax Wizard +Go to Fax Wizard diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp index b57d44c8ad..25518077a5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Agenda Wizard - Page Design +Agenda Wizard - Page Design Specifies a page design for the agenda.
@@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ Select the page design from the list box. Include form for recording minutes Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting. -Go to Agenda Wizard - General information +Go to Agenda Wizard - General information diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp index c4f9cddcf3..2f96f562b1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Agenda Wizard - General Information +Agenda Wizard - General Information Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ Location Specifies the location of the meeting. -Go to Agenda Wizard - Headings to include +Go to Agenda Wizard - Headings to include diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp index 62fd0e3df1..deffc3a4fe 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Agenda Wizard - Headings to include +Agenda Wizard - Headings to include Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
@@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ Specifies whether to print a Please bring line. Notes Specifies whether to print a Notes line. -Go to Agenda Wizard - Names +Go to Agenda Wizard - Names diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp index 00fe3dc1f5..8778e226be 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Agenda Wizard - Names +Agenda Wizard - Names Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers. Facility personnel Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel. -Go to Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items +Go to Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp index 0a1c8b8f55..2947104431 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items +Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ Moves the current topic row up. Move down Moves the current topic row down. -Go to Agenda Wizard - Name and location +Go to Agenda Wizard - Name and location diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp index b17dc1b33e..41aa29ae6a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Agenda Wizard - Name and Location +Agenda Wizard - Name and Location Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@ Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template. Make manual changes to this template Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing. -Go to Agenda Wizard +Go to Agenda Wizard diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp index 3930c29479..2c9bb80627 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-Form Wizard - Field Selection +Form Wizard - Field Selection On this page of the Form Wizard, you can specify the table or query that you need to create the form as well as the fields that you want to include in the form.
@@ -116,6 +116,6 @@ Fields in the form Displays the fields that are in the new form. -Form Wizard - Set up a subform +Form Wizard - Set up a subform diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp index 248d5f2c63..a455a1da0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp @@ -49,6 +49,6 @@ Sub form based on manual selection of fields Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields. -Form Wizard - Add subform fields +Form Wizard - Add subform fields diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp index c66108e03b..113df86218 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp @@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ Fields in my subform Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform. -Form Wizard - Get joined fields +Form Wizard - Get joined fields diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp index 70c10b19c7..29e44bc369 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp @@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ Fourth joined main form field Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box. -Form Wizard - Arrange controls +Form Wizard - Arrange controls diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp index a3e8e38a42..1b69214ac2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Form Wizard - Arrange Controls +Form Wizard - Arrange Controls On this page of the Wizard, you can select the layout of the created form.
@@ -70,6 +70,6 @@ In Blocks - Labels Above Arranges the labels above the corresponding data. -Form Wizard - Set data entry +Form Wizard - Set data entry diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp index 87da064268..8dd2996573 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ Do not allow addition of new data Select to disallow adding new data. -Form Wizard - Apply styles +Form Wizard - Apply styles diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp index b7d5efb93e..4357d709eb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ Flat Specifies that the field borders look flat. -Form Wizard - Set name +Form Wizard - Set name diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp index c18f2a8a30..6c90ca1a53 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp @@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ Modify the form Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout. -Form Wizard +Form Wizard diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp index 10795d1a57..15eba78f88 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Report Wizard - Field Selection +Report Wizard - Field Selection Specifies the table or query for which you are creating the report, and which fields you wish to include in the report.
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ << Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
-More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields +More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp index 7f370eb8a5..8f0aa59e04 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Report Wizard - Labeling Fields +Report Wizard - Labeling Fields Specifies how you want to label the fields.
@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@ Field list Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report. -More about Report Wizard - Grouping +More about Report Wizard - Grouping diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp index d3c0a4a226..413a87cafe 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Report Wizard - Grouping +Report Wizard - Grouping You can group records in a report based on the values in one or more fields. Select the fields by which the resulting report will be grouped. You can group up to four fields in a report. When you group more than one field, $[officename] nests the groups according to their group level.
@@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to. < Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to. -More about Report Wizard - Sort Options +More about Report Wizard - Sort Options diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp index cd4be63ec7..dea83f665e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Report Wizard - Sort Options +Report Wizard - Sort Options Select the fields by which to sort the report. Fields can be sorted by up to four levels, each either ascending or descending. Grouped fields can only be sorted within each group.
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Descending Sorts the field contents in descending order. -More about Report Wizard - Choose Layout +More about Report Wizard - Choose Layout diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp index 0cc315d00b..10b0ff3391 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Report Wizard - Choose Layout +Report Wizard - Choose Layout Choose the layout from different templates and styles, and choose landscape or portrait page orientation.
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Portrait Selects a portrait page orientation for the report. -More about Report Wizard - Create Report +More about Report Wizard - Create Report diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp index 128d13dbcb..fd09defc31 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Report Wizard - Create Report +Report Wizard - Create Report You can create the report as a static or dynamic report. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents. When you open a static report, it will always display the same data from the time when the static report was created.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp index b7b38dbf14..62ef80be3d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ inserted this dialog id, see i72163 -HTML Export - Page 1 +HTML Export - Page 1 On the first page you can select an existing design or create a new one.
The settings you select for the export will be automatically saved as a design for other exports. You can enter the design name after clicking Create. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp index ec17292ab3..813e00d354 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Internet; presentations WebCast export
changed "in the Internet" to "on the Internet", see i73714 -inserted this dialog id, see i72163HTML Export - Page 2 +inserted this dialog id, see i72163HTML Export - Page 2 Determines the type of publication.
You can specify if you want to include frames, create a title, or display presentation notes. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Endless Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed. WebCast -In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support. This enables the speaker (for example, a speaker in a telephone conference using a slide show on the Internet) to change the slides in the audience's web browsers. You will find more information on WebCast later in this section. +In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support. This enables the speaker (for example, a speaker in a telephone conference using a slide show on the Internet) to change the slides in the audience's web browsers. You will find more information on WebCast later in this section. Active Server Pages (ASP) When you select the ASP option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP. Perl diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp index e4f7e133c6..a773d2947c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-inserted this dialog id, see i72163HTML Export - Page 3 +inserted this dialog id, see i72163HTML Export - Page 3 Specifies the graphics type and the target screen resolution.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp index 8978a18142..9b6fe38693 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
inserted this dialog id, see i72163 -HTML Export - Page 4 +HTML Export - Page 4 Specifies the information to be displayed on the title page of the publication.
You can skip this page if you unmark the Create title page option, or if you select Automatic or WebCast, in previous pages of the Wizard. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp index 6c26fc30c7..94d5158e58 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
inserted this dialog id, see i72163 -HTML Export - Page 5 +HTML Export - Page 5 Defines a button style for navigation through the presentation slides.
This page is not visible if you have unmarked the Create title page check box, or if you have selected either automatic or WebCast export. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp index 04f39f95ce..9f901c1f18 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
inserted this dialog id, see i72163 -HTML Export - Page 6 +HTML Export - Page 6 Defines the colors for the publication.
Text formatting is obtained from the drawing or presentation. This page is skipped if you unmark the Create title page check box or if you select automatic or WebCast export. @@ -52,18 +52,18 @@ Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects. Text -Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation. +Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation. Hyperlink -Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation. +Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation. Active Link -Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation. +Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation. Visited Link -Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation. +Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation. Background -Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation. +Opens the Color dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp index 83d876e4b1..8933b21eb8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Group Element Wizard -The Group Element Wizard starts automatically when you insert a Group Box into a document. +The Group Element Wizard starts automatically when you insert a Group Box into a document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp index d0deab228a..5ef03ab67e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@
- Group Element Wizard: Data + Group Element Wizard: Data Specifies which option fields are contained inside the group box.
Which names do you want to give the option fields? - Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form. This entry corresponds to the Label property of the option field. + Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form. This entry corresponds to the Label property of the option field. Accept
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp index 3ddd319f7f..26266c1cbd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
- Group Element Wizard: Default Field Selection + Group Element Wizard: Default Field Selection Determines that you want one option field to be selected as the default choice.
- The default settings will be accepted if you open the form in the user mode. With these settings you determine the control property Default Status. + The default settings will be accepted if you open the form in the user mode. With these settings you determine the control property Default Status.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp index 6d65e0d74d..39bd03e305 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
- Group Element Wizard: Field Values + Group Element Wizard: Field Values Assigns a reference value to each option field.
- Select a field from the option fields list and enter the corresponding reference value. + Select a field from the option fields list and enter the corresponding reference value.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp index 511b5b0b11..8e705d9e28 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
-Group Element Wizard: Database Field +Group Element Wizard: Database Field This page is only visible if the document is linked to a database. It specifies whether the reference values should be saved in the database.
-Indicate where to save the reference values. A reference value can represent the current state of the group box in a database. +Indicate where to save the reference values. A reference value can represent the current state of the group box in a database.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp index b432bc8519..5fa980d354 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@
- Group Element Wizard: Create Option Group + Group Element Wizard: Create Option Group Specifies a label for the option group.
Which caption is to be given to your option group? - Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form. The text you enter here will correspond to the Label property of the group box. + Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form. The text you enter here will correspond to the Label property of the group box. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp index 2ac1e37584..f0060de2cf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Document Converter Page 1 +Document Converter Page 1 Specifies the type of Microsoft Office documents that will be converted.
@@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents. Create Log file Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted. -Continue to the next page of the Document Converter. +Continue to the next page of the Document Converter. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp index 4f98e128ab..451e4fc4d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Document converter continuation pages +Document converter continuation pages Specifies, for each template type and document type, the directory to be read from and the directory to be written to.
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ Note that the "Text documents" label can change, depending on the selections from the previous page. For example, if Microsoft Word documents have been selected, the label reads "Word documents". Indicates that the documents are to be converted. -Here you can return to the main page of the Document Converter Wizard. +Here you can return to the main page of the Document Converter Wizard. diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp index 419edf9dfd..29d3bbed3c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Euro Converter Wizard Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros. -Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialog opens. This dialog is described at the end of this section. +Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialog opens. This dialog is described at the end of this section.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp index cec29dfa57..78e8d8f3a2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Address Data Source

+

Address Data Source

This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp index 7a28c06cd9..6226f72cdf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Additional Settings

+

Additional Settings

Allows you to enter additional settings for other external data sources.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp index 959ad6b366..e6d58540e3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Select Table +Select Table Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp index 9b8420960e..9a2620e156 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Data Source Title +Data Source Title Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp index 2829f24fb5..c23cee0fcb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Field Assignment +Field Assignment Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
@@ -41,6 +41,6 @@
Field Assignment -Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog. +Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog. diff --git a/source/text/shared/find_toolbar.xhp b/source/text/shared/find_toolbar.xhp index f42674ce3a..b70db37080 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/find_toolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/find_toolbar.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Find Bar

+

Find Bar

The Find toolbar can be used to quickly search the contents of %PRODUCTNAME documents.
Use the shortcut CommandCtrl + F to quickly open the Find toolbar. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Find and Replace

- Opens the Find and Replace dialog, which provides more options for searching the document. + Opens the Find and Replace dialog, which provides more options for searching the document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp index eda6b989dc..3b9ce48afe 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ templates; new documents from templates business cards; using templates -

First Steps

+

First Steps

How to simplify your work using samples and templates

%PRODUCTNAME includes many sample documents and ready-to-use templates. You can access these by choosing File - New - Templates, or press Shift+CommandCtrl+N. @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ Click the Browse online templates button in the dialog to select and download more templates. You can also use the various wizards (under the File - Wizards menu) to create your own templates, which you can use as a basis for further documents.
-Working with %PRODUCTNAME -Working with Templates +Working with %PRODUCTNAME +Working with Templates -Working with Text Documents +Working with Text Documents -Working with Spreadsheets +Working with Spreadsheets -Working with Presentations +Working with Presentations -Working with Drawings +Working with Drawings -Working with Formulas +Working with Formulas
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp index 248de3bae6..0c1101b655 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ accessibility; %PRODUCTNAME features -

Accessibility in %PRODUCTNAME

+

Accessibility in %PRODUCTNAME

The following accessibility features are part of %PRODUCTNAME: - Support of external devices and applications + Support of external devices and applications - Access to all functions by keyboard. The keys that replace the mouse actions are listed in the %PRODUCTNAME Help + Access to all functions by keyboard. The keys that replace the mouse actions are listed in the %PRODUCTNAME Help Improved readability of screen contents @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program startup may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment has to be started as well.
- %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - View - %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors - %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility + %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - View + %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors + %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp index b047530f30..c8df5d4db9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ tooltips;extended tips activating;extended help tips -Turning Extended Tips On and Off +Turning Extended Tips On and Off Extended tips provide a brief description of the function of a particular icon, text box or menu command when you rest your cursor on that item. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp index 8505f56fa3..c15cd81871 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ viewing;%PRODUCTNAME documents in Internet Explorer editing;%PRODUCTNAME documents in Internet Explorer -ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer +ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer Under Windows only, you can view any $[officename] document in a window of the Microsoft Internet Explorer. Install the ActiveX control in the $[officename] Setup program. Installing the ActiveX control diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp index 710b79fb76..074208656d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ screen magnifiers magnifiers -Assistive Tools in $[officename] +Assistive Tools in $[officename] $[officename] supports some assistive technology tools like screen magnification software, screen readers, and on-screen keyboards. -A current list of supported assistive tools can be found on the Wiki at https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility. +A current list of supported assistive tools can be found on the Wiki at https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility. Supported Input Devices $[officename] provides the ability to use alternative input devices for access to all functions of $[officename]. @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
-%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - View -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Application Colors -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Accessibility +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - View +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Application Colors +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Accessibility
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp index 1b61e109a3..7877b390b1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/auto_redact.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Auto-Redact

+

Auto-Redact

Use automatic redaction to define words and patterns that are automatically marked for redaction.
Automatic redaction makes it easier to redact %PRODUCTNAME documents that have multiple portions of text that need to be hidden due to sensitivity or privacy issues. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Add all targets that you want to apply to your document and click OK. This opens the document as a drawing in %PRODUCTNAME Draw with all targets automatically redacted with the Rectangle Redaction tool. Continue redacting other portions of the generated document and then print or export it to PDF. - Refer to the help page List of Regular Expressions to learn more about how to use regular expressions in %PRODUCTNAME. + Refer to the help page List of Regular Expressions to learn more about how to use regular expressions in %PRODUCTNAME.

Exporting and Importing Targets

Click the Save Targets button to save all defined targets in the document as a JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) file. Click the Load Targets button to import and apply the targets defined in a JSON file to another %PRODUCTNAME document. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp index 630010dfc8..ecebf3dbc8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ links;turning off automatic recognition predictive text, see also AutoCorrect function/AutoFill function/AutoInput function/word completion/text completion -

Turning off Automatic URL Recognition +

Turning off Automatic URL Recognition

- When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a URL and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles. + When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a URL and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles. The following texts are changed to hyperlinks: diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp index 20c0e12642..667c314e94 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ hiding;docked windows -Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows +Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge. Docking and Undocking Windows diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp index 730a8c763f..151150c0f0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ text, see also text documents, paragraphs and characters MW deleted 6 entries and changed "pages;" -

Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark) +

Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ - Area tab page + Area tab page Backgrounds in Text Backgrounds in Spreadsheets

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp index 3e349d64a3..609b9a35af 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ defining;paragraph borders mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;" - Defining Borders for Paragraphs + Defining Borders for Paragraphs Setting a Predefined Border Style diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp index 178ea94571..aab10f137b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ defining;table borders mw deleted "adding;" -

Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells +

Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells

Setting a Predefined Border Style

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp index d5bfcf881f..70cf26c514 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ changing;document titles documents; changing titles -Changing the Title of a Document +Changing the Title of a Document You can specify a title for your document. Some file manager utilities can display the titles next to the filenames of your documents. How to change the title of the current document @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-Document Properties +Document Properties
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp index b6b6c48ebb..aa82902c33 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ editing; chart axes formatting; axes in charts -Editing Chart Axes +Editing Chart Axes To edit the axes of a chart that you have inserted: @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
-Format - Object properties +Format - Object properties
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp index 5b421d4412..a50202580f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ inserting;textures on chart bars MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;" - Adding Texture to Chart Bars + Adding Texture to Chart Bars You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via graphics: diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp index 3b2e07f106..d318b8e41d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ charts; editing data editing; chart data moved many index entries to new schart/01 files -Inserting Charts +Inserting Charts Different methods exist to start a chart: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ In Writer, Draw or Impress, choose Insert - Chart to insert a chart based on default data. -You can change the default data values by double-clicking on the chart and then choosing View - Chart Data Table. +You can change the default data values by double-clicking on the chart and then choosing View - Chart Data Table.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp index c6c95d76eb..64b4c2afa0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ editing; chart legends formatting; chart legends -Editing Chart Legends +Editing Chart Legends To edit a chart legend: @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ To select the legend, first double-click on the chart (see step 1), then click on the legend. You can now move the legend within the chart using the mouse.ufi: removed an obsolete note
-Format - Object Properties +Format - Object Properties
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp index e3bf5d5887..40e9675d60 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ editing; chart titles titles; editing in charts -Editing Chart Titles +Editing Chart Titles To edit a chart title that you have inserted into a $[officename] document: @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-Format - Object properties +Format - Object properties
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/classification.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/classification.xhp index e90ec88750..b406b00368 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/classification.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/classification.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ -

Document Classification

+

Document Classification

classification;BAILS levels classification;BAF category diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/collab.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/collab.xhp index 3d9515b35c..abc7397d83 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/collab.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/collab.xhp @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Write access also enables other users to (accidentally or deliberately) delete or change a file.
-Save As +Save As
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp index 7293d80948..1523608c32 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ configuring; $[officename] customizing; $[officename] -Configuring $[officename] +Configuring $[officename]
You can customize your $[officename] to suit your needs. @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ You can change the shortcut keys. -To change these, choose Tools - Customize to open the Customize dialog. +To change these, choose Tools - Customize to open the Customize dialog.
-Tools - Customize +Tools - Customize
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp index e072fee629..bc03768505 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ opening; context menus activating;context menus
-Using Context Menus +Using Context Menus
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/convertfilters.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/convertfilters.xhp index a599646e1b..85f4519575 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/convertfilters.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/convertfilters.xhp @@ -24,16 +24,16 @@ module file filters

- File Conversion Filter Names + File Conversion Filter Names

- Tables with filter names for command line document conversion. + Tables with filter names for command line document conversion.

Usage

-Filter names are used when importing and exporting files in alien formats and converting files formats through the command line. +Filter names are used when importing and exporting files in alien formats and converting files formats through the command line. soffice --convert-to OutputFileExtension[:OutputFilterName[:OutputFilterParams[,param]]] [--outdir output_dir] soffice --infilter="InputFilterName[:InputFilterParams[,param]]" diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp index cac529d163..08fe87806a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ copying; draw objects between documents pasting;draw objects from other documents mw added "pasting;" -Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents +Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents In $[officename] it is possible to copy drawing objects between text, spreadsheets and presentation documents. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp index 8a036be8d8..aedd63e863 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ text documents;inserting spreadsheet cells tables in spreadsheets;copying data to other applications mw deleted "tables;" and added "charts;" and "tables in spreadsheets;" -Inserting Data From Spreadsheets +Inserting Data From Spreadsheets diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp index 2cd158c087..e48abba93d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ copying;data from text documents pasting;data from text documents mw added "pasting; and changed "drag and drop;"" -Inserting Data From Text Documents +Inserting Data From Text Documents You can insert text into other document types, such as spreadsheets and presentations. Note that there is a difference between whether the text is inserted into a frame, a spreadsheet cell, or into the outline view of a presentation. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/csv_params.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/csv_params.xhp index 5881c41fbd..c9f2c9cf92 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/csv_params.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/csv_params.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ CSV;command line filter options
-

CSV Filter Options

+

CSV Filter Options

The CSV filter accepts an option string containing five to thirteen tokens, separated by commas. Tokens 6 to 13 are optional.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp index edf50297f6..c4aace0702 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ Arabic;entering text Thai;entering text mw made "text layout;" a one level entry -Languages Using Complex Text Layout +Languages Using Complex Text Layout -Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as CTL languages. +Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as CTL languages. If you select the text flow from right to left, embedded Western text still runs from left to right. The cursor responds to the arrow keys in that Right Arrow moves it "to the text end" and Left Arrow "to the text start". You can change the text writing direction directly by pressing one of the following key combinations: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Complex Text Layout +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Complex Text Layout diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp index f6d4b0381a..40df278af3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ registering; address books -Registering an Address Book +Registering an Address Book
In %PRODUCTNAME you can register different data sources. The contents of the data fields are then available to you for use in various fields and controls. Your system address book is such a data source. @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell %PRODUCTNAME which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below. The address book data is read-only in %PRODUCTNAME Base. It is not possible to add, edit, or delete address data from within Base. Address Data Source Wizard -To call the Address Data Source wizard, choose File - Wizards - Address Data Source. +To call the Address Data Source wizard, choose File - Wizards - Address Data Source. Registering An Existing Address Book Manually -Choose Tools - Address Book Source. The Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog appears. +Choose Tools - Address Book Source. The Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog appears. In the Data source combo box, select the system address book or the data source you want to use as an address book. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp index a352b229f8..559b867bd1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ importing; tables in text format exporting; spreadsheets to text format -Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format +Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format. Importing Data into $[officename] @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ Export the desired data from the source database in a text format. The CSV text format is recommended. This format separates data fields by using delimiters such as commas or semi-colons, and separates records by inserting line breaks. -Choose File - Open and click the file to import. +Choose File - Open and click the file to import. Select "Text CSV" from the File type combo box. Click Open. -The Text Import dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document. +The Text Import dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document. Once the data is in a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet, you can edit it as needed. Save the data as a $[officename] data source: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ In File type select the filter "Text CSV". Enter a file name and click Save. -This opens the Export of text files dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click OK. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved. +This opens the Export of text files dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click OK. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp index c7268b251c..c74b4eae24 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ commands;SQL executing SQL commands mw changed "SQL;executing commands"mw made "executing;" a one level entry -Executing SQL Commands +Executing SQL Commands With the help of SQL commands you can control the database directly, and can also create and edit tables and queries. Not all database types support all SQL instructions. If necessary, find out which SQL commands are supported by your database system. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
- Query Design + Query Design
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp index 91389473c0..a55cf7e9b8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ reports;templates -Using and Editing Database Reports +Using and Editing Database Reports Using a Report %PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard -On the last dialog page of the Report Wizard, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report. +On the last dialog page of the Report Wizard, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report. You can edit the page styles for the first page and the following pages of the report as well as the paragraph styles, the number formats, the printed field labels, and more. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp index 9356b22a20..16e431ce7c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ forms;finding records searching;tables and forms -Searching Tables and Form Documents +Searching Tables and Form Documents

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
-You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the Find & Replace dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the $[officename] Help. +You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the Find & Replace dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the $[officename] Help. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp index bcfbe5d5c7..928fbe6ac5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ data;filtering in forms forms; filtering data data, see also values -MW inserted a cross-referenceSearching With a Form Filter +MW inserted a cross-referenceSearching With a Form Filter @@ -58,15 +58,15 @@ Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND). -More information about wildcards and operators can be found in Query Design. +More information about wildcards and operators can be found in Query Design. If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied. You see the Form Navigation toolbar and can browse through the found records. If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter. -Click the Apply Filter icon +Click the Apply Filter icon Icon on the Form Navigation toolbar to change to the filtered view. -The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking Reset Filter/Sort icon +The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking Reset Filter/Sort icon Icon . diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp index b1f0f1656d..f7d39b5cd8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ primary keys;design view MW deleted "database tables;" and changed "tables in databases;"UFI added AutoValue and Primary Key entry - i48831MW changed Tables in databases, AutoValue and Primary Key entries - Table Design + Table Design - This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the design view. + This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the design view. Open the database file of the database where you want a new table. Click the Tables icon. Choose Create Table in Design View to create a new table. In the Design view, you can now create the fields for your table. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp index ec874dc4e4..7f22016ed3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp @@ -33,28 +33,28 @@ explorer of data sources -

Database Overview +

Database Overview remove this file when all links are resolved

Working with databases in %PRODUCTNAME

Data Source View

Choose View - Data Sources or press CommandCtrl + Shift + F4 keys to call the data source view from a text document or spreadsheet. -On the left you can see the Data source explorer. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the Table Data bar. +On the left you can see the Data source explorer. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the Table Data bar.

Data Sources

-Address book as data source -View data source contents +Address book as data source +View data source contents Menu bar of a database file

Forms and Reports

-Create new form document, edit form controls, Form Wizard -Entering data versus editing form -Report Wizard +Create new form document, edit form controls, Form Wizard +Entering data versus editing form +Report Wizard

Queries

-Create new query or table view, edit query structure +Create new query or table view, edit query structure Query Wizard -Enter, edit and copy records +Enter, edit and copy records

Tables

-Create new table, edit table structure, index, relations +Create new table, edit table structure, index, relations Table Wizard -Enter, edit and copy records +Enter, edit and copy records diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dev_tools.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dev_tools.xhp index 5463a73128..73c0fd8ed0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dev_tools.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dev_tools.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Development Tools

+

Development Tools

Inspects objects in %PRODUCTNAME documents and shows supported UNO services, as well as available methods, properties and implemented interfaces.
This feature also allows to explore the document structure using the Document Object Model (DOM). @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Object Inspection Panel

The right side of the window is the Object Inspection Panel that displays information about the object being inspected. Class Name: is the name of the object class. - Use the class name to search more information in the API documentation. For example, the top-level object in a Writer document is an instance of the class SwXTextDocument, which is documented at SwXTextDocument Class Reference. + Use the class name to search more information in the API documentation. For example, the top-level object in a Writer document is an instance of the class SwXTextDocument, which is documented at SwXTextDocument Class Reference. You can inspect the object further by using the four tabs available that display its Interfaces, Services, Properties and Methods. The information about the object is organized in columns in each tab. The set of columns displayed depend on the selected tab.

Interfaces tab

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp index c57804bb98..6bd0633073 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ The messages about validation of a signature that you see in %PRODUCTNAME are the messages that the validation files return. The %PRODUCTNAME software has no way to ensure that the messages reflect the true status of any certificate. The %PRODUCTNAME software only displays the messages that other files that are not under control of %PRODUCTNAME report. There is no legal responsibility of %PRODUCTNAME that the displayed messages reflect the true status of a digital signature.
- English Wiki page on digital signatures + English Wiki page on digital signatures Opening a document using WebDAV over HTTPS
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp index ae690d7d7b..4eec633261 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ If you enable Remember password till end of session, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
- English Wiki page on digital signatures + English Wiki page on digital signatures About digital signatures
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp index 2b00429e5f..befc2b3adc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp @@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ presentations; saving automatically
-Saving Documents Automatically +Saving Documents Automatically To create a backup file every time you save a document -Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. +Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. Mark Always create backup copy. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ To save recovery information automatically every n minutes -Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. +Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. Mark Save AutoRecovery information every and select the time interval. @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@
-Save As -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General +Save As +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General Error Report Tool
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp index 7161b37ef7..8952d16a18 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
mw changed "tables;..." to "spreadsheets;..."mw made one entry out of two for "spreadsheets;", "presentations;" and "text (documents);" - Opening Documents + Opening Documents Opening an existing document @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
- File - Open + File - Open
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp index 30c0a6cdda..17657e9893 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ drawings; saving presentations; saving FTP; saving documents -mw changed "tables;..." to "spreadsheets;..."mw changed "text;" to "text documents;"Saving Documents +mw changed "tables;..." to "spreadsheets;..."mw changed "text;" to "text documents;"Saving Documents @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ -When you save a new file for the first time, the Save As dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose File - Save As. -You can set the automatic creation of a backup copy under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. +When you save a new file for the first time, the Save As dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose File - Save As. +You can set the automatic creation of a backup copy under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. Automatic extension to the file name When saving a file, %PRODUCTNAME always appends an extension to the file name, except when the file name already has an extension that matches the file type. See the list of ODF extensions. Some examples for the automatic extensions are listed in the following table: @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ -Save As +Save As -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp index edc25b9687..7075ee9543 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ copying;by drag and drop -Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document +Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document There are many options for moving or copying objects using drag-and-drop. Text sections, drawing objects, graphics, form controls, hyperlinks, cell ranges, and many more can be moved or copied with the mouse. Note that the mouse pointer displays a plus sign when copying and an arrow when creating a link or hyperlink. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -If you drag objects out of the Navigator, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's Drag Mode icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink. +If you drag objects out of the Navigator, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's Drag Mode icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp index e2ef53609b..5dd037495c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ copying;from data source view pasting;from data source view mw added "pasting;" -Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View +Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View A fast way of copying from a data source into a text or spreadsheet document, or of creating forms based on a data source, is by drag-and-drop. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.Using data in a text documentYou can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document. -To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the Insert database columns dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted. +To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the Insert database columns dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.Applying data to a table documentYou can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.Inserting controls in a text form diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp index 60b2828d78..9eb4d5c7fc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ draw objects;dropping Gallery picturesdrag and drop;from Gallery to draw objectsmw deleted "Gallery;copying..." and copied "copying;..." to Shared guide gallery_insert.xhp. -Copying Graphics From the Gallery +Copying Graphics From the Gallery If you drag a graphic from the Gallery into a text, spreadsheet or presentation document, the graphic will be inserted there. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp index e0eba5bee9..6ddd0fcb9b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ pasting;to Gallery mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;" - Adding Graphics to the Gallery + Adding Graphics to the Gallery You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp index ca3136cae9..f5a344e3a8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ copying;pictures, between documents pasting;pictures from other documents mw added "pasting;" -Copying Graphics Between Documents +Copying Graphics Between Documents You can copy a graphic from one document to another by drag-and-drop. If you plan to publish your document, please observe copyright laws and obtain the consent of the authors. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp index 8b6375d6d3..5d03aae9e0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ copying; sheet areas, to text documents pasting;sheet areas in text documents mw added "pasting;" -

Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents

+

Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents

Open both the text document and the spreadsheet. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp index 71c649e011..31e8be39c1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Adding Buttons to Toolbars

+

Adding Buttons to Toolbars

To make a button visible on a toolbar

Open the context menu of the toolbar (right click) and choose Visible Buttons and then select the button you want to display. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp index 3c7907f491..53d6687d79 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ presentations; sending as email attachments in emails -Sending Documents as Email +Sending Documents as Email Working in $[officename], you can send the current document as an email attachment. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp index 6574a0d13f..3956cdc221 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ activating;Crash Report Tool -

Crash Report Tool

+

Crash Report Tool

The Crash Report Tool starts automatically after a program crash occurs. The Crash Report Tool gathers necessary information that can help the program developers to improve the code, so that in later versions this error can possibly be avoided. Please help us to improve the software and send the generated crash report. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp index 1474a57510..0936b10f04 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Excel; saving as PowerPoint export mw made "PowerPoint;..." a one level entry -Saving Documents in Other Formats +Saving Documents in Other Formats @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-Save As +Save As diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp index 768bdeeffb..fdaaadff56 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ sending; documents as faxes configuring;fax icon
-Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing +Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem. Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax: -Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print. +Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print. Select the fax driver from the Fax list box and click OK. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp index ef4eaeca40..d3de992269 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ large icons small icons
-Changing Icon Size +Changing Icon Size You can change the icon view between small and large icons. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp index 3a4dfb82fd..2400b9dcf2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ button bars, see toolbars -

Using Toolbars

+

Using Toolbars

Toolbars in %PRODUCTNAME can be either docked as part of the main window, or floating as a separate window. By default, the visible toolbars and the ones you open with View – Toolbars are docked, and their positions are locked. Some toolbar icons, for example the Font Color icon, can open another toolbar. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar containing further icons. You now have a choice: either click the icon that you want to activate, or seize the toolbar by its title bar and drag it while holding down the mouse button. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp index 5e249e6cdd..25cc408b87 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ press buttons, see push buttons push buttons;adding to documents MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;" -Adding a Command Button to a Document +Adding a Command Button to a Document You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document. To Add a Button to a Document diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp index aaa8cebb1c..81c8110f65 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ copying;from Gallery mw deleted "adding;" - Inserting Objects From the Gallery + Inserting Objects From the Gallery You can insert an object in a document either as a copy or as a link. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link. Inserting an object as a copy diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp index 720d3b0c10..50638c5ed6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ buttons;editing hyperlink buttons URL;changing hyperlink URLs MW deleted "changing;" -

Editing Hyperlinks

+

Editing Hyperlinks

When you CommandCtrl-click a hyperlink in a Writer document, your web browser opens with the requested web address. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the hyperlink and open the context menu by Shift+F10, then choose Open Hyperlink.

Changing the text of a hyperlink

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Changing the URL of a hyperlink

-As described above, open Hyperlink Dialog. +As described above, open Hyperlink Dialog.

Changing the attribute of all hyperlinks

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp index f243a177ad..debd886e72 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ links; inserting inserting; hyperlinks -Inserting Hyperlinks +Inserting Hyperlinks You can insert hyperlinks in two ways: as text or as a button. In both cases, the visible text can be different from the URL. -Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select Hyperlink command from the Insert menu. Alternatively click on the Icon Hyperlink icon on the Standard toolbar. The Hyperlink dialog appears. +Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select Hyperlink command from the Insert menu. Alternatively click on the Icon Hyperlink icon on the Standard toolbar. The Hyperlink dialog appears. To jump to a specific line in a text document, first enter a bookmark at that position (Insert - Bookmark). diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp index 32503d6097..9a7e817075 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ hyperlinks; relative and absolute hyperlinks, see also links -Relative and Absolute Links +Relative and Absolute Links When you include hyperlinks, two factors must be taken into account: whether they are set as relative or absolute on saving, and whether or not the file is present. -Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General and specify in the Save URLs relative to field if $[officename] creates relative or absolute hyperlinks. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive. +Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General and specify in the Save URLs relative to field if $[officename] creates relative or absolute hyperlinks. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive. You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the File - Save As dialog, and if you have marked the option Copy local images to Internet under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp index 48056d273c..814328f885 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ converters; document converter files, see also documents MW inserted cross-reference "files, see also documents"MW changed "defaults;..."ufi added "converters;document converter" -Opening documents saved in other formats +Opening documents saved in other formats You can open a document saved in another format by using the following procedure: @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Open the wizard, which guides you through the operation, to copy and convert all documents from Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel or Microsoft PowerPoint into OpenDocument file format documents. You can select a source and target directory, specify whether to convert documents and/or templates, and more besides. -Choose File - Wizards - Document Converter. +Choose File - Wizards - Document Converter. @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ - Working with VBA code - Setting the default file format + Working with VBA code + Setting the default file format diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp index d40579549e..8c13a86626 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ pictures;filters filters;pictures mw made "illustrations,..." a see-reference -

Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps Images +

Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps Images

Inserting Bitmaps

A bitmap image can be inserted in $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress documents. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Icons on the Image bar

When you select the bitmap image, the Image Bar offers you the tools for editing the image. Only a local copy is edited in the document, even if you have inserted an image as a link. The Image Bar may look slightly different depending to the module you are using. -A number of filters are located on the Image Filter toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the Image Bar. +A number of filters are located on the Image Filter toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the Image Bar. The original image file will not be changed by the filters. Filters are applied to an image only inside the document. Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect. In $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress, you can add text and graphics, select these objects together with the bitmap, and export the selection as a new bitmap image. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp index 5953a3966b..9491c8b9ff 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ editing;draw objects pictures;scaling/resizing MW added "graphic objects, see also..." -Editing Graphic Objects +Editing Graphic Objects Choose View - Toolbars - Drawing to open the Drawing toolbar, if it is not already open. Drawing objects can be subsequently edited and modified. Drawing objects created in this way are vector graphics, which you can scale freely without any loss of quality. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ To revert to normal mode after creating and editing draw objects, click in an area of the document containing no objects. If you see a drawing cursor, first exit this mode by clicking the Select icon.
- Information about the individual icons + Information about the individual icons diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp index 59d385b4c0..df26285b79 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ accents compose key to insert special characters -Inserting Special Characters +Inserting Special Characters This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ All Unix systems: (Alt Graph) as additional compose key. The (Alt Graph) key can work in $[officename] like the Compose key, if you set the environment variable SAL_ALTGR_COMPOSE. The (Alt Graph) key must trigger a mode_switch, so, for example, xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_R = Mode_switch" must be set. First press (Alt Graph), then the first modifier, then the second modifier. The characters are combined as described on a Solaris system in the file /usr/openwin/include/X11/Suncompose.h. -Special Characters -AutoCorrect +Special Characters +AutoCorrect diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp index 5a709a6c14..f3a2e001e6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ UNO components;integrating new installing;UNO components -Integrating new UNO components +Integrating new UNO components Programmers can write and integrate their own UNO (Universal Network Objects) components to $[officename]. Those new components can be added to the $[officename] menus and toolbars; we call them "Add-Ons". The integration of new components is supported by some tools and services. Details can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide. The three main steps are as follows: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Change the user interface (menus or toolbars). This can be done almost automatically by writing an XML text file that describes the changes. More information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide. -The Add-Ons can extend the functionality of $[officename]. They are not related to the Add-Ins +The Add-Ons can extend the functionality of $[officename]. They are not related to the Add-Ins Add-Ins that provide new functions for $[officename] Calc. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp index 253aea1aa9..d7abfce703 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ accessibility;general shortcuts shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility -Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility) +Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility) You can control %PRODUCTNAME without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard. On each module's main help page (for example, the %PRODUCTNAME Writer or %PRODUCTNAME Calc main help page) there is a link to access the keyboard shortcuts' help for that module. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Selection in Tables - In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the Data Source View. The following keys are used for selections in these tables: + In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the Data Source View. The following keys are used for selections in these tables: Spacebar: switches from selection of the current row and cancellation of any selection, but not if the current cell is in edit mode. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
Controlling the Help - Press Shift+F1 to display the Extended Tips for the currently selected command, icon or control. + Press Shift+F1 to display the Extended Tips for the currently selected command, icon or control. Navigating the main help pages diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp index 2faefa4862..f9b920b606 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ business cards; creating and synchronizing synchronizing;labels and business cards mw made "synchronizing..." a two level entry -Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards +Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog -Choose File - New - Business Cards to open the Business Cards dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look. +Choose File - New - Business Cards to open the Business Cards dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look. Designing Labels and Business Cards You can design both labels and business cards through the Labels dialog. -Choose File - New - Labels to open the Labels dialog. +Choose File - New - Labels to open the Labels dialog. On the Labels tab, under Format, define the label format. @@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ -Business Cards +Business Cards diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp index 6102fa5827..16fba62714 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ stickers databases;creating labels mw deleted "creating;" -Printing Address Labels +Printing Address Labels diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp index 83f1827efe..de98380b0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ spelling; default languages dictionaries, see also languages mw deleted "applying;" and changed "languages;" -Selecting the Document Language +Selecting the Document Language The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Selecting a language for the whole document - Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options. Go to Language Settings - Languages. + Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options. Go to Language Settings - Languages. Under Default languages for documents, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark For the current document only, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with OK. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
- %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages - Format - Character - Font + %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages + Format - Character - Font diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp index 06575b3899..9ea1f41fd7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ drawing lines in text automatic lines/borders in text -Drawing Lines in Text +Drawing Lines in Text You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes. To define the line attributes and direction, use the Line drawing object as follows: @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style Horizontal Line. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the Horizontal Line Style in the Styles window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox. -You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing Format - Paragraph - Borders. +You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing Format - Paragraph - Borders. Automatic lines in Writer @@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ To disable the automatic borders, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options and clear Apply border. -The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in HTML, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics. +The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in HTML, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics. When you enter a line width, you can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium. -Format - Paragraph - Borders +Format - Paragraph - Borders diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp index 791e02aa15..206eaf711b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ arrows; defining arrow heads lines;defining ends -

Defining Arrow Styles

+

Defining Arrow Styles

You can define any shape to be included in the list of available arrow styles. Only the form of the shape is added as a black filled arrowhead. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp index 834b3e6546..b457101039 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ line styles;defining defining;line styles -Defining Line Styles +Defining Line Styles diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp index c24942c2cf..ada9b17bf7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ arrows; defining arrow lines line styles; applying -Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar +Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar The Drawing Object Properties toolbar contains icons and combo boxes to define various line attributes. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/lotusdbasediff.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/lotusdbasediff.xhp index d23eb13569..7a723b9f62 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/lotusdbasediff.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/lotusdbasediff.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Diff;command line filter options
-

Lotus, dBase and Diff filter parameters

+

Lotus, dBase and Diff filter parameters

The Lotus, dBase and Diff filters accept a string containing the numerical index of the used character set for single-byte characters, that is, 0 for the system character set. The numerical indexes assigned to the character sets are in the table below.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp index fe2c4ea56f..bb1821ccee 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ recording; macros Basic; recording macros - Recording a Macro + Recording a Macro %PRODUCTNAME can record commands executed with the keyboard and mouse in Writer and Calc @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
- Macro + Macro
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/main.xhp index a3f45acf2e..e74fda9a6f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/main.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ instructions; general -

General Instructions for %PRODUCTNAME

+

General Instructions for %PRODUCTNAME

Opening and Saving Documents and Templates

@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@

Miscellaneous

-General Terminology -Internet Terminology +General Terminology +Internet Terminology diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/manage_templates.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/manage_templates.xhp index 5cf2239c38..c88404b0d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/manage_templates.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/manage_templates.xhp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ file extensions;in templates -

Templates in the Template Manager

-The recommended method for working with templates is to use the Template Manager and the commands in the File - Templates submenu, Edit Template and Save as Template. These commands are sufficient for basic management of templates in %PRODUCTNAME. +

Templates in the Template Manager

+The recommended method for working with templates is to use the Template Manager and the commands in the File - Templates submenu, Edit Template and Save as Template. These commands are sufficient for basic management of templates in %PRODUCTNAME. This guide explains how the file system interacts with the Template Manager. This information is particularly useful if you want to manage directories directly, but still be coordinated with the Template Manager.

Working with Template Files

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ -For information about the meaning of the extensions see Filter Conversion. +For information about the meaning of the extensions see Filter Conversion.

Working with Template Names

The Template Manager shows the Title field of a document as the Template Name. As long as the Title field is not empty, the filename has no consequences for the Template Name shown in the Template Manager. If the Title field is empty, the filename, without extension, is shown as the Template Name. If two templates have the exact same entry in the Title field and belong to the same Category, then only one template appears in the Template Manager. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp index 156859f351..55b308ac21 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ distances selecting;measurement units -Selecting Measurement Units +Selecting Measurement Units You can select separate measurement units for $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Writer/Web, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw documents. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-Entering measurement units directly -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General +Entering measurement units directly +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp index 3fbd667217..a6d6959409 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Microsoft Office;feature comparisons -Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms +Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms The following table lists Microsoft Office features and their $[officename] equivalents. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ AutoShapes -Gallery Objects
Shapes are on the Drawing toolbar (menu View - Toolbars - Drawing)
+Gallery Objects
Shapes are on the Drawing toolbar (menu View - Toolbars - Drawing)
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Change Case -Case/Characters +Case/Characters @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Compare and Merge Documents -Compare +Compare @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Document Map -Navigator +Navigator @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Formula Auditing -Detective +Detective @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Lines and Page Breaks -Text Flow +Text Flow @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Markup -Track Changes - Show +Track Changes - Show @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Replace text as you type -AutoCorrect +AutoCorrect @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Show/Hide -Nonprinting Characters, Hidden Paragraphs +Nonprinting Characters, Hidden Paragraphs @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Spelling and Grammar -Spelling +Spelling @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Track changes -Changes - Record +Changes - Record @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Validation -Validity +Validity @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Workbook -Spreadsheet +Spreadsheet @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Worksheet -Sheet +Sheet diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp index 06d277b274..7c7dc4576b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ file associations for Microsoft Office changing;file associations in Setup program -Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types +Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types To change the association of Microsoft Office file name extensions to open the files either in $[officename] or in Microsoft Office, using Microsoft Windows:
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp index 3be46e3086..4e5d98eacf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Microsoft Office;importing password protected files MW moved "Microsoft Office;" from shared/guide/protection.xhp -About Converting Microsoft Office Documents +About Converting Microsoft Office Documents $[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze. The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can load and save the Microsoft Office Open XML document formats with the extensions docx, xlsx, and pptx. The same versions can also run some Excel Visual Basic scripts, if you enable this feature at %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - VBA Properties. The following lists provide a general overview of Microsoft Office features that may cause conversion challenges. These will not affect your ability to use or work with the content of the converted document. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ In Excel, the formula =A1+A2 returns 2, but the formula =SUM(A1,A2) returns 0.in SUM(A1<limiter>A2), use the Excel limiter comma , in English and semicolon ; in German -For a detailed overview about converting documents to and from Microsoft Office format, see the Migration Guide. +For a detailed overview about converting documents to and from Microsoft Office format, see the Migration Guide. Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password %PRODUCTNAME can open the following Microsoft Office document types that are protected by a password.
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
- Setting the default file format + Setting the default file format
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp index dc9cffe50e..2dbd45aeec 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ saving;in Microsoft Office file formatmacros; in MS Office documents -Using Microsoft Office and $[officename] +Using Microsoft Office and $[officename] $[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats. Opening a Microsoft Office File @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats -Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. +Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General. In the Default file format and ODF settings area, first select a document type, then select the file type for saving. @@ -106,19 +106,19 @@ The Document Converter Wizard will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved. -Choose File - Wizards - Document Converter to start the wizard. +Choose File - Wizards - Document Converter to start the wizard. Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename] With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different. The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - VBA Properties. -If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] Basic IDE editor. +If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] Basic IDE editor. You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before. You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving. -Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - VBA Properties to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename]. +Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - VBA Properties to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename]. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp index 467dd52b14..478aebdff6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ documents; contents as lists Navigator; contents as lists -

Navigator for Document Overview +

Navigator for Document Overview

All contents of the Navigator window are referred to here as "categories," whether headings, sheets, tables, frames, graphics, OLE objects, sections, hyperlinks, references, indexes, comments, or drawing objects. The Navigator displays types of objects contained in a document. If a plus sign appears next to a category, this indicates that at least one object of this kind exists. If you rest the mouse pointer on the category name, the number of objects is displayed in an extended tip. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp index d2d70a7693..6796c812f7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ navigating;in documents Navigator;working with -Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects +Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects This is a common use of the Navigator. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp index 659ce4c2d1..25959d9510 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ indexes;showing/hiding Help index tab -Showing Navigation Pane of the Help +Showing Navigation Pane of the Help In the Help window, you can show or hide the navigation pane as needed.

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp index d1b1f62ea7..8904df1762 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ removing;bullets and numberingkeyboard;removing numbering -

Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs

+

Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs

no bullets for Calc Bullets and Numbering of paragraphs is supported only in Writer, Impress and Draw. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Press Shift+Backspace at the beginning of a list paragraph to return the number or bullet. Press the Enter key in an empty numbered paragraph to stop the numbering.
- Format - Bullets and Numbering + Format - Bullets and Numbering diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/openpgp.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/openpgp.xhp index f53e4e7720..7a71bc032f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/openpgp.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/openpgp.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ file encryption;symmetric keys
-

Encrypting Documents with OpenPGP

+

Encrypting Documents with OpenPGP

%PRODUCTNAME can encrypt documents using OpenPGP public key cryptography. The document is encrypted using a symmetric encryption algorithm.
According to https://bugs.documentfoundation.org/show_bug.cgi?id=125636#c16 , only ODF files can be signed with GPG @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ With document OpenPGP encryption, you define the set of users that can decrypt the document and you don’t need to send passwords through channels which security is unknown. Besides, the OpenPGP application manages the key chain of public keys more efficiently.
- Wikipedia on OpenPGP + Wikipedia on OpenPGP
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp index 60a45f1be7..309e17a795 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ formats; maximizing page formats printers; maximum page formats -Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page +Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page Not all printers can print a paper up to its edges. Most of them leave an unprinted margin. $[officename] offers a semi-automatic feature that enables you to print as close to the paper's edge as is possible. @@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ -Printing +Printing diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/palette_files.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/palette_files.xhp index 144382fe94..52847a3102 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/palette_files.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/palette_files.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ hatching;loading lists loading;colors/gradients/hatchings -

Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Palettes

+

Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Palettes

You can use %PRODUCTNAME extensions to add colors palettes, gradients lists, or hatching patterns lists.

To load a color palette:

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ If you have a custom palette available as an extension, use the Extension Manager to load the palette in %PRODUCTNAME: - Open the Extension Manager. + Open the Extension Manager. Click Add @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@

To load a gradient and hatching palette:

- Extensions Website. - Format - Area + Extensions Website. + Format - Area
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp index 142cabb1ea..98015c1cd6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ colors; not printing text; printing in black -Printing in Black and White +Printing in Black and White Printing Text and Images in Black and White @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ - Printing dialogs - %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options dialog + Printing dialogs + %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options dialog diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp index cb8a3f5eb9..de60a51fd5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ graphics;protecting frames;protecting -

Protecting Contents in %PRODUCTNAME +

Protecting Contents in %PRODUCTNAME

The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in %PRODUCTNAME from being modified, deleted or viewed.

Protecting Documents With Passwords When Saving

- All documents that are saved in OpenDocument format can be saved with a password. Documents that are saved with a password cannot be opened without the password. The content is secured so that it cannot be read with an external editor. This applies to content, graphics and OLE objects. + All documents that are saved in OpenDocument format can be saved with a password. Documents that are saved with a password cannot be opened without the password. The content is secured so that it cannot be read with an external editor. This applies to content, graphics and OLE objects.

@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
- It is possible to use OpenPGP to define private and public keys to be used to encrypt %PRODUCTNAME documents. Read Encrypting Documents with OpenPGP to learn more on how to set up OpenPGP encryption keys. + It is possible to use OpenPGP to define private and public keys to be used to encrypt %PRODUCTNAME documents. Read Encrypting Documents with OpenPGP to learn more on how to set up OpenPGP encryption keys.

Protecting Revision Marking

With every change made in %PRODUCTNAME Calc and %PRODUCTNAME Writer, the review function records who made the change. This function can be turned on with protection, so that it can only be turned off when the correct password is entered. Until then, all changes will continue to be recorded. Acceptance or rejection of changes is not possible. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/qrcode.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/qrcode.xhp index 9864ab8fec..1011109987 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/qrcode.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/qrcode.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ QR code;barcode
-

QR and Barcode

+

QR and Barcode

Generate linear and matrix codes for any text or URL. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp index 851834bd7d..f8cbdd7fdb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redaction.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Redaction

+

Redaction

Redacting documents blocks out words or portions of a document for authorized use or viewing.
Redaction protects sensitive information and helps enterprises and organizations to comply with regulations on confidentiality or privacy. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp index 724029a74a..cb21935b63 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ review function; recording changes example Track Changes, see review function
-

Recording and Displaying Changes +

Recording and Displaying Changes

The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents. When several authors are working on the same text or spreadsheet, the review function records and displays who made the various changes. On the final edit of the document, it is then possible to look at each individual change and decide whether it should be accepted or rejected. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp index d2d59ac307..ed2abc3552 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ changes; accepting or rejecting review function;accepting or rejecting changes -

Accepting or Rejecting Changes

+

Accepting or Rejecting Changes

The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ When you edit a document in which others have made changes, you can accept or reject the changes individually or all together. -If you have put multiple copies of the document in circulation, first merge these into one document (see Merging Versions). +If you have put multiple copies of the document in circulation, first merge these into one document (see Merging Versions). Open the document and choose Edit - Track Changes - Manage. The Manage Changes dialog appears. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp index 3f9161a4d6..a1870542dc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ changes;comparing to original review function; comparing documents mw made "comparing..." a two level entry -

Comparing Versions of a Document +

Comparing Versions of a Document

The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents. Imagine you have some co-authors or reviewers who collaborate with you writing your original document. One day you send out copies of your document to all reviewers. You ask them to edit the copy and send it back. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp index 3a31a80dc9..55fef82db4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ merging; documents versions;merging document versions -

Merging Versions +

Merging Versions

The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents. When a document has been edited by more than one person, it is possible to merge the edited copies into the original. The only requirement is that the documents differ only and exclusively in the recorded changes - all other original text must be identical. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp index dc8a94a031..af9fd5f45b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ comments; on changes review function;tracking changes UFI: deleted index review function;recording changesMW changed "settings;tracking changes" -

Recording Changes +

Recording Changes

The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents. Not all changes are recorded. For example, the changing of a tab stop from align left to align right is not recorded. However, all usual changes made by a proofreader are recorded, such as additions, deletions, text alterations, and usual formatting. - To start recording changes, open the document to be edited and choose Edit - Track Changes and then choose Record. + To start recording changes, open the document to be edited and choose Edit - Track Changes and then choose Record. Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in color, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in color. @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ Changes in a spreadsheet document are highlighted by a border around the cells; when you point to the cell you can see more detailed information on this change in the Help Tip. -You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing Edit - Track Changes - Comment. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the Manage Changes dialog. +You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing Edit - Track Changes - Comment. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the Manage Changes dialog. To stop recording changes, choose Edit - Track Changes - Record again. The check mark is removed and you can now save the document. In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional colored marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example. -To change the settings for tracking changes, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes or on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes. +To change the settings for tracking changes, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes or on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp index 455005b6cd..ea5b2a8785 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ changes; navigating review function; navigating changes -

Navigating Changes

+

Navigating Changes

This feature is Writer-specific. There are two available commands to navigate changes in a Writer document: diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp index 014357029a..963572c73a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ review function;protecting records mw added an index entry -

Protecting Changes +

Protecting Changes

The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents. To protect the changes made in a document during editing, choose Edit - Track Changes - Protect. To turn off the function or to accept or reject changes it is necessary to enter the correct password first. - Choose Protect. This opens the Password dialog. + Choose Protect. This opens the Password dialog. Enter a password consisting of at least one character and confirm it. Click OK. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp index 8b86ac495c..c177cb36b1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ documents; version management version management -

Version Management +

Version Management

-The File menu contains a Versions command that enables you to save multiple versions of a document in the same file. +The File menu contains a Versions command that enables you to save multiple versions of a document in the same file. You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with color markings. In the dialog to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp index 3efdffd88e..646c7eda08 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ round corners customizing;round corners mw made "rectangles;..." a one level entry -Creating Round Corners +Creating Round Corners When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the Points icon on the Drawing toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp index ac9b091aec..b3986ad59c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Python - In addition, developers can use high-level languages, for example Java programming language, to control %PRODUCTNAME externally. The API reference is online at api.libreoffice.org. + In addition, developers can use high-level languages, for example Java programming language, to control %PRODUCTNAME externally. The API reference is online at api.libreoffice.org.To assign a script to a new menu entry diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp index e415a6f45f..86fc245a62 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ protected hyphens exchanging, see also replacing -Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens +Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens Non-breaking spaces To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the Command key @@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ Non-breaking hyphen An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press Shift+CommandCtrl+ minus sign. In other words, hold down the Shift and CommandCtrl keys and press the minus key. Replacing hyphens by dashes -In order to enter dashes, you can find under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options the Replace dashes option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see AutoCorrect Options). +In order to enter dashes, you can find under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options the Replace dashes option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see AutoCorrect Options). For additional replacements see the replacements table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options -- Replace. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font. +- Replace. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font. Soft hyphen To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys Command Ctrl+minus sign. The word is separated at this position when it is at the end of the line, even if automatic hyphenation for this paragraph is switched off. -Special characters +Special characters diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp index 12275cf25d..f3b0becff4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ printers; faxes under UNIX -Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms +Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms
%PRODUCTNAME uses the installed fonts of your system. In a text document you can select from all printable fonts. In an HTML document or in Web layout, only fonts that are visible on screen are offered. In spreadsheets and drawings you can select from all installed fonts. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp index 74a7f95f41..2d90d42dfd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ saving;templates resetting;templates -

Creating and Changing Default and Custom Templates +

Creating and Changing Default and Custom Templates

When you open a new document with File - New, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customized Styles or other contents. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Saving a Template in the Template Folder

You can save any document as a template by selecting "Template" file type in the Save dialog. To access the template from the Template Manager, save the template in the User Paths directory specified for Templates in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths. It is often easier to save a document with File - Templates - Save As Template, because it automatically places the template in the appropriate directory. -The Template Manager is the preferred method for working with templates. File - New - Templates and File - Templates - Manage Templates are equivalent for opening the Template Manager. CommandCtrl+Shift+N is the predefined shortcut key. +The Template Manager is the preferred method for working with templates. File - New - Templates and File - Templates - Manage Templates are equivalent for opening the Template Manager. CommandCtrl+Shift+N is the predefined shortcut key.
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ -Templates +Templates
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp index 3c6c1e6164..c08734f447 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Starts in invisible mode. - Neither the start-up logo nor the initial program window will be visible. $[officename] software can be controlled, and documents and dialogs can be controlled and opened via the API. + Neither the start-up logo nor the initial program window will be visible. $[officename] software can be controlled, and documents and dialogs can be controlled and opened via the API. Using the parameter, $[officename] can only be ended using the taskmanager (Windows) or the kill command (UNIX-like systems). It cannot be used in conjunction with --quickstart. More information is found in $[officename] Developer's Guide. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Starts in "headless mode" which allows using the application without user interface. - This special mode can be used when the application is controlled by external clients via the API. + This special mode can be used when the application is controlled by external clients via the API. @@ -551,9 +551,9 @@ --convert-to "txt:Text (encoded):UTF8" *.doc

- See the list of document filters for file conversion. - The list of filter options for Lotus, dBase and Diff files. - The list of filter options for CSV files. + See the list of document filters for file conversion. + The list of filter options for Lotus, dBase and Diff files. + The list of filter options for CSV files.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp index 5ae535ee77..a1b093786a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ rulers; measurement units measurement units; changing on rulers MW deleted "text;" -Inserting and Editing Tab Stops +Inserting and Editing Tab Stops @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
-Double-click the ruler to open the Paragraph dialog. +Double-click the ruler to open the Paragraph dialog. Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The Paragraph dialog appears with the Tabs tab page open. Moving Tabs on the Ruler @@ -137,22 +137,22 @@ Changing the Defaults -If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General -%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General -%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General -%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General +If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General +%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General +%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General +%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General (module name) - General in the Options dialog box. - The context menu of the ruler allows you to change the displayed units of measurement. These changes are only valid until you exit $[officename], and they only apply to the ruler on whose context menu you made the change. If you want to change the ruler measurement units permanently, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - [Document type] - View and change the measurement unit there. + The context menu of the ruler allows you to change the displayed units of measurement. These changes are only valid until you exit $[officename], and they only apply to the ruler on whose context menu you made the change. If you want to change the ruler measurement units permanently, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - [Document type] - View and change the measurement unit there.
-Ruler +Ruler
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/template_manager.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/template_manager.xhp index e6eef9ae61..23788d0bd5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/template_manager.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/template_manager.xhp @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ -To show templates from another folder in the My Templates category, choose %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - Tools - Options - $[officename] - Paths, select Templates, press Edit, then press Add to open the file dialog for selecting the folder to add. +To show templates from another folder in the My Templates category, choose %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - Tools - Options - $[officename] - Paths, select Templates, press Edit, then press Add to open the file dialog for selecting the folder to add.

Search

diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp index f21424b18c..3dcabedbcd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ colors; fonts fonts;colors
MW added two entries from text/shared/01/05020200.xhp and deleted "colors;fill format" -Changing the Color of Text +Changing the Color of Text - Click the arrow next to the Font Color icon to activate a toolbar from which you can choose from a range of colors. + Click the arrow next to the Font Color icon to activate a toolbar from which you can choose from a range of colors. @@ -66,6 +66,6 @@ The following applies to all modules (%PRODUCTNAME Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar. - Font color + Font color \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp index a15381b89e..6699dd6665 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

- Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode + Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode

@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ - Keyboard commands + Keyboard commands \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/tipoftheday.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/tipoftheday.xhp index 927f18f768..e1a9a39058 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/tipoftheday.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/tipoftheday.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
-

Tip of the Day

+

Tip of the Day

The Tip of the Day dialog displays useful tips for the user.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp index eaa75da29b..5567c7fea8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ build numbers of $[officename] copyright for $[officename] -Versions and Build Numbers +Versions and Build Numbers Choose Help - About $[officename]. This opens a dialog containing information about the program. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp index 5bc8d566bb..b451262ef3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ files;properties viewing;file properties -Viewing File Properties +Viewing File Properties File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property. diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp index e83e2768e5..96fe54a9b5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ pictures; changing paths changing;work directory work --> working, i85615 -Changing Your Working Directory +Changing Your Working Directory When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory: @@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ You also use this procedure to change the directory displayed by $[officename] when you want to insert a graphic. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Paths - Images, then follow step 3.
- Paths + Paths \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0108.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0108.xhp index ef54e2ff98..e705796546 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0108.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0108.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Help

+

Help

The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.
@@ -75,12 +75,12 @@

Get Involved

- Opens the community Get Involved page in the web browser. The page describe areas of interest where you can collaborate with the %PRODUCTNAME community. + Opens the community Get Involved page in the web browser. The page describe areas of interest where you can collaborate with the %PRODUCTNAME community.

Donate to %PRODUCTNAME

%PRODUCTNAME is Free Software and is made available free of charge. Your donation, which is purely optional, supports our worldwide community. -If you like the software, please consider a donation. +If you like the software, please consider a donation.

License Information

diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0201.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0201.xhp index 10dfacdb72..abadee0915 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0201.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0201.xhp @@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
-

Standard Bar

+

Standard Bar

The Standard bar is available in every $[officename] application.
-

Open File

+

Open File

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ -

Display Grid

+

Display Grid

diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0204.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0204.xhp index e06961ffae..153054f4a4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0204.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0204.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Table Bar

+

Table Bar

The Table Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ -

Area Style / Filling

+

Area Style / Filling

-

Merge Cells

+

Merge Cells

@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ -

Delete Row

+

Delete Row

-

Delete Column

+

Delete Column

following only optional, ext.help is available: Select Table Select Column Select Row @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-

Table Properties

+

Table Properties

diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0208.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0208.xhp index be505447d5..c47329a79f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0208.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0208.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Status Bar in $[officename] Basic Documents +Status Bar in $[officename] Basic Documents The Status Bar displays information about the current $[officename] Basic document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0212.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0212.xhp index 506d56dbb1..42008d137f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0212.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0212.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
- Table Data Bar + Table Data Bar Use the Table Data bar to control the data view.
The filtered data view is active until you change or cancel the sorting or filtering criteria. If a filter is active, the Apply Filter icon on the Table Data bar is activated. diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0213.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0213.xhp index fc76bd411e..0cf4354a81 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0213.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0213.xhp @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@
MW changed "toolbars;..."
-

Form Navigation Bar

+

Form Navigation Bar

The Form Navigation bar contains icons to edit a database table or to control the data view. The bar is displayed at the bottom of a document that contains fields that are linked to a database.
You can use the Form Navigation bar to move within records as well as to insert and to delete records. If data is saved in a form, the changes are transferred to the database. The Form Navigation bar also contains sort, filter, and search functions for data records. You can use the Navigation bar icon on the More Controls bar to add a Navigation bar to a form. - The Navigation bar is only visible for forms connected to a database. In the Design view of a form, the Navigation bar is not available. See also Table Data bar. + The Navigation bar is only visible for forms connected to a database. In the Design view of a form, the Navigation bar is not available. See also Table Data bar. You can control the view of data with the sorting and filtering functions. Original tables are not changed. - The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the Apply Filter icon on the Navigation bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the Form Properties dialog. (Choose Form Properties - Data - properties Sort and Filter). - If an SQL statement is the basis for a form (see Form Properties - tab Data - Data Source), then the filter and sort functions are only available when the SQL statement refers to only one table and is not written in the native SQL mode. + The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the Apply Filter icon on the Navigation bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the Form Properties dialog. (Choose Form Properties - Data - properties Sort and Filter). + If an SQL statement is the basis for a form (see Form Properties - tab Data - Data Source), then the filter and sort functions are only available when the SQL statement refers to only one table and is not written in the native SQL mode. -

Find Record

+

Find Record

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ -

Sort

+

Sort

diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0214.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0214.xhp index 8261b30db1..dcc5868c5a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0214.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0214.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Query Design Bar

+

Query Design Bar

When creating or editing an SQL query, use the icons in the Query Design Bar to control the display of data.
Depending on whether you have created the query or view in the Design or SQL tab page, the following icons appear: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -Add Tables +Add Tables diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0226.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0226.xhp index a57050d265..225a4afdf2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0226.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0226.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Form Design Toolbar

+

Form Design Toolbar

The Form Design toolbar becomes visible as soon as you select a form object when working in the design mode. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ -

Add Field

+

Add Field

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Icon - If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control. + If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control. @@ -84,16 +84,16 @@ -

Display Grid

+

Display Grid

-

Snap to Grid

+

Snap to Grid

Specifies that you can move objects only between grid points. -

Helplines While Moving

+

Helplines While Moving

diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0227.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0227.xhp index 3873ef4bda..f304cc4802 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0227.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0227.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ curves; editing points Edit Points bar
mw deleted "points;editing" -

Edit Points Bar

+

Edit Points Bar

The Edit Points Bar appears when you select a polygon object and click Edit Points.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The functions provided allow you to edit the points of a curve or an object converted to a curve. The following icons are available:

Edit Points

-The Edit Points icon allows you to activate or deactivate the edit mode for Bézier objects. In the edit mode, individual points of the drawing object can be selected. +The Edit Points icon allows you to activate or deactivate the edit mode for Bézier objects. In the edit mode, individual points of the drawing object can be selected. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Eliminate Points

-Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion. This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the Convert to Curve icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place can be set by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid in the Options dialog boxcan be set by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid in the Options dialog boxis 15° by default. +Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion. This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the Convert to Curve icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place can be set by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid in the Options dialog boxcan be set by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid in the Options dialog boxis 15° by default. diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0400.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0400.xhp index 9de8d025b6..21c0be9623 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0400.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Shortcut Keys

+

Shortcut Keys

This section contains descriptions of frequently used shortcut keys in $[officename].
diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0500.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0500.xhp index f2f7c94888..04180b8e9b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0500.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ - Glossaries + Glossaries This section provides a general glossary of technical terms used in $[officename], along with a list of Internet terms. diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp index c50c21440f..1cb22faffd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0650.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
-Java Platform Support +Java Platform Support $[officename] supports the Java platform for running applications and components based on the JavaBeans architecture.
For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java 2 Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required. The Java platform support needs to be activated under $[officename] to run Java applications. -Enable Java platform support by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Advanced. +Enable Java platform support by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Advanced. Before you can use a JDBC driver, you need to add its class path. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced, and click the Class Path button. After you add the path information, restart %PRODUCTNAME. diff --git a/source/text/shared/main0800.xhp b/source/text/shared/main0800.xhp index ffe79351a6..dcb8f67bfb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/main0800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/main0800.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
-$[officename] and the Internet -This section provides information on the subject of the Internet. An Internet glossary explains the most important terms. +$[officename] and the Internet +This section provides information on the subject of the Internet. An Internet glossary explains the most important terms.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/mediaplay_toolbar.xhp b/source/text/shared/mediaplay_toolbar.xhp index 9955aeedb6..0c0f2e6ae4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/mediaplay_toolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/mediaplay_toolbar.xhp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
-

Media Playback Toolbar

+

Media Playback Toolbar

Open the Media Playback toolbar
diff --git a/source/text/shared/menu/forms.xhp b/source/text/shared/menu/forms.xhp index dfb906c58b..e273b70df1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/menu/forms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/menu/forms.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Forms Submenu

+

Forms Submenu

diff --git a/source/text/shared/menu/save_image.xhp b/source/text/shared/menu/save_image.xhp index dae5465fcc..601d9389e5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/menu/save_image.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/menu/save_image.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Save Background Image

+

Save Background Image

Saves the background image of the current slidepage.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/menu/set_image_background.xhp b/source/text/shared/menu/set_image_background.xhp index 812e69a4d8..ef37f819a6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/menu/set_image_background.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/menu/set_image_background.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
-

Set Background Image

+

Set Background Image

Set the image background of the slidepage.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp index e60ae3bc57..2938f324cc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ settings; program configuration mw changed "settings;options" and "defaults;..." -

Options

+

Options

This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
All your settings are saved automatically. To expand an entry either double click this entry or click the plus sign. To collapse the entry, click the minus sign or double click the entry. @@ -46,29 +46,29 @@

Help

Opens the help contents for the Options page displayed. -

%PRODUCTNAME

+

%PRODUCTNAME

-

Load/Save

+

Load/Save

-

Language Settings

+

Language Settings

-

%PRODUCTNAME Writer

+

%PRODUCTNAME Writer

-

%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web

+

%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web

-

%PRODUCTNAME Calc

+

%PRODUCTNAME Calc

-

%PRODUCTNAME Impress

+

%PRODUCTNAME Impress

-

%PRODUCTNAME Draw

+

%PRODUCTNAME Draw

-

%PRODUCTNAME Math

+

%PRODUCTNAME Math

-

%PRODUCTNAME Base

+

%PRODUCTNAME Base

-

Charts

+

Charts

-

Internet

+

Internet

diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp index 62ddd79d89..01342c26f7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -User Data +User Data Use this tab page to enter or edit user data. Some of the data may have already been entered by the user or system administrator when installing $[officename].
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp index c709475bf3..cb86ccdefc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -

General

+

General

In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Automatically save the document too

Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.

Save URLs relative to file system

- This option allows you to select the default for relative addressing of URLs in the file system and on the Internet. Relative addressing is only possible if the source document and the referenced document are both on the same drive. + This option allows you to select the default for relative addressing of URLs in the file system and on the Internet. Relative addressing is only possible if the source document and the referenced document are both on the same drive. A relative address always starts from the directory in which the current document is located. In contrast, absolute addressing always starts from a root directory. The following table demonstrates the difference in syntax between relative and absolute referencing:
@@ -133,15 +133,15 @@
The Help tip always displays an absolute path. However, if a document is saved in HTML format, %PRODUCTNAME will enter a relative path if the appropriate check box is selected. -Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system. +Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.

Save URLs relative to internet

- Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet. + Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.

Default file format and ODF settings

ODF format version

- LibreOffice 7.0 supports the OpenDocument format (ODF) version 1.3. The prior versions of LibreOffice support the file format ODF 1.2. Prior file formats cannot store all new features of the new software. - OpenOffice.org 3 and StarOffice 9 introduced new features which have to be saved using the OpenDocument format (ODF) version 1.2. The prior versions of OpenOffice.org 2 and StarOffice 8 support the file formats ODF 1.0/1.1. Those prior file formats cannot store all new features of the new software. + LibreOffice 7.0 supports the OpenDocument format (ODF) version 1.3. The prior versions of LibreOffice support the file format ODF 1.2. Prior file formats cannot store all new features of the new software. + OpenOffice.org 3 and StarOffice 9 introduced new features which have to be saved using the OpenDocument format (ODF) version 1.2. The prior versions of OpenOffice.org 2 and StarOffice 8 support the file formats ODF 1.0/1.1. Those prior file formats cannot store all new features of the new software. Current %PRODUCTNAME versions can open documents in ODF formats 1.0/1.1, 1.2, and 1.3. When you save a document, you can select whether to save the document in the format ODF 1.3, ODF 1.3 Extended, ODF 1.2, ODF 1.2 Extended, ODF 1.2 Extended (compatibility mode), or in the prior format ODF 1.0/1.1. Currently, the ODF 1.2 (Extended) or newer formats enable files of Draw and Impress to contain comments. Those comments can be inserted by Insert - Comment in the latest software version. The comments get lost when loading files into prior software versions that were saved by the latest software version. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp index 86f01a1088..849c33c788 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Paths

+

Paths

This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

Edit

Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog. You can change the sequence of entries by clicking the bar in the Type column. The column width can be changed by moving the separator between the columns with the mouse. -The {user profile} directory and its subdirectories contain user data.The location of the {user profile} directory is determined when %PRODUCTNAME is installed. See the Default location section in the Wiki page about LibreOffice user profile for more information about typical locations of the user profile in different operating systems. +The {user profile} directory and its subdirectories contain user data.The location of the {user profile} directory is determined when %PRODUCTNAME is installed. See the Default location section in the Wiki page about LibreOffice user profile for more information about typical locations of the user profile in different operating systems. The following list shows the default predefined paths for storing user data, and explains what type of user data is stored in each path. Use the Edit dialog to change, add, or delete paths for the different types. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp index 2b0193e19b..f799f4ff39 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ removed "german" references, i78879 -

Writing Aids

+

Writing Aids

Specifies the properties of the spelling, thesaurus and hyphenation.
@@ -54,11 +54,11 @@

Available Language Modules

Contains the installed language modules. -A language module can contain one, two or three submodules: Spelling, hyphenation and thesaurus. Each sub-module can be available in one or more languages. If you click in front of the name of the module, you activate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you remove a set mark, you deactivate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you wish to activate or deactivate individual sub-modules, click the Edit button to open the Edit Modules dialog. +A language module can contain one, two or three submodules: Spelling, hyphenation and thesaurus. Each sub-module can be available in one or more languages. If you click in front of the name of the module, you activate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you remove a set mark, you deactivate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you wish to activate or deactivate individual sub-modules, click the Edit button to open the Edit Modules dialog. The configuration allows two different directories: one folder where the user has write permissions, and one without write permissions. The user can only edit and delete the user dictionaries that are located in the writable path. Other dictionaries can be read only.

Edit

-To edit a language module, select it and click Edit. The Edit Modules dialog appears. +To edit a language module, select it and click Edit. The Edit Modules dialog appears.

User-defined dictionaries

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
Typing errors are highlighted in the document with a red underline. If you place the cursor over a word marked in this way, you can open the context menu to obtain a list of corrections. Select a correction to replace the word. If you make the same mistake again while editing the document, it will be marked as an error again.UFI: changed para, removed note, see i60431 -To place the word pair in the AutoCorrect replacement table, open the AutoCorrect context menu and choose AutoCorrect. Make your selection from the submenu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table. +To place the word pair in the AutoCorrect replacement table, open the AutoCorrect context menu and choose AutoCorrect. Make your selection from the submenu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table.

Minimal number of characters for hyphenation

diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp index b27f0a16b8..bb06ae491a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

Edit module

+

Edit module

diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp index aba083d333..f96325cdf8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -

Selecting a new color

+

Selecting a new color

%PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp index 3bf8a3a5c4..e03ab2e8a7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-

General

+

General

Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp index 967018c728..298d96497d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Fonts +Fonts Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
If you want, you can override the default substitution font that your operating system uses when it encounters an unavailable font in a document. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp index 8e8c78258d..339657ee90 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ -

View

+

View

Specifies view options.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp index b23553bcc6..2230f93a70 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
-Print Options +Print Options Specifies the print setting options.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp index d84cad3d74..12ce49d1ad 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Application Colors +Application Colors Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface. You can save the current settings as color scheme and load them later.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp index ead0620607..b95ee5cf5b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

Accessibility

+

Accessibility

Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp index a82b40e426..cc102e9461 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ -Proxy +Proxy
-Proxy servers for accessing the Internet can be set up manually as needed. +Proxy servers for accessing the Internet can be set up manually as needed.
Settings -Defines the settings for the proxy server. +Defines the settings for the proxy server. Proxy server Specifies the type of proxy definition. None @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ System On Windows or UNIX systems using GNOME or KDE, this option tells %PRODUCTNAME to use the system settings. You must restart %PRODUCTNAME to initiate this setting.UFI: see spec "System-Settings" HTTP proxy -Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP. Type the port in the right-hand field. +Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP. Type the port in the right-hand field. HTTPS proxy Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field. FTP proxy -Type the name of the proxy server for FTP. Type the port in the right-hand field. +Type the name of the proxy server for FTP. Type the port in the right-hand field. No proxy for Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons. These are servers addressed in your local network, and servers used for video and audio streaming, for example. You can also use placeholders for the names of hosts and domains. For example, type *.sun.com to address all the hosts in the sun.com domain without proxy. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp index 0ff65090ff..15bf6d5b42 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Security

+

Security

Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp index b83606ce84..8ac360c70b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

HTML compatibility

+

HTML compatibility

Defines settings for HTML pages.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.

Import unknown HTML tags as fields

-Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields. For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export. +Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields. For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export.

Ignore font settings

Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp index 9cf83e19ee..390bd8eea7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ -

Basic Fonts (Western)

+

Basic Fonts (Western)

Specifies the settings for the basic fonts. -

Basic Fonts (Asian)

+

Basic Fonts (Asian)

Specifies the settings for the basic Asian fonts if Asian language support has been activated under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages. -

Basic Fonts (CTL)

+

Basic Fonts (CTL)

Specifies the settings for basic fonts for complex text layout languages if their support has been activated under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp index 2cc1f0a8f6..e1d8c699e4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
-

View

+

View

Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

Images and objects

Specifies whether to display images and objects on the screen. If these elements are hidden, you will see empty frames as placeholders. -You can also control the display of graphics through the Images and Charts icon. If a text document is open, this icon is displayed on the Tools bar. +You can also control the display of graphics through the Images and Charts icon. If a text document is open, this icon is displayed on the Tools bar. If the Images and objects option is not selected, no graphics will be loaded from the Internet. Graphics within a table and without an indication of their size can cause display problems when using an older HTML standard on the browsed page.

Tables

@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.

Hidden paragraphs

-Display paragraphs that contain a Hidden Paragraph field. This option has the same function as the menu command View - Field Hidden ParagraphsView - Hidden Paragraphs. +Display paragraphs that contain a Hidden Paragraph field. This option has the same function as the menu command View - Field Hidden ParagraphsView - Hidden Paragraphs.

View

Specifies whether scrollbars and rulers are displayed. @@ -110,6 +110,6 @@

Settings (for HTML document only)

Measurement unit

-Specifies the Unit for HTML documents. +Specifies the Unit for HTML documents. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp index c4dbd44194..9e76b4dc30 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
-

Basic Fonts

+

Basic Fonts

Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
You can also change the basic fonts for Asian and complex text layout languages if their support is enabled in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages. -These settings define the basic fonts for the predefined templates. You can also modify or customize the default text templates. +These settings define the basic fonts for the predefined templates. You can also modify or customize the default text templates.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@

List

Specifies the font and font size for the List paragraph style, which is inherited by all derived paragraph styles. -When you choose Format - Bullets and Numbering +When you choose Format - Bullets and Numbering Format - Bullets and Numbering to format a paragraph with numbers or bullets in a text document, the program assigns these Paragraph Styles automatically. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp index 99bfd89787..0a8b535b5c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ mw made "fax machine selection" a two level entry -

Print

+

Print

Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp index 379af95e4e..89e9c6890b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ -

Table

+

Table

Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
-Specifies the default settings for columns and rows and the table mode. Also specifies the standard values for moving and inserting columns and rows. For further information see Editing Tables Using the Keyboard +Specifies the default settings for columns and rows and the table mode. Also specifies the standard values for moving and inserting columns and rows. For further information see Editing Tables Using the Keyboard in the $[officename] Writer Help.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp index d5d131ab2c..4a7742b93e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ -

Formatting Aids

+

Formatting Aids

In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

Math baseline alignment

Specifies whether Math formula objects are aligned using the text baseline as reference. Uncheck this option to be able to change the vertical position of Math objects in a paragraph.

Display formatting

-Defines which formatting marks are visible on screen. Activate the Formatting Marks icon on the Standard bar. All characters that you have selected on the Formatting Aids tab page will be displayed. +Defines which formatting marks are visible on screen. Activate the Formatting Marks icon on the Standard bar. All characters that you have selected on the Formatting Aids tab page will be displayed.

Paragraph end

Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Defines all the properties of the direct cursor.

Direct cursor

-Activates the direct cursor. You can also activate this function by clicking the Toggle Direct Cursor Mode icon on the Tools bar or by choosing the Edit - Direct Cursor Mode command in a text document. +Activates the direct cursor. You can also activate this function by clicking the Toggle Direct Cursor Mode icon on the Tools bar or by choosing the Edit - Direct Cursor Mode command in a text document.

Insert

Defines the insert options for the direct cursor. If you click at any position in your document, a new paragraph can be written or inserted exactly at this position. The properties of this paragraph depend on the selected option. You can select from the following options: diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp index 7e2bff3b3d..33efd47f1d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@
-Changes +Changes Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
- To record or show changes in your text or spreadsheet document, choose Edit - Track Changes - Record or Edit - Track Changes - Show. + To record or show changes in your text or spreadsheet document, choose Edit - Track Changes - Record or Edit - Track Changes - Show.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040800.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040800.xhp index d3f82c5c6d..6848ac4660 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040800.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Document Comparison Options

+

Document Comparison Options

Defines the comparison options for the document.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp index 734d6d1d15..60c627cd1a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -

General

+

General

Specifies general settings for text documents.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Measurement unit

-Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents. +Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.

Tab stops

diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp index 391fd75fe4..d2fbc16b65 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Grid +Grid Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp index 349b938025..2c35ac0189 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Background

+

Background

Specifies the background for HTML documents. The background is valid for both new HTML documents and for those that you load, as long as these have not defined their own background.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp index ff2243182d..ff96c446da 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ MW copied "displaying;comments" over to Calc guide note_insert.xhp and deleted "comments;displaying" -View +View Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Specifies which lines are displayed. Grid lines - Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them. For printing, choose Format - Page Style - Sheet and mark the Grid check box. + Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them. For printing, choose Format - Page Style - Sheet and mark the Grid check box. Color Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document. To see the grid line color that was saved with the document, go to %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors, under Scheme find the entry Spreadsheet - Grid lines and set the color to "Automatic". @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box. To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu. - You can type and edit comments with the Insert - Comment command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the Comments entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment. + You can type and edit comments with the Insert - Comment command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the Comments entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment. Value highlighting Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted. @@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window. Sheet tabs - Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document. If this box is not checked, you will only be able to switch between the sheets through the Navigator + Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document. If this box is not checked, you will only be able to switch between the sheets through the Navigator Navigator. Outline symbols - If you have defined an outline + If you have defined an outline outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp index e069df80b1..6f81916291 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ - General + General Defines general settings for spreadsheet documents.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp index f253c111f8..56bfb99daf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Sort Lists +Sort Lists All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.UFI: fix to #111848#
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default. Copy -Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column. +Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column. New/Discard diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp index 14625f669a..fca2206281 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ UFI: removed a double entrymw changed "cell contents;" to "case sensitivity;.."mw deleted "numbers;decimal places (Calc)" -

Calculate

+

Calculate

Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets. Defines the behavior of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalization or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Enable wildcards in formulas

- Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons. This relates to the database functions, and to LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH. + Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons. This relates to the database functions, and to LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH. ? (question mark) matches any single character @@ -214,13 +214,13 @@

Enable regular expressions in formulas

- Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons. This relates to the database functions, and to LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH. + Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons. This relates to the database functions, and to LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH. Sorry, no more switches allowed inside AVIS tags Do not enable regular expressions in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.

No wildcards or regular expressions in formulas

- Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons. This relates to the database functions, and to LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH. + Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons. This relates to the database functions, and to LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH. Do not disable wildcards in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp index 85ffe2ca55..f2fba4a56a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
-Changes +Changes The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
-To record changes to your work, choose Edit - Track Changes - Record. +To record changes to your work, choose Edit - Track Changes - Record.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp index 6be8fcf9d0..6382ea4e1a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Print

+

Print

Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print defines the settings for all spreadsheets. To define settings for the current document only, choose File - Print, then click the Options button. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ printing;manual breaks

Always apply manual breaks

-Setting this option gives manual row breaks precedence over automatic page breaks done using the Reduce/enlarge printout scaling mode. +Setting this option gives manual row breaks precedence over automatic page breaks done using the Reduce/enlarge printout scaling mode.

Suppress output of empty pages

Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed. Cell attributes such as borders or background colors are not considered cell contents. Empty pages are not counted for page numbering. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp index af721498b8..94d97496ba 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
- Compatibility + Compatibility Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp index 790c3851a1..ae6ca2244a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -

Formula

+

Formula

Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp index 99375130e6..de5f1aa57d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ - Defaults + Defaults Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp index b20196029c..89628c18a3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

View

+

View

Specifies the available display modes. By selecting an alternative display, you can speed up the screen display while editing your presentation.
removed 4 options, see i81634 @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ %PRODUCTNAME creates dotted guides that extend beyond the box containing the selected object and which cover the entire work area, helping you position the object. -You also can use this function through the icon -icon +You also can use this function through the icon +icon icon with the same name in the Options bar if a presentation or a drawing document is opened.

All control points in Bézier editor

-Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible. +Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.

Contour of each individual object

%PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object. The Contour of each individual object option enables you to see if single objects conflict with other objects in the target position. If you do not mark the Contour of each individual object option, %PRODUCTNAME only displays a square contour that includes all selected objects. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp index 36cfd8bc0c..f071fe67d9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ snapping in presentations and drawings points;reducing editing points when snapping (Impress/Draw) -

Grid

+

Grid

Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@

To snap guides

Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap guide when you release the mouse. - You can also define this setting by using the Snap to Snap Guides -Snap to Snap Guides + You can also define this setting by using the Snap to Snap Guides +Snap to Snap Guides Snap to Snap Guides icon, which is available in the Options bar in a presentation or drawing document. @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ The cursor or a contour line of the graphics object must be in the snap range. - In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the Snap to Page Margins -Snap to Page Margins + In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the Snap to Page Margins +Snap to Page Margins Snap to Page Margins icon in the Options bar. @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ The cursor or a contour line of the graphics object must be in the snap range. - In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the Snap to Object Border -Snap to Object Border + In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the Snap to Object Border +Snap to Object Border Snap to Object Border icon in the Options bar. @@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ This only applies if the cursor or a contour line of the graphics object is in the snap range. - In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the Snap to Object Points -Snap to Object Points + In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the Snap to Object Points +Snap to Object Points Snap to Object Points icon in the Options bar. Snap range diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp index d58cd47ef3..7e3803da91 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -

Print

+

Print

Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

Hidden pages

Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.

Quality

- See also Printing in Black and White. + See also Printing in Black and White.

Default

Specifies that you want to print in original colors. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp index 4118fdc815..dca01427c2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

General

+

General

Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ -In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate the text editing mode through the Allow Quick Editing icon in the Options bar. +In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate the text editing mode through the Allow Quick Editing icon in the Options bar.

Only text area selectable

@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate this mode through the Select Text Area Only icon in the Options bar. +In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate this mode through the Select Text Area Only icon in the Options bar.

Settings

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.

Unit of measurement

-Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations. +Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.

Tab stops

Defines the spacing between tab stops. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp index d0afda1691..7d68dd7965 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-Options +Options diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp index f2b4f94e43..0524a04fd9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-Default colors +Default colors Assigns colors to the data rows. The settings only apply for all newly created charts.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp index 18971986fc..9173ad78df 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -

VBA Properties

+

VBA Properties

Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
-Setting the default file format +Setting the default file format VBA support in %PRODUCTNAME
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp index 2d838ec3a7..8c06f269ed 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ character highlighting;Microsoft Office export character shading;Microsoft Office export -

Microsoft Office

+

Microsoft Office

Specifies the settings for importing and exporting Microsoft Office and other documents.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp index ab67c9772a..27f7f0dcab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ -

Languages

+

Languages

Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ If you change the Locale setting, the date acceptance pattern will be reset to the new locale default, and any user-defined modifications or additions will be lost. In addition to the explicit patterns defined in the edit box, input matching the Y-M-D pattern is implicitly recognized and converted automatically to a date. Input that starts from 1 to 31 is not interpreted with this implicit Y-M-D pattern. Since %PRODUCTNAME 3.5, this input is formatted as YYYY-MM-DD (ISO 8601). - For all patterns, two-digit year input is interpreted according to the setting in Tools - Options - General - Year (Two Digits). + For all patterns, two-digit year input is interpreted according to the setting in Tools - Options - General - Year (Two Digits).

Default languages for documents

Specifies the languages for spelling, thesaurus and hyphenation. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp index 2db9d1a9dd..60e5a3c5c0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Asian Layout

+

Asian Layout

Defines the typographic default settings for Asian text.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

Compress punctuation and Japanese Kana

Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.

First and last characters

-Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialog that appears when you choose Format -Asian Typography, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph. +Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialog that appears when you choose Format -Asian Typography, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph.

Language

Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp index 64f5445f29..a03d74d48a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
- Searching in Japanese + Searching in Japanese Defines the search options for Japanese.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp index b0ab9fa43c..6964359301 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-

Complex Text Layout

+

Complex Text Layout

Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp index 5546786b5e..ec2245208f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

Connections

+

Connections

Defines how the connections to data sources are pooled.
The Connections facility allows you to stipulate that connections that are no longer needed are not deleted immediately, but are kept freeUFI: better: idle ? for a certain period of time. If a new connection to the data source is needed in that period, the free connection can be used for this purpose. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp index b14c0a9b36..f5d09372e3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-

Detailed Calculation Settings

+

Detailed Calculation Settings

Sets the rules for conversion from strings values to numeric values, string values to cell references, and strings values to date and time values. This affects built-in functions such as INDIRECT that takes a reference as a string value or date and time functions that takes arguments as string values in local or ISO 8601 formats.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ How to treat text when encountered as operand in an arithmetic operation or as argument to a function that expects a number instead. Unambiguous conversion is possible for integer numbers including exponents and ISO 8601 dates and times in their extended formats with separators. Fractional numeric values with decimal separators or dates other than ISO 8601 are locale dependent. Note that in locale dependent conversions the resulting numeric value may differ between locales! Generate #VALUE! error: Text found where numeric data is expected will generate #VALUE! error. Example: "123.45" will generate a #VALUE! error, while 123.45 not. Treat as zero: Any text found where numeric data is expected will be considered as a number of value zero. Example: "123.45" will map to zero, while 123.45 not. - Convert only if unambiguous: If the text represents a valid and unambiguous numeric value, convert it. Example: "123.456" will generate a #VALUE! error because the text contains a separator, while "123456" will not.
See Converting Text to Numbers for details.
+ Convert only if unambiguous: If the text represents a valid and unambiguous numeric value, convert it. Example: "123.456" will generate a #VALUE! error because the text contains a separator, while "123456" will not.
See Converting Text to Numbers for details.
Convert also locale dependent: convert values valid in the locale representation. Example: "123,45" is a valid number in some locales because the comma is the decimal separator there.

Treat empty string as zero

This option determines how an empty string is treated when used in arithmetic operations. If you have set "Conversion from text to number" to either "Generate #VALUE! error" or "Treat as zero", you cannot choose (here) if conversion of an empty string to a number will generate an error or if it will treat empty strings as zero. Otherwise this option determines how empty strings are treated. @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@

Apply those settings to current document only

Mark this checkbox to apply the settings to the document only.
- Date and time functions - INDIRECT function + Date and time functions + INDIRECT function
diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/java.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/java.xhp index ee6849843a..f8490f81f7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/java.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/java.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Java options

-The current list of %PRODUCTNAME modules and resources that depends on Java is available in the wiki. +The current list of %PRODUCTNAME modules and resources that depends on Java is available in the wiki.

Use a Java runtime environment

Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME. When a Java application attempts to access your hard drive, a prompt opens.UFI: moved this para here from Security tab page @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Enables features that are not yet complete or may contain known bugs. The list of these features is different version by version, or even it can be empty.

Enable macro recording

-Enables macro recording. The Tools - Macros - Record Macro menu item is available. +Enables macro recording. The Tools - Macros - Record Macro menu item is available.

Expert Configuration

Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/search_commands.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/search_commands.xhp index 91f85e305a..a047a43221 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/search_commands.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/search_commands.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ head-up display (hud)
-

Search Commands

+

Search Commands

Allows to search and execute all commands available in application menus by their names.
Choose Help - Search Commands diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp index 101c13c87d..a5342fccaa 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Set security related options and warnings about hidden information in documents.
- Press the Options button on the Security page. + Press the Options button on the Security page.
The Security options and warnings dialog contains the following controls: @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ If enabled, you must hold down the CommandCtrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink. Block any links from documents not among the trusted locations (see Macro Security) - Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog. This can increase security in case you work with documents from untrusted sources (e.g. the internet) and are worried about vulnerabilities in image processing software components. Blocking the use of links means that images are not loaded in untrusted documents, only a placeholder frame is visible. + Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog. This can increase security in case you work with documents from untrusted sources (e.g. the internet) and are worried about vulnerabilities in image processing software components. Blocking the use of links means that images are not loaded in untrusted documents, only a placeholder frame is visible. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/01170000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/01170000.xhp index 2d39e594ae..d47aebdd53 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/01170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/01170000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Presentation HTML export Drawing HTML export exporting;to HTML format -Export +Export Exports your presentation or drawing and sets the export options.
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ The following file formats present you with additional export options after you click Save: -HTML Document, JPEG, SVM/WMF/PICT/MET, BMP, GIF, EPS, PNG, PBM, PPM, PGM. -If you choose "HTML Document" as your file format, the HTML Export Wizard appears. This wizard guides you through the export process and includes the option to save the pictures in your presentation in GIF or JPG format. +HTML Document, JPEG, SVM/WMF/PICT/MET, BMP, GIF, EPS, PNG, PBM, PPM, PGM. +If you choose "HTML Document" as your file format, the HTML Export Wizard appears. This wizard guides you through the export process and includes the option to save the pictures in your presentation in GIF or JPG format.
-Export dialog -Information on Import and Export Filters +Export dialog +Information on Import and Export Filters
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp index 48e2c9927f..1f36c37743 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ -Navigator +Navigator Opens the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to other slides or move between open files. -You can dock the Navigator to the edge of your workspace. +You can dock the Navigator to the edge of your workspace.
@@ -152,9 +152,9 @@
Insert as hyperlink -Inserts slides as a hyperlink (URL) into the active slide. +Inserts slides as a hyperlink (URL) into the active slide. Insert as link -Inserts slides as a link into the active slide. +Inserts slides as a link into the active slide. Insert as copy Inserts a copy of a slide or named object into the active slide. Show Shapes diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02120000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02120000.xhp index 372c3ab0ce..275c37d969 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02120000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

Duplicate

+

Duplicate

Makes one or more copies of a selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02130000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02130000.xhp index 6e7740ca62..552ae31bb4 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02130000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ slides;deleting -Delete Slide +Delete Slide Deletes the current slide or page.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp index e773b4de39..f2cc43213e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Cross-fading Creates shapes and distributes them by uniform increments between two drawing objects. -$[officename] draws a series of intermediate shapes between two selected objects and groups the result. +$[officename] draws a series of intermediate shapes between two selected objects and groups the result.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03050000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03050000.xhp index 483d499e11..7bdd68d272 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Option Barto be deleted +Option Barto be deleted
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03060000.xhp index e22a4c8b93..cd6432550a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03060000.xhp @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@
-Rulers +Rulers Displays or hides rulers at the top and left or right edges of the workspace.
-You can use rulers to position objects in the workspace, to set paragraph indents or to drag guides onto the page. +You can use rulers to position objects in the workspace, to set paragraph indents or to drag guides onto the page. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03070000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03070000.xhp index 67b4b0c5a2..b567385b1b 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03070000.xhp @@ -29,17 +29,17 @@
-Presentation +Presentation Common commands for slides.
-Slide +Slide -Slide Layout +Slide Layout -

Change Slide Master

+

Change Slide Master

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03080000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03080000.xhp index 8d1d7cc90a..b6c852fe26 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03080000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ - Normal + Normal Switches to normal view, where you can create and edit your slides.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03090000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03090000.xhp index a902a198ea..8cdeac41ef 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03090000.xhp @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ -Outline +Outline Switches to outline view, where you can add, edit and reorganize slide titles and headings.
-The Text Formatting bar contains the following icons for slide titles:Promote, Demote, Move Up and Move Down. If you want to reorder slide titles with the keyboard, ensure that the cursor is at the beginning of a title and press Tab to move the title one level lower in the hierarchy. To move the title up one level, press Shift+Tab. +The Text Formatting bar contains the following icons for slide titles:Promote, Demote, Move Up and Move Down. If you want to reorder slide titles with the keyboard, ensure that the cursor is at the beginning of a title and press Tab to move the title one level lower in the hierarchy. To move the title up one level, press Shift+Tab. The upper outline level corresponds to slide titles, and the lower levels correspond to the headings on a slides. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03100000.xhp index e02967aa00..a272228c28 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03100000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Slide Sorter +Slide Sorter Displays miniature versions of the slides so they can easily be rearranged.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03110000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03110000.xhp index e9ea9603a4..035127501c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03110000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Notes +Notes Switches to notes view, where you can add notes to your slides. Notes are hidden from the audience when you give your presentation.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03120000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03120000.xhp index 62c16da0d2..0070cd858a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03120000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Handout Page +Handout Page Switches to the handout page view, where you can scale several slides to fit on one printed page.
To modify the number of slides you can print on a page, open the Properties sidebar deck and double-click a layout on the Layout content panel. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03130000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03130000.xhp index f5e1a15b26..16c7c703d3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03130000.xhp @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
MW transferred three index entries to the guide show.xhp -Slide Show +Slide Show Starts your slide show.
-You can specify settings for running a slide show in Slide Show - Slide Show Settings. +You can specify settings for running a slide show in Slide Show - Slide Show Settings. Specify whether a slide show starts with the current slide or with the first slide on %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - General. To start a slide show, do one of the following: diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03150000.xhp index dc8a7b8ffb..f6917b03ac 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03150000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ master views -Master +Master Switches to one of several master views, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03150100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03150100.xhp index 6519c54c41..1bbdc7a647 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03150100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03150100.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Master Slide +Master Slide Switches to master slide view, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides that use the same master slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03150300.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03150300.xhp index 246a7ea676..7f8682d558 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03150300.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03150300.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -Master Notes +Master Notes Displays the master notes, where you can set the default formatting for notes.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03151000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03151000.xhp index 0e125a8cc8..fd173561b1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03151000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03151000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-Master Elements +Master Elements Add header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the master slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp index 543fdbfd91..da39eb1872 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ black and white display grayscale display
-Color/Grayscale +Color/Grayscale Shows slides in color, grayscale, or black and white.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04030000.xhp index 4e9b0cd005..76e059d6e1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04030000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

Snap Point/Line

+

Snap Point/Line

Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects. Snap points and snap lines do not appear in printed output.
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
You can drag a snap line from the rulers and drop them on the page. To delete a snap line, drag it back to the ruler. Draw or move an object near a snap point or snap line to snap it in place. -To set the snap range, choose %PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid -%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid in the Options dialog box. +To set the snap range, choose %PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid +%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid in the Options dialog box.

Position

Sets the position of a selected snap point or line relative to the top left corner of the page. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04030000m.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04030000m.xhp index c1df276042..a179a84dee 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04030000m.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04030000m.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ inserting; rows -Rows +Rows Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downward.
In the context menu of a cell, choose Insert - Rows diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04030100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04030100.xhp index 924449ec74..dcedd8bf6a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04030100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ editing; guides and snap points -

Edit Snap Line / Point

+

Edit Snap Line / Point

Sets the position of the selected snap point or snap line relative to the top left corner of the page. well, relative to the origin, which can easily be dragged away from that corner
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04040000m.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04040000m.xhp index fdb6af0b5d..5f7870419d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04040000m.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04040000m.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ columns; inserting -Columns +Columns Inserts a new column to the left of the active cell. The number of columns inserted correspond to the number of columns selected. The existing columns are moved to the right.
In the context menu of a cell, choose Insert - Columns diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04110100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04110100.xhp index 829e5e1c14..940c9bf18c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04110100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ backgrounds; deleting unused
-

Insert SlidePage/Objects from File

+

Insert SlidePage/Objects from File

Allows you to insert the entire file or specific elements in the file.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04120000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04120000.xhp index 67f1b5c100..3e3b871594 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04120000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Duplicate Slide +Duplicate Slide Inserts a copy of the current slide after the current slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04130000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04130000.xhp index 7e709b0689..be6120efa2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04130000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
- Expand Slide + Expand Slide Creates a new slide from every top-level outline point (text one level below the title text in the outline hierarchy) in the selected slide. The outline text becomes the title of the new slide. Outline pointspoints? below the top level on the original slide are moved up one level on the new slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04140000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04140000.xhp index 9ff44b9387..ab68148651 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04140000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ summary slide
- Summary Slide + Summary Slide Creates a new slide that contains an unordered list from the titles of the slides that follow the selected slide. The summary slide is inserted behind the last slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp index c72e0f3b0d..3bcbc9e5b8 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- fields;in slidesFields + fields;in slidesFields Lists common fields that you can insert into your slide.
If you want to edit a field in your slide, select it and choose Edit – Fields. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990100.xhp index f7f9f13a75..fa46c8329f 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990100.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ fields; dates (fixed) -Date (fixed) +Date (fixed) Inserts the current date into your slide as a fixed field. The date is not automatically updated.
-To edit an inserted field in your slide, double-click the field, place the cursor in front of the first character in the field and choose Edit - Fields. +To edit an inserted field in your slide, double-click the field, place the cursor in front of the first character in the field and choose Edit - Fields. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990200.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990200.xhp index 34bea3c57d..2321d4ff6f 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990200.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990200.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ fields; dates (variable)
-Date (variable) +Date (variable) Inserts the current date into your slide as a variable field. The date is automatically updated when you reload the file.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990300.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990300.xhp index e1bc18bd5b..587a30814a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990300.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990300.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ fields; times (fixed) -Time (fixed) +Time (fixed) Inserts the current time into your slide as a fixed field. The time is not automatically updated.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990400.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990400.xhp index 9607cb2a10..08ff2ee883 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990400.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990400.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ fields;times (variable) -Time (variable) +Time (variable) Inserts the current time into your slide as a variable field. The time is automatically updated when you reload the file.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990500.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990500.xhp index f55aae00a1..5052c86c8e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990500.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990500.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ presentations; numbering slides in -Page Number +Page Number Inserts the page number into the current slide or page. If you want to add a page number to every slide, choose View - Master Slide and insert the page number field. To change the number format, choose SlidePage - Properties - Page tab and then select a format from the list in the Layout Settings area.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990600.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990600.xhp index 8629d2ae96..05fe79d320 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990600.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990600.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ fields; authors -Author +Author Inserts the first and last names listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.
-To edit the name, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data. +To edit the name, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/04990700.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/04990700.xhp index 7da4f39e67..d7d53a88b9 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/04990700.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/04990700.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ fields; file names -File name +File name Inserts the name of the active file. The name only appears after you save the file.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp index c3b65636d7..e97d3ca422 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -

Styles

+

Styles

Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar, which lists the available graphic and presentation styles for applying and editing.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
-When you edit a style, the changes are automatically applied to all of the elements formatted with this style in your document. If you want to ensure that the styles on a specific slide are not updated, create a new master slide for the slide. +When you edit a style, the changes are automatically applied to all of the elements formatted with this style in your document. If you want to ensure that the styles on a specific slide are not updated, create a new master slide for the slide.

Presentation Styles

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

New Style from Selection

-Creates a new style using the format attributes of a selected object. +Creates a new style using the format attributes of a selected object. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05110500m.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05110500m.xhp index a9f74ed240..dcc5160fa6 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05110500m.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05110500m.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -Delete +Delete Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp index 348c005d06..11d244ab81 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
-

Master Page

+

Master Page

Displays the Available Master Slides dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current page. Any objects in the page design are inserted behind objects in the current page.
-

Change Slide Master

+

Change Slide Master

Displays the Available Master Slides dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@

Load

- Displays the Load Master Page dialog, where you can select additional page designs. + Displays the Load Master Page dialog, where you can select additional page designs. - Displays the Load Master Slide dialog, where you can select additional slide designs. + Displays the Load Master Slide dialog, where you can select additional slide designs. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05120500m.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05120500m.xhp index f5a6fa2dae..b3af9ec765 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05120500m.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05120500m.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -Delete +Delete Deletes the selected column(s) from the table. This command is only available if the cursor is in a table. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp index c3e2c8c7ed..43975816e2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
- Layout + Layout Opens a submenu with slide layouts.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp index 7b296fb3c4..5b9b25a335 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ -Dimensioning -Changes the length, measurement and guide properties of the selected dimension line. +Dimensioning +Changes the length, measurement and guide properties of the selected dimension line. -If you want to modify the line style or the arrow style of a dimension line, choose Format - Line. +If you want to modify the line style or the arrow style of a dimension line, choose Format - Line.
-A Dimension Line is always inserted on the layer called Dimension Lines. If you set that layer to invisible, you will not see any Dimension Line in your drawing. +A Dimension Line is always inserted on the layer called Dimension Lines. If you set that layer to invisible, you will not see any Dimension Line in your drawing. Line Sets the distance properties of the dimension line and the guides with respect to each other and to the baseline. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05170000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05170000.xhp index 932d22a3f8..097e20c486 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05170000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -

Connectors

+

Connectors

Sets the properties of a connector.

Type

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the end of the connector.

Reset line skew

- Resets the line skew values to the default. (This command is only accessible through the context menu). + Resets the line skew values to the default. (This command is only accessible through the context menu).
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05250000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05250000.xhp index 6d5729e6f2..58f43d7f30 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05250000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05250000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -
mw deleted one index entryArrange +
mw deleted one index entryArrange Changes the stacking order of a selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05250500.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05250500.xhp index ee62d6e1c2..ccf8a90863 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05250500.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05250500.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ in front of object command -In Front of Object +In Front of Object Changes the stacking order by moving the selected object in front of an object that you specify. The screen location of the selected object does not change.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05250600.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05250600.xhp index c53e68f5f3..9d6d7ca4ea 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05250600.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05250600.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ behind object command -Behind Object +Behind Object Changes the stacking order by moving the selected object behind an object that you specify. The screen location of the selected object does not change.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05250700.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05250700.xhp index 81976503bf..cf35c1fa66 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05250700.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05250700.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ objects; reversing -Reverse +Reverse Reverses the stacking order of the selected objects.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06030000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06030000.xhp index e2af6d8437..a65b8e7572 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06030000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Hyphenation +Hyphenation Turns hyphenation option for text objects on or off. You can turn hyphenation on or off for each paragraph.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp index fee32eee14..83c912c372 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@
- Slide Transition + Slide Transition Defines the special effect that plays when you display a slide during a slide show.
-To apply the same transition effect to more than one slide, switch to the Slide Sorter, select the slides, and then choose Slide - Slide Transition. +To apply the same transition effect to more than one slide, switch to the Slide Sorter, select the slides, and then choose Slide - Slide Transition. Slide Transition diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06050000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06050000.xhp index 5170c0e108..dc4e3692d3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Animation

+

Animation

Creates a custom animation on the current slide. You can only use existing objects to create an animation.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp index 5a0cf4ce6a..705dc4e6ac 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -Animation Pane +Animation Pane Assigns effects to selected objects.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06070000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06070000.xhp index f2aa0c0bd9..3f6d8a8212 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06070000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-

Interaction

+

Interaction

Defines how the selected object behaves when you click on it during a slide show.UFI: Deleted many paras, see #60550
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06080000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06080000.xhp index c34eca1ed9..e635eb2ee1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06080000.xhp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

Custom Slide Show

-Runs a custom slide show in the order that you defined in Slide Show - Custom Slide Show. +Runs a custom slide show in the order that you defined in Slide Show - Custom Slide Show.

Presentation Mode

Select the slide show type. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06100000.xhp index eda46db91e..c5e5731adc 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06100000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Custom Slide Shows

+

Custom Slide Shows

Defines a custom slide show using slides within the current presentation. You can then pick slides to meet the needs of your audience. You can create as many custom slide shows as you want.
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ -

New

+

New

Edit

- Add, remove or reorder slides as well as change the name of the selected custom slide show. + Add, remove or reorder slides as well as change the name of the selected custom slide show.

Copy

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050000.xhp index f956fecf0e..262593513d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Convert + Convert Options for converting the selected object.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050100.xhp index fd7ec4bd61..1f73e0b3fa 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-To Curve +To Curve Converts the selected object to a Bézier curve.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050200.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050200.xhp index fa772fd9f8..340d7494a5 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050200.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050200.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ -

To Polygon

-Converts the selected object to a polygon (a closed object bounded by straight lines). The appearance of the object does not change. If you want, you can right-click and choose Edit Points to view the changes. +

To Polygon

+Converts the selected object to a polygon (a closed object bounded by straight lines). The appearance of the object does not change. If you want, you can right-click and choose Edit Points to view the changes.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp index 68e6ebf4e8..35e747ba22 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Convert to 3D +Convert to 3D Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3D) object.
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Press F3 to quickly enter a group and CommandCtrl+F3 to leave the group. You can also convert bitmap images and vector graphics, including clipart, to 3D objects. $[officename] treats bitmaps as rectangles and vector graphics as a group of polygons when converting to 3D. Even drawing objects that contain text can be converted. -If you want, you can also apply a 3D Effect to the converted object. +If you want, you can also apply a 3D Effect to the converted object. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp index 30175485db..8e1e75dd30 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Convert to 3D Rotation Object +Convert to 3D Rotation Object Creates a three-dimensional shape by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050500.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050500.xhp index efb6a56f22..ab1738948b 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050500.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050500.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ bitmaps; converting to -To Bitmap +To Bitmap Converts the selected object to a bitmap (a grid of pixels that represents an image).
-For more information, see the Glossary. +For more information, see the Glossary.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050600.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050600.xhp index 56bdd88387..4ede143a8e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050600.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050600.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ metafiles; converting to -To metafile +To metafile Converts the selected object to Windows Metafile Format (WMF), containing both bitmap and vector graphic data.
-For more information on WMF, see the Glossary. +For more information on WMF, see the Glossary.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13050700.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13050700.xhp index 501e9ce74f..db047c54b1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13050700.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13050700.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ contours; converting to -To Contour +To Contour Converts the selected object to a polygon, or a group of polygons. If the conversion creates a group of polygons (for example, when you convert a text object), then press F3 to enter the group before you can select an individual polygon.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13140000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13140000.xhp index 7bbe6367a1..2463c3e595 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13140000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
-Combine -Combines two or more selected objects into a single shape. Unlike grouping, a combined object takes on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order. You can split apart combined objects, but the original object properties are lost. +Combine +Combines two or more selected objects into a single shape. Unlike grouping, a combined object takes on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order. You can split apart combined objects, but the original object properties are lost.
When you combine objects, the drawing elements are replaced by Bézier curves and holes appear where the objects overlap.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13150000.xhp index 3aed627a78..2e1f0b5a72 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13150000.xhp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ splitting; combinations -Split -Splits a combined object into individual objects. The resulting objects have the same line and fill properties as the combined object. +Split +Splits a combined object into individual objects. The resulting objects have the same line and fill properties as the combined object.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13160000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13160000.xhp index fee6739411..37f1088131 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13160000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Connect +Connect Creates a line or Bézier curve by connecting two or more lines, Bézier curves, or other objects with a line. Closed objects containing a fill are converted to lines and lose their fill.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13170000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13170000.xhp index 886965ed84..ed3ab40d8e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13170000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ breaking object connections -Break +Break Breaks apart lines joined with the Connect command.
You cannot apply a fill to closed shapes that have been broken apart with this command. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp index bf73f92a12..b33c4fb8ff 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Shapes + Shapes Creates a shape from two or more selected objects.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13180100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13180100.xhp index 0858919a11..9f9ccb2a6a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13180100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13180100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Merge +Merge Adds the area of the selected objects to the area of the lowermost object in the selection. This command is best used with overlapping objects.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13180200.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13180200.xhp index 82640fe679..d3f1da0a16 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13180200.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13180200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Subtract +Subtract Subtracts the area of the selected objects from the area of the lowermost object.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/13180300.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/13180300.xhp index f60c98f9ef..edbe4f392d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/13180300.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/13180300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Intersect +Intersect Creates a shape from the overlapping area of the selected objects.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/bulletandposition.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/bulletandposition.xhp index a5a9b57a51..42a2e87b3e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/bulletandposition.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/bulletandposition.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ unordered list;Draw -

Bullet and Position

+

Bullet and Position

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/new_slide.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/new_slide.xhp index 82f8e28d8f..7e51bd33f7 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/new_slide.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/new_slide.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
- New Slide + New Slide Inserts a slide after the currently selected slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp index 895da9e368..fb8d3d5169 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
- Remote Connections - List all Impress Remote available connections. + Remote Connections + List all Impress Remote available connections.
Initially, mark the Enable remote control checkbox in diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/04010000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/04010000.xhp index 74ada0301a..a14e062b6c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/04010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/04010000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Show/Hide SlideUFI: menu and icon +Show/Hide SlideUFI: menu and icon Hides the selected slide so that it is not displayed during a slide show.
The number of a hidden slide is crossed out. To show a hidden slide, choose Slide Show - Show/Hide Slide again. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/04020000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/04020000.xhp index 09bfaeddee..02e01d1f53 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/04020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/04020000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Slides Per Row +Slides Per Row Enter the number of slides to display on each row in the Slide Sorter.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/04030000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/04030000.xhp index 45a626e1e2..f8c0099b65 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/04030000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Slide Effects +Slide Effects Select the transition effect that appears before the current slide is shown. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/04060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/04060000.xhp index ebeddc7aab..40085caa02 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/04060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/04060000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Time +Time Enter the amount of time before the slide show automatically advances to the next slide. This option is only available for automatic transition. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/04070000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/04070000.xhp index 8e5312f905..f75dd1e975 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/04070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/04070000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Rehearse Timings +Rehearse Timings Starts a slide show with a timer in the lower left corner.
@@ -53,6 +53,6 @@
-Slide Show Settings +Slide Show Settings diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/08020000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/08020000.xhp index 1c5566dd0a..c7d3cb62f3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/08020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/08020000.xhp @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
-Current Size +Current Size Displays the X and Y position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.
-This Status bar field uses the same measurement units as the rulers. You can define the units by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - General. +This Status bar field uses the same measurement units as the rulers. You can define the units by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - General. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/08060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/08060000.xhp index 8b0d1e4a22..fef9d162c5 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/08060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/08060000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Current Slide/Level +Current Slide/Level Displays the current slide number followed by the total number of slides.
In Layer Mode, the name of the layer containing the selected object is displayed. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10020000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10020000.xhp index 53d5955d84..301b4622bf 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10020000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ hand icon for moving slides
-Zoom +Zoom Reduces or enlarges the screen display of the current document. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Zoom toolbar.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10030000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10030000.xhp index ad9ff692d7..45b6d7412a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10030000.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ mw made "slanting;..." a one level entry
-

Transformations

+

Transformations

Modifies the shape, orientation or fill of the selected object(s).
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp index 51ff30e34b..c98972011b 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
Gluepoints Bar -Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a point where you can attach a connector line. By default, %PRODUCTNAME automatically places a gluepoint at the center of each side of the bounding rectangle for every object you create. +Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a point where you can attach a connector line. By default, %PRODUCTNAME automatically places a gluepoint at the center of each side of the bounding rectangle for every object you create.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10050000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10050000.xhp index fd279bb1d3..0e008f6dc3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10050000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ inserting; callouts in presentations -Text +Text The Text toolbar contains some icons to enter different types of text boxes.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10060000.xhp index ce1290faff..438181720a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10060000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ inserting;rectangles mw added "inserting;..." and made "rectangles;..." a one level entry -Rectangles +Rectangles Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Legacy Rectangles toolbar. Rectangle diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10070000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10070000.xhp index ae6b4fcd60..41947264b1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10070000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ inserting; ellipses -Ellipse +Ellipse Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the Legacy Circles and Ovals toolbar.i60204
Ellipse diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp index fe48a8e973..fb338448be 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
-Curve +Curve The Curve icon on the Drawing bar opens the Lines toolbar, where you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.
If you hold the Shift key down, the movement of the mouse is limited to multiples of 45 degrees. If you hold down the OptionsAlt key, the new point will not be connected to the last point. This allows you to create objects that consist of curves that are not connected together. If you draw a smaller object while holding down the OptionAlt key into a larger object that you have not closed yet, the smaller object is subtracted from the larger one, thus appearing as a hole in the larger one. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp index 37ce7df756..450566f700 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-3D Objects +3D Objects Opens the 3D Objects toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection. Each inserted object initially forms a 3D scene. You can press F3 to enter the scene. For these 3D objects, you can open the 3D Effects dialog to edit the properties.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Pyramid -Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the 3D Effects dialog and click the Geometry tab. In the Segments area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labeled Horizontal, and then click the green checkmark. +Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the 3D Effects dialog and click the Geometry tab. In the Segments area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labeled Horizontal, and then click the green checkmark.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp index fc5d706000..7d394b2538 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Connectors +Connectors
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ -When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, gluepoints appear. A gluepoint is a fixed point where you can attach a connector line. You can add custom gluepoints to an object. +When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, gluepoints appear. A gluepoint is a fixed point where you can attach a connector line. You can add custom gluepoints to an object. To draw a connector line, click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. You can also drag to an empty part of you document and click. The unattached end of the connector is locked in place, until you drag the end to a different location. To detach a connector, drag either end of the connector line to a different location. Connector diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10110000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10110000.xhp index 0c36f287b8..f2242b9321 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10110000.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Insert

+

Insert

@@ -43,30 +43,30 @@
Open the Insert toolbar, where you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document. -

Slide

+

Slide

-

Floating Frame

+

Floating Frame

-

Spreadsheet

+

Spreadsheet

-

From File

+

From File

-

Formula

+

Formula

Chart

-

OLE Object

+

OLE Object

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp index c34eb8b46f..8c0356f8e0 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ dimension lines; drawing
-Arrows +Arrows Open the Arrows toolbar, where you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page. If you want, you can add an arrow after you draw a line by choosing Format - Line, and then selecting an arrow style from the Style box. Line @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Draws a line that displays the dimension length bounded by guides. Dimension lines automatically calculate and display linear dimensions. To draw a dimension line, open the Arrows toolbar, and click the Dimension Line icon. Move your pointer to where you want the line to start and drag to draw the dimension line. Release when finished. If you want the dimension line to be the same length as the side of a nearby object, hold down the Command Ctrl key while dragging. To constrain the dimension line to 45 degrees, hold down the Shift key while dragging. -In %PRODUCTNAME Draw, a dimension line is always inserted on the layer called Dimension Lines. If you set that layer to invisible, you will not see any dimension line in your drawing. +In %PRODUCTNAME Draw, a dimension line is always inserted on the layer called Dimension Lines. If you set that layer to invisible, you will not see any dimension line in your drawing.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/11060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/11060000.xhp index a93fa2b4dd..3f9a31c67d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/11060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/11060000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
levels; hidinghiding; levels -

Show Only First Level

- Hides all of the headings of the slides in the current slide show except for the titles of the slides. Hidden headings are indicated by a black line in front of a slide title. To show the headings, click the Show All Levels icon. +

Show Only First Level

+ Hides all of the headings of the slides in the current slide show except for the titles of the slides. Hidden headings are indicated by a black line in front of a slide title. To show the headings, click the Show All Levels icon.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/11070000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/11070000.xhp index f9a8bd73ed..8ace85fbef 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/11070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/11070000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
levels; showingshowing; levels -

Show All Levels

- Displays the hidden headings of the slides in the current slide show. To hide all of the headings in the current slide show, except for the slide titles, click the Show Only First Level icon. +

Show All Levels

+ Displays the hidden headings of the slides in the current slide show. To hide all of the headings in the current slide show, except for the slide titles, click the Show Only First Level icon.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/11080000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/11080000.xhp index 9510d0ad37..ce4235b67d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/11080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/11080000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
subpoints; hidinghiding; subpoints -

Hide Subpoints

- Hides the subheadings of a selected heading. Hidden subheadings are indicated by a black line in front of a heading. To show the lower level headings, click the Show Subpoints icon. +

Hide Subpoints

+ Hides the subheadings of a selected heading. Hidden subheadings are indicated by a black line in front of a heading. To show the lower level headings, click the Show Subpoints icon.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/11090000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/11090000.xhp index 48aacc42bf..990be2444e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/11090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/11090000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
subpoints; showingshowing; subpoints -

Show Subpoints

- Displays the hidden subheadings of a selected heading. To hide the subheadings of a selected heading, click Hide Subpoints icon. +

Show Subpoints

+ Displays the hidden subheadings of a selected heading. To hide the subheadings of a selected heading, click Hide Subpoints icon.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/11100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/11100000.xhp index 8d76c03217..334d4fa19c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/11100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/11100000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ formatting;slides headings -

Show Formatting

+

Show Formatting

Shows or hides the character formatting of the slide headings. To change the character formatting of a heading, open the Styles window, right-click a style, and then choose Modify.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/11110000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/11110000.xhp index c1999e4363..43a2835134 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/11110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/11110000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ black and white view -

Black and White

+

Black and White

Shows your slides in black and white only.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13010000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13010000.xhp index 14fe290377..6b1d1c5ba0 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13010000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ -

Gluepoints

- Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a custom connection point where you can attach a connector line. +

Gluepoints

+ Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a custom connection point where you can attach a connector line.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13020000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13020000.xhp index 1a12f03940..efd8790382 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13020000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ rotation mode -Rotation Mode after Clicking Object +Rotation Mode after Clicking Object Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again. Drag a handle to rotate the object in the direction you want.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13030000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13030000.xhp index e99ab972df..0c429d8eeb 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13030000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ effects; preview -Allow Effects +Allow Effects Plays a preview of an animation effect that is assigned to an object, when you click the object in the slide. To select an object for editing, hold down the OptionAlt key when you click.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13040000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13040000.xhp index 8295ae4346..39a829a87a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13040000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ allowing; interaction -Allow Interaction +Allow Interaction Runs a preview of the interaction that is assigned to an object, when you click the object in the slide. To select an object for editing, hold down the OptionAlt key when you click.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13050000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13050000.xhp index dc3f7d9f0f..79163f4010 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13050000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ showing; guides -Show Snap Lines +Show Snap Lines Shows or hides snap lines so can you align objects on your slide. To remove a snap line, drag it off the slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13060000.xhp index 88a86a1c08..91cdb5b8bf 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13060000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Double-Click to add Text +Double-Click to add Text Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13090000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13090000.xhp index bced333af5..00b84e08e7 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13090000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ objects; with attributes -Modify Object with Attributes +Modify Object with Attributes If this icon on the Options bar is activated, objects are shown with their attributes, but with 50% transparency, while you move or draw them. If this icon is not activated, only a contour is shown while drawing, and the object is shown with all attributes when you release the mouse button.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13100000.xhp index 29503e686d..3c085f4243 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13100000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Exit all Groups

+

Exit all Groups

Exits all groups and returns to normal view.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp index 526fa788ef..178d4a5132 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -

Snap to Snap Guides

+

Snap to Snap Guides

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp index ee378dda4b..5a8ca7a992 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

Snap to Page Margins

+

Snap to Page Margins

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp index 597aaa8f27..2abeea70d1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ -

Snap to Object Border

+

Snap to Object Border

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp index 8ae8f49648..8aa525628c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

Snap to Object Points

+

Snap to Object Points

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13180000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13180000.xhp index 8a4dde2933..ae48041fa1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13180000.xhp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ -

Allow Quick Editing

+

Allow Quick Editing

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp index 8aee1a1952..f5ceaed31a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

Select Text Area Only

+

Select Text Area Only

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp index 2d8ba06041..883732a307 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ shortcut keys; in presentations presentations; shortcut keys -Shortcut Keys for $[officename] Impress +Shortcut Keys for $[officename] Impress The following is a list of shortcut keys for $[officename] Impress. -You can also use the general shortcut keys in $[officename]. +You can also use the general shortcut keys in $[officename].
Function Keys for $[officename] Impress @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ Command -Ctrl+ drag (with Copy when moving option active) +Ctrl+ drag (with Copy when moving option active) Hold down Command diff --git a/source/text/simpress/format_submenu_lists.xhp b/source/text/simpress/format_submenu_lists.xhp index 60fbfa7277..78bbdbdf01 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/format_submenu_lists.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/format_submenu_lists.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Lists

+

Lists

For the selected paragraphs, adds numbering or bullets, edit the outline levels and move them up or down in the slide.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp index 279c762fa3..650c79142d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ converting; to curves, polygons, 3D extrusion objects added 3D scenes, issue 109330 -Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects +Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects You can convert two-dimensional (2D) objects to create different shapes. $[officename] can convert 2D objects to the following object types: diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp index a7a9c441ed..05e94dfe9f 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GIF images; animating animated GIFs -Creating Animated GIF Images +Creating Animated GIF Images You can animate drawing objects, text objects, and graphic objects (images) on your slides to make your presentation more interesting. $[officename] Impress provides you with a simple animation editor where you can create animation images (frames) by assembling objects from your slide. The animation effect is achieved by rotating through the static frames that you create. If you create a bitmap animation (animated GIF), you can assign a delay time to each frame, and specify the number of times the animation is played. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_save.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_save.xhp index b96fe17cef..fa58b31303 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_save.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_save.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ animations; saving as GIFs exporting; animations to GIF format -Exporting Animations in GIF Format +Exporting Animations in GIF Format diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_objects.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_objects.xhp index 8044cc5073..b2acf6f23e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_objects.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_objects.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ custom animation MW deleted "applying;" -

Animating Objects in Presentation Slides +

Animating Objects in Presentation Slides

You can apply preset animation effects to objects on your slide.

To apply an animation effect to an object:

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp index b9a726d195..78d8b5a3a2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ transition effects deleting; slide transition effects effects;animated slide transitions -MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..."

Animating Slide Transitions +MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..."

Animating Slide Transitions

You can apply a special effect that plays when you display a slide.

To apply a transition effect to a slide

@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
-Slide Transition +Slide Transition
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/arrange_slides.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/arrange_slides.xhp index d076ab3186..3adbc32662 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/arrange_slides.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/arrange_slides.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ arranging;slides ordering;slides -

Changing the Slide Order +

Changing the Slide Order

Do one of the following: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Choose View - Outline, select a slide, and then drag the slide to another location. - Choose View - Normal or Notes, select the slide preview on the Slides Pane, and then drag the slide preview to another location. + Choose View - Normal or Notes, select the slide preview on the Slides Pane, and then drag the slide preview to another location. To temporarily remove a slide from your presentation, go to Slide Sorter, right-click the slide, and then choose Show/Hide Slide. The number of the hidden slide is crossed out. To show the slide, right-click the slide, and then choose Show/Hide Slide. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/background.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/background.xhp index f76bce6742..c72511b2c2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/background.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/background.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ - Changing the SlidePage Background Fill + Changing the SlidePage Background Fill diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/change_scale.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/change_scale.xhp index 77ef6bccaa..4273d6b8e6 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/change_scale.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/change_scale.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ zooming;keyboard keyboard; zooming -Zooming With the Keypad +Zooming With the Keypad You can use the keypad to quickly enlarge or reduce the view on your slide. @@ -45,6 +45,6 @@ If you are using a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can hold down CommandCtrl and turn the wheel to change the zoom factor in all main modules of %PRODUCTNAME. -Shortcut keys for presentations +Shortcut keys for presentations diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp index d9825d29a1..1af5b06aa6 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ time and date on all slides mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;" -

Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides +

Adding a Header or a Footer to All Slides

Every slide is based on a master slide. The text, pictures, tables, fields or other objects that you place on the master slide are visible as a background on all slides that are based on that master slide. Masters exist for slides, notes, and handouts. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ - Insert Fields + Insert Fields diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/html_export.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/html_export.xhp index 83f291bea9..e21d3235f4 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/html_export.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/html_export.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ presentations; exporting to HTML HTML; exporting from presentations -Saving a Presentation in HTML Format +Saving a Presentation in HTML Format @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
-HTML Export Wizard -File - Export +HTML Export Wizard +File - Export
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/html_import.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/html_import.xhp index 7bd6b6f73c..fb99279353 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/html_import.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/html_import.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ text documents;inserting in slides inserting; text in presentations mw moved "inserting;" from simpress/01/04110200.xhp -

Importing HTML Pages Into Presentations +

Importing HTML Pages Into Presentations

You can import any text file, including text in HTML documents, into a slide.

To insert text from a file into a slide:

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/impress_remote.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/impress_remote.xhp index c7c99de2ab..8a3462a917 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/impress_remote.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/impress_remote.xhp @@ -178,9 +178,9 @@
-Impress Remote in Google Play Store -Impress Remote in Apple iTunes Store -The Presenter Console +Impress Remote in Google Play Store +Impress Remote in Apple iTunes Store +The Presenter Console
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/individual.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/individual.xhp index 8e214c987b..9c8c394007 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/individual.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/individual.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ showing;hidden slides hidden pages;showing -

Creating a Custom Slide Show +

Creating a Custom Slide Show

You can create custom slide shows to meet the needs of your audience using slides within the current presentation.

To create a custom slide show:

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp index 59c8b1c90f..1d75f4e1b8 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ accessibility; $[officename] Impress -

Using Shortcut Keys in $[officename] Impress +

Using Shortcut Keys in $[officename] Impress

-You can use the keyboard to access $[officename] Impress commands as well as to navigate through the workspace. $[officename] Impress uses the same shortcut keys as $[officename] Draw to create drawing objects. +You can use the keyboard to access $[officename] Impress commands as well as to navigate through the workspace. $[officename] Impress uses the same shortcut keys as $[officename] Draw to create drawing objects.

Selecting placeholders

$[officename] Impress AutoLayouts use placeholders for slide titles, text, and objects. To select a placeholder, press CommandCtrl+Enter. To move to the next placeholder, press CommandCtrl+Enter again. If you press CommandCtrl+Enter after you reach the last placeholder in a slide, a new slide is inserted after the current slide. The new slide uses the same layout as the current slide. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_arrow_styles.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_arrow_styles.xhp index 6d1ad74f71..685da740a2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_arrow_styles.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_arrow_styles.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ styles;arrow and line styles loading;arrow and line styles mw changed "line ends;" to "lines;" -

Loading Line and Arrow Styles +

Loading Line and Arrow Styles

You can use styles to organize similar line and arrow types. $[officename] provides a few standard style files that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a style file, or even create a custom style file.

To load a line styles file:

@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ To save an arrow styles file, click the Save Arrow Styles button, enter a filename, and then click OK. - Format - Line + Format - Line diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp index ecb9fc27af..5fabd6ed8d 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ corner points drawing;lines -Drawing Curves +Drawing Curves The Curve icon Icon diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp index 64f51d9ab0..34d0b8e0ac 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ deleting;points converting;points points;adding/converting/deleting -MW deleted "adding;"Editing Curves +MW deleted "adding;"Editing Curves A curved line segment consists of two data points (endpoints) and two control points (handles). A control line connects a control point to a data point. You can change the shape of a curve by converting a data point to a different type, or by dragging the control points to a different location. You can also modify the properties of the line by selecting the line and choosing Format - Line. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
-Edit Points bar +Edit Points bar diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp index 95837fab35..8fb915f003 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ $[officename] Impress instructions instructions; $[officename] Impress -Instructions for Using $[officename] Impress +Instructions for Using $[officename] Impress Viewing and Printing a Presentation diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp index 1448d06e24..d5d25c3ca1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ master slides -

Changing and Adding a Master SlidePage +

Changing and Adding a Master SlidePage

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Click to apply a slide design to all selected slides. Right-click for a context menu.
- Styles + Styles
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/move_object.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/move_object.xhp index fbf6e51c1b..989ca853ba 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/move_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/move_object.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ objects;moving in slides moving;objects in slides -Moving Objects +Moving Objects You can move selected objects in your slide by dragging them, using the arrow keys, or by copying the objects and pasting them in another location. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp index 8c7590102f..8e651585c3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ organization charts hot spots in flowcharts interactions; hot spots -changed orgcharts (Google about 1 million pages) to organization charts (about 33 million pages)Creating a Flowchart +changed orgcharts (Google about 1 million pages) to organization charts (about 33 million pages)Creating a Flowchart To create a flowchart: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ To add some hot spots that call other slides: -Assign interactions to some objects on your slide. +Assign interactions to some objects on your slide. Select the object, then choose Slide Show - Interaction. @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@
-Connectors -Gluepoints +Connectors +Gluepoints
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/page_copy.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/page_copy.xhp index db55cd3d61..251f522ab9 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/page_copy.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/page_copy.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ pasting;slides from other presentations mw added "pasting;"
-

Insert Slide from File

+

Insert Slide from File

You can insert slides from another presentation into the current presentation. You can also copy and paste slides between presentations.

To insert a slide from another presentation:

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/presenter_console.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/presenter_console.xhp index 7e7cd3419a..2f7a419c71 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/presenter_console.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/presenter_console.xhp @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Slide sorter mode
- Impress Remote User Guide + Impress Remote User Guide
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp index db66f81ff5..e833cc6ee3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ pages; fitting to printed pages printing; fitting to paper -Printing a Slide to Fit a Paper Size +Printing a Slide to Fit a Paper Size You can reduce the size of a slide when you print, so that the slide can fit on a printed page. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/printing.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/printing.xhp index 6bf194ae63..1450c7d424 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/printing.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/printing.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ handout printing layout;printing handouts MW made "handouts;.." a one level entry and added "layout;..." -

Printing Presentations +

Printing Presentations

Default printer settings

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp index 9e409ef40a..c3f5ead3c2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ automatic slide changes;rehearse timings recording;display times for slides -Rehearse Timings of Slide Changes +Rehearse Timings of Slide Changes $[officename] assists you in defining the right rehearse timings for automatic slide changes. Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-Slide Show Settings +Slide Show Settings
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp index 47a5378098..0a8e20ce12 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ covered objects underlying objects -Selecting Underlying Objects +Selecting Underlying Objects diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/show.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/show.xhp index 7be2daf99b..cbb053d5b3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/show.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/show.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ slide transitions;automatic automatic slide transition -

Showing a Slide Show

+

Showing a Slide Show

Different ways exist to start a slide show. Once a slide show is running, you can take control pressing keys or clicking the mouse buttons. By default, a slide show always starts with the first slide. You advance manually through slides up to the last slide. You can change these settings.

Running a Slide Show

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/table_insert.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/table_insert.xhp index c0ff460341..ef3f5acbb4 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/table_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ presentations;inserting spreadsheets including spreadsheets -

Including Spreadsheets in Slides

+

Including Spreadsheets in Slides

You can apply different methods to insert spreadsheet cells into your Impress slides or Draw pages: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
The entire spreadsheet is inserted into your slide. If you want to change the sheet that is displayed, double-click the spreadsheet, and then select a different sheet. -Format - Slide Layout -Insert - OLE Object - OLE Object +Format - Slide Layout +Insert - OLE Object - OLE Object diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp index cda010bd35..887fe19613 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ draw objects;converting text to curves;converting text to -Converting Text Characters into Drawing Objects +Converting Text Characters into Drawing Objects You can convert text characters into curves that you can edit and resize as you would any drawing object. Once you convert text into a drawing object, you can no longer edit the content of the text. To convert text into a drawing object: diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/vectorize.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/vectorize.xhp index 75ef8705b6..0c9c874a36 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/vectorize.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/vectorize.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ bitmaps; converting to vector graphics vector graphics; converting bitmaps -

Converting Bitmap Images into Vector Graphics +

Converting Bitmap Images into Vector Graphics

A vector graphic can be resized without losing the quality of the graphic. In $[officename] Draw and Impress, you can convert a bitmap image into a vector graphic. @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ In $[officename] Impress, right-click the object, and then choose Convert - To Polygon. -Set the conversion options for the image, and then click OK. See Convert to Polygon for a description of the conversion options. +Set the conversion options for the image, and then click OK. See Convert to Polygon for a description of the conversion options.
-Convert to Polygon +Convert to Polygon diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0100.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0100.xhp index 8145267990..60e043e60a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0100.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0101.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0101.xhp index 1d13c120eb..401c3d2038 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0101.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0101.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-File +File These commands apply to the current document, create a document, open an existing document, or close the application.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp index ffaf06a061..2e6c4a6cca 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-View +View This menu contains commands to control the on-screen display of the document, change the user interface and access the sidebar panels.
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -Zoom +Zoom diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0104.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0104.xhp index 9641a3a06f..855cda2857 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0104.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0104.xhp @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@
-

Insert

+

Insert

This menu contains the commands that are used to insert new elements into the document, for example, graphics, objects, special characters and other files.
-

Chart

+

Chart

Inserts a chart. -

Table

+

Table

@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@

-

Floating Frame

+

Floating Frame

-

Hyperlink

+

Hyperlink

-

Special Character

+

Special Character

Slide Number

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0107.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0107.xhp index 84d7cb1c2b..a20e336926 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0107.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0107.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Window +Window Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0113.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0113.xhp index d83b6cff35..cdf6e024df 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0113.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0113.xhp @@ -30,25 +30,25 @@
-Modify +Modify Contains commands for modifying objects in your document.
-Rotate +Rotate Rotates the selected object(s). -Name Object +Name Object -Group +Group -Ungroup +Ungroup -Enter Group +Enter Group -Exit Group +Exit Group diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp index b3f81967d1..b7bb465621 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0114.xhp @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@
-Slide Show +Slide Show Contains commands and options for running a presentation.
-Slide Show Settings +Slide Show Settings -Interaction +Interaction Custom Animation @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ -Custom Slide Show +Custom Slide Show diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0200.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0200.xhp index 88020488b5..162c63bf45 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0200.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0200.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Toolbars

+

Toolbars

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0202.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0202.xhp index 9dc58a34b7..5d5133a9ee 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0202.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Line and Filling Bar

+

Line and Filling Bar

The Line and Filling Bar contains commands and options that you can apply in the current view.
@@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ -

Line Style

+

Line Style

-

Line Width

+

Line Width

-

Line Color

+

Line Color

-

Area Style / Filling

+

Area Style / Filling

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0203.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0203.xhp index 6eda91af3e..d97bf1d4e9 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0203.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0203.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
- Text Formatting Bar + Text Formatting Bar To display the Text Formatting Bar, place the cursor inside a text object.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ - Font Color + Font Color @@ -113,13 +113,13 @@ -Character +Character - Paragraph + Paragraph - Numbering Symbols + Numbering Symbols diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0204.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0204.xhp index 8c2125669a..85c1fa4ed4 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0204.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0204.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Slide View Bar

+

Slide View Bar

The Slide View bar opens with the Slide Sorter view.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0206.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0206.xhp index e9d43733dc..6c055e5e47 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0206.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0206.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Status Bar + Status Bar The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialog window.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0209.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0209.xhp index 3b52836f85..96fa2161c4 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0209.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0209.xhp @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ rulers; in presentations origin of rulers -Rulers +Rulers You can use vertical and horizontal rulers at the left and upper edges of the $[officename] Impress workspace to assist you in creating your slide. The sections of the rulers that cover the area of the slide are white. When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as gray double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler. When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab marker to a new location on the ruler. -You can also drag a snap line from a ruler to help you align objects on your slide. To insert a snap line using a ruler, drag the edge of a ruler into the slide. -To show or hide the rulers, choose View - Rulers. +You can also drag a snap line from a ruler to help you align objects on your slide. To insert a snap line using a ruler, drag the edge of a ruler into the slide. +To show or hide the rulers, choose View - Rulers. To specify the measurement units for a ruler, right-click the ruler, and then choose a new unit from the list. To change the origin (0 point) of the rulers, drag the intersection of the two rulers in the top left corner into the workspace. Vertical and horizontal guides appear. Continue to drag until the vertical and horizontal guides are where you want the new origin to be, and then release. To reset the origins of the rulers to the default values, double-click the intersection. To change the slide margins, drag the edge of the white areas in the rulers. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0210.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0210.xhp index 0f83ce75cb..14fef863b0 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0210.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0210.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Drawing Bar

+

Drawing Bar

The Drawing bar contains frequently used editing tools. Click the arrow next to an icon to open a toolbar that contains additional commands.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -

Lines and Arrows

+

Lines and Arrows

Opens the Arrows toolbar to insert lines and arrows. @@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ -

Points

+

Points

Enables you to edit points on your drawing. -

Gluepoints

+

Gluepoints

Enables you to edit gluepoints on your drawing. -

From File

+

From File

-

Rotate

+

Rotate

This tool is used to rotate the object. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0211.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0211.xhp index 5265688f16..031d412c05 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0211.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0211.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Outline Bar

+

Outline Bar

In Outline View, the Outline bar contains frequently used editing tools. Click the arrow next to an icon to open a toolbar that contains additional commands.
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0212.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0212.xhp index 9628b69b91..6c5c57d2c2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0212.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0212.xhp @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
-

Slide Sorter Bar

+

Slide Sorter Bar

In Slide Sorter view, the Slide Sorter bar can be used.
-

Slide Show

+

Slide Show

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0213.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0213.xhp index 9cc6d74955..48e1906a54 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0213.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0213.xhp @@ -30,40 +30,40 @@
-Options Bar +Options Bar To display the Options Bar, choose View - Toolbars - Options.
UFI: changed some links, see #i52549 -Display Grid +Display Grid -Helplines While Moving +Helplines While Moving -Snap to Grid +Snap to Grid -Snap to Snap Lines +Snap to Snap Lines -Snap to Page Margins +Snap to Page Margins -Snap to Object Border +Snap to Object Border -Snap to Object Points +Snap to Object Points -Allow Quick Editing +Allow Quick Editing -Select Text Area Only +Select Text Area Only diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0214.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0214.xhp index dc0bba8042..f3e784fb3a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0214.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0214.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Image Bar +Image Bar Use the Image bar to set the color, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).
diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp index 562a3aa5c0..cebdcababa 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- $[officename] Impress Features + $[officename] Impress Features $[officename] Impress lets you create professional slide shows that can include charts, drawing objects, text, multimedia and a variety of other items. If you want, you can even import and modify Microsoft PowerPoint presentations.
For on-screen slide shows, animation, slide transitions and multimedia are a few of the techniques you can use to make your presentation more exciting. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main_edit.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main_edit.xhp index a4ecca22cb..16ee1d16c2 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main_edit.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Edit

+

Edit

This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.
@@ -46,21 +46,21 @@ -

Points

+

Points

Switches the Edit Points mode on and off. -

Gluepoints

+

Gluepoints

Switches the Edit Gluepoints mode on and off. -

Fields

+

Fields

-

Links

+

Links

-

Object

+

Object

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main_format.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main_format.xhp index 91c99411d9..d956a80a80 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main_format.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main_format.xhp @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
-

Format

+

Format

Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.
temporary solution for "Align Text", until submenu is made -

Lists

+

Lists

Opens a submenu where you can modify the formatting of list paragraphs. @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@

Styles

Shows commands to edit, update, create, and manage styles.Needs a submenu page -

Character

+

Character

-

Paragraph

+

Paragraph

-

Bullets and Numbering

+

Bullets and Numbering

Table

diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main_tools.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main_tools.xhp index c39b110725..5146392aec 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main_tools.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main_tools.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
-Tools +Tools Contains spelling tools, a gallery of object art that you can add to your document, as well as tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.
-ImageMap +ImageMap @@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ -AutoCorrect Options +AutoCorrect Options -Customize +Customize diff --git a/source/text/simpress/submenu_object_shape.xhp b/source/text/simpress/submenu_object_shape.xhp index cf0b7bfa29..4c048f9b9b 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/submenu_object_shape.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/submenu_object_shape.xhp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
-

Textbox and Shape

+

Textbox and Shape

Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected textbox or shape.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/02080000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/02080000.xhp index d62e92ce78..1526441973 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/02080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/02080000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ markers; definition -Next Marker +Next Marker Moves the cursor to the next marker (to the right).
"Markers" are placeholders. They take the form of <?> in the Commands window. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/02090000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/02090000.xhp index 95db9d13a1..41e34d5eb3 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/02090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/02090000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ markers; previousplaceholders; previous marker - Previous Marker + Previous Marker Moves the cursor to the previous marker (to the left).
"Markers" are placeholders. They take the form of <?> in the Commands window. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/02100000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/02100000.xhp index 37569d403b..bfe089d419 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/02100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/02100000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ finding ;errors in %PRODUCTNAME Math -Next Error +Next Error Moves the cursor to the next error (moving right).

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/02110000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/02110000.xhp index a9668d002d..429338e6b5 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/02110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/02110000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
error search; previous error -Previous Error +Previous Error Moves the cursor to the previous error (moving left).
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03040000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03040000.xhp index d3b4b2a34c..84e59d8f2c 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03040000.xhp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ formulas; increasing size of display -Zoom In -Increases the display scale of the formula by 25%. The current zoom factor is displayed on the status bar. A selection of available zoom options is accessible through the context menu. The context menu in the work area also contains zoom commands. +Zoom In +Increases the display scale of the formula by 25%. The current zoom factor is displayed on the status bar. A selection of available zoom options is accessible through the context menu. The context menu in the work area also contains zoom commands.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03050000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03050000.xhp index 3adfe125dd..d96a49b922 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03050000.xhp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ zooming out on formula display -Zoom Out -Decreases the display scale of formulas by 25%. The current zoom factor is displayed on the status bar. A selection of available zoom options is accessible through the context menu. The context menu in the work area also contains zoom commands. +Zoom Out +Decreases the display scale of formulas by 25%. The current zoom factor is displayed on the status bar. A selection of available zoom options is accessible through the context menu. The context menu in the work area also contains zoom commands.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03060000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03060000.xhp index cb370d7009..9673410bd1 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03060000.xhp @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ formulas; maximum size -Show All -Displays the entire formula in the maximum size possible so that all elements are included. The formula is reduced or enlarged so that all formula elements can be displayed in the work area. The current zoom factor is displayed on the status bar. A selection of available zoom options is accessible through the context menu. The context menu in the work area also contains zoom commands. The zoom commands and icons are only available in Math documents, not for embedded Math objects. +Show All +Displays the entire formula in the maximum size possible so that all elements are included. The formula is reduced or enlarged so that all formula elements can be displayed in the work area. The current zoom factor is displayed on the status bar. A selection of available zoom options is accessible through the context menu. The context menu in the work area also contains zoom commands. The zoom commands and icons are only available in Math documents, not for embedded Math objects.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03070000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03070000.xhp index 4e8229002f..10b1db5ff0 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03070000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ formula view; updating -Update +Update This command updates the formula in the document window. Changes in the Commands window are automatically updated if AutoUpdate Display is activated.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03080000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03080000.xhp index 8aadc143cf..06c6aa1ced 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ changes; accepting automatically -AutoUpdate Display +AutoUpdate Display Automatically updates a modified formula. If you do not select this option, the formula will only be updated after you choose View - Update or press F9.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090000.xhp index 73fecf69b6..dbb713f3b0 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090000.xhp @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ -

Elements +

Elements

This is a list of operators, functions, symbols and format options that can be inserted into the formula.

- Some examples show you the range of operations. + Some examples show you the range of operations. The selection window is divided into two parts. Clicking a symbol at the top of the window displays its subordinate symbols in the lower half of the window. You can access the same functions in submenus through the context menu of the Commands window.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp index f9c37a7f6b..5b4ee43329 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ user-defined operators;unary and binary -Unary/Binary Operators -You can choose various unary and binary operators to build your $[officename] Math formula. Unary refers to operators that affect one placeholder. Binary refers to operators that connect two placeholders. The lower area of the Elements pane displays the individual operators. The context menu of the Commands window also contains a list of these operators, as well as additional operators. If you need an operator that is not contained in the Elements pane, use the context menu or type it directly in the Commands window. +Unary/Binary Operators +You can choose various unary and binary operators to build your $[officename] Math formula. Unary refers to operators that affect one placeholder. Binary refers to operators that connect two placeholders. The lower area of the Elements pane displays the individual operators. The context menu of the Commands window also contains a list of these operators, as well as additional operators. If you need an operator that is not contained in the Elements pane, use the context menu or type it directly in the Commands window.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp index 742300282b..3fab028351 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ succeeds or equivalent relation -Relations -You can choose among various relations to structure your $[officename] Math formula. The relation functions are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. The list is also in the context menu of the Commands window. All relations that are not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu can be typed manually in the Commands window. +Relations +You can choose among various relations to structure your $[officename] Math formula. The relation functions are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. The list is also in the context menu of the Commands window. All relations that are not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu can be typed manually in the Commands window.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp index e74d8ab28b..9c90ac4f71 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ summation -Operators -You can choose among various operators to structure your $[officename] Math formula. All available operators appear in the lower part of the Elements pane. They are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. All operators not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu must be typed manually in the Commands window. +Operators +You can choose among various operators to structure your $[officename] Math formula. All available operators appear in the lower part of the Elements pane. They are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. All operators not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu must be typed manually in the Commands window.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ The command liminf inserts the limit inferior with one placeholder. The command limsup inserts the limit superior with one placeholder. By typing oper in the Commands window, you can insert user-defined operators in $[officename] Math, a feature useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. An example is oper %theta x. Using the oper command, you can also insert characters not in the default $[officename] character set. oper can also be used in connection with limits; for example, oper %union from {i=1} to n x_{i}. In this example, the union symbol is indicated by the name union. However, this is not one of the predefined symbols. To define it, choose Tools - Symbols. select Special as the symbol set in the dialog that appears, then click the Edit button. In the next dialog, select Special as the symbol set again. Enter a meaningful name in the Symbol text box, for example, "union" and then click the union symbol in the set of symbols. Click Add and then OK. Click Close to close the Symbols dialog. You are now finished and can type the union symbol in the Commands window, by entering oper %union. -Limits can be arranged in ways other than centered above/below the operator. Use the options provided by $[officename] Math for working with superscript and subscript indexes. For example, type sum_a^b c in the Commands window to arrange the limits to the right of the sum symbol. If your limit entries contain longer expressions, you must put them in group brackets, for example, sum_{i=1}^{2*n} b. When formulas are imported from older versions this is done automatically. To change the spacing (gaps) between the characters choose Format - Spacing - Category - Indexes or Format - Spacing - Category - Limits. Additional basic information about indexes is given elsewhere in the Help. +Limits can be arranged in ways other than centered above/below the operator. Use the options provided by $[officename] Math for working with superscript and subscript indexes. For example, type sum_a^b c in the Commands window to arrange the limits to the right of the sum symbol. If your limit entries contain longer expressions, you must put them in group brackets, for example, sum_{i=1}^{2*n} b. When formulas are imported from older versions this is done automatically. To change the spacing (gaps) between the characters choose Format - Spacing - Category - Indexes or Format - Spacing - Category - Limits. Additional basic information about indexes is given elsewhere in the Help. When you type information manually in the Commands window, note that a number of operators require spaces for correct structure. This is especially true when your operators are supplied with values instead of placeholders, for example, lim a_{n}=a. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp index 822fb97361..9b861984eb 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ tangent function -Functions -Choose a function in the lower part of the Elements pane. These functions are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. Any functions not contained in the Elements pane need to be typed manually in the Commands window. +Functions +Choose a function in the lower part of the Elements pane. These functions are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. Any functions not contained in the Elements pane need to be typed manually in the Commands window.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp index 15185c043a..ea835eb894 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp @@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ orphaned brackets -Brackets -You can choose among various bracket types to structure a $[officename] Math formula. Bracket types are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. These brackets are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. All brackets that are not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu can be typed manually in the Commands window. +Brackets +You can choose among various bracket types to structure a $[officename] Math formula. Bracket types are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. These brackets are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. All brackets that are not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu can be typed manually in the Commands window.
@@ -375,6 +375,6 @@ left none phantom {a over b} + c right ) The phantom statement ensures that the last bracket is the correct size. Be sure to put spaces (gaps) between elements when entering them directly in the Commands window. This ensures that the correct structure is recognized. -Useful information about indexes and exponents as well as scaling helps you structure formulas effectively. For more information about brackets, see Brackets and Grouping. +Useful information about indexes and exponents as well as scaling helps you structure formulas effectively. For more information about brackets, see Brackets and Grouping. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp index 49da442783..5d0ef87b07 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ transparent character as attribute mw added "scaling;fonts" - Attributes + Attributes - You can choose from various attributes for %PRODUCTNAME Math formulas. Some attributes are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. These attributes are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. All attributes not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu must be typed manually in the Commands window. + You can choose from various attributes for %PRODUCTNAME Math formulas. Some attributes are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. These attributes are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. All attributes not contained in the Elements pane or in the context menu must be typed manually in the Commands window.
@@ -366,17 +366,17 @@ Change font - Inserts a command for changing the font type, with two placeholders. Replace the first placeholder with the name of one of the custom fonts, Serif, Sans or Fixed. Replace the second placeholder with the text. You can also type font <?> <?> directly in the Commands window. + Inserts a command for changing the font type, with two placeholders. Replace the first placeholder with the name of one of the custom fonts, Serif, Sans or Fixed. Replace the second placeholder with the text. You can also type font <?> <?> directly in the Commands window.

Use the color command to change the color of your formula. Type color, then type the color name (the available colors are white, black, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green and yellow), then the formula, character or character sequence. The input color green size 20 a results in a green letter "a" with a font size of 20. The nbold and nitalic commands remove the bold or italic default fonts of formula components. For example, remove italics from the x in the formula 5 x + 3=28 by typing nitalic before the x as in 5 nitalic x + 3=28. - The attributes "acute", "bar", "breve", "check", "circle", "dot", "ddot", "dddot", "grave", "hat", "tilde" and "vec" have fixed sizes. Their width or length cannot be adjusted when positioned over a long symbol. + The attributes "acute", "bar", "breve", "check", "circle", "dot", "ddot", "dddot", "grave", "hat", "tilde" and "vec" have fixed sizes. Their width or length cannot be adjusted when positioned over a long symbol. For size changes you can use size n, +n, -n, *n and /n , where n is a placeholder. This method is useful when the base size of the formula is subject to change. The commands size +n and size -n change point size, and size *n and size /n change the size by a percentage. For example, the command size *1.17 increases the size of a character by exactly 17%. Note that some entries require spaces for the correct structure. This is especially true when you specify attributes with fixed values instead of placeholders. - For more information about formatting in %PRODUCTNAME Math, see Brackets and Grouping. - Information on attributes, indexes and exponents, and scaling can help you structure your documents more efficiently. + For more information about formatting in %PRODUCTNAME Math, see Brackets and Grouping. + Information on attributes, indexes and exponents, and scaling can help you structure your documents more efficiently. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp index 5cd24b4cf7..0effd09553 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ aligning formulas mw added two index entries about formula alignment and made "formatting.." a two level entry -Format -You can choose among various options for formatting a $[officename] Math formula. The format options are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. These options are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window. +Format +You can choose among various options for formatting a $[officename] Math formula. The format options are displayed in the lower part of the Elements pane. These options are also listed in the context menu of the Commands window.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ If a line or an expression begins with text, it is aligned on the left by default. You can change this with any of the align commands. An example is stack{a+b-c*d#alignr "text"}, where "text" appears aligned to the right. Note that text must always be surrounded by quotation marks. The standard centralized formulas can be aligned to the left without using the Format - Align menu. To do this, place an empty character string, that is, the inverted commas which surround any text "", before the section of formula that you want to align. For example, typing "" a+b newline "" c+d results in both equations being left-aligned instead of centered. When typing information in the Commands window, note that some formats require spaces for the correct structure. This is especially true when entering values (for example, a lsup{3}) instead of placeholders. -Click Brackets and Grouping for more information about formatting in $[officename] Math. -Useful information about Indexes and Exponents and Scaling, helps you organize your document in the best possible way. +Click Brackets and Grouping for more information about formatting in $[officename] Math. +Useful information about Indexes and Exponents and Scaling, helps you organize your document in the best possible way. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp index daa4c04592..f19414dd53 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ rational numbers -Set Operations -Assign different set operators to the characters in your $[officename] Math formula. The individual operators are shown in the lower section of the Elements pane. Call the context menu in the Commands window to see an identical list of the individual functions. Any operators not found in the Elements pane have to be entered directly in the Commands window. You can also directly insert other parts of the formula even if symbols already exist for them. +Set Operations +Assign different set operators to the characters in your $[officename] Math formula. The individual operators are shown in the lower section of the Elements pane. Call the context menu in the Commands window to see an identical list of the individual functions. Any operators not found in the Elements pane have to be entered directly in the Commands window. You can also directly insert other parts of the formula even if symbols already exist for them.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090900.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090900.xhp index 2228cf57d8..62291b3f8e 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090900.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090900.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ $[officename] Math;examples formulas;examples -$[officename] Math Examples +$[officename] Math Examples The following is a list of sample formulas in $[officename] Math.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090901.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090901.xhp index 228c27fad7..0f9fb29153 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090901.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090901.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Symbols with Indices +Symbols with Indices The following example explains how to create symbols with indexes in $[officename] Math. You can copy this example to the Commands window by using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090902.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090902.xhp index 8e4b038d1b..2d90721e3c 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090902.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090902.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Symbols with Indices +Symbols with Indices Here is another example of creating symbols with indexes in $[officename] Math. You can copy this example to the Commands window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090903.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090903.xhp index 156091bcd2..23043a9d4a 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090903.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090903.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Symbols with Indices +Symbols with Indices A third example of how to use $[officename] Math to create symbols with indexes is shown below. You can copy the example into the clipboard and use it in your own formula in the Commands window.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090904.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090904.xhp index 52468f2e4e..6feaa10c32 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090904.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090904.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Matrix with Varying Font Sizes +Matrix with Varying Font Sizes Here is an example of how to create a matrix with varying font sizes in $[officename] Math. You can copy this example to the Commands window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090905.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090905.xhp index 5d20c47de1..2cec210594 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090905.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090905.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Matrix +Matrix Here is an example of how to create a matrix with $[officename] Math. If you want to use the example in your own formula, you can copy it to the Commands window using the clipboard.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090906.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090906.xhp index 2808349e6f..41aa4bd88e 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090906.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090906.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Matrix in Bold Font +Matrix in Bold Font Here is an example of how to create a bold font matrix in $[officename] Math. You can copy this example to the Commands window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090907.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090907.xhp index 08f98a7135..ca07f72c3a 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090907.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090907.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Functions +Functions Here is an example of how to create functions with $[officename] Math. If you want to use the example in your own formula, copy it to the Commands window using the clipboard.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090908.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090908.xhp index 9f1b34304b..9fee3c9c77 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090908.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090908.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Square Root +Square Root Here is an example of how to create a square root with $[officename] Math. If you want to use the example in your own formula, copy it to the Commands window using the clipboard.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090909.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090909.xhp index bfde5e63dd..909f0a6ebd 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090909.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090909.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ range of integral example integrals;example
-UFI: as fix to #i23019#, tried to make Integral and Range more visible in the HelpIntegral and Sum Ranges, Font Size +UFI: as fix to #i23019#, tried to make Integral and Range more visible in the HelpIntegral and Sum Ranges, Font Size Here is an example of how to use various fonts and font sizes within a formula in $[officename] Math.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090910.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090910.xhp index 65955e7b82..c96eec9dfc 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090910.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090910.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Attributes +Attributes This section contains an example of how you can use different attributes in a formula in $[officename] Math.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091100.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091100.xhp index 310fb61751..53b3b85f95 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091100.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ brackets and grouping in Math grouping and brackets in Math
-Brackets and Grouping +Brackets and Grouping The quotation marks in the examples are used to emphasize text and do not belong to the content of the formulas and commands. When typing example formulas into the Commands window, note that spaces are often required for correct structure. Braces "{}" are used to group expressions together to form one new expression. For example, sqrt {x * y} is the square root of the entire product x*y, while sqrt x * y is the square root of x multiplied by y. Braces do not require an extra space. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091200.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091200.xhp index f69b6bc383..44faa2a67a 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091200.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ indexes and exponents in $[officename] Math exponents and indexes in $[officename] Math -Indexes and Exponents +Indexes and Exponents Here, you will find basic information about indexes and exponents in $[officename] Math. You can try the examples described here to help you understand the details discussed. (The quotation marks in this text are for emphasis purposes only and are not part of the examples.) The index and exponent for a character are displayed one on top of the other, left-justified to the base character. For example, type a_2^3 or a^3_2. This can be in any order. Instead of '_' and '^', you can use 'sub' and 'sup'. However, it is no longer possible to use the following patterns diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091300.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091300.xhp index d7b775f668..892d448274 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091300.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091300.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ attributes; additional information -Attributes +Attributes Additional information about attributes in $[officename] Math is found here. The acute, bar, breve, check, circle, dot, ddot, dddot, grave, hat, tilde and vec attributes always have a fixed size and do not become wider (longer) if they are above a long symbol. By default, the attributes are centered. The only attributes which grow with the length of the symbol are overline, underline and overstrike. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091400.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091400.xhp index 67b129f636..31b1405050 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091400.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091400.xhp @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ - scaling; in %PRODUCTNAME Math Scaling + scaling; in %PRODUCTNAME Math Scaling More detailed information about scaling in %PRODUCTNAME Math as well as some examples can be found here. (The quotation marks in this text are for emphasis purposes only and are not part of the examples.) The factorial is not scaled (example: "fact stack{a#b}" and "fact {a over b}") but is oriented using the baseline or center of the arguments. Brackets always have a fixed size as well. This applies to all symbols that can be used as brackets. Compare "(((a)))", "( stack{a#b#c})", "(a over b)". Brackets preceded by "left" or "right", however, are always adjusted to the argument. See "left(left(left(a right)right)right)", "left(stack{a#b#c}right)", "left(a over b right)". - Some Attributes have fixed sizes; do not change these if they are placed above a long symbol. + Some Attributes have fixed sizes; do not change these if they are placed above a long symbol. The spaces in the examples are required for the correct structure. You may not delete them when making entries in the Commands window. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091500.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091500.xhp index c2030434a0..dafc0fb804 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091500.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091500.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ reference tables; formulas operators;in Math -

Formula Reference Tables +

Formula Reference Tables

This reference section contains lists of many operators, functions, symbols and formatting features available in $[officename] Math. Many of the commands displayed can be inserted using the icons in the Elements window or the context menu of the Commands window. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091501.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091501.xhp index 6decdb7ebd..b2d6bdd93f 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091501.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091501.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ unary operators; list of binary operators; list of -

Unary and Binary Operators +

Unary and Binary Operators

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091502.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091502.xhp index 4f853caa50..687488fc25 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091502.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091502.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ relations operators;list of -

Relations +

Relations

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091503.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091503.xhp index c4f26afd7b..082add8ba3 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091503.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091503.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ set operators;list of -

Set Operators +

Set Operators

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091504.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091504.xhp index 47cb242474..d8765064cb 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091504.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091504.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ functions operators;list of -

Functions

+

Functions

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091505.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091505.xhp index 3471ecd00c..b9228ff628 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091505.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091505.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ operators;list of -

Operators +

Operators

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091506.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091506.xhp index d2681bdc68..7289e80b91 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091506.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091506.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ attributes; list of -

Attributes +

Attributes

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091507.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091507.xhp index 7909a0d035..092acc60ed 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091507.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091507.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ other operators;list of -

Others +

Others

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091508.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091508.xhp index 3646fc4dc7..741c990c58 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091508.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091508.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -

Brackets

+

Brackets

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091509.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091509.xhp index eadc9c0ecc..363c136abf 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091509.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091509.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ formatting; reference list (Math) -MW changed index entry

Formatting +MW changed index entry

Formatting

diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp index 57f2852bcd..835869d70a 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ -Other Symbols +Other Symbols Shows miscellaneous mathematical symbols.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/05010000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/05010000.xhp index 9734678d3f..acbb02e5a8 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/05010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/05010000.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

Formula Fonts

You can define fonts for the variables, functions, numbers and inserted text that form the elements of your formula. The list boxes in the Fonts dialog display a default font for all elements. To change to a different font, click Modify, then select the element type. A new dialog box appears. Select the desired font and check any desired attributes, then click OK. To set the changes as the default fonts, click the Default button. -If you want to mark individual text segments with a font other than that used for the whole text, then enter the Font command in the Commands window. +If you want to mark individual text segments with a font other than that used for the whole text, then enter the Font command in the Commands window.

Variables

You can select the fonts for the variables in your formula. For example, in the formula x=SIN(y), x and y are variables, and will reflect the assigned font. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ You can specify the font to be used for fixed font formatting.

Modify

-Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts. +Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.

Default

Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas. After confirming the changes, click the Yes button. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp index f2a6978125..d580b423ff 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Base size -All elements of a formula are proportionally scaled to the base size. To change the base size, select or type in the desired point (pt) size. You can also use other units of measure or other metrics, which are then automatically converted to points. +All elements of a formula are proportionally scaled to the base size. To change the base size, select or type in the desired point (pt) size. You can also use other units of measure or other metrics, which are then automatically converted to points. To permanently change the default size (12 pt) used in $[officename] Math, you must first set the size (for example, 11 pt) and then click the Default button. Relative Sizes In this section, you can determine the relative sizes for each type of element with reference to the base size. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/05050000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/05050000.xhp index 761fc0f12a..20ed730277 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/05050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/05050000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ formulas; fit to text -Text Mode +Text Mode Switches the text mode on or off. In text mode, formulas are displayed as the same height as a line of text.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp index c90cc96ba8..f22a1072e2 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -Symbols +Symbols Opens the Symbols dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Edit -Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialog. +Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialog. diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp index 1fff4bbdfd..1bb19d41ee 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Import Formula from File This command opens a dialog for importing a formula. - The Insert dialog is set up like the Open dialog under File. Use the Insert dialog to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the Commands window. + The Insert dialog is set up like the Open dialog under File. Use the Insert dialog to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the Commands window. You can import MathML files created by other applications as well. The MathML source must have a math element with an xmlns attribute with value "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML". The languages MathML and StarMath are not fully compatible, therefore you should revise the import result. For details about the language MathML see its specification.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
- This command handles only MathML content. If you have copied a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula to clipboard, insert it using the command Paste under Edit. + This command handles only MathML content. If you have copied a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula to clipboard, insert it using the command Paste under Edit.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/chemical.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/chemical.xhp index 36a1f521fe..e5f93d6573 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/chemical.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/chemical.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ chemical formula
-

Chemical Formulas Examples

+

Chemical Formulas Examples

The primary purpose of %PRODUCTNAME Math is to create mathematical formulas, but it can also be used to write chemical formulas. However, in chemical formulas, the chemical symbols are normally written in uppercase using upright, rather than italic, characters.
To create chemical formulas using Math, you may want to change the font used for variables to a non-italic font, or use the nitalic modifier. diff --git a/source/text/smath/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/smath/04/01020000.xhp index a2c67835de..2e6ae3cdc0 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/04/01020000.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@
shortcut keys; in formulas -

Formula Shortcut Keys +

Formula Shortcut Keys

A list of the shortcut keys specific to creating formulas is contained in this section. -The general shortcut keys in $[officename] also apply. +The general shortcut keys in $[officename] also apply.

Shortcut Keys for Formula Functions

The following shortcut keys correspond to commands in the Edit and View menus. diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp index 3189899733..bbe189ed9c 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ aligning; characters in %PRODUCTNAME Math formula parts; manually aligning -Manually Aligning Formula Parts +Manually Aligning Formula Parts How do you align characters in $[officename] Math quickly and easily? To accomplish this, you must define empty groups and character strings. They do not require any space, but carry information that helps in the alignment process. diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp index d16e7afd4c..48a5ec4440 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ defaults;changing default formatting changing;default formatting
-Changing Default Attributes +Changing Default Attributes Can default formats in $[officename] Math be modified? Some parts of formulas are always formatted bold or italic by default. diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp index a119b628d2..dbbe680102 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ fractions in formulas merging;formula parts
-Merging Formula Parts in Brackets +Merging Formula Parts in Brackets Inserting fractions into formulas In the case of a fraction whose numerator and denominator consist of a product, a sum, and so on, the values that belong together must be bracketed together. diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/color.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/color.xhp index 498d955d02..4af3b41641 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/color.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/color.xhp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Color in formulas -

Applying Color to Formula Parts

+

Applying Color to Formula Parts

Use the command color to apply color to the subsequent formula part. The example below creates a formula where a is shown using the default color (black) and b is shown in red. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ a + color red { b + c } - A list with predefined color names is available here. + A list with predefined color names is available here. RGB colors diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp index 60b84f6958..682791c728 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ comments; entering in $[officename] Math inserting;comments in $[officename] Math -Entering Comments +Entering Comments How does one attach comments that don't appear in the document to a formula? A comment begins with a double percent sign %%, and extends to the next line-end character (Enter key). Everything that lies in between is ignored and is not printed out. If there are percent signs in the text, they are treated as part of the text. diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/keyboard.xhp index b776274741..97fdf5f825 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ accessibility; $[officename] Math shortcuts -

Shortcuts ($[officename] Math Accessibility)

+

Shortcuts ($[officename] Math Accessibility)

You can control $[officename] Math without a mouse.

Inserting a Formula Directly

If you want to insert a formula into a text document, and you already know the correct writing, you can proceed as follows: diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp index a8176eeddd..528273e309 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ $[officename] Math;general instructions instructions; $[officename] Math Equation Editor, see $[officename] Math -mw added a cross-referenceInstructions for Using $[officename] Math +
mw added a cross-referenceInstructions for Using $[officename] Math Entering and Editing Formulas diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp index 5c39d92cf1..628083b5f8 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ formulas;line breaks wrapping text;in formulas
-Entering Line Breaks +Entering Line Breaks How to write formulas in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break): Create a line break by using the "newline" command. Everything coming after the line break is placed on the next line. diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/parentheses.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/parentheses.xhp index 087d7df78f..adecdb1c63 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/parentheses.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/parentheses.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ inserting;brackets distances between brackets
-Inserting Brackets +Inserting Brackets In %PRODUCTNAME Math, can brackets be shown separately so that the distance between them is freely definable? You can set individual brackets using "left" and "right", but the distance between the brackets will not be fixed, as they adapt to the argument. Nevertheless, there is a way to display brackets so that the distance between them is fixed. To accomplish this, place a "\" (backslash) before the normal brackets. These brackets now behave like any other symbol and the alignment is the same as with other symbols: diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp index 9fee8c00ca..df384ab192 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ direct text; entering in $[officename] Math inserting;text in $[officename] Math -Entering Text +Entering Text How to enter direct text strings that do not get interpreted? Some text strings get interpreted as operators automatically. Sometimes this is not what you want. If you want to write W* (a letter with a superscripted asterisk), the asterisk will be interpreted as a multiplication operator. Enclose the direct text within double quotes or add spaceholders. diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0000.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0000.xhp index 7393e0863a..bc99482d00 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

How to Work With $[officename] Math

-Formula Reference Tables +Formula Reference Tables diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0100.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0100.xhp index 454459dc18..da639e33f5 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0100.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0100.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0101.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0101.xhp index d52d1d723d..e4c1b30ce3 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0101.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0101.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

File

+

File

This menu contains the general commands for working with formula documents, such as create, open, save and print.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0102.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0102.xhp index 341ccd1732..35ce2acf41 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0102.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0102.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Edit

+

Edit

The commands in this menu are used to edit formulas. In addition to basic commands, (for example, copying contents) there are functions specific to $[officename] Math such as searching for placeholders or errors.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0103.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0103.xhp index 7cab1928b9..af623574fc 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0103.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0103.xhp @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
-

View

-Sets the display scale and defines which elements you want to be visible. Most of the commands that you can enter into the Commands window can also be accessed through a mouse click if you have already opened the Elements pane with View - Elements. +

View

+Sets the display scale and defines which elements you want to be visible. Most of the commands that you can enter into the Commands window can also be accessed through a mouse click if you have already opened the Elements pane with View - Elements.
-

Zoom

+

Zoom

diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0105.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0105.xhp index 1421a4ecfb..250a911369 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0105.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0105.xhp @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@
-

Format

+

Format

This menu contains commands needed to format formulas.
-

Fonts

+

Fonts

-

Font Size

+

Font Size

-

Spacing

+

Spacing

-

Alignment

+

Alignment

diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0106.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0106.xhp index 969c8ab2c4..86f157d5d2 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0106.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0106.xhp @@ -25,15 +25,15 @@
-

Tools

+

Tools

Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalog, or import an external formula as a data file or via clipboard. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.
-

Import Formula

+

Import Formula

-

Import MathML from Clipboard

+

Import MathML from Clipboard

-

Customize

+

Customize

diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0107.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0107.xhp index c634ea5ad7..118962b64d 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0107.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0107.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Window

+

Window

In the Window menu, you can open a new window and see the document list.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0200.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0200.xhp index efb49927e0..9bd17eb234 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0200.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0200.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Toolbars +

Toolbars

The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customize the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.

diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0202.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0202.xhp index 43ecd46628..f221454b65 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0202.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Status Bar

+

Status Bar

The status bar displays information about the active document.
diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0203.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0203.xhp index 921ba444a4..8f797cf63b 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0203.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0203.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Tools Bar

+

Tools Bar

The Tools bar contains frequently used functions.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -

Formula Cursor

+

Formula Cursor

diff --git a/source/text/smath/main0503.xhp b/source/text/smath/main0503.xhp index 55b111d69b..9106378a08 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/main0503.xhp @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@
-

$[officename] Math Features +

$[officename] Math Features

This section contains an overview of some of the important functions and capabilities that $[officename] Math offers.

-$[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulas. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive reference list and numerous samples contained in the Help. +$[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulas. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive reference list and numerous samples contained in the Help.

Creating a Formula

As with charts and images, formulas are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.

Typing a Formula Directly

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp index e3ab4acf23..e47dbc3137 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-Use the icons on the Print Preview Bar to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document. +Use the icons on the Print Preview Bar to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document. You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages. You cannot edit your document while you are in the print preview. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp index 6dd10953ff..85ed911843 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
-During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the Database tab page under Insert - Field - More Fields.db browser explorer +During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the Database tab page under Insert - Field - More Fields.db browser explorer Select a database and table.db browser records Records diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp index 616b8a97a6..5cb7675def 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Outline to Presentation +Outline to Presentation Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp index 95f0ed5a4f..4ba9ed9470 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ outline;outline to clipboard clipboard;outline to clipboard -Outline to Clipboard +Outline to Clipboard Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp index f307f707c2..0a5dc3c086 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Create AutoAbstract +Create AutoAbstract Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents. You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp index 909d2124f1..b5561e37fb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-AutoAbstract to Presentation +AutoAbstract to Presentation Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp index ce0153ae9b..1d5d528381 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ -

Navigator

-Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents. To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can dock the Navigator at the edge of your workspace. +

Navigator

+Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents. To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can dock the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Headings - Collapse/Expand All, Send Outline to Clipboard, Outline Folding, Outline Tracking, Outline Level + Collapse/Expand All, Send Outline to Clipboard, Outline Folding, Outline Tracking, Outline Level @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Heading item - Collapse/Expand All, Go to, Select, Delete, Promote Chapter, Demote Chapter, Promote Level, Demote Level, Outline Content Visibility, Outline Tracking, Outline Level + Collapse/Expand All, Go to, Select, Delete, Promote Chapter, Demote Chapter, Promote Level, Demote Level, Outline Content Visibility, Outline Tracking, Outline Level @@ -311,13 +311,13 @@ All - Drag Mode, Display + Drag Mode, Display
A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.

Toggle Master View

-Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open. Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open. +Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open. Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open. @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Set Reminder

-Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the Navigation icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button. Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the Navigation icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button. +Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the Navigation icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button. Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the Navigation icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button.
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ Choose Off to disable Outline Tracking.
-Using Navigator to Arrange Headings +Using Navigator to Arrange Headings
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp index 73df40a3d3..ae094c6d16 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object. By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects. -The entries largely correspond to those in the Navigator selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the Set Reminder icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the Navigation toolbar: table, frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula. +The entries largely correspond to those in the Navigator selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the Set Reminder icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the Navigation toolbar: table, frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula. Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set. For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas). Working With the Navigation Toolbar Open the Navigation toolbar by clicking on its top left icon located on the top of the Navigator display area. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arranging it on the screen. Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected. -You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose Tools - Customize. The various tables for adapting menus, keyboard input or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions. +You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose Tools - Customize. The various tables for adapting menus, keyboard input or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions. searching; repeating a search Repeat Search diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp index 6a8681f8c2..9a6c5c711b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -

AutoText

+

AutoText

Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3. @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document. Rename -Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry. Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry. +Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry. Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry. Edit Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose File - Save AutoText, and then choose File - Close. Macro -Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry. Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry. +Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry. Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry. You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field. Import @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Path -Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText. Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText. +Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText. Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText. To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the Path button in the AutoText dialog. Save links relative to Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp index 1420907c6e..f66058c5b0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ Closes the dialog. New -Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new entry. +Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new entry. Edit -Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can edit the current entry. +Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can edit the current entry. -Tips for working with bibliography entries. +Tips for working with bibliography entries. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp index d6f51b1264..dd703b54f4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose View - Field Names. -If you select a DDE link in your document, and then choose Edit - Fields, the Edit Links dialog opens. -If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose Edit - Fields, the User data dialog opens. +If you select a DDE link in your document, and then choose Edit - Fields, the Edit Links dialog opens. +If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose Edit - Fields, the User data dialog opens.

Type

Lists the type of field that you are editing. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

Offset

Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number. -If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the Offset value. To change page numbers, read the Page Numbers guide. +If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the Offset value. To change page numbers, read the Page Numbers guide.

Level

Change the defined values and outline levels for the "Chapter" field type. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

Condition

-Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new condition. +Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new condition.

Then, Else

Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp index 81871eabaf..ee585727cf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Edit Footnote or Endnote

+

Edit Footnote or Endnote

Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-Insert Footnote/Endnote dialog. +Insert Footnote/Endnote dialog. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp index 3d87e9dd6e..48ef67a109 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Edit Index Entry

Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command. -To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry. +To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ -You can jump quickly to index entries with the Navigation Bar. +You can jump quickly to index entries with the Navigation Bar. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp index 0766b1c639..23e355b1de 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@
-The Edit Sections dialog is similar to the Insert - Section dialog, and offers the following additional options: +The Edit Sections dialog is similar to the Insert - Section dialog, and offers the following additional options: Section Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the Section list. If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window. The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol. Options -Opens the Options dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section. If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first. +Opens the Options dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section. If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first. Remove Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp index bd72ff2529..a5fb590781 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Rulers +Rulers Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp index 0df47d5fe4..a68ef15108 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Text Boundaries +Text Boundaries Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp index 23c707f802..af3950a4c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Field Shadings +Field Shadings Shows or hides shadings around fields in your document like non-breaking spaces, soft hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
-Formatting Marks On/Off +Formatting Marks On/Off
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp index a8125574c1..5e940186ae 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Field Names +Field Names Switches between showing fields as field names or field values. When enabled the field names are displayed, and when disabled the field values displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ When you print a document with View - Field Names enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out.
-Insert - Field. +Insert - Field.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp index e93b6f3bc4..ce7ad5f9ca 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Formatting Marks

+

Formatting Marks

Shows hidden formatting symbols in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in. -To specify which formatting marks are displayed, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids, and then select the options that you want in the Display formatting area. +To specify which formatting marks are displayed, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids, and then select the options that you want in the Display formatting area. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp index c0c2a9146d..d3248eccfd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Web Layout

+

Web Layout

Displays the document as it would be viewed in a Web browser. This is useful when you create HTML documents.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp index b486dc8b98..1ec0f75b96 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Normal Layout +Normal Layout Displays how the document will look when you print it.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp index df3469006c..4b815b2996 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp @@ -29,15 +29,15 @@
-

Field Hidden Paragraphs

+

Field Hidden Paragraphs

Shows or hides hidden paragraphs. This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs.
-To enable this feature, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View, and ensure that the Hidden paragraphs check box in the Display fields area is selected. -Use the field command "Hidden Paragraph" to assign a condition that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed. +To enable this feature, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View, and ensure that the Hidden paragraphs check box in the Display fields area is selected. +Use the field command "Hidden Paragraph" to assign a condition that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed. When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp index 7bb0a94c5b..03069b8685 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ clear left;manual break manual break;next line
-

Insert Manual Break

+

Insert Manual Break

Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Column Break

-Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column. +Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column. Insert a column break by pressing CommandCtrl+Shift+Enter
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Page number

Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break. -To display manual breaks, choose View - Nonprinting Characters. +To display manual breaks, choose View - Nonprinting Characters.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp index d8a5b999c2..5a52298822 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

-Insert Section +Insert Section

Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met. @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
-You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a DDE link. -To edit a section, choose Format - Sections. +You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a DDE link. +To edit a section, choose Format - Sections. The Insert Section dialog contains the following tabs: diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp index 7a08febae1..23e391afce 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Section +Section Sets the properties of the section.
@@ -98,14 +98,14 @@ With condition -Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section. A condition is a logical expression, such as "SALUTATION EQ Mr.". For example, if you use the mail merge form letter feature to define a database field called "Salutation" that contains "Mr.", "Ms.", or "Sir or Madam", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is "Mr.". +Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section. A condition is a logical expression, such as "SALUTATION EQ Mr.". For example, if you use the mail merge form letter feature to define a database field called "Salutation" that contains "Mr.", "Ms.", or "Sir or Madam", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is "Mr.". Another example would be to create the field variable "x" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: "x eq 1". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable "x" to "0". Properties You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document. Editable in read-only document Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode. -Field commands -Syntax for conditions +Field commands +Syntax for conditions diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp index a21a26d93b..06fcf5e164 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Indents

+

Indents

Indents the section with a left and right margin.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.
-Field commands +Field commands
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp index 6abcc8a443..97d7044737 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ -Footnote/Endnote +Footnote/Endnote Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position. You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes. Automatic -Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert. To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes. +Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert. To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote. This can be either a letter, number or special character. Choose -Inserts a special character as a footnote or endnote anchor. +Inserts a special character as a footnote or endnote anchor. Type Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp index f16025c79d..200aeb8f75 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
-To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the Navigator, click the plus sign (+) next to the Bookmarks entry, and then double-click the bookmark. +To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the Navigator, click the plus sign (+) next to the Bookmarks entry, and then double-click the bookmark. You can also right-click the Page Number field at the left end of the Status Bar at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp index 516870d837..c5eb94e0d1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Caption +Caption Adds a numbered caption to a selected image, table, chart, frame, or shape. You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Position Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects. -Options +Options diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp index 8189ce30f6..f3cf33a603 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Options -Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an outline level to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document. +Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an outline level to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp index 6b1ad5fef7..88050049a6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ envelopes MW made "envelopes;" a one level entry -Envelope +Envelope Creates an envelope. On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp index 5b54da535d..5fb12a583f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
- Envelope + Envelope Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp index 60c14049ce..e7eb9b0385 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Format +Format Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp index d6bf151210..52ea673d3f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Fields

+

Fields

Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The dialog lists all available fields.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp index f6ff3328e5..293d96d1be 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Document

+

Document

Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Name or initials of current user (as entered in %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences -Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data). +Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data). @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences -Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data. +Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data. @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@

Format

If a field is displaying a date, time or number, then Format is used to customize the appearance of the date, time, or number. Common formats are shown in the Format window, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.
-When you click "Additional formats", the Number Format dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. -If you choose "Chapter number without separator" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in Tools - Chapter numbering are not displayed. +When you click "Additional formats", the Number Format dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. +If you choose "Chapter number without separator" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in Tools - Chapter numbering are not displayed. If you choose "chapter number" as the format for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank. Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated. -For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, special $[officename] formats are used. +For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, special $[officename] formats are used. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example "+1".
With an Offset value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty. -If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the Offset value. To change page numbers, read the Page Numbers guide. +If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the Offset value. To change page numbers, read the Page Numbers guide.

Offset in days/minutes

Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp index 513b5fcc7c..bac3255c0b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -

Cross-reference

+

Cross-reference

This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Set target for a referenced field. Under Name, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box Selection. -In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to insert a bookmark. +In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to insert a bookmark. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under Selection is not possible. In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered "by hand". -In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to insert a hyperlink. +In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to insert a hyperlink. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp index 38f9e93b36..38159f8751 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Functions

+

Functions

Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Conditional text -Inserts text if a certain condition is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the Condition box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the Then box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the Else box. To define the variable "sun", click the Variables tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the Name box, and its value in the Value box. +Inserts text if a certain condition is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the Condition box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the Then box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the Else box. To define the variable "sun", click the Variables tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the Name box, and its value in the Value box. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Input list - Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an Input list field in your document or press CommandCtrl+Shift+F9 to display the Choose Item dialog. + Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an Input list field in your document or press CommandCtrl+Shift+F9 to display the Choose Item dialog. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Input field -Inserts a text field that you can open by clicking it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed. +Inserts a text field that you can open by clicking it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Hidden text -Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View and clear the Hidden text check box. +Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View and clear the Hidden text check box. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Hidden Paragraph -Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View and clear the Hidden paragraphs check box. +Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View and clear the Hidden paragraphs check box. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands.

Condition

-For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here. +For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp index e3af7f3633..960ac733cb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
-

DocInformation

+

DocInformation

DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose File - Properties.
-When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, special $[officename] formats are used. +When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, special $[officename] formats are used. Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Comments - Inserts the comments as entered in the Description tab page of the File - Properties dialog. + Inserts the comments as entered in the Description tab page of the File - Properties dialog.
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Custom - Inserts the contents of the properties found on the Custom Properties tab of the File - Properties dialog. (Only shown if Custom properties are added.) + Inserts the contents of the properties found on the Custom Properties tab of the File - Properties dialog. (Only shown if Custom properties are added.) @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Keywords - Inserts the keywords as entered in the Description tab of the File - Properties dialog. + Inserts the keywords as entered in the Description tab of the File - Properties dialog. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Subject - Inserts the subject as entered in the Description tab of the File - Properties dialog. + Inserts the subject as entered in the Description tab of the File - Properties dialog. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Title - Inserts the title as entered in the Description tab of the File - Properties dialog. + Inserts the title as entered in the Description tab of the File - Properties dialog. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp index 6c2a1188d8..4aefa69959 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Variables

+

Variables

Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ DDE field -Inserts a DDE link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name. +Inserts a DDE link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field. The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally. -The variables are displayed in the Select field. When you click the Insert button, the dialog Review Fields appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark. +The variables are displayed in the Select field. When you click the Insert button, the dialog Review Fields appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ In the Format list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number. Warns that following types depend on the selection in the Type list -In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the Value box is converted to an opening HTML tag (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select. +In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the Value box is converted to an opening HTML tag (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.

DDE Statement

taken from DDE in Section This option is only available if the "DDE field" field type is selected. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp index 8a88c95839..c8ed23249b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Database +Database You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Any Record -Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the Record Number box as a mail merge field if the Condition that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered. +Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the Record Number box as a mail merge field if the Condition that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered. You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the Any Record field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp index 829009a6b3..5c0bb37c9a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ date fields;HTML DocInformation fields MW changed "$[officename] Writer;tags" to "$[officename];special HTML tags" -Special Tags +Special Tags When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags. $[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp index 36e8d43d08..6569b1a40c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ fields;editing edit;fields -

Edit Fields (variables)

+

Edit Fields (variables)

Edit field contents.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp index e25fb59e55..0d4daea5f3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Table of Contents and Index +Table of Contents and Index Opens a menu to insert an index or bibliography entry, as well as inserting a table of contents, index, and or bibliography.
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@
-Index Entry +Index Entry -Bibliography Entry +Bibliography Entry -Table of Content, Index or Bibliography +Table of Content, Index or Bibliography diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp index 51e51ad454..8ea39a60ea 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose Edit - Reference - Index Entry...removed a para - see #i64023 +To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose Edit - Reference - Index Entry...removed a para - see #i64023 You can leave the Insert Index Entry dialog open while you select and insert entries.

Selection

@@ -88,6 +88,6 @@

Name

Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables. -Using Tables of Content and Indexes +Using Tables of Content and Indexes diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp index 976c119824..b1b7a7cd20 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp @@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin. - Using Tables of Content and Indexes + Using Tables of Content and Indexes diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp index 21431e1cb5..197765d7a4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Styles +Styles You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp index ebd512dab7..33bee9f6df 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp @@ -33,29 +33,29 @@
- Type - Use this tab to specify and define the type of index that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes. + Type + Use this tab to specify and define the type of index that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.
Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options. - Table of Contents + Table of Contents - Alphabetical Index + Alphabetical Index - Illustration Index + Illustration Index - Index of Tables + Index of Tables - User-Defined + User-Defined - Table of Objects + Table of Objects - Bibliography + Bibliography - Using Tables of Content and Indexes - Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry + Using Tables of Content and Indexes + Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp index 4723157aa9..ea64b86df0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ -

Index

- The following options are available when you select Table of Contents as the index type. +

Index

+ The following options are available when you select Table of Contents as the index type.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp index c623eb659f..e5c3d7cacd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ -Index -The following options are available when you select Alphabetical Index as the index type. +Index +The following options are available when you select Alphabetical Index as the index type.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Keys as separate entries Inserts index keys as separate index entries. A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries. -To define an index key, choose Insert Index Entry dialog. +To define an index key, choose Insert Index Entry dialog. Concordance file Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp index 6c3ef3b4e5..5480ef9ca8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ -Index +Index -The following options are available when you select the Illustration Index as the index type. +The following options are available when you select the Illustration Index as the index type.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp index 6b10ca3712..afeb1f3472 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ -Index +Index -The following options are available when you select Index of Tables as the index type. +The following options are available when you select Index of Tables as the index type.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp index c7ec6ff096..b1c2bd9887 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ -Index +Index -The following options are available when you select User-Defined as the index type. +The following options are available when you select User-Defined as the index type.
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ Use level from source chapter Indents table, graphic, frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy. -Defining an index entry +Defining an index entry diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp index c9550c6a3f..08a5c36805 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ -Index +Index -The following options are available when you select Table of Objects as the index type. +The following options are available when you select Table of Objects as the index type.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp index 89d479099f..e41c960497 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ -Index +Index -The following options are available when you select Bibliography as the index type. +The following options are available when you select Bibliography as the index type.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Formatting of the entries Number entries -Automatically numbers the bibliography entries. To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the Entries tab. +Automatically numbers the bibliography entries. To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the Entries tab. Brackets Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp index 00bd715693..8c52c21596 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ - Assign Styles + Assign Styles Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp index 3784844615..b278fb31ec 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@
- Entries (indexes/tables) - Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the Type tab. + Entries (indexes/tables) + Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the Type tab.
- Table of Contents - Alphabetical Index - Illustration Index - Index of Tables - User-Defined - Table of Objects - Bibliography + Table of Contents + Alphabetical Index + Illustration Index + Index of Tables + User-Defined + Table of Objects + Bibliography diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp index 6404ec33fa..3ebcbe4920 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -Entries (table of contents) +Entries (table of contents) Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp index c5af1cbc6e..1ced699d4f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Entries (alphabetical index) +Entries (alphabetical index) Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Character Style for main entries -Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose Edit - Index Entry. +Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose Edit - Index Entry. Alphabetical delimiter Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings. Key separated by commas diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp index 6ae8959f67..05d703e02b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Entries (illustration index) +Entries (illustration index) Specify the format for the illustration index entries.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp index f96d1b8ffe..e865ec12fb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Entries (index of tables) +Entries (index of tables) Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp index fb1e241029..ed606b062d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Entries (user-defined index) +Entries (user-defined index) Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp index 0e632780e3..74fa556a1e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Entries (table of objects) +Entries (table of objects) Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp index 1019e73bd3..a113bf5572 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Entries (bibliography) +Entries (bibliography) Specify the format for bibliography entries.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Type -Lists the available bibliography entries. To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click Insert. Use the Define Bibliography Entry dialog to add new entries. +Lists the available bibliography entries. To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click Insert. Use the Define Bibliography Entry dialog to add new entries. Insert Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button. Remove diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp index b44fb66e23..c9a2f7576d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ -Define Bibliography Entry +Define Bibliography Entry Change the content of a bibliography entry.
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ Type Select the source for the bibliography entry. - Formatting bibliography entries + Formatting bibliography entries diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp index 6f2c532a45..80fd88b877 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp @@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ Close Closes the dialog. New -Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database. +Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database. Edit -Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record. +Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record. -Tips for working with bibliography entries +Tips for working with bibliography entries diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp index 30c23bbd4d..c2527b0390 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
-To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose Format - Frame and Object - Properties. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special shortcut keys. +To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose Format - Frame and Object - Properties. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special shortcut keys. To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete. If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text. In the preview area of the Frame dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp index 2bd239e771..62bf41acc9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard. To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down OptionAlt, and then press an arrow key. To resize a selected frame or object, first press CommandCtrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press CommandCtrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down OptionAlt, and then press an arrow key. -The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid. +The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp index 8d26d5e4e0..e108347dde 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ -Table - Properties - Text Flow -%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table +Table - Properties - Text Flow +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp index 57c340300b..1d16a899eb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ -Exchange Database +Exchange Database Change the data sources for the current document. To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp index 6f1c00beb0..b98c2371f3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
- An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - View, and select the Comments check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle. + An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - View, and select the Comments check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle. If your document contains more than one script, the Edit Script dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script. Jump to Previous Script. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp index 02a5490cdb..32a820caea 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers. To remove a header, choose Insert - Header and Footer - Header, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style. To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose Insert - Header and Footer - Header - All. -To format a header, choose Format - Page Style - Header. +To format a header, choose Format - Page Style - Header. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp index bc26906d85..c916f52d0d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers. To remove a footer, choose Insert - Header and Footer - Footer, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style. To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - All. -To format a footer, choose Format - Page Style - Footer. +To format a footer, choose Format - Page Style - Footer. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp index 3eb332d2e1..fbf0a66410 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Field

+

Field

The submenu lists the most common field types that can be inserted into a document at the current cursor position. To view all of the available fields, choose More Fields.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ -

More Fields

+

More Fields

\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp index 7a47ba4154..807dd3e0fb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@
mw added two index entries -Text Flow +Text Flow Specify hyphenation and pagination options.
Hyphenation -Specify the hyphenation options for text documents. +Specify the hyphenation options for text documents. Automatically Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ To reduce hyphenation, enter the length of the hyphenation zone. Instead of the possible hyphenation, the line will break between words, if the remaining horizontal space does not exceed the hyphenation zone. Hyphenation zone results in enlarged spaces between words in justified text, and greater distance from paragraph margins in non-justified text. Breaks -Specify the page or column break options. +Specify the page or column break options. InsertUFI: #i30777# Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use. @@ -109,6 +109,6 @@ -Orphans. +Orphans. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp index ab71063245..c90322eaf2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -Drop Caps +Drop Caps Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp index 802430d79f..380f1f2428 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Outline & List

+

Outline & List

Adds or removes outline level, list style, and line numbering from the paragraph or paragraph style. You can also restart or modify the start number for numbered lists and line numbering.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose View - Styles, and then click the Paragraph Styles icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose Modify, and then click the Outline & Numbering tab. - To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose Format - Paragraph, and then click the Outline & Numbering tab. + To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose Format - Paragraph, and then click the Outline & Numbering tab. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

Apply List Style

List Style

- Select the List Style that you want to apply to the paragraph. These styles are also listed in the Styles window (Command+TF11) if you click the List Styles icon. + Select the List Style that you want to apply to the paragraph. These styles are also listed in the Styles window (Command+TF11) if you click the List Styles icon.

Edit Style

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

"Start with" spin button

Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph. The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here.

Line numbering

- Specify the Line numbering options. To add line numbers to your document, choose Tools - Line Numbering. + Specify the Line numbering options. To add line numbers to your document, choose Tools - Line Numbering.

Include this paragraph in line numbering

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp index e1cc419556..15de13b2a1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Page Style

+

Page Style

Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp index 3d13d99dce..af4bec3092 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ added two Help IDs, see i97180 -

Columns

+

Columns

Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The following two options are only available when formatting sections.

Evenly distribute contents to all columns

- Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically. Evenly distributes the text in multi-column sections. + Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically. Evenly distributes the text in multi-column sections. The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp index 9fbb206efb..8664fc3cda 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Footnote +Footnote Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp index 492bab2af4..6e5e4ad316 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Footnotes/Endnotes

+

Footnotes/Endnotes

Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp index 3e83d47f48..5f95ac1833 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ text grid for Asian layout -Text Grid +Text Grid Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp index f8cf380dad..40d93896ee 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@

Image

Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected image. -You can also change some of the properties of the selected image with shortcut keys. +You can also change some of the properties of the selected image with shortcut keys.
The Image dialog contains the following tab pages: -

Wrap

+

Wrap

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp index 67ee8fc5ad..16ce31f952 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ UFI: new index entries, see i54237 -

Position and Size

+

Position and Size

Specifies the size and the position of the selected image, frame, or OLE object on a page.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Mirror on even pages

Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
- You can also use the Image flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages. + You can also use the Image flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line. - Format - Anchor - Format - Align Text + Format - Anchor + Format - Align Text diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp index 212fd2412c..2ccd595c84 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Wrap +Wrap Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object. You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object.
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Contour -Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames. To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose Format - Wrap - Edit Contour. +Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames. To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose Format - Wrap - Edit Contour. Outside only diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp index fd512353b0..7a56cc0f8d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Contour Editor -Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object. +Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the text wrap options for the object. Displays a preview of the contour.and this bubble text hides both from view if not set to 0 length diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp index 6c75739c1e..2dde019d36 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Image +Image Specify the flip and the link options for the selected image.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Browse Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click Open. -Format - Flip -Edit - Links +Format - Flip +Edit - Links diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp index 0d57315180..1d8609c8c2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Macro +Macro Specifies the macro to run when you click an image, frame, or an OLE object.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ -For events that are linked to controls in forms, see Control properties or Form properties. +For events that are linked to controls in forms, see Control properties or Form properties. Assigned Action Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs. Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp index b5f45cbe4c..49d8639236 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Hyperlink +Hyperlink Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.
@@ -48,22 +48,22 @@ Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open. Browse - Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click Open. The target file can be on your machine or on an FTP server in the Internet. + Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click Open. The target file can be on your machine or on an FTP server in the Internet. Name Enter a name for the hyperlink. Frame - Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file. The predefined target frame names are described here. + Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file. The predefined target frame names are described here. Image Map - Select the type of ImageMap that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page. + Select the type of ImageMap that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page. Server-side image map Uses a server-side image map. Client-side image map - Uses the image map that you created for the selected object. + Uses the image map that you created for the selected object. - URL + URL diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp index 8468c711f9..efff7dc2e6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Options

+

Options

Specify properties for the selected image, frame or OLE object.
@@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ -Text direction. +Text direction. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp index b1db1114d6..3e00b6baff 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-

Wrap

+

Wrap

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp index 189e3d4fbb..e1a8272d34 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Table Properties

+

Table Properties

Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -

+

Background

Set or remove color or image background for selected cells, rows, or table. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp index 82df530e96..796a2242d7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
UFI: deleted "tables;sizing" -

Table

+

Table

Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Centers the table horizontally on the page. Manual -Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the Left and Right boxes in the Spacing area. $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual column widths. +Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the Left and Right boxes in the Spacing area. $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual column widths. Spacing Left diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp index 431d16f30a..30e018d884 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-Columns +Columns Specify the column width properties.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp index 084911d0d1..e2e25bf28f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ tables; editing with the keyboard -Editing Tables Using the Keyboard +Editing Tables Using the Keyboard You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard. Resizing Columns and Rows @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down OptionAlt and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow. -To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table. +To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table. -Table Bar +Table Bar diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp index e7c34ddab1..c8c4cf537a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ -Text Flow +Text Flow Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp index 429259e12a..6396c57bae 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -Cell +Cell This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp index 16ad0563ce..404fe935c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Protect

+

Protect

Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.
@@ -36,6 +36,6 @@
When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the Status Bar. - To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose Cell - Unprotect. + To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose Cell - Unprotect. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp index 987f60a1ab..05e45055f9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Unprotect

+

Unprotect

Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.
@@ -38,6 +38,6 @@ To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press Command Ctrl+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press Command Ctrl+Shift+T. - You can also remove cell protection from a table in the Navigator. + You can also remove cell protection from a table in the Navigator. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp index 2b1f71305c..b11dcfa315 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp @@ -28,18 +28,18 @@ -

Row

+

Row

Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows.
-

Row Height

+

Row Height

-

Optimal Row Height

+

Optimal Row Height

-

Insert...

+

Insert...

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp index ee35416ca1..3c95afe5ca 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp @@ -43,6 +43,6 @@

Fit to size

Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells. -You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose Size - Minimal Row Height. +You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose Size - Minimal Row Height. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp index 32c9d91e2f..626a6fbb11 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
-

Optimal Row Height

+

Optimal Row Height

Set row height for selected table rows so that each row has the same height as the row with the tallest content.
Row height can increase with this option, with the table always growing downward. The total table height is never reduced by this option. -This option is similar to first minimizing row height for selected rows by using Minimal Row Height and then distributing those rows by using Distribute Rows Evenly, except that additional height is added to each row if necessary to prevent the total table height from reducing. +This option is similar to first minimizing row height for selected rows by using Minimal Row Height and then distributing those rows by using Distribute Rows Evenly, except that additional height is added to each row if necessary to prevent the total table height from reducing.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp index a47847695b..9ff0403754 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Select +Select Selects the row that contains the cursor.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp index f46d86b045..7b00473a6c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Delete +Delete Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp index 3c812dfe30..5984fae991 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp @@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ -

Column

+

Column

Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns.
-

Width...

+

Width...

-Insert... +Insert... diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp index 77c9ab47ec..d5cdad6ca0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Optimal Column Width

+

Optimal Column Width

Adjust column widths among columns with selected cells, according to the paragraph length in each selected cell. Widen the table, up to page width, if necessary. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp index 180db97cbb..f290b86791 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-Select +Select Selects the column that contains the cursor. This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp index c02e365099..1e023fec26 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Delete +Delete Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp index c29583155f..cedab8b2ff 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ UFI: this is no more "Style Catalog" dialog, but we need the links and tablesUFI: another comment: the Style Catalog can be customized to be visible again!!! Dont know it this is temporary bug, workaround, or feature The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the Styles deck of the Sidebar.
-If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose File - Templates - Save as Template. +If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose File - Templates - Save as Template.

Style Category

These are the different categories of formatting styles. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp index 2a8555cb3c..d8aaf97d6b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ -

Character Style

+

Character Style

Character styles provide a way to customize the formatting for individual characters. Use character styles to change the properties of a character, word or selected part of a paragraph. When you apply a character style to a text selection, the character style properties override the corresponding paragraph character properties. For example, if you apply a character style with 15pt font size to a selection in a paragraph with character property of 12pt font size, the selection is set to 15pt, while the rest of the paragraph remains with 12pt font size. No Character Style is actually the set of character properties of the current paragraph style. Choose No Character Style to reset the character properties of the selection to those of the paragraph style. You cannot customize No Character Style. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp index 16ae38f4e2..a12d79cd13 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ -

List Style

-Here you can create a List Style. The List Styles are organized in the Styles window. +

List Style

+Here you can create a List Style. The List Styles are organized in the Styles window.
-When a List Style is created, a name is assigned to the style. The list style can be applied to paragraphs or assigned to a paragraph style in the Apply List Style section of the Outline & List tab. -Ordered lists and unordered lists created in the Bullets and Numbering dialog or with the Toggle Ordered List and Toggle Unordered List icons of the Formatting bar use direct formatting. They are not list styles. +When a List Style is created, a name is assigned to the style. The list style can be applied to paragraphs or assigned to a paragraph style in the Apply List Style section of the Outline & List tab. +Ordered lists and unordered lists created in the Bullets and Numbering dialog or with the Toggle Ordered List and Toggle Unordered List icons of the Formatting bar use direct formatting. They are not list styles. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp index 889ba30fcc..76fe2d3b4f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Condition

+

Condition

Define conditions for conditional styles here.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp index 8b3f6173cb..f580cb8e83 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ mw deleted "applying;." -

Styles (Sidebar)

+

Styles (Sidebar)

Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to apply, create, edit, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style. Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
-To dock the Styles window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar. +To dock the Styles window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar. By default, the Styles deck displays a preview of the available styles. The previews can be disabled by unchecking the Show Previews box below the list of styles. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Paragraph Styles - Displays formatting styles for paragraphs. Use paragraph styles to apply the same formatting, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document. + Displays formatting styles for paragraphs. Use paragraph styles to apply the same formatting, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Icon Fill Format Mode - Fill Format Mode + Fill Format Mode Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style. To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ - New Style from Selection + New Style from Selection Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection. @@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ - Update Selected Style + Update Selected Style The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window. - Load Styles from Template + Load Styles from Template Opens the Load Styles from Template dialog to import styles from another document. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ applies the Heading 2 paragraph style. The Formatting (Styles) toolbar contains icons for applying and modifying styles.
-More information about styles. +More information about styles.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp index aed08b4d6a..5a0940bf64 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
AutoCorrect function;text documents -

AutoCorrect

+

AutoCorrect

Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options.
@@ -39,6 +39,6 @@

AutoCorrect Options

Opens the AutoCorrect dialog. - To open the AutoFormat for Tables dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose Table - AutoFormat Styles. + To open the AutoFormat for Tables dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose Table - AutoFormat Styles. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp index ddee2b2979..6816463988 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ separator lines;AutoCorrect function -

While Typing

+

While Typing

Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Options, and then click the Options tab.
-You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic word completion only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document. -To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose Edit - Undo. +You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic word completion only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document. +To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose Edit - Undo. When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:

AutoCorrect for Headings

A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met: @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@

AutoCorrect for Separator Lines

- If you type three or more hyphens (---) or certain other characters in a row and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the lower border of the preceding paragraph. The bottom padding of such a paragraph will be set to 0.75 mm. The following rules apply: + If you type three or more hyphens (---) or certain other characters in a row and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the lower border of the preceding paragraph. The bottom padding of such a paragraph will be set to 0.75 mm. The following rules apply: Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick). @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
-Other AutoCorrect rules +Other AutoCorrect rules
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp index 663773071c..db13c209c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ autocorrect;apply manually -

Apply

- Automatically formats a document or a selection according to the options set in the AutoCorrect Options tab. +

Apply

+ Automatically formats a document or a selection according to the options set in the AutoCorrect Options tab. To select options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options, click the Options tab, then select options in the [M] column to be applied when the Apply command is chosen.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp index 7fc74ac1af..20c5d62bf5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-Apply and Edit Changes +Apply and Edit Changes Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.
@@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ Edit Changes Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date. -Manage Changes, Filter tab +Manage Changes, Filter tab diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp index 014a7bb0e2..e64ed3fdef 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Load Master Slide Load Master Page - Load Styles + Load Styles

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp index f0825bb7bc..110f348763 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ -Split Table +Split Table Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position. You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp index a3721b92c0..df18824249 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -Merge Table +Merge Table Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp index 1c6d4446d6..71c1a81dfa 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -

Hyphenation

+

Hyphenation

Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
%PRODUCTNAME searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
-To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose Format - Paragraph, and then click the Text Flow tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate. +To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose Format - Paragraph, and then click the Text Flow tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate. When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options: @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose Format - Paragraph, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the Automatically check box in the Hyphenation area. -To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids, and select the Hyphenate without inquiry check box. +To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids, and select the Hyphenate without inquiry check box. To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press Command Ctrl+Minus sign (-). To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+CommandCtrl+Minus sign(-). -To hide soft hyphens, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids, and then clear the Custom hyphens check box. +To hide soft hyphens, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids, and then clear the Custom hyphens check box.

Word

Word

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp index ea4b1c558d..65a1fb3f63 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
- File - Properties - Statistics + File - Properties - Statistics
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp index 94e796d6fb..243460d4fe 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
Chapter numbering is achieved by assigning paragraph styles to outline levels, and a numbering scheme for each outline level. By default, the "Heading" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline levels (1-10). You can use the dialog to assign a different paragraph style to an outline level. -If you want numbered headings, choose Tools - Chapter Numbering. This command opens a dialog where numbering schemes can be assigned to paragraph styles used for headings. Do not use the Toggle Ordered List icon on the Formatting Bar or the Format - Bullets and Numbering dialog. +If you want numbered headings, choose Tools - Chapter Numbering. This command opens a dialog where numbering schemes can be assigned to paragraph styles used for headings. Do not use the Toggle Ordered List icon on the Formatting Bar or the Format - Bullets and Numbering dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp index 62383d74d1..8c5e2c96a6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Numbering

+

Numbering

Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp index ecd2f5020f..d161248bc8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ -Footnotes/Endnotes Settings +Footnotes/Endnotes Settings Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp index 697611098c..5a56a27a7b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
-

Footnote Settings

+

Footnote Settings

Specifies the formatting for footnotes.
-To set additional option for footnotes, choose Format - Page Style, and then click the Footnote tab. +To set additional option for footnotes, choose Format - Page Style, and then click the Footnote tab.

AutoNumbering

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp index a8963235c2..e24d36d009 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Endnote Settings

+

Endnote Settings

Specifies the formatting for endnotes. The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp index 5868654e47..7c198be199 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Convert Text to Table +Convert Text to Table Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp index 826e8f33c3..9117feab73 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Calculate +Calculate Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp index 537221e86e..987d3f3bff 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Page Formatting +Page Formatting Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the Status Bar.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp index 1068c66f41..a3b03ed4db 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Current Index +Current Index Updates the current index. The current index is the one that contains the cursor.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp index a54bc17da2..a305c33de3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-All Indexes and Tables +All Indexes and Tables Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp index af179cc1c5..5de7a2f768 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.

Lines in frames

-Adds line numbers to text in frames. The numbering restarts in each frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document. In linked frames, the numbering is not restarted. +Adds line numbers to text in frames. The numbering restarts in each frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document. In linked frames, the numbering is not restarted.

Restart every new page

Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp index b9c88f27d4..db9efd72fb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Update All +Update All Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp index ad94620ffe..57b01b12c3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Fields +Fields Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp index be96318fcd..84b8cf7d32 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp index a025da1510..74b7c24169 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-All Charts +All Charts Updates the charts in the current document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp index 148868b453..bb5679d22c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
updating; text documents -

Update

+

Update

Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp index 923049f5f1..dc646fd669 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-

Accessibility Check

+

Accessibility Check

Review common accessibility problems in the document, and support for PDF/UA specifications in the PDF export dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp index 04f293cf42..4c14aeb1a8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Reference

+

Reference

A submenu that offers possibilities to edit footnotes, endnotes, index entries, and bibliography entries.
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@
-

Footnote or Endnote

+

Footnote or Endnote

-

Index Entry

+

Index Entry

-

Bibliography Entry

+

Bibliography Entry

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp index 15d51ad7e8..1bb9fc0c31 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
-

Position (List Styles - Legacy)

+

Position (List Styles - Legacy)

-%PRODUCTNAME Writer uses the position controls shown here when opening documents that use a different method for positioning and spacing. For default controls see Position (List Styles).see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt +%PRODUCTNAME Writer uses the position controls shown here when opening documents that use a different method for positioning and spacing. For default controls see Position (List Styles).see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ provides Apply control help
-Position (List Styles) -Paragraph alignment -Indenting Paragraphs +Position (List Styles) +Paragraph alignment +Indenting Paragraphs
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp index 629a3eef07..d9676a3598 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ -First step: Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document. +First step: Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp index fe9a4c8b31..1c8c651233 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document. Select the document. -Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type +Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type
Mail Merge Wizard overview
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp index d7a9924b57..9b79f8977c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Creates a printable mail merge document. Email message Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an email message or an email attachment. -Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses +Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses
Mail Merge Wizard overview
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp index cf72b32731..3d525be52e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ (Browse buttons) Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record. -Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation +Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation Alternatively you can press the Finish button and use the Mail Merge Toolbar to finish the mail merge process.
Mail Merge Wizard overview diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp index 387ad72043..535e1ac14c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ (Browse buttons) Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record. -Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout +Next step: Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout Alternatively you can press the Finish button and use the Mail Merge Toolbar to finish the mail merge process.
Mail Merge Wizard overview diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp index 7da989e844..756b69536d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp @@ -89,12 +89,12 @@ To print or to export the full document, set the outline folding to Unfold All beforehand. Folded outline contents will not be printed or exported to PDF.
-Set Paragraph Outline Level - Modify Outline Levels for Headings +Set Paragraph Outline Level + Modify Outline Levels for Headings - Adding a Button to a Toolbar -Customizing a Context Menu -Making a Shortcut Key + Adding a Button to a Toolbar +Customizing a Context Menu +Making a Shortcut Key
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp index 9fce04fd21..8fc285d4f5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
-

Protect Document

+

Protect Document

Toggles write protection for fields and bookmarks in the document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp index 6efb1e7229..007ffad270 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Show Whitespace

+

Show Whitespace

Displays the document with the top and bottom margins, header and footer and a gap between pages. Uncheck to collapse all the elements cited and display the document in a contiguous page stream. Hiding whitespace is only possible in Single-page view.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp index 713b72c4b6..7d40ef95ab 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ style inspector
-

Style Inspector

+

Style Inspector

The Style Inspector is located on the Sidebar. It displays all the attributes of the styles (paragraph and character) and any direct formatting present in the paragraph and character where the cursor is located. These details can be useful when you are trying to figure out why some formatting in a document appears to be incorrect or inconsistent.
@@ -84,9 +84,9 @@
- Release notes for Style Inspector - RDF Metadata in Style Inspector - Custom color metadata + Release notes for Style Inspector + RDF Metadata in Style Inspector + Custom color metadata
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp index 2535b46df7..6d150edd5e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
-

Page Watermark

+

Page Watermark

Insert a watermark text in the current page style background. watermark;text documents @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@

Color

Select a color from the drop-down box. To change a watermark contents or setting. - If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the Format - Watermark menu command or by the document classification settings, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog. + If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the Format - Watermark menu command or by the document classification settings, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog.
- Document classification watermarks - Page background + Document classification watermarks + Page background
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp index d7a76464ff..45732f7629 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@
-

Toggle Ordered List

+

Toggle Ordered List

Adds or removes numbering from the selected paragraphs.
To define the numbering format, choose Format - Bullets and Numbering. To display the Bullets and Numbering Bar, choose View - Toolbars - Bullets and Numbering.UFI changed last sentence, see #60925
-Some of the bullets and numbering options are not available when working in the Web Layout.UFI: online layout is now web layout +Some of the bullets and numbering options are not available when working in the Web Layout.UFI: online layout is now web layout
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-Bullets and Numbering +Bullets and Numbering
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp index f3bb78cf58..631fd0cdc3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp index ca9da786ab..5dd6ebd486 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ unlinking frames -Unlink Frames +Unlink Frames Breaks the link between two frames. You can only break the link that extends from the selected frame to the target frame.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp index 775ddfa069..40a31b1619 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ columns; inserting in tables -Insert Column +Insert Column Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose Table - Insert - Columns), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon. If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp index 016d55239e..cd9ac7266e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Table: Fixed

+

Table: Fixed

If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp index 9feda413ce..16e94da05a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Table: Fixed, Proportional

+

Table: Fixed, Proportional

If this mode is active, changes to the line and/or column affect the entire table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp index d5165bbd95..ebd7fb5dc6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Table: Variable

+

Table: Variable

If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect the size of the table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp index 657d6cdb46..18efe817fc 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Sum

+

Sum

Activates the sum function. Note that the cursor must be in the cell where you want the sum to appear.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp index 6b2f5ac8df..4931e44768 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

No List

+

No List

Removes numbering or bullets and list indenting for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp index 30c5b8590c..58123dbd09 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
i66535, was Shift down with Subpoints -

Demote Outline Level with Subpoints

+

Demote Outline Level with Subpoints

Demotes the list of a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to the next list level. Multiple list paragraphs can be selected. Demotes the outline level of a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings to the next outline level. This command is active only when the cursor is positioned in a list paragraph or a chapter heading.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp index 6e36bc1df6..01f174dd37 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
i66535, was Shift up with Subpoints -

Promote Outline Level With Subpoints

+

Promote Outline Level With Subpoints

Promotes the list level of a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to the next list level. Multiple list paragraphs can be selected. Promotes the outline level of a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings to the next outline level. This command is active only when the cursor is positioned in a list paragraph or chapter heading.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp index f868b841ac..da9dd0bdd2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Insert Unnumbered Entry +Insert Unnumbered Entry Inserts a paragraph without numbering. The existing numbering will not be affected.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp index de7ebfa42c..d4285fbda0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Move Item Up with Subpoints

+

Move Item Up with Subpoints

Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to before the previous list paragraph with the same list level. Moves a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings and text to before the previous heading at the same outline level. You can also select and move more than one list paragraph or chapter heading. This command is only active when the cursor is positioned within a list paragraph or chapter heading.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp index 9e61e7d1b1..84deae47c4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Move Item Down with Subpoints

+

Move Item Down with Subpoints

Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located and its subpoints to after the following list paragraph with the same list level. Moves a chapter heading where the cursor is located and all its subheadings and text to after the following heading at the same outline level. You can also select and move more than one list paragraph or chapter heading. This command is only active when the cursor is positioned in a list paragraph or chapter heading.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp index f12be81f84..44818007dd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
-

Restart Numbering

+

Restart Numbering

Restarts list numbering from 1. This command is only active when the cursor is positioned within a list.
Choose Format - Lists - Restart Numbering. Place cursor in a list paragraph, right-click and choose List - Restart Numbering. - On Bullets and Numbering bar, click + On Bullets and Numbering bar, click
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ To remove the numbering restart, apply the command again in the paragraph where the numbering was restarted. - To restart numbering with a number greater than 1, right-click in the paragraph where you want to restart numbering, choose Paragraph - Paragraph - Outline & List tab, select Restart numbering at this paragraph and enter the start number in Start with. + To restart numbering with a number greater than 1, right-click in the paragraph where you want to restart numbering, choose Paragraph - Paragraph - Outline & List tab, select Restart numbering at this paragraph and enter the start number in Start with. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp index b0a9d407c1..d822a9cbbf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A click opens "Go to Page", with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.The displayed page (x) and the total number of pages (y) are shown in the form Page x/y When you scroll through a document with the mouse, the page number is displayed when you release the mouse button. When you scroll using the right scrollbar, the page numbers are displayed as a Help tip. The page numbering format of the status bar and scrollbar is identical. -You can turn the Navigator display on or off by double-clicking the Page Number field. +You can turn the Navigator display on or off by double-clicking the Page Number field.To go to a specific page, enter the page number in the Page spin button in the Navigator and then press Enter.By pressing the shortcut keys Shift+Command Ctrl+F5, you switch to entering a page number. When you press Enter, the cursor moves to the selected page. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp index ca88ca4c83..1d30ee669e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
-Combined Display +Combined Display Displays current information about the active document.
When the cursor is in a named section, the section name appears. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell appears. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects. - When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the Fields dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the Table Format dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object. + When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the Fields dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the Table Format dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp index 2f008fb0b8..3e41e50884 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Zoom In

+

Zoom In

Zooms in to get a close-up view of the document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp index c8b65d691c..5698f94f10 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
-

Zoom Out

+

Zoom Out

Zooms out to see more of the document at a reduced size.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp index 8714571a66..7b7da6edd1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Preview Zoom +Preview Zoom Determines the zoom level of the print preview.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp index a2329c4e99..a9e50893db 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10040000.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Single Page Preview

+

Single Page Preview

Displays one page at a time in the Print Preview window.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp index 4c3ddeac0b..42f8a4f807 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-

Two Pages Preview

+

Two Pages Preview

Displays two pages in the Print Preview window. Uneven numbers will always appear on the right side, even numbers on the left.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp index be7c44554a..0137e6d4b0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ -

Multiple Pages Preview

+

Multiple Pages Preview

Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp index 4c9d52f226..a061283235 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp index 58e43b7049..d24c5eb39c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Cell Reference +Cell Reference Displays the position of the cell cursor in a table.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp index aea6313cc5..4e79cc14a2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ -

Formula

+

Formula

Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table. Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the Formula icon and choose the desired formula from the submenu. -The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click Apply to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the Insert Fields and Edit Fields dialogs. +The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click Apply to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the Insert Fields and Edit Fields dialogs.
Go to Table - Edit Formula. In the Table toolbar, press the Insert or Edit Formula icon. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp index 57e93e26d0..b6330cfe50 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Cancel +Cancel Clears the contents of the input line and closes the formula bar.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp index 9d0c050b7a..bdb136a745 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Apply

+

Apply

Transfers the contents of the input line into your document and closes the formula bar. The contents of the input line are inserted at the cursor position in the document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp index 80ad856e4a..f5ebd57533 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
- Formula Area + Formula Area Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the Formula icon to display the formulas in submenu.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp index 3ca9f5d8f1..a20d018140 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp @@ -26,38 +26,38 @@
-

Insert

+

Insert

The toolbar contains various functions for inserting frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.
You can select the following functions: -

Table

+

Table

-

Section

+

Section

-

Insert Frame Manually

+

Insert Frame Manually

-

Floating Frame

+

Floating Frame

-

Insert Footnote Directly

+

Insert Footnote Directly

-

Insert Endnote Directly

+

Insert Endnote Directly

Note

Inserts a note at the current cursor position. -

Bookmark

+

Bookmark

-UFI: "insert cross reference" here

File

+UFI: "insert cross reference" here

File

-

AutoText

+

AutoText

-

Special Character

+

Special Character

Insert Fields

@@ -66,21 +66,21 @@

Controls

The Controls icon opens a toolbar with the tools that you need to create an interactive form. -

From File

+

From File

-

Formula

+

Formula

-

Chart

+

Chart

-

OLE Object

UFI: this may be called "Insert Object" in UI, but is not the removed "Insert Object" bar +

OLE Object

UFI: this may be called "Insert Object" in UI, but is not the removed "Insert Object" bar

Insert Index

Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position. -

Entry

+

Entry

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp index 098f74f4c0..4e06b7d641 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ -Insert Fields +Insert Fields Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu. Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.UFI: changed to fix #i20539# You can choose from the following functions: @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -Other +Other diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp index be060bd17d..8984a8d798 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@
-Date +Date Inserts the current date as a field. The default date format is used, and the date is not automatically updated.
-If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select Insert - Field - More Fields to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing Edit - Fields. +If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select Insert - Field - More Fields to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing Edit - Fields. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp index 6d83c0635d..389432f543 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
time fields;insertingfields;inserting time -Time +Time Inserts the current time as a field. The time is taken directly from the system settings of your operating system. A fixed time format is applied, which cannot be updated by using the F9 function key.
- To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired changes in the Fields dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing Edit - Fields. + To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired changes in the Fields dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing Edit - Fields. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp index a5523ec75a..fd39ad2c1b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@
-Page Number +Page Number Inserts the current page number as a field at the cursor position. The default setting is for it to use the Page Number character style.
-If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the Page Number command with Edit - Fields. To change page numbers, read the Page Numbers guide. +If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the Page Number command with Edit - Fields. To change page numbers, read the Page Numbers guide. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp index 355896c11e..e5b29325db 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@
-

Page Count

+

Page Count

Inserts as a field the total number of pages in the document.
-The format of the field inserted using the Page Count command can be modified using the Edit - Fields command. +The format of the field inserted using the Page Count command can be modified using the Edit - Fields command.
-Document Statistics Fields +Document Statistics Fields
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp index e39399a341..c4093fbc35 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ fields; subject
-Subject +Subject Inserts the subject specified in the document properties as a field . This field displays the data entered in the Subject field under File - Properties - Description.
-If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. The DocInformation category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties. +If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. The DocInformation category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp index 9fa4ed853d..0aaeef1225 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@
-Title +Title Inserts the title specified in the document properties as a field. This field displays the data entered in the Title field under File - Properties - Description.
-If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. The DocInformation category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties. +If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select Insert - Field - More Fields and make the desired settings in the Fields dialog. The DocInformation category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp index e0e6b42589..0c96a12ffa 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
-First Author (field) -Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field. The field applies the entry made under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User data. +First Author (field) +Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field. The field applies the entry made under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User data.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp index 030ba4e1fa..ab6bb53f47 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ pictures;do not show
-

Images and Charts

+

Images and Charts

If the Images and Charts icon on the Tools bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp index c120a9449a..74078e3a55 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@
-

Direct Cursor Mode

+

Direct Cursor Mode

Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.
-You can specify the behavior of the direct cursor by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids. +You can specify the behavior of the direct cursor by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp index 2cafd2fec9..ffe4b4cb48 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp index 8d1afc48e0..a9395af52a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp index 97b4e93dfa..b92a9d0ce6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
-Insert +Insert Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar with various functions for inserting graphics, tables, documents, and special characters.
@@ -48,25 +48,25 @@
You can select the following functions: -Insert single-column frame manually +Insert single-column frame manually -From File +From File -Insert Table +Insert Table -Insert Document +Insert Document -Insert Special Character +Insert Special Character -Insert Section +Insert Section -Insert Bookmark +Insert Bookmark diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp index 34b79493f2..ae8af0b73d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ -Insert Fields -Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu. +Insert Fields +Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu. You can select the following functions: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ UFI added two lines, see #i60664 -Other +Other diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp index 5333208fc4..2a3ed87049 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
-

Text Animation

+

Text Animation

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp index 9343a62223..ecce8e3ad0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/add_to_list.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Add to List Lists;merging -

Add to List

+

Add to List

Include selected paragraphs, whether a list item or not, as part of a list.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp index 26a68d6479..83c649bf06 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/word_count_stb.xhp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
-Word Count Status Bar Field -The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the word count dialog, which shows extra document statistics. +Word Count Status Bar Field +The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the word count dialog, which shows extra document statistics.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp index ed745db06a..5e19d03d5a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ shortcut keys; in text documents text documents; shortcut keys in -

Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer +

Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer

You can use shortcut keys to quickly perform common tasks in %PRODUCTNAME. This section lists the default shortcut keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer.

- You can also use the general shortcut keys in %PRODUCTNAME. + You can also use the general shortcut keys in %PRODUCTNAME.

Function Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Ctrl+Tab - Next suggestion with Automatic Word Completion + Next suggestion with Automatic Word Completion @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Ctrl+Shift+Tab - Use previous suggestion with Automatic Word Completion + Use previous suggestion with Automatic Word Completion @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@
- To insert a tab at the beginning of a heading or list paragraph, use the Numbering followed by option in the Position tab in the Chapter Numbering or Bullets and Numbering dialog. Alternatively, a tab can be copied and then pasted at the beginning. + To insert a tab at the beginning of a heading or list paragraph, use the Numbering followed by option in the Position tab in the Chapter Numbering or Bullets and Numbering dialog. Alternatively, a tab can be copied and then pasted at the beginning.

Shortcut Keys for Tables in %PRODUCTNAME Writer

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp index 5bf0970ae2..dbcba701db 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -

Positioning Objects

+

Positioning Objects

An object, such as an image or frame, is positioned within a document using an anchor attached to another element. An anchor determines the reference point for an object. The reference point could be the page or frame where the object is, a paragraph, or even a character. An object always has an anchor. An anchor moves with the element it is attached to as the document is edited. An object retains its position relative to the reference point determined by its anchor, such that, whenever the reference point moves or changes, the object moves relative to it. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Changing an Anchor

-To change the anchoring options of an object, right-click the object, and then choose an option from the Anchor submenu. +To change the anchoring options of an object, right-click the object, and then choose an option from the Anchor submenu.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp index 839cf20b99..eb0fbe103e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ outlines;arranging chapters -

Arranging Chapters in the Navigator

+

Arranging Chapters in the Navigator

You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose Tools - Chapter Numbering, select the style in the Paragraph Style box, and then double-click a number in the Levels list. To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the Navigator list. To dock the Navigator, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, double-click its frame while holding the CommandCtrl key. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp index 2994782bc5..c2e6311164 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ bullets; using automatically paragraphs; automatic numbering MW deleted "applying;"mw deleted "automatic bullets" and changed "automatic numbering;" -Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type +Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type $[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type. To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
- Format - Bullets and Numbering + Format - Bullets and Numbering
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp index 8d2dbd1630..e6442d83af 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ AutoCorrect function;turning off -

Turning Off AutoCorrect +

Turning Off AutoCorrect

By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp index 48ceed5fe7..4960fb5e44 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ words;disabling spellcheck MW deleted "text;"
-

Automatic Check Spelling

+

Automatic Check Spelling

%PRODUCTNAME can automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelled words with a red wavy line.

To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
- Creating a new dictionary. + Creating a new dictionary. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp index fdc39d0410..3afd3204d1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ abbreviations capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations MW added "capital letters;..." -Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List +Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp index 352daf5bef..62c3284a15 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ -Using AutoText +Using AutoText In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text. To Create an AutoText Entry @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry. - Choose Tools - AutoText. + Choose Tools - AutoText. Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click Insert. @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used.
-Tools - AutoText -Word Completion +Tools - AutoText +Word Completion
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp index f8b6b56759..bbc30317d6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ cells; backgrounds backgrounds;selecting
MW transferred 4 index entries from shared/guide/background.xhp and added 3 new entries -

Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics +

Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics

MW built this file from splitting shared/guide/background.xhp You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.

To Apply a Background To Text Characters

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Character Highlighting Color icon - Background tab page + Background tab page Watermarks Page Backgrounds as Page Styles

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp index 6d536fa3c6..939672f31f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ frames; around characters defining;character borders -Defining Borders for Characters +Defining Borders for Characters If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document. To Set a Predefined Border Style diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp index 3b0d8bcb55..df0844a656 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ OLE objects;borders defining;object borders MW deleted "adding;" -

Defining Borders for Objects +

Defining Borders for Objects

In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected.

To Set a Predefined Border Style

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp index 4d8a4d4057..574dbe0b58 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ frames; around pages defining;page borders MW deleted "adding;" -Defining Borders for Pages +Defining Borders for Pages In Writer, you define borders for page styles, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]. To Set a Predefined Border Style diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp index 0352f58849..8cf68c6398 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ mw deleted "formula bar in text" -

Calculating in Text Documents

+

Calculating in Text Documents

You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp index 1b9bc0a0aa..3c1ae8365c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ clipboard;calculating in text formulas;pasting results in text documents - Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document + Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the Formula Bar. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp index 9b3d77b11b..37f80deacb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ table cells;calculating sums sums of table cell series mw deleted "text tables;" -Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells +Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp index 2ca20390ba..276f6d6a73 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ mw reduced "calculating;" entries to one entry -Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents +Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document. For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following: diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp index 9e63c31729..0763f8c1ec 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ calculating;in text tables tables; performing calculations in MW reduced "text tables;" to "tables;" -Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table +Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp index 74d08c1df9..224766b8a2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ calculating; across multiple text tables tables;calculating across mw changed "text tables;" to "tables;" -Calculating Across Tables +Calculating Across Tables You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp index 46047d24fc..3f0c5669d9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ mw deleted "adding;" -Using Captions +Using Captions In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects. You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions. When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp index b390022113..5100afd329 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ chapter numbers in captions inserting;chapter numbers in captions -

Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions +

Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions

You can include chapter numbers in captions. Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles. @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ $[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption.
- AutoCaption dialog - Chapter numbering + AutoCaption dialog + Chapter numbering
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp index 14509d0f9e..11c48a090a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ mw deleted "creating;" -Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page +Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it. For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp index f43c2e63af..5f0e773beb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..." and made "outline numbering" a two level entry -

Chapter Numbering

+

Chapter Numbering

You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the "Heading 1" paragraph style is at the top of the chapter hierarchy.

To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp index 5a064b4acc..c5ae906028 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Conditional Text +Conditional Text You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters. Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ -List of conditional operators +List of conditional operators diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp index 3618e40590..73f786ad06 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Conditional Text for Page Counts +Conditional Text for Page Counts You can create a conditional text field that displays the word "pages" instead of "page" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp index df71cac2dd..0f7ea53578 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..." -Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary +Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp index d99a25baff..b19ebb995a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ pasting;cut/copied text sections mouse;moving and copying text mw deleted "text sections;" -Moving and Copying Text in Documents +Moving and Copying Text in Documents diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp index 30523652d9..a7ec09bc7d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ MW made "empty pages;..." and "blank pages;.." to one level entries. -Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages +Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages

@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
-Insert Break dialog +Insert Break dialog
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp index 544c8a474a..6d393e5d3e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ replacing;fields, by text changing;fields, into text -Converting a Field into Text +Converting a Field into Text You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field. @@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ - Paste Special + Paste Special \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp index ca839452c0..979acc4400 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ changing;field shadings viewing;fields mw changed "fields;..." -About Fields +About Fields Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document. Viewing Fields - Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose View - Field Names. + Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose View - Field Names. To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose View - Field Shadings. To permanently disable this feature, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Application Colors, and clear the check box in front of Field shadings. - To change the color of field shadings, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Application Colors, locate the Field shadings option, and then select a different color in the Color setting box. + To change the color of field shadings, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Application Colors, locate the Field shadings option, and then select a different color in the Color setting box. Field Properties Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values. The following field types execute an action when you click the field: diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp index 798e32e510..0a6777e631 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field +Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp index c2215d06bb..de4c1f6d6e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ MW deleted "adding;" -Adding Input Fields +Adding Input Fields An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp index bf74c016e5..e98fab0a13 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ -Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions +Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ -List of operators +List of operators diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp index 31cfd6c257..e89aa14915 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ page numbers; continuation pages -

Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages

+

Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages

You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field.The page number is only displayed if the following page exists. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp index d4ad56f9f9..9605f0b925 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ page numbers; footersnumbering;pages -Inserting Page Numbers in Footers +Inserting Page Numbers in Footers You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12" To Insert a Page Number diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp index 3c1226cb65..131db59b98 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ footnotes; inserting and editing -

Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes

+

Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes

Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes.

To Insert a Footnote or Endnote

@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note. - Choose Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote. + Choose Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote. In the Numbering area, select the format that you want to use. If you select Character, click the Choose button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote. @@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ - To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose Edit - Footnote/Endnote. + To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose Edit - Footnote/Endnote. - To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes. + To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes. - To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose Format - Page Style, and then click the Footnote tab. + To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose Format - Page Style, and then click the Footnote tab. To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
-Making a Shortcut Key +Making a Shortcut Key
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp index d1796acad6..3217b391c3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Spacing Between Footnotes +Spacing Between Footnotes If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, "Footnote", and choose Modify.
- Click the Borders tab. + Click the Borders tab. In the Default area, click the Set Top and Bottom Borders Only icon. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-Format - Paragraph - Borders +Format - Paragraph - Borders \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp index 894d9ffafd..4871a616d9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ letters; creating form letters wizards;form letters mw added "serial letters" -Creating a Form Letter +Creating a Form Letter To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by email. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp index 0a0a73d754..700a6d3d0f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
- Navigator in master mode + Navigator in master mode
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp index 0cae87b8cf..c86652d6cf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
-Navigator in master mode +Navigator in master mode
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp index f31ab281cb..c0015de476 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ HTML documents; headers and footers -

About Headers and Footers

-Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert Fields, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document. +

About Headers and Footers

+Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert Fields, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document. The page style for the current page is displayed in the Status Bar. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ - To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different Page Styles, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear. + To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different Page Styles, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear.

Headers and Footers in HTML Documents

@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ -Page Styles +Page Styles diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp index 116da8d964..ebcc0aec15 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Defining Different Headers and Footers +Defining Different Headers and Footers You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as First page, Left page and Right page, or you can create a custom page style. You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose Format - Page Style, click the Page tab, and in the Layout settings area, choose “Mirrored” in the Page layout box. For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp index 7460d41455..184e79ae03 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ names; chapter names in headers -

Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer

+

Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer

Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the chapter numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles.

To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp index 7f811ac1f3..28d5244d81 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ MW changed "inserting;" -Formatting Headers or Footers +Formatting Headers or Footers You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp index e8bddbe45e..a2d2341552 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ hiding;text, with conditions variables;for hiding text mw deleted "comparisons;" and copied two entries to hidden_text_display.xhp and 2 entries to nonprintable_text.xhpMW added "variables;" -

Hiding Text

+

Hiding Text

You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met. Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.

To Create a Variable

@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@
- Displaying Hidden Text - Creating Non-printing Text - Insert - Field - More Fields - Insert - Section - List of Operators + Displaying Hidden Text + Creating Non-printing Text + Insert - Field - More Fields + Insert - Section + List of Operators
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp index 01244aa96d..0e4b717d20 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ hidden text; displaying displaying;hidden text MW copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp -

Displaying Hidden Text +

Displaying Hidden Text

MW created this guide from splitting hidden_text.xhp If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following: @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
- Hiding Text + Hiding Text - List of Operators + List of Operators
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp index 4087575b97..e2803c889d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ mw deleted "adding;" -Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator +Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other %PRODUCTNAME documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in %PRODUCTNAME, you are taken to the cross-referenced item. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp index 6bda3fe528..329c9f9b69 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ words;wrapping/not wrapping in text switching off;hyphenation for specific words -

Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words +

Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words

MW created this guide from splitting using_hyphen.xhp If your text is automatically hyphenated and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words: @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
- Text Flow + Text Flow
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp index c996dde283..8cbbec5192 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style. - Choose Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also set indents using the ruler. + Choose Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also set indents using the ruler. Right-click a paragraph and choose Paragraph - Edit Style - Indents & Spacing tab to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style. - You can also set indents using the ruler. To display the ruler, choose View - Ruler. + You can also set indents using the ruler. To display the ruler, choose View - Ruler.

Positioning indents

Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. To change the measurement units, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

- The Hanging Indent command can be added as a button to a toolbar, an item in a menu or context menu, or a shortcut key. + The Hanging Indent command can be added as a button to a toolbar, an item in a menu or context menu, or a shortcut key.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp index 11db2b3bea..7216373243 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries +Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose View and ensure that Field Shadings is selected. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To remove the entry, click Delete. -To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the Edit Index Entry dialog. +To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the Edit Index Entry dialog. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp index b19250d194..a677dab433 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ editing;indexes/tables of contents deleting;indexes/tables of contents -Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents +Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp index eeedebd98e..4f7816b8be 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -

Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries

+

Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries

To Define Index Entries

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp index eb4f86377c..781f06fb65 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes formatting;indexes and tables of contents -Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents +Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the Insert Index dialog. To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp index 2fe59a8853..d0d0c59266 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Creating Alphabetical Indexes +Creating Alphabetical Indexes @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ -Creating a concordance file +Creating a concordance file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp index 076aa1f876..91448d014d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Creating a Bibliography +Creating a Bibliography A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document. Storing Bibliographic Information @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ - Choose Tools - Bibliography Database + Choose Tools - Bibliography Database Choose Data - Record. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry. - Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry. + Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry. Select From document content and click New. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
-Bibliography Database +Bibliography Database diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp index 096758bc6b..61b83fbb57 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp @@ -32,19 +32,19 @@ merging;indexes master documents;indexes MW inserted "master documents;" -Indexes Covering Several Documents +Indexes Covering Several Documents There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents: - Create an index in each individual document, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them. + Create an index in each individual document, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them. - Select each index, choose Insert - Section, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose + Select each index, choose Insert - Section, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose Insert - Section, select Link, click the Browse button, and then locate and insert a named index section. - Create a master document, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography. + Create a master document, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp index 87d1775e3b..5f2d4a2f89 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -

Creating a Table of Contents

+

Creating a Table of Contents

The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. - Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography, and then click the Type tab. + Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography, and then click the Type tab. Select "Table of Contents" in the Type box. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp index 64236a4d77..911cc10dbd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -User-Defined Indexes +User-Defined Indexes You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want. To Create a User-Defined Index diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp index 7fc8411b02..b2797a2e0c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ paragraphs;inserting before/after tables inserting;paragraphs before/after tables -Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page +Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press Enter or OptionAlt+Enter. To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press OptionAlt+Enter. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp index f401367886..54aeac21b2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ inserting; pictures pictures; inserting options mw deleted "illustrations;" -Inserting Graphics +Inserting Graphics There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp index 5778d23aa4..2bb8a2eb81 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ pictures; inserting by dialog inserting; pictures, by dialog -

Inserting a Graphic From a File +

Inserting a Graphic From a File

By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp index 8e4a19b579..f1ffffb308 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ copying; charts from $[officename] Calc text documents;inserting Calc charts -Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document +Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp index faa7d28926..8a6deb26fc 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ text; inserting pictures from Draw pictures; inserting from Draw -Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress +Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp index 66a8f71309..41c31144f2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ pictures; inserting from Gallery into text replacing;objects from Gallery -Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop +Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation. To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp index 751d644f30..04fc46cd82 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ pictures; scanning scanning pictures -Inserting a Scanned Image +Inserting a Scanned Image To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed. The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image. - Choose Insert - Media - Scan, and choose the scanning source from the submenu. + Choose Insert - Media - Scan, and choose the scanning source from the submenu. Follow the scanning instructions. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp index 0d90103823..409186f6d1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ demote level;in lists
-

Changing the List Level of a List Paragraph +

Changing the List Level of a List Paragraph

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ To move a numbered or bulleted list paragraph up one list level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab. - To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text for all list paragraphs at a given list level, use the Numbering followed by option in the Position tab in the Bullets and Numbering dialog. For an individual list paragraph, a tab can be copied and then pasted at the beginning of the list paragraph. + To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text for all list paragraphs at a given list level, use the Numbering followed by option in the Position tab in the Bullets and Numbering dialog. For an individual list paragraph, a tab can be copied and then pasted at the beginning of the list paragraph.

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp index f343d4a521..adc5c50283 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive -

Combining Ordered Lists

+

Combining Ordered Lists

You can combine two ordered lists into a single list.

To Combine Two Ordered Lists

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ On the Formatting Bar, click the Toggle Ordered List icon twice.
-To add selected paragraphs to an existing list, use Format - Lists - Add to List. +To add selected paragraphs to an existing list, use Format - Lists - Add to List.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp index dd1aeb5b46..beca927f71 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ bookmarks; positioning cursor jumping;to bookmarks -Going to Specific Bookmark +Going to Specific Bookmark To go to a specific bookmark in your document, hold down Ctrl and click right-click in the Page field on the Status Bar, and then choose the bookmark. - Insert Bookmark + Insert Bookmark \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp index 6bfce4969c..e2dd4beb7d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer accessibility; $[officename] Writer -Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility) +Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility) Press the keys Option diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp index 3d607750f0..2fe9b7f784 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ importing;styles from other files loading;styles from other files -

Using Styles From Another Document or Template +

Using Styles From Another Document or Template

You can import styles from another document or template into the current document. - Open the Load Styles dialog box by either + Open the Load Styles dialog box by either Choose Styles - Load Styles or diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp index feb19e2648..e5bd905d9b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ $[officename] Writer; instructions instructions; $[officename] Writer -

Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer +

Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer

Entering and Formatting Text

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp index 7fba988fd3..e1c507d7d1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ jumping;to text elements overviews;Navigator in text documents MW added "pages;" -Navigator for Text Documents +Navigator for Text Documents The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks. @@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ - Navigator + Navigator diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp index eed375cdf2..ab14f60cba 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ non-printing text text; non-printable mw copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp -Creating Non-printing Text +Creating Non-printing Text MW created this guide from hidden_text.xhp To create text that is not to be printed do the following: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
- Hiding Text + Hiding Text
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp index e69f6230de..e11bc6bb4f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ dates;formatting automatically in tables recognition;numbers -

Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables +

Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables

$[officename] can automatically recognize numbers or dates that you enter into a table cell, converting them from text to an appropriate number format. Use Table - Number Format to change the display of the entered value. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This feature applies globally to all tables in all documents. When enabled, typing a date or number into a table cell will result in automatic formatting. Enabling and disabling this feature does not change existing data formatting.
-%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table +%PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp index eea42da16e..f75067deec 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ MW deleted "number ranges;" and changed "numbering;" -Defining Number Ranges +Defining Number Ranges You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp index 677a66084a..9549bb4dc2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ numbers; line numbering marginal numbers on text pages -

Adding Line Numbers

+

Adding Line Numbers

$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers. Line numbers are not available in HTML format. @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
- Tools - Line Numbering + Tools - Line Numbering - Format - Paragraph - Outline & List - Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles + Format - Paragraph - Outline & List + Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp index ddf4c84e83..f1ade04fb0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...", and deleted "modifying;..." -

Modifying Numbering in an Ordered List

+

Modifying Numbering in an Ordered List

You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in an ordered list or change the number that an ordered list starts with. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ -Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles +Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp index d9c6b50eda..a3cee54d31 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ manual page breaks tables;deleting page breaks before -

Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks +

Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks

To Insert a Manual Page Break

@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Right-click in the table, and choose Table. - Click the Text Flow tab. + Click the Text Flow tab. Clear the Break check box. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

To Quickly Switch Between Portrait and Landscape Page Layout

- Read the help page Changing Page Orientation to learn more about advanced configurations that can be defined concerning page orientation. + Read the help page Changing Page Orientation to learn more about advanced configurations that can be defined concerning page orientation.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp index e10d00314b..f1d7e0458f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ inserting;page numbers styles;page numbers mw inserted six index entriesmw added "styles;" -Page Numbers +Page Numbers In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text. To Insert Page Numbers diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp index f5e77e0df9..6f6917d82c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ overriding next style;for pages -

Creating and Applying Page Styles

+

Creating and Applying Page Styles

$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page.

To Define a New Page Style

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Double-click a name in the list. - Right-click the page style displayed in the Status Bar. Select another page style. + Right-click the page style displayed in the Status Bar. Select another page style. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Enter the page style to be applied. -See Manually Defined Range of a Page style. +See Manually Defined Range of a Page style. A special situation arises when a Next style is different than the page style itself, and you want to apply that page style to two consecutive pages. For example, if you have applied First Page style to a page, and want to apply First Page style again to the immediately following page, then you must manually override First Page style, because it is configured to be followed by Default Page Style. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp index 9dc17c276b..c07ac4d3bc 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ book view pages;previews MW changed "page views" to "pages;previews" -Previewing a Page Before Printing +Previewing a Page Before Printing @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
- File - Print Preview. + File - Print Preview.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp index 6902aef236..aaccf8316b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_selection.xhp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ printing;selection -

Selecting What to Print

+

Selecting What to Print

You can choose to print individual pages, a range of pages, or a selection from a document.

Printing a single page

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp index a3a287f8dc..f9bb8c5b15 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ printing;multiple pages per sheet reduced printing of multiple pages MW changed "overviews;" -

Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet +

Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet

In the Page Layout section of the File - Print dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
- File - Print Preview + File - Print Preview
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp index 878c9f3029..1745e66f13 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ mw made "paper trays;..." a one level entry -Selecting Printer Paper Trays +Selecting Printer Paper Trays Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ -Creating and applying page styles +Creating and applying page styles \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp index aac6b56468..96a6c259de 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ ordering;printing in reverse order printing; reverse order -Printing in Reverse Order +Printing in Reverse Order @@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ - Printing + Printing diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp index 8bf9bf2bfa..37c37da602 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ -

Protecting Contents in %PRODUCTNAME Writer

+

Protecting Contents in %PRODUCTNAME Writer

The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in %PRODUCTNAME Writer from being modified or deleted.

Protecting Sections in %PRODUCTNAME Writer

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp index 0d3e0522bb..ee3f38fa02 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ -Inserting Cross-References -Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as fields in the document. +Inserting Cross-References +Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as fields in the document. Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets. Cross-Referencing Text @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ In the Selection list, select the target that you want to cross-reference. - In the Refer using list, select the format for the cross-reference. The format specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the target text, and "Page" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted. + In the Refer using list, select the format for the cross-reference. The format specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the target text, and "Page" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted. Click Insert. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Cross-Referencing an Object -You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose Insert - Caption. +You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose Insert - Caption. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ In the Selection list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference. - In the Refer using list, select the format of the cross-reference. The format specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object. + In the Refer using list, select the format of the cross-reference. The format specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object. Click Insert. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp index 7ebe6ae8b7..6299bb63c8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Modifying Cross-References +Modifying Cross-References diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp index 025fb73e1e..0e494c80e4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ formatting;register-true text

Printing with Page line-spacing

- Page line-spacing printing is particularly useful for documents that will have two pages set next to each other (for example, in a book or brochure), for multi-column layouts, and for documents intended for double-sided printing. + Page line-spacing printing is particularly useful for documents that will have two pages set next to each other (for example, in a book or brochure), for multi-column layouts, and for documents intended for double-sided printing.

To Enable a Document for Page Line-spacing Printing

- Choose Format - Page Style - Page tab. + Choose Format - Page Style - Page tab. In the Layout Settings section, select the Use page line-spacing checkbox, set the Reference Style, and click OK. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

To Exempt or Enable Paragraphs for Page Line-spacing Printing

- Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing. + Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing. Clear the Activate page line-spacing checkbox to exempt paragraphs. Set the checkbox to enable. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

To Exempt or Enable Paragraph Styles for Page Line-spacing Printing

- Open the Styles window (Command+TF11), click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose Modify. In the dialog, click the Indents & Spacing tab. + Open the Styles window (Command+TF11), click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose Modify. In the dialog, click the Indents & Spacing tab. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp index e760da92b3..db49381e4a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ formatting;exiting direct formatting exiting;direct formatting mw made "exiting..." a two level entry -Resetting Font Attributes +Resetting Font Attributes diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp index b491055525..afcc34a863 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ docking; Navigator window resizing;windows -Docking and Resizing Windows +Docking and Resizing Windows You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles window. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp index 643b7276c6..e2807bd04c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Using Rulers

- To show or hide rulers, choose View - Ruler. To show the vertical ruler, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View, and then select Vertical ruler in the Ruler area. + To show or hide rulers, choose View - Ruler. To show the vertical ruler, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View, and then select Vertical ruler in the Ruler area.

Adjusting Page Margins

The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.

Changing Indents

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
For example, to change the left indent starting with the second line of a paragraph, hold down the CommandCtrl key, click the triangle on the bottom left, and drag it to the right - You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the Paragraph dialog. + You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the Paragraph dialog.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp index 2c937b8fbd..bb00060ece 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ converting;sections, into normal text hiding;sections ufi: added two deleting sections entries -Editing Sections +Editing Sections You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document. - Choose Format - Sections. + Choose Format - Sections. In the Section list, click the section you want to modify. You can press Command @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ To remove protection of a section, do the following: - Choose Format - Sections. + Choose Format - Sections. Select the section to unprotect in the Section area of the dialog. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ - Format - Sections + Format - Sections Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp index 483fe31bc7..d8c2e17962 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ -Inserting Sections +Inserting Sections You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document. To Insert a New Section diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp index 93cb92f5da..efb3b74242 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ text columns sections; columns in/use of mw changed a typo in "multicolumn"mw deleted "sections;using" and changed "section;columns in" -Using Sections +Using Sections Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways: @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
- DDE + DDE
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp index ddba944b19..c8877fa46b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -Saving Text Documents in HTML Format +Saving Text Documents in HTML Format You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages. When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp index 2a1115f1a8..fc5becd7e2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ bold;formatting while typing shortcut keys;bold formatting -Applying Text Formatting While You Type +Applying Text Formatting While You Type To apply bold formatting @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ - Keyboard shortcut for text documents - Keyboard shortcut in $[officename] + Keyboard shortcut for text documents + Keyboard shortcut in $[officename] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp index 1d0026834d..2fc9f82ac1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ grammar checker -Checking Spelling and Grammar +Checking Spelling and Grammar You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document. To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the extensions web page. The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
removed a line -Spelling dialog +Spelling dialog
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp index 11654e2078..778d9aa1d0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ formats; copying and pasting text formats; copying and pasting mw changed "copying;" -Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode +Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles window. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ - Styles + Styles
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp index c2bbd4a6b4..399d9fdeec 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ mw deleted "creating;" and added "copying;" -

Creating New Styles From Selections

+

Creating New Styles From Selections

To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection

@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@
For page and table styles, you must use the Styles actions menu at the top right corner of the Styles deck. The drag-and-drop method is not possible with these styles.
-Styles (Sidebar) -Styles - New Style from Selection +Styles (Sidebar) +Styles - New Style from Selection
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp index 600c80e902..d159e94be3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Styles window; updating from selections updating; styles, from selections -

Updating Styles From Selections +

Updating Styles From Selections

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ - Styles + Styles

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp index 505b5f8a3f..95f05cb42e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ subscript text characters;subscript and superscript -Making Text Superscript or Subscript +Making Text Superscript or Subscript @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ - Format - Character - Position - Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace + Format - Character - Position + Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp index 5afd032cd1..9a99259b46 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ splitting cells;by menu command merging;cells mw made "cell merges;" a one level entry -Merging and Splitting Cells +Merging and Splitting Cells mw created this file out of the shared guide "table_cellmerge.xhp", see also bug #63021 You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells. To Merge Cells diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp index 412f0595b8..f184c25cc0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ deleting; tables or table contents tables; deleting -Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table +Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp index 4631a1f1d5..5e3de6bdcb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text spreadsheets;inserting tables from mw changed "cell ranges;" to "cells;" -Inserting Tables +Inserting Tables There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. UFI: from a database? To Insert a Table From a Toolbar diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp index e3e30c0a84..2bf9055085 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ MW made "table heading repetition..." a two level entry and changed "headers;" to "headings:"mw added "multi-page tables" -Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page +Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp index ad45d5120c..5fd8dbc119 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ columns;resizing in tables column widths in tables mw deleted "text tables;enlarging cells", "tables;changing the size", "tables;arranging" and "arranging;tables". MW changed "tables;sizing" and "table cells;". MW added "reducing rows and columns in text tables"MW changed "tables;" and added "juxtaposing tables"MW added 5 index entries wrt column widths and row heights -

Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table

+

Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table

You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Icon -You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the Optimize Size toolbar on the Table Bar. +You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the Optimize Size toolbar on the Table Bar.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp index bfadc1b0e8..8cba99c1d4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns behavior of rows/columns -Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard +Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the Behavior of rows/columns options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits. Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.UFI: fixes bugtraq 4971582 To set the Behavior of rows/columns options for tables in text documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table. There are three display modes for tables: diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp index 7385cfbb51..0caa3519a8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ organizing; templates (guide) templates; organizing (guide) -

Templates and Styles +

Templates and Styles

A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles. Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp index 84dc222a9f..5100b5e76b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ mw made "animating text" a two level entry -Animating Text +Animating Text You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp index e959687186..4c6b612791 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ initial capitals in titles small capitals (guide) MW added "small capitals" -Changing the Case of Text +Changing the Case of Text You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection. When you apply formatting to your text by Format - Character, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose Format - Text or Format - Text - Change Case, the text is permanently changed. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp index f3d93590be..6bf5c18398 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ -Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page +Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp index c91cbb451e..85e7b2b23b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ cursor;direct cursor settings;direct cursor -

Using the Direct Cursor

+

Using the Direct Cursor

The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page. To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp index 82f79284c6..1640e0ea48 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ text; emphasizing emphasizing text -Emphasizing Text +Emphasizing Text Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document: diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp index f48e81f516..b00e2fad87 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ frames; linking printing;hiding frames from printing mw deleted "text;" and changed "printing;" -Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames +Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames A frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text. To Insert a Frame diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp index 8af8c95113..59090444a6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ selecting;text, with keyboard keyboard; navigating and selecting in text -Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard +Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
- Selection Modes + Selection Modes
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp index 9da6f39ca7..96aca78484 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -Rotating Text +Rotating Text You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object. @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ Choose View - Toolbars- Drawing to open the Drawing toolbar.
- Select the Text icon Icon. + Select the Text icon Icon. Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text. - Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the Rotate icon Icon on the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. + Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the Rotate icon Icon on the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. Drag one of the corner handles of the text object. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-Show Draw Functions +Show Draw Functions
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp index 638ba62cdf..08a69e6ee3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ links;inserting text documents as inserting;text documents mw deleted "text;" -Inserting an Entire Text Document +Inserting an Entire Text Document To Insert a Text File diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp index 0806e1eb80..7699e4d302 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ automatic hyphenation in text manual hyphenation in text mw transferred 2 entries to hyphen_prevent.xhp -Hyphenation +Hyphenation By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: Automatic Hyphenation @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Right-click in a paragraph, and choose Paragraph.
- Click the Text Flow tab. + Click the Text Flow tab. In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box. @@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ - Text Flow + Text Flow diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp index 6b84146bc5..a7d7a195f0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ changing;bulleting symbols -

Adding Bullets

+

Adding Bullets

To Add Bullets

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp index 914e71aaa8..1bc2e8997f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ formatting;ordered lists inserting;numbering -

Adding Numbering

+

Adding Numbering

To Add Numbering to a List

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ -A paragraph style can be configured to add numbering. +A paragraph style can be configured to add numbering.

To Remove Paragraphs from an Ordered List

To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, then click the Toggle Ordered List icon or the No List icon on the Formatting Bar.

To Format an Ordered List

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp index 86fb4b4e06..5c39a38cdb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ manual numbering in text paragraph styles;numbering -

Numbering and Paragraph Styles +

Numbering and Paragraph Styles

You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style. - If you want numbered headings, use Tools - Chapter Numbering, instead of numbering manually. + If you want numbered headings, use Tools - Chapter Numbering, instead of numbering manually.

To Apply Numbering Manually

To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the Toggle Ordered List icon on the Formatting bar, or use the dropdown box on the icon to select a numbering format. You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Styles window. @@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose Format - Bullets and Numbering, and then click a new format. - Use the commands on the Bullets and Numbering bar to change the order and level of list paragraphs. + Use the commands on the Bullets and Numbering bar to change the order and level of list paragraphs. - To see which paragraphs are in the same list, click to the left of a number or symbol at the beginning of a list paragraph, with View - Field Shadings (CommandCtrl+F8) enabled. + To see which paragraphs are in the same list, click to the left of a number or symbol at the beginning of a list paragraph, with View - Field Shadings (CommandCtrl+F8) enabled. - To add selected paragraphs to an existing list, use Format - Lists - Add to List. + To add selected paragraphs to an existing list, use Format - Lists - Add to List.

To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style

Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the list style assigned to a paragraph style, then the numbering format in the list style is applied automatically to all paragraphs using the paragraph style. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ - List Style + List Style

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp index 051ec61456..7a6c7b52d4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ searching;synonyms
-

Thesaurus

+

Thesaurus

Use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms.
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use. To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the Extensions web page.If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word. - Thesaurus + Thesaurus diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp index e3d6b0346e..89e0a5195c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ counting words word counts
MW deleted "character counts" -Counting Words +Counting Words @@ -58,6 +58,6 @@
To get some more statistics about the document, choose File - Properties - Statistics. - File - Properties - Statistics + File - Properties - Statistics diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp index a81260620d..2341a5cef2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ -Wrapping Text Around Objects +Wrapping Text Around Objects To Wrap Text Around an Object @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Select the object.
- Choose Format - Frame and Object - Properties, and then click the Wrap tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply. + Choose Format - Frame and Object - Properties, and then click the Wrap tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply. The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Select the object. - Choose Format - Frame and Object - Properties, and then click the Wrap tab. + Choose Format - Frame and Object - Properties, and then click the Wrap tab. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
-Contour Editor +Contour Editor
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp b/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp index b5c680e97a..3ee77e9bae 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/librelogo/LibreLogo.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

LibreLogo

+

LibreLogo

LibreLogo is a simple, localized, Logo-like programming environment with turtle vector graphics for teaching of computing (programming and word processing), DTP and graphic design. See http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp index bd619f11b3..981f90090b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0100.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp index 238f9887df..fc02762c45 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0101.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

File

+

File

These commands apply to the current document, create a document, open an existing document, or close the application.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp index fa843e4eca..14680fbc1a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0102.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

Edit

+

Edit

This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -

Select Text

+

Select Text

@@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ -

Fields

+

Fields

-

External Links

+

External Links

-

OLE Object

+

OLE Object

-

Direct Cursor Mode

+

Direct Cursor Mode

Allows a user to click at the beginning, middle, or end of any possible text line on a page and then begin typing. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp index 1e1916b5ba..c32194e9bb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0103.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-

View

+

View

This menu contains commands to control the on-screen display of the document, change the user interface and access the sidebar panels.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Show or hide a document's comments and replies to them.

Resolved comments

-Show or hide resolved comments. +Show or hide resolved comments. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ -

Zoom

+

Zoom

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp index 5fee8f3025..f87454ab76 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0104.xhp @@ -28,30 +28,30 @@
-

Insert

+

Insert

The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes images, media, charts, objects from other applications, hyperlink, comments, symbols, footnotes, and sections.

Page Break

Inserts a manual page break at the current cursor position and places the cursor at the beginning of the next page. -

Image

+

Image

-

Section

+

Section

-

Text from File

+

Text from File

-

Textbox

+

Textbox

-

Bookmark

+

Bookmark

@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ -

Envelope

+

Envelope

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp index ef80781dfe..6921ba51c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0105.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Format

+

Format

Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.
@@ -39,15 +39,15 @@
-

Character

+

Character

-

Paragraph

+

Paragraph

Lists

Opens a submenu where you can modify the formatting of list paragraphs.When a submenu is made for Lists, then the heading and text can be replaced with an embed to that file. Can also be embedded in simpress/main_format.xhp, and then section id can be removed.
-

Bullets and Numbering

+

Bullets and Numbering

Title Page

@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@

Comments

When comments are present, the character dialog is presented. Changes to font and font formatting are applied to all comments. -

Columns

+

Columns

-

Watermark

+

Watermark

-

Sections

+

Sections

-

Image

+

Image

Text Box and Shape

Frame and Object

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp index 2f728073c5..ebaca3d5c4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0106.xhp @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
-

Tools

+

Tools

Contains spelling tools, redact options, mail merge wizard, macros, development tools, extension manager, as well as tools for configuring and customizing menus, and setting program preferences.
-

Automatic Spell Checking

+

Automatic Spell Checking

@@ -42,40 +42,40 @@ -

ImageMap

+

ImageMap

-

Redact

+

Redact

-

Auto-Redact

+

Auto-Redact

-

Chapter Numbering

+

Chapter Numbering

-

Line Numbering

+

Line Numbering

-

Footnotes and Endnotes

+

Footnotes and Endnotes

-

Address Book Source

+

Address Book Source

-

Sort

+

Sort

-

Customize

+

Customize

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp index a058f883d8..8c9f39b5b9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0107.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
-Window +Window Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp index 620c1a120c..22851a1fe2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0110.xhp @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ Insert a row above the row where the cursor is currently placed.

Rows Below

Insert a row below the row where the cursor is currently placed. -

Rows

+

Rows

Opens dialog box for inserting rows.see also swriter/02/0409

Columns Before

Inserts a column before the column where the cursor is currently placed.

Columns After

Inserts a column after the column where the cursor is currently placed. -

Columns

+

Columns

Opens dialog box for inserting columns.see also swriter/02/0410

Delete

@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

Row Height

Opens the Row Height dialog where you can change the height of a row. -

Minimal Row Height

+

Minimal Row Height

Optimal Row Height

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Column Width

Opens the Column Width dialog where you can change the width of a column. -

Minimal Column Width

+

Minimal Column Width

Optimal Column Width

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Opens a dialog where you can specify the format of numbers in the table. -

Number Recognition

+

Number Recognition

Toggles the setting for automatically recognizing numbers or dates that you enter into a table cell, converting them from text to an appropriate number format.

Header Rows Repeat Across Pages

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp index a26fb78712..ec4a4e3242 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0115.xhp @@ -28,21 +28,21 @@

Styles

- Contains commands to apply, create, edit, update, load, and manage styles in a text document. + Contains commands to apply, create, edit, update, load, and manage styles in a text document.

Text styles entries

The entries includes most common paragraph, character and list styles. Click on the style to apply. - You can customize the list of styles entries using menu Tools - Customize. Because custom styles belongs to the actual document, remember to store the customized menu in the document scope. + You can customize the list of styles entries using menu Tools - Customize. Because custom styles belongs to the actual document, remember to store the customized menu in the document scope.

Edit Style

Opens the Paragraph Style dialog box of the current paragraph.

Update Selected Style

- Update the paragraph style with the direct formatting applied to the current paragraph. + Update the paragraph style with the direct formatting applied to the current paragraph.

New Style from Selection

Adds a paragraph style with the settings of the current selection. You will be prompted to enter the style name. -

Load Styles from Template

- Import styles from another document or template into the current document. +

Load Styles from Template

+ Import styles from another document or template into the current document.

Manage Styles

- Opens the Styles deck in the sidebar. + Opens the Styles deck in the sidebar.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp index 86b99da16e..06f8c36c8c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0120.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
-

Form

+

Form

Contains commands for activate form design mode, enable/disable control wizards and insert form controls in your document.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp index b620053096..bdbb7775cf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0200.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
-

Toolbars +

Toolbars

This section provides an overview of the toolbars available in $[officename] Writer. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp index ec3c296d1b..5665aeb07b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0202.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
-

Formatting Bar

+

Formatting Bar

The Formatting bar contains several text formatting functions.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ -

Font Color

+

Font Color

@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Reduces the font size of the selected text.

- If CTL support is enabled, two additional icons are visible. + If CTL support is enabled, two additional icons are visible.

Left-To-Right

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp index 5180db61cf..dd589ded64 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0203.xhp @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@
-Image Bar +Image Bar The Image Bar contains functions for formatting and positioning selected bitmap graphics.
-Flip Vertically -Flip Horizontally -Graphics Properties +Flip Vertically +Flip Horizontally +Graphics Properties diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp index cdd3894bd4..f1c5c1f30b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0204.xhp @@ -28,21 +28,21 @@
-

Table Bar

+

Table Bar

The Table Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.
-Delete Row +Delete Row -Delete Column +Delete Columnfollowing only optional, ext.help is available: Select Table Select Column Select Row -

Merge Cells

+

Merge Cells

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ -AutoFormat +AutoFormat @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ -

Sort

+

Sort

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp index 97db0006ad..45783dee46 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0205.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
-Drawing Object Properties Bar +Drawing Object Properties Bar You can see the Drawing Object Properties bar in Writer and Calc. Select the menu View - Toolbars - Drawing Object Properties. The controls are enabled when a drawing object is selected. You see some different icons by default, whether the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.
@@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ -Line Style +Line Style -Line Width +Line Width -Line Color +Line Color -Area Style/Filling +Area Style/Filling diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp index d32fdb2948..77c0ed2463 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0206.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
-

Bullets and Numbering Bar

+

Bullets and Numbering Bar

The Bullets and Numbering bar contains functions to modify the structure of list paragraphs, including changing their order and list level.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp index 018d4d4d17..cc71efbecb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0208.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
-

Status Bar

+

Status Bar

The Status Bar contains information about the current document and offers various buttons with special functions.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp index d47a09fd4e..4f2ffe356e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0210.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp index c59b373e16..2abf50ca8e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0213.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
- Rulers + Rulers Rulers display the dimensions of the page, and the position of tabs, indents, borders and columns. You can modify all of these on the rulers using the mouse.
- By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the Paragraph dialog and assign direct paragraph formatting for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs. + By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the Paragraph dialog and assign direct paragraph formatting for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp index dc6dd6736e..39e4e59ac5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0214.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Formula Bar +Formula Bar The Formula Bar allows you to create and insert calculations into a text document. To activate the Formula Bar, press F2.
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp index 3492053428..31e166316a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0215.xhp @@ -28,20 +28,20 @@
-

Frame Bar

+

Frame Bar

When a frame is selected, the Frame Bar provides the most important functions for formatting and positioning the frame.
-

Wrap Off

+

Wrap Off

You can also choose this setting on the Wrap tab page. -

Wrap On

+

Wrap On

This icon represents the Page Wrap option on the Wrap tab page. -

Wrap Through

+

Wrap Through

You can also define this setting on the Wrap tab page. @@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ -

Background Color

+

Background Color

-

Frame Properties

+

Frame Properties

diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp index 1593239249..075d4ed18c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0216.xhp @@ -32,20 +32,20 @@
-OLE Object Bar +OLE Object Bar The OLE Object bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.
-No Wrap +No Wrap You can also choose this setting on the Wrap tab page. -Wrap +Wrap This icon corresponds to the Page Wrap option on the Wrap tab page. -Wrap Through +Wrap Through You can also achieve the same effect through the Wrap tab page. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -Object Properties +Object Properties diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp index 01436cc622..8d2156c62a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0220.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
-Text Object Bar +Text Object Bar Contains formatting commands for text that is contained in a draw object. The Text Object bar appears when you double-click inside a draw object.
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ -Superscript +Superscript -Subscript +Subscript @@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ -Select All +Select All -Character +Character -Paragraph +ParagraphHere you can define the indents, spacing, alignment and line spacing for the paragraph currently selected. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp index 9ea4fc0a00..035edc8ed4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp @@ -28,29 +28,29 @@
-$[officename] Writer Features +$[officename] Writer Features $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).
Writing -$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, faxes, letters , resumes and merge documents, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes. -$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a spellchecker, a thesaurus, AutoCorrect, and hyphenation as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards. +$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, faxes, letters , resumes and merge documents, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes. +$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a spellchecker, a thesaurus, AutoCorrect, and hyphenation as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.Designing and Structuring -$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the Styles window to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the Navigator helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document. -You can also create various indexes and tables in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text. +$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the Styles window to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the Navigator helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document. +You can also create various indexes and tables in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text.Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer -$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, frames, graphics, tables, and other objects. +$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.Calculations -Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated calculation function that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations. +Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated calculation function that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations.Creating Drawings -The $[officename] Writer drawing tool lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents. +The $[officename] Writer drawing tool lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents.Inserting Graphics -You can insert pictures with different formats into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the Gallery provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the Fontwork Gallery creates stunning font effects. +You can insert pictures with different formats into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the Gallery provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the Fontwork Gallery creates stunning font effects.Flexible Application Interface -The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also dock some windows to the edge of the workspace. +The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also dock some windows to the edge of the workspace.Drag&Drop -The drag-and-drop feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents. +The drag-and-drop feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents.Help Functions -You can use the Help system as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including instructions for simple and complex tasks. +You can use the Help system as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including instructions for simple and complex tasks. diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp index d63ccf819d..42c801503e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ EndnoteInsert a endnote at the current cursor position without a prompt. -Footnote or Endnote +Footnote or Endnote diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp index 68e857636a..026c0a6d9b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Insert a frame by drawing its shape with the mouse cursor. -Floating Frame +Floating Frame diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp index 0260ab332c..eca2a2badc 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/submenu_more_breaks.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

-More Breaks

+More Breaks Submenu with additional row, column, and page breaks

Insert Manual Row Break

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Insert Manual Column Break

Manual Column Break Icon -

Manual Break

+

Manual Break

Manual Break icon diff --git a/source/text/swriter/navigate_toolbar.xhp b/source/text/swriter/navigate_toolbar.xhp index 9cf53b0cba..9396864e18 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/navigate_toolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/navigate_toolbar.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ navigate backward
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp b/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp index 132200e6c9..a44bbc962e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/track_changes_toolbar.xhp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
-

Track Changes Toolbar

+

Track Changes Toolbar

Contains the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
-- cgit